Home

"user manual"

1. Axis2 Axis 0 Axis 3 Axis 1 TSX CAY 41 10 i Modicon Tele ast ololololals ABE 7H16R20 SE ABE 7BV20 Modicon Telefast ABE 7CPA11 11 Sl 0 3 10 KEREI Modicon Telefast 1 Incremental or absolute encoder Seals ase 2 5V RS 422 incremental encoder ABE 7H16R20 3 Parallel output absolute encoder ABE TENZU 4 TSX CAP S15 connector 5 TSX CCP S15eee cable with connectors 6 TSX TAP 15 05 connector 7 TSX CAP S9 connector 8 TSX CXP 213 613 cable with connectors 9 TSX CDP 611 preformed cable with connectors 10 TSX CDPee3 cable with connectors 11 TSX CDPe01 preformed cable with connectors Speed reference outputs Axes 0 1 2and3 Auxiliary I O Axes 0 and 1 o Drive monitoring inputs o Drive enable outputs Auxiliary VO Axes 1 and 3 and Axes 0 and 2 o Reflex outputs o Recalibration inputs o Event inputs o Emergency stop inputs o Cam inputs homing Presentation page 4 34 4 36 References pages 4 38 Electric Schneider
2. Selection guide Buses and networks 000 cece cues page 5 2 Selection guide Web servers and gateways page 5 10 Ethernet Modbus TCP and EtherNet IP networks E Architecture 4 2 datira eae ad ee re ees page 5 14 m Web architecture HMI embedded in PLC Presentation ws c 40cceereatvadtae en ease wees page 5 16 Standard Webservices 0 000 c cece ene eee page 5 18 FactoryCast configurable Web services 2222222020 page 5 20 FactoryCast HMI Web serviceS 00 0 eee eee eee eee page 5 22 SOAP XML Web services 2 222220 eee eet page 5 28 m Ethernet Modbus TCP communication services Presentation is 2 Ha nen a anne Ga nea aes page 5 29 Ethernet universal services 00000 cece ence eens page 5 30 VO Scanning service sopi Dni aanrand ipa diaa niei a page 5 32 FDR Faulty Device Replacement service 222222 page 5 33 Global Data service 000000 page 5 34 NTP time synchronization service Unity Pro page 5 35 SMTP e mail notification service Unity Pro page 5 36 SNMP network management service 2 2 22222 page 5 37 TCP Open optional service 22 220 arraun nauena page 5 38 E Performance sisas os se aed saw ea eee i ove eo ER page 5 40 m Processors and modules Processors with integrated Ethernet port
3. Infrastructure Mixed copper and fibre optic wiring Internet SS MES Client ae Pen Server Firewall 1 3 Copper link 1 3 coe The 5 6 7 Fibre optic link 2 4 2 4 2 4 Copper link Magelis XBT Ril E 1 3 l 1 3 2 4 2 4 1 3 18 1 3 BEREESEE un 13 KR i 2 4 2 4 Set Preventa safety PLC i eh Modicon STB 2 4 Altivar 71 a See 0 4 1 3 N 1 3 i la 1 3 FREE 7 a zu BEE P m ii Modicon Quantum Magelis XBT 1 3 Modicon STB 1 3 8 Altivar 71 a nom i 13 ma al ALP ance fi i K ald ig ee Oo o Modicon M340 z Modicon Premium Ositrack FactoryCast 8 gateway Modbus Managed Hub or switch Key 1 3 Straight through copper cables 2 4 Crossover copper cables 5 6 7 Fibre optic cables 8 Cables with IP 67 connector see pages 5 66 and 5 67 Selection guide unmanaged switch Pages 5 50 Schneider Electric 5 65 References Ethernet network Wiring system ConneXium connection components ConneXium shielded connection cables are available in two versions to meet the various current standards and approvals m EIA TIA 568 shielded twisted pair cables for C market These cables conform to EIA TIA 568 standard category CAT 5E IEC 11801 EN 50173 1 standard class D Their fire resistance conforms to NF C32 070 standard class C2 IEC 322 1 standards Low Smoke Zero Halogen LSZH m EIA TIA 568 shielded
4. Modicon Premium i 5 ff 110 5 3 Fipway Modicon 5 TSX s rie 7 Ei 0 3 BEJ Premium i i x Ik H A f AAD 0 TSX 17 20 Bus X ay E M l Modicon TSX Micro i 6 i Extension e g bus X i i 0 1 0 The Fipway network is an open industrial local area network for communication between the various Modicon TSX Micro Modicon Premium and TSX Series 7 PLCs using the X Way services It conforms to the FIP standard with access via a bus arbitrator Modicon TSX Micro TSX 37 21 22 Premium PLCs can be connected to a Fipway network using a Fipway PCMCIA card which is inserted in each processor or into the TSX SCY 21601 Modicon Premium communication module Supported X Way services see pages 5 98 and 5 99 are m Uni TE services m Distributed database COM or Shared Table m Telegram service only available when the PCMCIA card is inserted in the processor m Application to application communication For Fipway network wiring system and connection accessories see pages 5 110 and 5 113 The operating principle of a Fipway network gives guaranteed constant network cycle times whatever the traffic and number of stations 2 to 64 This enables the Fipway network to be updated addition or removal of stations without affecting the performance Maximum transmission time m Telegram TLG priority application messages
5. Performance The Uni Telway bus cycle time depends on Oe m The number of devices polled datalink addresses E m The data rate ModiconTSX Micro m The turnaround time of each device Altivar 71 61 m The number length and type of messages ant BCT Bus Cycle Time is the interval between two polls from the same device 400 The curves opposite give the Uni Telway cycle time as a function of the number of 1 slaves operating at 9 6 Kbps or 19 2 Kbps with a typical device turnaround time of 300 5 ms without messages 2 The following table shows the time to be added in ms to obtain the true BCT value as a function of the traffic N Number of usable characters 200 Exchanges Time ms 100 at 9 6 kbps at 19 2 kbps Master to slave 24 1 2N 1 17 0 6N 1 4 5 15 5 Er a 2 Slave to master 19 1 2N 1 12 0 6N 1 1 9 6 Kbps Slave to slave 44 2 3N 1 29 1 15N 1 2 19 2 Kbps In a distributed control system architecture the application to application response time depends not only on the communication system but also on a es emi em m The processing times of the message source and destination devices m The degree of asynchronism between the bus and processor cycle times E The response time must be evaluated by the designer of each application according mare EE m to the devices which are connected 4 The processing time of a device may vary from one to two cycle times
6. 1 Please consult our Customer Care Centre 2 1 to 16 display of 16 axes can be real imaginary or remote with the TSX CSY 164 module Presentation page 4 40 Functions pages 4 42 References page 4 45 Schneider 4 41 Electric Functions Modicon Premium automation platform SERCOS TSX CSY 84 85 164 motion control modules TraiettoiaInterpolata XY f Masten Functions specific tothe TSXCSY85module Creation of paths using TjE editor race Ira 1 All paths whether simple or complex are divided into linear or circular segments linked together by interpolation laws 6 possible types Each segment is Sg characterized by m X and Y coordinates of the point to be reached in the example to the left P6 or tangented P1 P2 P5 Ae Irabe2 m Its movement speed maximum or limited according to setpoint parameter ret AN z ParF0 see screens below o The type of interpolation parameter ParWO see screens below o The number of points in the linear segment min 1 point O The number of points in the cubic interpolation part of the segment 1000 2000 300 000 5000 6000 7000 00 4000 1 o Various other parameters depending on the type of interpolation Coord Slave Y Linear interpolation This type of interpolation is used to generate a rectilinear path between the preceding point Pi and point Pi defining the segment The various parameters be
7. Profibus DP is a fieldbus which meets industrial communication requirements Profibus DP is a linear bus with a master slave centralized access procedure Only master stations also known as active stations have the right to access the bus Slave or passive stations can only respond to prompts The physical link is a single shielded twisted pair but fibre optic interfaces are available for creating tree star or ring structures In relation to the ISO model only layers 1 and 2 are implemented with access from the user interface being made directly onto the link layer via simple mapping of variables Configuration Version VO of the Profibus DP bus is configured using SyCon software to be ordered separately This software is used to generate a file containing all the information relating to the connected devices This extension file is imported into the PLC application via the Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro programming software Modicon Premium PLCs are connected to the Profibus DP VO bus via the TSX PBY 100 module This module can be installed in any slot ina Premium PLC rack It comprises 2 1 Host module for the PCMCIA card 2 Profibus DP VO PCMCIA card with its integral connecting cable length 0 6 m 3 490 NAE 911 00 T junction box for tap link to the main bus The Modicon Premium automation platform via the TSX PBY 100 module acts as the master on the Profibus DP VO bus The following S
8. Primary rack ri OJ oo aa 2 with format processor oO power supply and The other modules are installed from position 02 01 with standard format Q l Q standard format processor PrReeSSON m Using a double format power supply module e The power supply module systematically occupies positions PS and 00 The processor module must be installed in positions 01 02 01 with standard format processor The other modules are installed from position 03 02 with standard format processor ped oo 101 02103104 os os Tal Extension rack Installing the various modules on extendable racks with addresses 1 to 7 address n with 3 standard format Each rack must have either a standard format or double format power supply 0 0 power supply module m Using a standard format power supply module The power supply module systematically occupies position PS The other modules are installed from position 00 onwards Extension rack m Using a double format power supply module 03 04 05 06 address n with The power supply module systematically occupies positions PS and 00 double format The other modules are installed from position 01 onwards power supply Presentation References page 2 8 pages 2 10 Schneider 2 9 Electric References Modicon Premium automation platform Multirack configuration without remote module Ex
9. Description License type Reference Weight kg UAG software suites 3 Single 1 station UAG SEW LFU CD33 Comprising m UAG Unity Application Site gt 10 stations UAG SEW LFF CD33 Generator software in English French German m Documentation electronic format 1 For more technical information please consult our website www schneider electric com 2 Please contact our Customer Care Centre 3 The PLC SCADA programming tools and or communication driver must be ordered separately Schneider 6 31 Electric Presentation Software Unity Pro software Process control User definable control loops The user definable control loop offer is integrated as standard in Premium TSX 57 20 30e 4e 5e 6e platforms with Unity Pro Medium Large Extra Large and XL Safety software This offer is identical to that offered with PL7 Junior Pro except for the runtime screens See pages 6 33 to 6 37 Programmable control loops The process control offer for Premium TSX 57 4e 5e 6e platforms with Unity Pro Medium Large Extra Large and XL Safety has been enhanced with the new programmable offer This offer is based around the EF and EFB library specific to process control More than 30 blocks are available classified in 6 families m EFBs for data preparation for example DTIME INTEGRATOR SCALING etc m Controller EFBs for example AUTOTUNE PIDFF SAMPLETM etc m Mathematical EFs for
10. In addition to standard Web services FactoryCast modules see selection table on page 5 17 support the following functions m Alarm Viewer m Creation and display of graphic views via an online graphics editor Graphic Data Editor supplied m Hosting and display of Web pages created by the user m SOAP XML server interface E Alarm Viewer function colo FactoryCast TSX ETY510 The alarm viewer is a ready to use password protected function It is used to process alarms display acknowledgement and deletion managed at PLC level by the system or using diagnostic function blocks known as DFBs system specific diagnostic function blocks and application specific diagnostic function blocks created by the user These alarms are stored in the PLC diagnostics buffer specific memory area used to store all diagnostic events This function is available with the Modicon Premium platforms with PL7 or Unity software and the Modicon Quantum platform with Unity software The diagnostic viewer is a Web page comprising a list of messages which displays the following information for each alarm m Dates and times of the appearance disappearance of the fault Alarm message Alarm status Type of associated diagnostic function block DFB Alarm Viewer Electric 5 20 Schneider Functions continued Hosting and display of user Web pages GEFTEEREIZESOE SS
11. VO capacity 1 Capacity Maximum number Integrated Reference Weight Memory Control Of bus network Ethernet kg channels Modules Modbus TCP TSX 57 10 4 racks 2 512 discrete I O 32 Kwords 0 1 network TSX P57 103M 0 380 24 analog I O integrated 2 AS Interface buses 8 application specific 64 Kwords max 1 CANopen bus channels on PCMCIA 1 integrated Fipio TSX P57 153M 0 420 1 network 2 AS Interface buses TSX 57 20 16 racks 2 1024 discrete I O 48 Kwords 10 1 network TSX P57 203M 0 520 80 analog I O integrated 4 AS Interface buses 24 application specific 160 Kwords 1 CANopen bus 3 channels max on 1 fieldbus 3 PCMCIA 4AS Interface buses 1 Ethernet TSX P57 2623M 1 CANopen bus 3 1 fieldbus 3 64 Kwords 10 1 integrated Fipio TSX P57 253M 0 560 integrated 1 network 160 Kwords 4 AS Interface buses max on 1 CANopen bus 3 PCMCIA 1 fieldbus 3 1 integrated Fipio 1 Ethernet TSX P57 2823M 4 AS Interface buses 1 CANopen bus 3 1 fieldbus 3 TSX 57 30 16 racks 2 1024 discrete I O 64 Kwords 15 3 networks TSX P57 303AM 0 520 128 analog I O integrated 4 8 AS Interface buses 32 application specific 384 Kwords 1 CANopen bus 3 channels max on 2 fieldbuses 3 PCMCIA 2 networks 1 Ethernet TSX P57 3623AM 8 AS Interface buses 1 CANopen bus 3 2 fieldbuses 3 80 96 Kwords 15 1 integrated Fipio TSX P57 353LAM 0 420 integrated 4 3 networks 5 384 Kwords 8 AS Interface buses max on 1 CANopen bus
12. Preparas o Pose Laras Orma Dere ar 100 Horizontas indicator hacar gen a ip E Rotary Bader E Vertical narah Vertical Ser 1 pitat z a Proesa gt a EN 8 a er o Analog Meter Warde Sanctor r Comal Staton Dita india Push Button nn 7 io a o b Fa a 01257 am Toate Horton aide Message Diapiay Rotary Setectoe Trend Recorder a Graphic Data Editor Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network FactoryCast configurable Web services User Web page hosting and display function FactoryCast Web modules have an 8 Mbyte memory 1 which is accessed in the same way as ahard drive and can be used to host Web pages and all user defined documents in Word or Acrobat Reader for example maintenance manuals diagrams etc These Web pages can be created using any standard tool for creation and editing in HTML format These pages can be enhanced by inserting animated graphic objects linked to PLC variables These animated objects are created using the Graphic Data Editor supplied with FactoryCast Web pages created in this way can be used for example to m Display and modify all PLC variables in real time m Create hyperlinks to other external Web servers documentation suppliers etc This function is particularly suitable for creating graphic interfaces used for the following purposes m Real time display and supervision Production
13. 2 ARESET button causing a cold start of the PLC when pressed 3 An 8 way female mini DIN connector marked TER for connecting a programming or adjustment terminal RS 485 4 An 8 way female mini DIN connector marked AUX for connecting a programming adjustment or operator dialogue terminal RS 485 5 APCMCIAslot no 0 fora memory card 6 APCMCIA slot no 1 fora communication card or memory extension card for TSX P57 204M 304M TSX P57 254M 354M storing additional data 7 A9 way SUB D connector on TSX P57 154M 254M 354M models for Fipio bus communication Fipio manager port 8 Anair recirculating heatsink on TSX P57 1e4M models Presentation Memory structure References PCMCIA references page 1 4 pages 1 8 pages 1 10 pages 1 12 Schneider 1 5 Electric Description continued Modicon Premium automation platform Unity processors TSX P57 1634M 2634M 3634M double format processors with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP port feature the following on the front panel 1 Adisplay block with 5 LEDs o RUN LED green Processor in operation program execution o ERR LED red Fault on the processor or its on board devices PCMCIA memory card and PCMCIA communication card o VOLED red Faults occurring on another PLC station module or configuration fault o TER LED yellow Activity on the TER or AUX terminal port Adisplay block relating to the integrated Ethernet port featuring 5 LEDs RUN LED
14. Lexium servo drives 1 SERCOS option BDH BSH servo motors SERCOS SERial COmmunication System is a communication standard which defines the digital link medium and exchange protocol between the motion control module and servo drives This standard is defined in European standard IEC EN 61491 Using the SERCOS distributed architecture enables the application I O position encoder emergency stop etc to be connected directly to the servo drives thus reducing connection costs The fibre optic digital link permits high speed exchanges 2 or 4 Mbps while ensuring total immunity in industrial environments subject to interference The SERCOS range for the Premium automation platform consists of m TSX CSY 84 85 164 2 axis control modules that can control up to 8 servo drives TSX CSY 84 85 and 16 servo drives TSX CSY 164 via a SERCOS ring bus The module calculates the path and the interpolation for several axes position mode The other modes speed and torque can be accessed using Schneider Electric application services m 1 5 Ato 70 A permanent Lexium servo drives 1 with the SERCOS option The servo drives manage the position speed and torque loops and ensure power conversion to control the servo motor The sensor feedback is sent to the servo drive current position current speed m BDH and BSH servo motors These have permanent magnets delivering a high power to weight ratio and excellent dynamic spe
15. SERCOS ring network RX TX RX TX RX TX Lau puii Servo drive 1 Servo drive 2 Servo drive 3 Servo drive 4 Servo drive 5 1 TSX CSY 84 85 164 multi axis control module for Premium PLC 2 Lexium servo drives 1 with SERCOS option 3 990 MCO 000 ee plastic fibre optic cables fitted with SMA connectors TX Transmission RX Reception 1 Please consult our Customer Care Centre Presentation page 4 40 Description page 4 41 Functions pages 4 42 Electric Schneider 4 45 Modicon Premium automation platform MFB motion control Presentation functions MFB Motion Function Blocks is a library of function blocks integrated in Unity Pro used to set up motion control in the architectures of drives and servo drives on A Modicon Premium CANopen Altivar 312 Altivar 71 E T Lexium SD328A Lexium 32 Lexium ILA ILE ILS MFB Motion control distributed over CANopen CANopen buses m Altivar 312 For asynchronous motors from 0 18 to 15 kW m Altivar 71 For synchronous or asynchronous motors from 0 37 to 500 kW m Lexium 32 For servo motors from 0 15 to 7 kW m Lexium integrated drives ILA ILE ILS For integrated motor drives from 0 10 to 0 35 kW m Lexium SD328A For 3 phase stepper motors from 0 35 to 0 75 kW In compliance with PLCopen specifications the MFB library allows both easy and flexible motion programm
16. ABL 8REM24030 72W 3A 24 V m ABL 8REM24050 120 W 5A 24 V m ABL 7RP1205 60 W 5A 12 V m ABL 7RP4803 144 W 3A 48 V 2 5 mm enclosed screw terminals for connection of the input voltage single phase N L1 phase to phase L1 L2 1 Protective glass flap Input voltage status LED orange Output DC voltage status LED green Locking catch for the glass flap sealable Clip on marker tag Output voltage adjustment potentiometer 2 5 mm enclosed screw terminal block for connection of the DC output voltage ONOR ON ou RAON 1 240 V nominal N 8 28 Schneider Electric Combinations Phaseo power supplies and references transformers Regulated switch mode power supplies ABL 8REM ABL 7RP 60 to 144 W Rail mounting ABL 7RP1205 GB2 ee06 2 24580 2A GB2 ee06 2 24580 1A 24516 24516 ABL 8REM24030 GB2 ee07 2 24581 2A GB2 ee06 2 24580 1A 24517 24516 ABL 8REM24050 GB2 ee07 2 24581 2A GB2 ee06 2 24580 1A 24517 24516 ABL 7RP4803 GB2 ee07 2 24581 2A GB2 ee06 2 24580 1A 24517 24516 1 UL pending 2 Complete the reference by replacing ee with CB for single pole circuit breaker with magnetic trip threshold 12 to 16 In CD for single pole neutral circuit breaker with magnetic trip threshold 12 to 16 In DB for 2 pole circuit breaker with magnetic trip threshold 12 to 16 In CS for single pole circuit breaker with magnetic trip threshold 5 to 7 In
17. IP 20 CANopen tap 4 SUB D ports Screw terminals for connecting 1 TSX CAN TDM4 0 196 junction the trunk cables Line end adaptor A IP 20 connectors Elbowed 90 2 TSX CAN KCDF 90T 0 046 TSX CAN TOMA CANopen 9 way Straight 2 TSXCANKCDF 180T 0 049 ne endadaptor E bowed 907 with 9 way SUB D for connecting 4 TSXCANKCDFSOTP 0 051 switch a PC or diagnostic tool IP 67 M12 connectors Male FTX CN 12M5 0 050 Female FTX CN 12F5 0 050 IP20CANopentap 2 RJ45 ports 9 VW3 CAN TAP2 junction for Altivar and Lexium 05 vw3 hi TAP2 a Designation Description No Length Unit Weight 1 reference kg CANopen cables Standard C marking low smoke Zero halogen 5 50m TSX CAN CA50 4 930 AWG 24 Flame retardant IEC 60332 1 100m TSX CAN CA100 8 800 300m TSX CAN CA300 24 560 Standard UL certification C marking 5 50m TSX CAN CB50 3 580 flame retardant IEC 60332 2 100m TSX CAN CB100 7 840 300m TSX CAN CB300 21 870 TSX CAN KCDF 90T For harsh environments 3 or mobile 5 50m TSX CAN CD50 3 510 installations C marking low smoke 100m TSX CAN CD100 7 770 Zero halogen Flame retardant IEC 60332 1 Oil resistant 300m TSX CAN CD300 21 700 CANopen Standard C marking low smoke Zero halogen 6a 0 3m TSX CAN CADD03 0 091 preassembled Flame retardant IEC 60332 1 4m TSX CAN CADD1 0 143 cordsets One 9 way female 3m TSX CAN CADD3 0 295 TSX CAN KCDF 180T SUB D connector at 5m TSX CAN CADDS 0 440 each end Standard UL certifica
18. Save Cancel Delete Configuration Copyright 2001 Schneider Automation Inc All rights reserved Home Configure NOE NOE Properties NOE Diagnostics Support NTP service configuration Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Ethernet Modbus TCP communication services NTP time synchronization service Presentation Power Processor Ethernet NTP supply module server a NTP request Z l t cient qe Ethernet network NTP response Premium Quantum The time synchronization service is based on NTP Network Time Protocol which is used to synchronize the time of a client or a server on Ethernet TCP IP from a server or another reference time source radio satellite etc Operation m Modbus TCP communication modules m BMX NOE 0100 0110 with version 2 2 0 module and BMX NOR 0200H for Modicon M340 Unity version 2 2 0 automation platform m TSX ETY 5103 for Modicon Premium Unity 2 V2 0 automation platform m 140 NOE 771 11 for Modicon Quantum Unity 2 V2 0 automation platform m have an NTP client component These modules can connect to an NTP server using a client request unicast in order to update their local time The module clock is updated periodically 1 to 120 s with an error lt 10 ms for standard processors and lt 5 ms for high performance processors If the NTP server cannot be reached the Ethernet Modb
19. Selection guide 402 04r 0a sn es en page 4 14 m Counter modules Presentation description 0 0 02 cece eee eee page 4 16 References ie ca gcc eevd a nee ann sn page 4 18 m Measurement and counter module Presentation description 0 0 cece ee eee eee nen nee page 4 20 Referentes 4 2 000 20 ee page 4 22 m Electronic cam module Presentation description 0 0 e eee eee page 4 24 Referenices 02 3 a E saad E E page 4 26 Motion control modules SBIECHONGUIdE zu u0 0 pica eth Seam aie a edd aie RES page 4 28 m Modules for stepper motors Presentation description 2222202n seen nn page 4 30 References 0 00 ea a na ae AEE Eola RR page 4 32 m Modules for servo motors Presentation description 0 000 c cece eee eee page 4 34 References co iia cca aad ee kani na na page 4 38 m SERCOS modules for servo motors Presentation u a wei page 4 40 DEscriplion u 2m ana near Drau page 4 41 FUNCIONS conei oaae E AAEE e E AE page 4 42 Re amp ferences 00 deen dunia cing asw eaa ai adon les page 4 45 m MFBmotioncontrol 0 0 cece eee page 4 46 ISP Plus integrated weighing system miPresentation 2 4 242220 bey par dade geee 4 page 4 48 M Description cenene Eae rar 220 0 tee nae eeu ee tates page 4 49 E FUNCUONS 5 4 2 000
20. 8x 10 100BASE TX ports 6x 10 100BASE TX ports 6x 10 100BASE T ports RJ45 Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E 100m 2 x 100BASE FX ports Duplex SC Multimode optical fibre Single mode optical fibre 5000 m 1 4000 m 1 32 500 m 2 8 dB 11 dB 16 dB FDR SMTP V3 SNTP client multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol configuration via Web access VLAN IGMP Snooping RSTP Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol priority port data stream control secure port Unlimited 50 max Redundant power supplies redundant single ring ring coupling rings supporting MRP Fast HIPER Ring and RSTP 18 60 V 10W 12W 2 terminal blocks 2 terminals 0 60 C 10 90 non condensing IP 30 120 x 137 x 115 mm On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide 1kg IEC EN 61131 2 IEC 61850 3 UL 508 UL 1604 class 1 division 2 CSA 22 2 No 214 cUL CSA 22 2 No 213 class 1 division 2 cUL C GL C Tick LR BV Power supply status alarm relay status active redundancy redundancy management copper port status and copper port activity Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault volt free contact 1 A max at 24 V 2 way TCS ESM 083F23F1 TCS ESM 063F2CU1 TCS ESM 063F2CS1 5 72 1 Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fibre typical value 2000
21. 2 Only HMI STO 501 3 Only HMI STO 531 532 More technical information on www schneider electric com 7 2 Schneider Electric 0000 AeA rari rma rd Prag reg ri grad o Bere 000 00 ce zoomen Green backlit monochrome LCD height 5 5 mm or Green orange or red backlit monochrome LCD height 4 34 17 36 mm Green orange or red backlit monochrome LCD height 4 34 17 36 mm 2 lines of 20 characters or 1 to 4 lines of 5 to 20 characters monochrome 1 to 4 lines of 5 to 20 characters monochrome Via keypad with 8 keys 4 customizable Via keypad with m 12 function keys or numeric entry depending on context m 8service keys 512 KB Flash 128 200 application pages 256 alarm pages 128 200 application pages 256 alarm pages 40 50 40 50 bargraph buttons LEDs Alphanumeric Yes Yes 5 Yes Access to the PLC real time clock Access to the PLC real time clock RS 232C RS 485 Uni TE Modbus and for PLC brands Allen Bradley Omron Mitsubishi Siemens RS 232C serial link 5 Vijeo Designer Lite on Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Vista Magelis Okie Guar Ea Ed Bs a a a Green orange or red backlit monochrome matrix LCD 198 x 80 pixels height 4 16 mm 2 to 10 lines of 5 to 33 characters monochrome Via touch screen and keypad with m 10 function keys m 2 service keys Via keypad with m 4 function keys m 8 service keys 512 KB Flash EPROM
22. TSX SCP 112 Active or 20 mAcurrent Character mode 3m TSX SCP CX 2030 0 160 PCMCIA card passive loop Uni Telway terminal 3 Modbus Hi TSX PACC 01 RS485 Uni Telway im Included with TSX PACC 01 Junction box N a5 n TSX PACC 01 RS 485 Uni Telway 2m T FTX CB1 020 0 100 junction box 5 5m T FTX CB1 050 0 190 DTE terminal RS 232 Character mode 2 5m TSX PCX 1031 7 0 170 master PC 6 printer USB Character mode 0 4m TSX CUSB 485 2 0 144 2 5m TSX CRUMD 25 2 0 150 Ah 1 25 way male miniature connector 2 25 way male SUB D connector 3 Flying leads 4 15 way male SUB D connector 5 8 way female mini DIN connector 6 9 way female SUB D connector 1 See separate parts page 5 135 2 The TSX CUSB 485 converter requires the use of the TSX CRJMD 25 cable equipped with 1 mini DIN connector and 1 RJ45 connector 5 134 Schneider Electric References continued Modicon Premium automation platform Connecting cables for PCMCIA cards and TER AUX ports Connecting cables for PCMCIA cards and TER AUX ports continued Modicon TSX Micro Devicetobe Physicallink Protocol Length Reference Weight Premium PLCs connected kg TER AUX ports continued DTE terminal RS232 RS Uni Telway 2 5m TSX PCX 1031 0 170 1 slave PC 2 485 m USB Uni Telway 0 4m TSX CUSB 485 1 0 144 2 5m TSX CRJMD 25 7 0 150 Dem DTE terminal RS 232 Character mode 2 5m
23. 00 0 cece cece cree ence nenaee page 6 44 m Process control Presentation 2 0 s rr En cea Rare page 6 45 6 0 Schneider Electric Vijeo Citect supervisory software SCADA m Presentation licences 222220 eee ee eee ences M Architectures sinnir deg ate era ne prays green wants m Meferences 2 2 22 5 cea His eth ee ae epee SR ee Vijeo Historian reporting software m Presentation 2 2200 2c cee eee eee m Architecture He RR Rena E References teisei oa 2 0240 rasen eee OPC data server software m Presentation 22 2 2 2 02u 0 eee ea rare ana E Setup unsere eisernen E FUNCHONS 2 05 4 330255 eia a Aan a a a E References 4 422 2 ree40 ernennen Schneider Electric page 6 46 page 6 48 page 6 50 page 6 60 page 6 61 page 6 62 page 6 64 page 6 67 page 6 68 page 6 69 6 1 Selection guide Software Unity Pro software Unity Pro programming software for Modicon M340 Premium Quantum Safety platforms and Modicon distributed I O IEC 61131 3 Instruction List IL languages Ladder LD Structured Text ST Function Block Diagram FBD Sequential Function Chart SFC Grafcet LL984 Ladder Logic language Programming Multitask programming Master fast and services event triggered Multitask programming Master fast auxiliary and event triggered Functional view and function modules Block editor and DFB instances DDT compound data editor D
24. 4 30 Schneider Electric Architectures Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CFY 11 21 motion control modules for stepper motors Example of an architecture with Lexium 32C M servo drive Pulse direction control Axis0 i I l I 3 i f Lexium 32C M Modicon servo drive or Telefast ABE 7 i SinCos TSX CFY 11 21 4 t 5 encoder i 8 1 AN Dorea fm lob olslslsjelslzlelalsialalelslsfeisls 1 To terminal block l 2 in back of cabinet ABE 7H16R20 Ss Auxiliary VO I Axes 0 and 1 t lt PC i U Tt t vit2 J i w T3 o 7 BSH servo motor l I 1 VW3 M8 223 R30 preassembled cordset with flying leads at one end L 3 m 2 TSX CAP S15 connector 3 TSX CDP053 103 203 303 503 1003 preassembled cordset L 0 5 1 2 3 5 or 10 m 4 TSX CDP 301 501 1001 preformed cable with flying leads at one end L 3 5 or 10 m Presentation References page 4 30 pages 4 32 Schneider 4 31 Electric References Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CFY 11 21 motion control modules for stepper motors Motion control modules for stepper motors Motion control Lexium 32C M servo Lexium 32C M Auxiliary VO 1 TSX CFY 11 0 440 modules for stepper driveortranslator servodriveor 24V power 9 TSX CFY 21 0 480 mo
25. 1 Academic Agreements must be included with each order for the ogistics team in Sydney to process the order Any incomplete orders with no Academic Agreement will be rejected This is only for tertiary education institutions Licenses are valid for 12 months each agreement must be renewed every year Presentation Architectures pages 6 46 pages 6 48 Schneider 6 59 Electric Presentation Software Vijeo Historian reporting software Vijeo Historian is the information management component of Schneider Electric s PlantStruxure It comprises of the historian and portal functions of the solution enabling you to store data accurately for long term reporting while connecting your production and business systems through its active data transfers and simple easy to use reporting functions Vijeo Historian Vijeo Historian helps your plant and your IT personnel optimize their operational efficiency by providing a powerful enterprise wide reporting tool that collects stores and delivers meaningful reporting data from multiple disparate systems Comprising of historian and portal functionalities Vijeo Historian enables you to store data accurately for long term reporting whilst also giving you the option of displaying and accessing the information via the Vijeo Historian portal Microsoft TM Excel Microsoft Reporting Services or Microsoft Report Builder 3 0 Visualization SCADA Historian System OPC Microsoft SQL Ser
26. 16 channels Fixed solid state relays removable terminal item 5 blocks ABE 7P16F3ee Plug in solid state relays Output adaptor sub bases with fixed relays removable terminal blocks Optimum amp ABE 7S08S2ee Universal Solid state relays 8channels ABE 7RO08Seee item 3a Electromechanical relays Optimum amp ABE 7S16Seee Universal Solid state relays 16channels ABE 7R16Seee item 4a Electromechanical relays Output adaptor sub bases with plug in relays Universal ABE 7P08T330e 8 channels Solid state relays item 3a Optimum amp ABE 7R16Teee Universal Electromechanical relays 16channels ABE 7P16Teee item 4a Solid state and or electromechanical relays Sub bases for counter channels ABE 7CPA01 item 6a ABE 7CPA11 item 3b ABE 7CPA02 item 3b ABE 7CPA21 item 3b ABE 7CPAO03 item 3b ABE 7CPA31 item 3b ABE 7CPA12 item 3b ABE 7CPA13 item 3c Compatible Not compatible 1 1 channel connection 2 2 channel connection 3 Low cost sub base ABE 7H20Eeee including connection cable 4 Compatibility with module TSX CAYe1 only References pages 8 12 Electric Schneider 8 11 References Connection interfaces Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Passive connection sub bases Optimum Economy sub bases Input or output 16 1 2 Modicon TSX Micro 1m Screw ABE 7H20E100 0 330 Modicon Premium 2m Screw
27. Description pages 1 5 Schneider PCMCIA references pages 1 12 References pages 1 10 1 9 Electric References a o TSX P57 154M TSX P57 254M 354M TSX P57 1634M 2634M 3634M TSX P57 4634M 5634M 6634M Modicon Premium automation platform Unity processors VO capacity 1 TSX 57 16 4 racks 2 512 discrete I O 24 analog I O 8 application specific channels TSX 57 2e 16 racks 2 1024 discrete I O 80 analog I O 24 application specific channels TSX 57 3e 16 racks 2 1024 discrete I O 128 analog I O 32 application specific channels TSX 57 4e 16 racks 2 2040 discrete I O 256 analog I O 64 application specific channels TSX 57 5e 16 racks 2 2040 discrete I O 512 analog I O 64 application specific channels TSX 57 6e 16 racks 2 2040 discrete I O 512 analog I O 64 application specific channels Capacity Maximum number Integrated Reference Weight Memory Control of bus network port kg channels modules 96 Kb 0 1 network TSX P57 104M 0 570 integrated 2 AS Interface buses 224 Kb max on 1 CANopen bus PCMCIA card 2 AS Interface buses Ethernet TSX P57 1634M 0 740 1 CANopen bus Modbus TCP 1 Ethernet network Fipio TSX P57 154M 0 592 2 AS Interface buses 160 Kb 10 1 network Ethernet TSX P57 2634M 0 734 integrated 4 AS Interface buses Modbus TCP 768 Kb max on 1 CANopen bus 3 PCMCIA card 1 fieldbus 3 192 Kb 10 2 Ethernet ne
28. Linear interpolation with 5 polynomial interpolation connection 5 polynomial interpolation is used to define a path in exactly the same way as with 3 polynomial interpolation Linear Int with 5 Poly Connection 1 No Points in linear section However 5 interpolation provides more flexible movement than 3 interpolation 10 Bau En ee z If the acceleration limit in the segment in question is reached the speed on this 100 Kf Shape Coefficient R fi oaf segment can be reduced for this type of connection 1 Iracci Initial Connection Lenght 1 5 Iracc2 Final Connection Lenght 0 ParFO S4 z 3 6 1 2 Linear interpolation with circular interpolation connection This type of interpolation is used to link segments via a circular path arcs or full circles The specific parameters defining this type of path are m ParW2 indicates the number of points in the circular interpolation part No Points in Inear section m ParW4 defines whether the arc is greater or less than 180 defining the direction No Points Circular Conn Section i of the arc m ParF1 corresponds to the length of the circular interpolation segment Circular Connection Lenght Circular interpolation is only possible for a movement in a single plane 2 axes only 1 Available in a later version of the TjE software Presentation Description References page 4 40 page 4 41 page 4 45 4 42 Schneider Electric Functio
29. ParF2 indicates the ordinate of the centre of the circle Y Full circular movement is defined by an end point which is the same as the start point Circular interpolation is only possible for a movement in a single plane 2 axes only TjE path editor software supplied with the SERCOS TSX CSY 85 motion control module is used in offline mode to m Create master slave axes and sets of axes for use in paths with a maximum of 3 sets of 2 real axes or 2 sets of 3 axes m Each slave axis requires a cam profile selected from the 7 profiles available in the TSX CSY 85 module with a limit of 10 000 cam points for all the profiles m Define paths by setting parameters for each segment which are linked to the various possible interpolations described above and on page 4 42 m The TjE software validates all the parameters and calculates the paths for each set of axes Path display The TjE software integrates various graphic tools for displaying paths that were previously created and the data relating to the axes making up these paths with their positions speeds or accelerations The paths can be displayed with m Achoice of curves colours and scaling m Achoice of scales and offsets m Display of segment reference points Bsn em m Display of points of the master and calculated points of the cam profiles This display enables the user to validate the paths before transferring all the data that has been generated to the PL7 Junior Pro app
30. Premium Hot Standby redundant architectures offer an optimum solution for responding to requirements for availability where changeover times are not critical They are suitable for processes which can tolerate a lack of control on the part of the Premium control unit lasting a maximum of around one second typical duration corresponding to the changeover time from the Primary unit to the Standby unit and the time it takes the shared I O on Ethernet to refresh It covers all the requirements for availability when the PLC s mission is to monitor and control an installation in continuous duty indicate problems to a control station and send the supervision manager s control instructions to various locations on an extensive site Examples of areas of application m Building management system for a public site tunnel airport signalling etc m Control and monitoring of water treatment or desalination plant m Electrical management system m Production of hydro electric power etc Principle At the heart of the system there are 2 single rack or multi rack 1 Modicon Premium configurations known as the Primary PLC and the Standby PLC They have identical hardware and software configurations identical modules in each rack The offer comprises two processor models TSX H57 24M and TSX H57 44M dedicated PN to Hot Standby architectures with Unity Pro software version 2 3 1 in single rack configuration and 2 5 0 in multi rack confi
31. Single phase N L1 or phase to phase L1 L2 connection 100 240V 12V 60 W 5A Automatic Yes ABL 7RP1205 1 000 15 10 or manual 50 60 Hz 24V 72W 3A Automatic No ABL 8REM24030 0 520 120 W 5A Automatic No ABLS8REM24050 1 000 48 V 144W 2 5A Automatic Yes ABL 7RP4803 1 000 or manual Schneider Presentation Power supplies and transformers Phaseo Regulated switch mode power supplies ABL4 85 to 960 W Compact Rail mounting The range IE SSS III The Phaseo regulated switch mode power supplies ABL4 offer is designed to gt provide the DC voltage necessary for the control circuits of automation system equipment consuming 85 W to 960 W on 24 V Comprising 7 products this range of power supplies meets the needs encountered in industrial applications 9 A t i iis HE i Y t 4 M m Using electronic switch mode technology these power supplies provide a quality of SR output current that is suitable for the loads supplied and compatible with the following ser ranges m Twido programmable controllers m Modicon logic controllers M238 and M258 m Modicon motion controllers LMC 058 m automation platforms M340 Premium and Quantum Due to their high overload withstand the power supplies ABL4 are the power supply solution for stepper motors servo motors and integrated drives When used with function modules ABL8B RED D P they ensure continuity of service in the event of po
32. Standard function block libraries Typen ih nage ae mak Seely Fev Em Bon time Tye Comet naeg WD Newry cent Wee atnetoas FB Mid adage User libraries Software Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large The function and function block libraries manager contains allthe elements provided with Unity Pro software Functions and function blocks are organized into libraries which themselves consist of families Depending on the type of PLC selected and the processor model users will have a subset of these libraries available to write their applications However the Base Lib library contains a set of functions and function blocks the majority of which compatibility is independent of the platforms In particular it contains the blocks compliant with IEC 61131 3 The Base Lib library is structured into families m Timers and counters m Process control on integers m Table management m Comparison m Date and time management m Logic processing m Mathematical processing m Statistical processing m Character string processing m Type to type data conversion The Base Lib library which covers standard automation functions is supplemented by other more application specific libraries and platform specific functions m Communication library providing an easy means of integrating communication programs from PLCs with those used by HMls from the PLC application program Like ot
33. Vijeo Citect redundant Floating licence VJC NS 1022 88 Web Control Client licence only Vijeo Citect Web View Only Client licences are intended for users who need to view the application via a Web connection without controlling the system These Client licences are segmented according to the number of points displayed and must be floating type the licences reside on the key plugged into the Server Redundant system m The number of floating Clients ordered is added to the Primary Server key m For the Standby Server the same number of redundant View Only Client licences VJC NS 1032 88 must be ordered Vijeo Citect Web View Only Client licence Designation Number of points Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect Unlimited VJC NS 1032 99 Web View Only Client licence Vijeo Citect redundant Floating licence VJC NS 1032 88 Web Only Client View licence only Presentation Architectures pages 6 46 pages 6 48 Schneider 6 53 Electric References continued Software Supervisory control and data acquisition software SCADA Vijeo Citect The references below are used for increasing the number of points on m The Server holding the hardware key for floating licences m The Client holding the hardware key for static licences The licence point count expansion is achieved in steps For example if a licence is upgraded from 75 points to 1500 points 3 part numbers will be ordered to upgrade from 75 points to 150 points 150 points to 5
34. Yes up to 32 groups 1024 ingredients for 256 recipes per group proprietary or CSV format complete multilingual support for labels and ingredients On the fly alarms log data Up to 9999 active alarms record or logs Main barcode types supported UPC A UPC E JAN EAN8 JAN EAN13 ITF CODE39 CODE93 CODE128 CODABAR NW 7 Yes for Magelis XBT GT XBT GT 1105 and higher Magelis GTO and Magelis industrial PCs JPEG format Linked to user profiles Screens online help and documentation in electronic format available in 7 languages English French German Italian Brazilian Portuguese Simplified Chinese and Spanish Windows XP Professional Windows 7 Business 32 bit and 64 bit Vijeo Designer Please consult the Human Machine Interfaces catalogue ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric 7 11 8 0 Schneider Electric Contents 8 Connection interfaces and regulated switch mode power supplies Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Selection guid 00 ceed eee need an m Presentation 0 0 0 tenes m Passive connection sub bases 000c annann m Adaptor sub bases with fixed relays and removable terminal blocks 0000 e eee eee eee E input output adaptor sub bases for or with plug in relays m Output adaptor sub bases for plug inrelays B Plug intelays s 2 244 200
35. m Oil amp Gas m Mining Minerals Metals m Water amp Wastewater m Power m Food and beverage Its flexibility also makes it suitable for numerous other application areas such as infrastructures Redundancy Vijeo Citect offers total redundancy for allthe components of the system The redundancy functions are fully integrated in the system providing exceptional performance and intuitive configuration Vijeo Citect is available m Ina Client Server architecture for configurations ranging from 75 points to an unlimited number of points m Ina stand alone version called Vijeo Citect Lite for configurations of 100 to 1200 points see page 6 50 Vijeo Citect includes the installation without registration of the OFS software Schneider Electric s integrated OPC server This server can only be used with Vijeo Citect software The OFS software provides access to the structured variables and assists to provide system consistency This is one of the major benefits of Schneider Electric integration Server licences VJC NS 1011 ee are purchased according to the number of points to be processed not according to the number of I O 1 Apoint expansion offer is also available to increase the number of m Client points VJC NS 1020 ee ee m Server points VJC NS 1011 ee ee as required 2 1 Vijeo Citect counts all the variables exchanged with external devices such as PLCs 2 If the server or client is upgraded the k
36. o I O LED red Faults occurring on another PLC station module or configuration fault TER LED yellow Activity on the AUX terminal port FIP LED red Activity on integrated Fipio bus TSX P57 454 554M model In the case of models with an integrated Ethernet port TSX P57 4634M 5634M 6634M this display block features 6 additional LEDs RUN LED green Ethernet Modbus TCP port ready ERR LED red Ethernet port fault COLLED red Collision detection STS LED yellow Ethernet link diagnostics Two TX and RX LEDs yellow Transmission reception activity 2 A Memory extract button for extracting the PCMCIA memory extension card The associated Memory extract ready LED indicates that this card can be extracted safely 3 ARESET button causing a cold start of the PLC when pressed 4 An 8 way female mini DIN connector marked AUX for connecting a programming adjustment or operator dialogue terminal 5 AUSB type connector marked TER for connecting a programming terminal requires the PC compatible 3 m connection cable reference UNY XCA USB 033 to be ordered separately 6 APCMCIAslot no 0 fora memory extension card 7 APCMCIAslot no 1 fora communication card or memory extension card for storing additional data 8 A9 way SUB D connector on TSX P57 454M 554M models for Fipio bus communication Fipio manager port 9 An RJ45 connector on TSX P57 4634M 56
37. 1 input 1 output for drive control 1x 24 V reflex output Servo control on independent linear or infinite axis Servo control on independent Follower axes dynamic ratio linear or infinite axis Realtime correction of drive offset Linear interpolation on 2 or 3 Flying shear on position or _ axes event 2 Realtime correction of drive offset SERCOS ring network 4 M baud Per SERCOS digital link Per SERCOS digital link Per SERCOS digital link Independent linear or infinite axis Linear interpolation of 2 to 8 axes Follower axes 6 slaves by gearing or camming Manual mode JOG and INC 3 Special functions 4 see pages 4 44 Positioning of a moving part on an axis according to motion control functions supplied by the Premium PLC processor Axis parameter setting adjustment and debugging using Unity Pro and PL7 Junior Pro software User definable activation of the event triggered task Via 9 and 15 way SUB D connectors for encoder input direct or via TSX TAP S15ee accessories speed reference Via HE 10 connector for auxiliary inputs Using Modicon Telefast system ABE 7CPA01 ABE 7H16R20 ABE 7CPA11 Using specific accessories TSX TAP MAS See page 9 6 Axis parameter setting adjustment and debugging using Unity Pro and PL7 Junior Pro software 3 Via 2 SMA connectors for plastic or glass fiber optic cable TSX CAY 22 TSX CAY 42 TSX CAY 33 TSX CSY 84 85 TSX CSY 164 4 38 1 Please
38. 2 systems via a medium In order for a network to operate correctly and to ensure full security of personnel in compliance with IEC EN 61131 2 it is necessary to follow the instructions provided in the manual Grounding and Electromagnetic Compatibility of PLC Systems included on DVD reference UNY USE 909CDM m The application layer concerns application programs with their data exchange and cooperation conventions This layer provides the following services o Uni TE industrial message handling available on TSX Micro Premium and TSX 17 TSX series 7 PLCs o Distributed COM database available on TSX Micro Premium and TSX 17 TSX series 7 PLCs or Shared Table service available on TSX Micro Premium PLCs o Periodical data exchange on Fipio bus see page 5 104 o Application to application communication o Telegram Size of requests Ethway Ethernet Fipway Fipio Uni Telway Modbus TCP 1 Uni TE service 256 bytes 2 128 bytes 128 bytes 240 bytes 3 COM service 256 word 128 word database 4 database Application to 256 bytes 128 bytes 128 bytes 240 bytes 3 application Telegram 16 bytes 1 Ethway not available on TSX Micro PLC 2 1 kbyte with requests executed as a background task 3 128 bytes on TSX Micro Premium TSX model 40 terminal port 32 bytes on TSX 17 20 and TSX 47 20 25 4 COM service not available with Ethernet TCP IP Uni TE services The Uni TE proto
39. ABE 7H16S21 ABE 7H16R23 ABE 7H16R1e ABE 7H16R2e ABE 7H16R20 ABE 7H16R1e ABE 7H16R2e ABE 7H16R3e ABE 7H16Cee ABE 7H16R3e ABE 7HCee ABE 7H16S21 ABE 7H16R23 ABE 7H12Ree ABE 7H16S43 ABE 7H16S43 ABE 7S16E2ee ABE 7P16F3ee e technical informatio Schneider 3 3 Electric Selection guide continued Modicon Premium automation platform Discrete I O modules Output modules Applications Connecting outputs to screw terminal blocks for bare wires or wires fitted with either cable ends or open closed cable tags Type transistor or relay Voltage 24V 48 V 12 24 V 24 240 V Current 0 5A 2A 0 5A 1A 0 25A 3A Ith Modularity 8 protected channels 16 8 16 8 non 16 non number of channels protected protected protected protected protected channels channels channels channels channels Connection Via 20 way screw terminal blocks TSX BLY 01 Isolated outputs Fallback Configurable output fallback continuous monitoring of output Configurable output control and output reset in case of internal fault fallback IEC EN 61131 2 conformity Yes Yes Protection Protected Not protected Logic Positive Output limit values Voltage 19 30 V 38 60 V 10 34 V 20 264 V Current channel 0 625A 2 5A 0 625A 1 25A 0 31A Current module 4A 14A 7A 4A Consumption See page 9 6 Types of discrete output module TSX TSX TSX TSX TSX DSY DSY DSY DSY DSY 08T22 16T2 16T3 08R5 16R5 Pages Compatibility with
40. Da x gt Dach s en X pea s zi s zi Dual band industrial high performance Wi Fi LAN Dual band industrial high performance Wi Fi LAN Dual band industrial high performance Wi Fi LAN Access Point Client with one radio module based on Access Point Client with one radio module basedon Access Point Client with one radio module based on IEEE 802 11n draft 2 0 For installation in harsh IEEE 802 11n draft 2 0 For installation in harsh IEEE 802 11n draft 2 0 For installation in harsh environment IP 67 rated environment IP 67 rated With FCC approval for environment IP 67 ATEX Zone II rated With FCC USA and Canada approval for USA and Canada Access point and Client IEEE 802 11a b g h n 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz IP 67 IP 67 ATEX FCC Wall mast 1 300 Mbps 3 x N type 2 x 10 100BASE TX 1 x WLAN interface 8 SSIDs per interface 7 Up to 20 km with external antenna frequency range and data rate dependent on type of antenna 261 x 189 x 55 mm 30 C to 55 C 40 C to 70 C Max 95 non condensing 2x 24 V redundant capable 2x PoE per IEEE802 3af redundant capable 2 24 V 417 mA PoE 48 V 167 mA 2 EN 60950 EN 300328 EN 301893 notified in all EU countries EN 61000 6 2 EN 61131 EN 61131 for operation in automation environment EN 61000 6 2 EN 61131 ATEX Zone Il EN 50155 draft E1 draft TCSN WA 271 3 TCSN WA 271F 3 TCSN WA 2A1 3 5 84 ew More technical
41. Fuzzy Control Library This library is used in particular in the water treatment field for example for controlling chlorine levels in fresh water pools or controlling water levels in high level reservoirs Flow Calculation Library This library is used in the Oil amp Gas field for measuring the gas flow in compliance with the American Gas Association AGA standard This version of the library includes the AGA3 AGA7 and AGAB function blocks TeSys Library This library was developed by the PCP department and provides function blocks for TeSys T and TeSys U starter controllers for M340 and Premium platforms It includes function blocks and a help function for Unity Pro Predictive Control Library This library is used for predictive control of process applications Originally developed for reactors predictive control can be used in other industrial sectors Schneider Electric s Companion Unity amp Libraries team works in partnership with the French company Sherpa Engineering who specialize in predictive control consultancy services Heating Ventilation amp Air Conditioning Library This library is used in the HVAC field and deals with repetitive temperature control and humidity problems using ventilation equipment 6 28 Schneider Electric References Software Unity Pro software Specific libraries Specific libraries depending on the software used see below can be ordered separately Unity specific Librar
42. In Ethernet daisy chain the devices have m 2 Ethernet ports and m 1 embedded switch Schneider Electric is releasing to the Industrial market Industrial Ethernet devices to be connected in daisy chain architectures Deploying daisy chain topologies To deploy daisy chain topologies no hubs or switches are required All devices have an embedded switch Dual port Ethernet at the device level is an absolute integral component for daisy chain topologies One port of the device connects to one port of the neighboring device on either side of the device These neighboring connections make up the daisy chain Ethernet switches can be employed in a daisy chain topology when multiple scan chains are in use by the controlling device It is expected that the Ethernet switch will be located near the controlling device with the different scan chains emanating from the switch Schneider 9 13 Electric Topologies continued Technical information Ethernet network Infrastructure Daisy chain topology continued Limitations of daisy chain Limitations of daisy chain to insure the operational integrity of the network and meet performance metrics are m Dual port Ethernet devices only support 10 Mbit s and or 100 Mbit s operational speeds and must use one or the other m The network will operate only as fast as the slowest device that is connected to the network m In order to improve network traffic latency the numbers of devices
43. Positioning of a moving part on an axis according to motion control functions supplied by the Premium PLC processor Axis parameter setting adjustment and debugging using Unity Pro and PL7 Junior Pro software User definable activation of the event triggered task Via 15 way SUB D connectors for translator amplifier Via 20 way HE 10 connector for auxiliary VO Using Modicon Telefast prewired system ABE 7H16R20 See page 9 6 Via 9 and 15 way SUB D connectors for encoder input direct or via TSX TAP S15ee accessories speed reference Via HE 10 connector for auxiliary inputs Using Modicon Telefast system ABE 7CPA01 ABE 7H16R20 ABE 7CPA11 Using specific accessories TSX TAP MAS TSX CFY 11 TSX CFY 21 TSX CAY 21 TSX CAY 41 4 32 4 38 Q gt More technical information on www schneider electric com 4 28 Schneider Electric 2 axes 4 axes 3 axes 8 axes 16 axes Counter 500 kHz with incremental encoder Acquisition 200 kHz with SSI serial absolute encoder or parallel output absolute encoder Per axis 5 V RS 422 RS 485 or Totem Pole incremental encoder 10 30 V 16 to 25 bit SSI serial absolute encoder 5 10 30 V 16 to 24 bit parallel output absolute encoder with Modicon Telefast conversion sub base ABE 7CPA11 Per axis 1 10 V analog output 13 bits sign drive setpoint Per axis 4 x 24 V discrete inputs homing cam event recalibration emergency stop
44. Presentation Software OPC data server software OPC Factory Server Based on the OLE for Process Control OPC standard Schneider Electric s OPC Factory Server OFS software allows client software applications such as supervisors SCADA and customized interfaces to access the data of Schneider Electric automation system and electrical distribution devices connected to networks or fieldbuses in real time OPa Factory ees It also allows communication with third party devices supporting Modbus and Modbus TCP protocols At the heart of the Transparent Ready offer OFS enables simpler more open and transparent communication between your software applications and your devices These are just some of the advantages that ensure a complete interoperability solution that is central to your process S In version V3 3 the OFS data server integrates the most recent specifications of the OPC Foundation m OPC DA OPC Data Access FOUNDATION m NET API interface m OPC XML DA V1 0 OPC XML Data Access The OFS V3 3 offer is available in two levels m OFS Small Data server for 1000 items 7 that does not support the OPC XML DA protocol m OFS Large Complete data server OFS software is a multi device data server It allows simultaneous use of several communication protocols and it provides client applications with a set of services for accessing control system items that may be local or remote via physical address or via symbol D
45. Screw ABE 7H12R20 0 300 Yes 0or24V Screw ABE 7H12R21 0 300 l Screw ABE 7H12S21 0 375 16 1 1 No No Screw ABE 7H16R10 0 274 Yes No Screw ABE 7H16R11 0 274 2 No No Screw ABE 7H16R50 0 196 2 2 No Oor24V Screw ABE 7H16R20 0 300 Yes Oor24V Screw ABE 7H16R21 0 300 l Screw ABE 7H16S21 0 375 3 3 No 0or24V Screw ABE 7H16R30 0 346 Yes Oor24V Screw ABE 7H16R31 0 346 Inputtype2 7 16 2 2 Yes Oor24V Screw ABE 7H16R23 0 320 Input 16 2 1 Yes 24V 1 F 2 Screw ABE 7H16S43 0 640 Output 16 2 1 Yes ov 1 F 2 Screw ABE 7H16F43 0 640 1 For TSX Micro Modicon Premium 2 With LED to indicate blown fuse Schneider 8 13 Electric Connection interfaces Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Adaptor sub bases with fixed relays and removable terminal blocks References continued Universal input sub bases with solid state relays 0 370 16 2 Yes 24V Screw ABE 7S16E2B1 Spring ABE 7S16E2B1E 0 370 48V Screw ABE 7S16E2E1 0 370 mM 48V Screw ABE 7S16E2E0 0 386 ABE 7H16E2ee 110V Screw ABE 7S16E2F0 0 397 230V Screw ABE 7S16E2M0 0 407 Spring ABE 7S16E2M0E 0 407 Universal output sub bases with solid state relays 16 No 24V 0 5A Yes 2 Screw ABE 7S16S2B0 0 405 Spring ABE 7S16S2B0OE 0 405 No Screw ABE 7S16S1B2 0 400 Spring ABE 7S16S1B2E 0 400 Optimum and Universal output sub bases with electromechanical relays
46. The Vijeo Citect Lite licence is a simple solution for stand alone applications Lite licenses cannot connect to any third party software or client stations Further it cannot be made redundant Vijeo Citect Vijeo Citect Lite licence Designation Number of points Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect Lite 100 VJC NS 3011 56 Stand alone no connectivity 150 VJC NS 3011 11 Key to be ordered separately 300 VJC NS 3011 27 600 VJC NS 3011 59 1200 VJC NS 3011 50 1 The 10 Pack Vijeo Citect keys VCJ 1099 20 is not programmed Presentation Architectures pages 6 46 pages 6 48 6 50 Schneider Electric References continued Software Supervisory control and data acquisition software SCADA Vijeo Citect Vijeo Citect Lite Point Expansion The references below are used for increasing the number of Vijeo Citect Lite points available or to upgrade Lite Server to Full Server The licence point count expansion is achieved in steps For example if a licence is Vijeo Citect upgraded from 100 points to 600 points 3 part numbers will be ordered to upgrade from 100 points to 150 points 150 points to 300 points and 300 points to 600 points Designation Number of points Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect Lite 100 to 150 VJC NS L56 L11 Point Expansion 150 to 300 VJC NS L11 L27 number of points 300 to 600 VJC NS L27 L59 500 or 600 to 1200 VJC N
47. devices can be bus or ring type with a copper cable or fibre optic medium 10 Vijeo Citect a Monitor Pro SCADA i Ethernet Modbus TCP ring 13 dedicated to SCADA 10 10 com 12 2 3 4 M 4 2 3 4 M 4 aj Primary Standby Premium e Premium 1 11 CPU Sync link 10 10 Ethernet Modbus TCP ring I O Scanning service 13 10 10 10 10 a a a a ta 12 12 Magelis Modicon M340 Modicon STB Aitvar Miodison Coo Rn 61 OTB al a Ge 2 ait ui z 14 B Hean 17 1 18 19 Monitored Ethernet network modules When the Hot Standby system is configured with Unity Pro software an Ethernet module no 4 M for each Primary PLC and Standby PLC must always be defined with monitored status and have the Ethernet I O Scanning service This status assigns the module with monitoring of both its correct operation and its electrical connection to its Ethernet switch A failure of the monitored module or its Ethernet connection triggers the changeover from the Primary PLC to the Standby PLC Presentation Description page 4 52 page 4 53 4 54 References pages 4 60 Functions pages 4 58 Schneider Electric Architectures continued Redundant components 1 Non expandable rack with 6 8 or 12 positions TSX RKY ee single rack configurat
48. i K2 K1 PE H 112 S11 ee 111 S102 S ea o N l 11 S02 TSX PAY 262 l s o l a tgs i ae Bus oc n m Emergency stop function Input channel S121 to S232 Input channel S01 to S112 Feedback loop Y1 Y2 S33 Start up button Y2 S33 S34 N O Output 13 14 N O Output 23 24 N O 0 Protective function with automatic start up Input channel S121 to S232 Input channel S01 to S112 Feedback loop Y1 Y2 S33 Shunt to Y2 S33 S34 N O Output 13 14 N O Output 23 24 N O Electric Schneider Power 1 switch supply voltage Power supply On voltage 1 Emergency stop not activated 24 switch Guard closed Emergency stop activated SS Guard open 4 5 Description connection principle 4 6 Modicon Premium automation platform Preventa safety module type TSX PAY 262 TSX PAY 262 safety module comprises on the front panel 1 Arigid IP 20 casing to hold and protect the electronic card 2 Adisplay block 32 LEDs showing operating modes faults and the status of the safety system Ahigh density 44 way SUB D connector for connecting the safety system A6 way removable screw terminal block for connecting the safety outputs Marking for labelling the safety outputs Marking for the external power supply of the module oof 0 Two types of connection for TSX PAY 262 safety module a
49. m Modbus Plus network Presentation zu 2 222002 Wiring system 22 04 aoe area rare nn References 24 se ine m Profibus DP VO fieldbus Presentation corais as inaa aE wed pee re ede E AEE aed oa References zen re ave Sw EAS ie Mesa eee Seat m Profibus DP V1 and Profibus PA fieldbuses Presentation lt hovies tre cited sh bb abhateeseteea cra EA References ee een erde m InterBus fieldbus Presentation cerasto ragni geen ene te eee eae et References anne Serial links m Modbus serial link Presentation zu 24 24 nasa aaa References u ee m Uni Telway serial link Presentation recapi ras 2 2 aan References a a a Dean are m Asynchronous serial links Presentation a 2 2 2 siedmi ai n aa a a das References 2 ee a nee NE y als m Connecting cables for PCMCIA cards and TER AUX ports Schneider Electric page 5 114 page 5 115 page 5 116 page 5 118 page 5 119 page 5 120 page 5 121 page 5 122 page 5 123 page 5 124 page 5 125 page 5 128 page 5 130 page 5 132 page 5 133 page 5 134 5 1 Selection guide Applications Type Structure Medium Configuration Standard services Transparent Ready class Embedded Web server services Transparent Ready communication services Compatible processors Module format Consumption Physical interface Modicon
50. m Standard Web services predefined m FactoryCast configurable Web services m FactoryCast HMI active Web services There are two ranges of configurable Web server m FactoryCast Web modules for PLCs which are embedded in the Modicon TSX Micro Modicon M340 Modicon Premium and Modicon Quantum automation platforms These modules provide transparent access to system and application diagnostic information in real time using Web technologies m FactoryCast Web Gateway modules with all the network interfaces in one standalone unit o A modem depending on the version O An RAS Router function o Acustomizable Web server O HMI functions depending on the version FactoryCast Gateways are a cost effective response to requirements for remote access to customized remote diagnostics maintenance monitoring and control services using a simple web browser as well as to requirements to integrate serial installations Modbus RTU or Uni Telway in an existing Ethernet Modbus TCP infrastructure Standard Web services Standard Web services are integrated in the following Schneider Electric Ethernet products automation platform processors and Ethernet modules distributed I O modules variable speed drives and Ethernet gateways see page 5 17 Using a simple web browser the standard Web server provides the following ready to use functions m Product configuration m Remote diagnostics and maintenance of products m Display and adjustment of
51. 1 Single phase protection replace e by C 2 pole protection replace e byD 2 UL certified circuit breaker Input voltage Secondary Pu Auto protect Earth fault Reference Weight Output Nominal Nominal eset detection voltage power current kg Single phase N L1 or 2 phase L1 L2 100 240V 30V 72W 2 4A Auto No ASI ABLB3002 0 800 15 10 50 60 Hz 144W 4 8A Auto No ASI ABLB3004 1 300 72W 2 4A Auto Yes ASI ABLD3002 0 800 144 W 4 8A Auto Yes ASI ABLD3004 1 300 30 V 72W 2 4A Auto No ASI ABLM3024 1 300 24V 72W 3A ASIABLe3002 Schneider 8 37 Electric 9 0 Schneider Electric Contents 9 Appendices and services Treatment for harsh environments Conformal Coating modules E Presentation 2 22444 epee i i itri dae Kaas page 9 2 M Racks 25 seen be doe eatin ahead dn teeta Shh oer ae page 9 3 E Processors iiieoo a ny bo Ea anna page 9 3 m PCMCIA SRAM memory extension cards page 9 3 m Power supply modules 0 0 00 c cece eee eee eee page 9 4 m Discrete O modules 0 cece eee eee eens page 9 4 m Analog I O modules 0 0 cece eee etn page 9 4 m Counter modules 0 00 c eect eee page 9 5 m Motion control modules 00 0 c eee eee eee page 9 5 m Weighing modules 0 0 cece cece eee page 9 5 m Communication 00 00 cette page 9 5 Power consumption tab
52. 1 6x16 TSX CDP 103 0 150 ABF M32Hee1 2 6x16 TSX CDP 203 0 280 3 6x16 TSX CDP 303 0 410 5 6x16 TSX CDP 503 0 670 Analog inputs 140 AVI 030 00 1 x 25 way 24 0 22 2 8 ABF M08S201 0 600 140 ACI 030 00 SUB D 140 ACI 040 00 2 x 25 way 24 0 22 2 16 ABF M16S201 0 620 SUB D Analog outputs 140 AVO 020 00 1 x 25 way 24 0 22 2 4 ABF M04S200 0 450 SUB D 140 ACO 020 00 1 x 25 way 24 0 22 2 4 ABF M04S201 0 450 SUB D i 140 ACO 130 00 1 x 25 way 24 0 22 2 8 ABF M04S202 0 450 TSX CDP e03 SUB D Electric Schneider 8 19 Connection interfaces Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Accessories for connection sub bases References continued 816483 F Description No of channels Characteristics Order in multiples Unit Weight 3 of reference kg N Kit for fixing on solid plate 10 ABE 7ACCO1 0 008 SER ARE PAGED2 Splitter sub base 16 as 1 ABE 7ACC02 0 075 2 x 8 channels Redundant output 16 as 1 ABE 7ACC10 0 075 sub base 2x 16 channels Redundant input 16 as 1 ABE 7ACC11 0 075 sub base 2x 16 channels Plug in continuity blocks Width 10 mm 4 ABE 7ACC20 0 007 Width 12 mm 4 ABE 7ACC21 0 010 Enclosure feedthrough 16 19 way 1 ABE 7ACC82 0 150 with CNOMO M23 connector 1 x 20 way HE 10 connector PLC end Impedance adaptor for Used with 1 ABE 7ACC85 0 012 compatibility ABE 7ACC82 and Type 2 ABE 7ACC83 IP 65 cable gland For 3 cables 5 ABE 7ACC84 0 3
53. 10 100 Mbps and duplex mode on all ports Unlimited 24 V 18 32 safety extra low voltage SELV P1 and P2 redundant power supplies 100 mA max 125 mA 290 mA max 5 terminals M12 type A male 0 60 C IP 67 60 x 126 x 31mm On a flat surface 0 210 kg cUL 508 and CSA 22 2 No 142 Power supply link status data rate 5 69 More technical information on www schneider electric com 5 terminals 10 95 non condensing IP 20 47x 135 x 111mm On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide 0 230 kg cUL 60950 UL 508 and CSA 22 2 No 142 UL 1604 and CSA 22 2 No 213 class 1 division 2 C GL C Tick P1 and P2 power supplies Ethernet link port status Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault volt free contact 1 A max at 24 V TCS ESU 051F0 499 NES 181 00 Schneider Electric 8x 10BASE T 100BASE TX ports 4 Pr i nE 3 x 10BASE T 100BASE TX ports 4 x 10BASE T 100BASE TX ports 5 x 10BASE T 100BASE TX ports RJ45 RJ45 Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E 100 m 100 m 1 x 100BASE FX port Duplex SC ae Multimode optical fibre 5000 m 1 4000 m 1 Z 8 dB 11 dB Storage and re routing of received data auto MDI MDX automatic negotiation of 10 100 Mbps and duplex mode on all ports automatic change of polarity
54. 16 PLC outputs remain Modicon Premium platform 2 cables 1 splitter box 5 cables 16 PLC outputs remain 2 splitter boxes 10 cables Modicon Quantum platform 3 splitter boxes 16 PLC outputs remain 3 splitter boxes 15 cables 48 PLC outputs remain Modicon STB distributed I O 2 cabled connectors 1 Replace ee by 05 length 0 5 m 10 length 1 m 20 length 2 m 30 length 3 m 50 length 5 m 10 2 Replace ee by 10 length 1 m 20 length 2 m 30 length 3 m 3 Replace ee by 15 length 1 5 m 30 length 3 m 4 Replace ee by 03 length 0 3 m 10 length 1 m 30 length 3 m Electric Schneider 0 length 10 m 3 23 Contents 4 Application specific modules and solutions Preventa safety modules and solutions m Use of Preventa safety modules 0 000 page 4 2 m Preventa safety modules type TSX PAY 262 Presentation functions 2222222 eeeneeneee rennen page 4 4 Description csc ccc 002405 eens ner Seeger aes oe page 4 6 References 2 442445 He eee ee eae NESER Ra Ta NER page 4 7 m Preventa configurable safety controllers type XPS MC Presentation of cutie reas ars ke enue ag Henke eds oe Re een page 4 8 Description 2 2 00 s4 528000 Heese eee eee ee Deke RTE Tes page 4 11 References u 4 42 reer ea ged ara dee ae eee ED page 4 12 Counter and electronic cam modules
55. 6 7 TSX ETY 210 Ethernet Modbus TCP communication module TSX SCY 21601 communication module with TSX SCP 114 Modbus protocol PCMCIA card TSX PSY eee0M power supply TSX DeY discrete I O modules Shared components on the Fipio bus Modicon Premium automation platform Warm Standby system PL7 Pro software The Premium Warm Standby redundant architecture combines physical redundancy of the PLC with Normal Backup type operation Only the Normal PLC processes the application and generates the outputs The Backup PLC applies the outputs generated by the Normal PLC performs self diagnostics and continuously diagnoses the Normal PLC If the Normal PLC fails the Backup PLC takes control and becomes the Normal PLC the faulty PLC previously the Normal PLC then becomes the Backup PLC Optimum availability of the application is ensured by m Automatic or user initiated Normal Backup changeover m Asmooth changeover on the actuators m Updating of the Backup PLC each cycle m Signalling of the faulty component m Online repair m Transparent supervision SCADA Ethernet Modbus TCP network Modbus link CSA si v Momentum Premium Fipio bus The redundant components are m The main rack m The main rack power supply m The processor m Possibly accompanied by m Discrete input modules m Discrete output modules m One or more extendable
56. Doverioaits Support Megloter your software Ormio 6 Ovcunants Emotio Devries Mane ratty RE7YA12BU comes stare ajisa i Mastery stems Zelio Time RET industrial timing relay 2 CO 22 5 mm time detay type Ot Biene EEE re supply 110 240 VAC supply 42 48 V ACPC range 0 05 1 1 ik Seen o Oyon and windemaer ORTE oist Mal u Prona u oarensts Carers orrera a Carota G G im o Bana R R m mga ka mgA 2 Sipon H Canton Care Cartier M You can get this information in one single pdf file Schneider Electric General contents oO N O OA A WO ND Modicon Premium automation platform Modicon Premium processors Power supplies and racks Discrete analog distributed and special I O Application specific modules and solutions Communication Software Human Machine Interfaces Connection interfaces and regulated switch mode power supplies Appendices and services m Treatment for severe environments Conformal Coating modules m Power consumption table m Technical appendices m A dedicated services offer for your installed base m Product reference index Schneider Electric 1 0 Schneider Electric Contents 1 Modicon Premium processors Premium processors Unity selection guide 3 4 40 220 er page 1 2 m Premium processors Unity Presentations ee ar aa et ae Ann a has cbs wok page 1 4 Desc
57. ModbusXMLDa server interface FactoryCast HMI software SOAP Configuration client ea SOAP ps server WSC K Ea H P FactoryCast request HMI module FactoryCast or FactoryCast HMI module ModbusXMLDa client interface Requests ModbusXMLDa functions implemented in implemented FactoryCast modules Access to data ReadDeviceldentification via physical ReadMultipleRegisters ee WriteMultipleRegisters ReadCoils WriteMultipleCoils ReadDiscretelnputs Access to data Read operation to read item list value via symbols Write operation to write item list value Browse operation to browse item list 5 28 Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network SOAP XML Web services The standardization of Web services has come about as a result of joint development between Microsoft and IBM amongst others validated at the W3C World Wide Web Consortium as an open standard It now provides all the tools specifications and environments needed for each platform Web services are based on standards such as m XML eXtensible Markup Language the universal standard for data exchange m SOAP Single Object Access Protocol protocol carried via the HTTP Hyper Text Transfer Protocol channel m WSDL Web Services Description Language in XML format SOAP is currently considered to be the reference protocol including in industry It has now been adopted by the main market players including Micro
58. Module display unit connecting cables 10m SF3 CPY010 1 100 30m SF3 CPY030 3 400 TSX XBT N410 Measurement cables Measurement cables Junction box for load 3m SF3 PY32003 0 300 6 conductors with cells 10m SF3 PY32010 1 100 ice he 20m SF3 PY32020 2 200 weighing madule 30m SF3 PY32030 3 400 40m SF3 PY32040 4 500 50m SF3 PY32050 5 600 80m SF3 PY32080 9 000 1 Setting up weighing modules requires Unity Pro 2 V2 0 or PL7 Junior Pro 2 V4 1 software 2 Equipment approved by the Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques LCIE Central Laboratory for the Electrical Industries SF3 PY32eee Presentation Description Functions pages 4 48 page 4 49 page 4 50 Schneider 4 51 Electric Presentation Modicon Premium automation platform Hot Standby system Unity Pro software Primary Modicon Premium Standby Modicon Premium The Premium Hot Standby offer compatible with Unity Pro software ensures JG yee continuity of operation of a Modicon Premium automation platform control system in the event of failure of m The central processing and communication functions m All or part of the I O system It is based on the principle of Primary Standby redundancy with complete redundancy of the main processing and communication functions use of shared I O on the CPU Sync link Ethernet TCP IP network the Modbus link and or redundancy of in rack I O single rack or multi rack configuration
59. Single phase N L1 connection 1 o 100 230V 23 27 4V 85W 3 5A Automatic ABL4RSM24035 0 500 _ 10 15 120 W 5A Automatic ABL4RSM24050 0 500 ABL 4RSM24050 120V 23 274V 240W 10A Automatic ABL 4RSM24100 0 800 25 10 and 24 27 8V 480W 20A Automatic ABL 4RSM24200 1 300 230 V 2 miom 20 15 N wesen 3 phase L1 L2 L3 connection 400 500 V 24 27 8V 480W 20A Automatic ABL 4WSR24200 1 300 Spode 15 10 N o o 720W 30A Automatic ABLAWSR24300 1 300 aa 960 W 40A Automatic ABL 4WSR24400 1 300 ABL 4 RSM24109 Function Use Description Reference Weight kg SS SI Continuity after Holding time 100 ms Buffer module ABL 8BUF24400 1 200 Ss a power outage at40Aand2sat1A ERRENA 5 Holding time 9 min at 40 A 2 hrs at 1 A Battery check module ABL 8BBU24200 0 500 Fi Sm depending on use with a battery check output current 20 A eg module battery unit and load 4 Battery check module ABL8BBU24400 0 700 ee output current 40 A a vant Battery module 3 2 Ah 6 ABL8BPK24A03 3 500 Battery module 7 Ah 6 ABL 8BPK24A07 6 500 ULZBe Battery module 12 Ah 6 ABL 8BPK24A12 12 000 1 Continuity after Paralleling and redundancy ofthe power supply Redundancy module ABL 8RED24400 0 700 a malfunction to ensure uninterrupted operation of the ABL 4WSR24200 application excluding AC line failures and application overcurrents Discriminating Electronic protection 1 10 A overcurrent or Protection module with 2 pol
60. Smart E mail Active Web page refresh Interpreted calculations Local data logging 1 t FactoryCast HMI real time database FactoryCast HMI modules FactoryCast HMI Web services are integrated in the Web server modules embedded in the Modicon Premium and Modicon Quantum automation platforms These modules have the following Ethernet and Web services m Ethernet Modbus TCP communication functions o TCP IP messaging service with Modbus TCP IP and Uni TE TCP IP protocols O SNMP agent for standardized network management which supports standard MIB II and Transparent Ready private MIB m FactoryCast configurable Web services o Rack Viewer PLC diagnostics functions see page 5 19 o Data Editor read write functions for PLC variables see page 5 19 o Alarm Viewer alarm display functions see page 5 20 o Graphic Data Editor online graphical view editor functions see page 5 20 o Function for hosting and displaying user defined Web pages see page 5 21 FactoryCast HMI modules also provide the following specialized HMI Web services m Real time HMI database management independent of the PLC processor m Arithmetic and logical calculations on HMI data m Direct connectivity with relational databases traceability m Data Logging recording data in the module m Display of Unity Pro graphic runtime screens in the form of Web pages m Recipe management read write m Alarm and report notification by e ma
61. Type of output Output signal Resolution Connection No of Reference Weight range channels 1 kg Analog isolated 10V 11 bits Screw terminal 4channels TSX ASY 410 0 350 0 20 mA sign block 2 4 20 MA Analog with 10V 13 bits 1 x 25 way 8channels TSX ASY 800 common point 0 20 mA sign SUB D 2 4 20 mA connector 1 TSX BLY 01 removable screw terminal block not supplied To be ordered separately 2 The number of TSX ASY 800 modules is limited to 1 per rack with single format power supply and 2 per rack with double format power supply when this supplies the 24 VR voltage required by the outputs Presentation Functions page 3 14 pages 3 14 Electric 3 16 Schneider References continued Modicon Premium automation platform Analog I O modules Description Compatible Use Type of Reference Weight with module terminal block kg Modicon Telefast ABE 7 TSXAEY 800 Distribution of 8 channels on Screw ABE 7CPA02 0 290 sub bases TSXAEY 810 screw terminals ABE7CPAO TSX AEY 1600 TSX ASY 800 1 TSXAEY 420 Distribution of 8 channels with Screw ABE 7CPA03 0 330 TSXAEY 800 common point on screw TSX AEY 1600 terminals protected sensor power supply continuity of current loops during disconnection protection against overvoltages TSXAEY 810 Distribution of 8 isolated Screw ABE 7CPA31 0 410 channels on screw terminals channel by channel sensor power supply without common point protection against overvol
62. application specific channels used Uni TE Uni Telway Periodic data exchange Agent function Uni TE message handling 240 bytes Application to application Client server Transparent exchange of remote I O Application to application 240 bytes Transparency of all devices on X Way architecture via a master All types of Premium TSX P57 e53M 54M All types of Premium processor processor TSX P57 e823M PCMCIAtype Illcard Integrated link on the Integrated Standard format on Premium Premium processor Uni Telway link module processor See page 9 6 See pages 9 8 to 9 18 TSX FPP 10 z Integrated link gy TERandAUX oy TSX on processor terminal port SCY 21601 5 105 5 103 5 130 More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric F ka em sr iR i t an Im Nr Uni Telway InterBus Profibus DP VO RS 232 isolated RS 485 and 20 mACL Isolated RS 485 RS 485 Master slave Generation 4 master slave Master 19 2 Kbps max 500 Kbps 9 6 Kbps 12 Mbps depending on distance Double shielded twisted pair Shielded twisted pair Shielded twisted pair Fibre optic infrared etc Fibre optic or infrared 2in RS 232 512 slaves max with 254 bus terminal modules 126 slaves 28 in RS 485 max 16 on 20 mACL 15 min RS 232 400 m max remote bus 1200 m 9 6 Kbps 4800 m with 3 repeaters 1000 m in isolated RS 485 1300 m in 20 mA CL 100 m 12 Mbps 400 m with 3 repeaters 64 max d
63. connector 6 5m 490 NOT 000 05 1 MT RJ connector 490 NOT 000 05 2 MT RJ connectors 7 3m 490 NOR 000 03 Dr 5m 490 NOR 000 05 490 NOR 000 05 Description Optical fibre Type Reference age Fibre optic modules for Multimode 50 125 um or 62 5 125 um 1000BASE TCS EAA F1LFU00 0 040 Gigabit ports SX with LC connector 1 Single mode 9 125 um 1000BASE TCS EAA F1LFH00 0 040 LH Multimode 50 125 um or 62 5 125 um 1000BASE TCS EAA F1LFS00 0 040 Single mode 62 5 125 um LX Description Use Port Reference Weight kg Configuration backup key Connected on the front USB TCS EAM 0100 for TCS ESM switches of the switch used to Save and retrieve the switch configuration Update the internal software Configuration backup key RJ45 V24 TCS EAM 0200 for TCS ESB switches Description With connectors No Length Reference Weight at both ends kg Straight through copper 1 x IP 67 4 way M12 connector 8 im TCS ECL 1M3M 182 cables and 1 x RJ45 connector 3m TCS ECL 1M3M 3S2 10m TCS ECL 1M3M 10S2 25m TCS ECL 1M3M 25S2 40m TCS ECL 1M3M 40S2 2 x IP 67 4 way M12 im TCS ECL 1M1M 182 connectors 3m TCS ECL 1M1M 352 10m TCS ECL 1M1M 10S2 25m TCS ECL 1M1M 2552 40m TCS ECL 1M1M 4052 Power supply cables 2 female M12 2m XZC P1164L2 straight connectors 5m XZC P1164L5 2 female M12 2 5m XZC P1264L2 elbowed connectors 5m XZC P1264L5 2 female M12 XZC C12 FDM
64. expansion card TSX P57 203M D 750 TSX P57 2623M D 1110 TSX P57 253M D 820 TSX P57 2823M D 1180 TSX P57 303AM D 1000 TSX P57 3623AM D 1360 TSX P57 353AM D 1060 TSX P57 353LAM S 1650 TSX P57 453AM D 1080 TSX P57 4823AM D 1440 Discrete I O TSX DEY 08D2 S 55 80 l TSX DEY 16A2 S 80 TSX DEY 16A3 S 80 TSX DEY 16A4 S 80 TSX DEY 16A5 S 80 TSX DEY 16D2 S 80 135 TSX DEY 16D3 S 80 135 TSX DEY 16FK S 250 75 TSX DEY 32D2K S 135 160 TSX DEY 32D3K S 140 275 TSX DEY 64D2K S 155 315 TSX DSY 08R4D S 55 80 TSX DSY 08R5 S 55 70 TSX DSY 08R5A S 55 80 TSX DSY 0855 S 125 TSX DSY 08T2 S 55 TSY DSY 08T22 S 55 TSX DSY 08T31 S 55 TSX DSY 16R5 S 80 135 L TSX DSY 1654 S 220 TSX DSY 1655 S 220 TSX DSY 16T2 S 80 TSX DSY 16T3 S 80 TSX DSY 32T2K S 140 TSX DSY 64T2K S 155 TSX DMY 28FK S 300 75 TSX DMY 28RFK S 300 75 Bus X remote TSX REY 200 S C 500 Total to be carried over to next page Current mA BE 9 6 Schneider Electric Document for selecting Modicon Premium automation TSX PSY power supply platform modules Power consumption table template to be photocopied Reference Format Consumption in mA 1 S single 5 V voltage 24 VR voltage 24 V voltage D double Module Module Module Total carried over from previous page Current mA EE E Analog I O TSX AEY 414 TSX AEY 420 TSX AEY 800 TSX AEY 810 TSX AEY 1600 TSX AEY 1614 TSX ASY 410 TSX ASY 800 2 DN ON MD MD MM nm wm
65. is ready for Factory Acceptance Tests More details of the coverage provided by these conversion tools can be found in our internet site www schneider electric com Designation Legacy System Reference Weight supported kg Basic System Conversion Tier 1 1 VJC 1090 81 minimum 10 pages Tier 2 2 VJC 1090 82 Tier 3 3 VJC 1090 83 Page Import All Tiers VJC 1090 88 minimum 10 pages Designation Content Reference Weight kg Loan of single 1 Server licence VJC 1095 11 Vijeo Citect key unlimited number of points VJC NS 1011 99 1 Scheduler VJC 9032 88 Loan of multiple 1 Server licence VJC 1095 12 Vijeo Citect keys unlimited number of points VJC NS 1011 99 5 Floating Control Client licences VJC NS1020 99 5 Floating View Only Client licences VJC NS1030 99 2 Floating Web Control Client licences VJC NS1022 99 2 Floating Web View Only Client licences VJCNS1032 99 1 Scheduler VJC 9032 88 1 Tier 1 FactoryLink 5 to 6 x MonitorPro 2 Fix32 Genesis32 Cimplicity Moore APACS Wonderware 5 x to 9 x 2 Tier 2 iFIX 3 5 Delta V Fix32 amp iFIX 3 5 RSView32 6 4 FactoryLink 7 5 MonitorPro 7 2 amp 7 6 ViieoLook 2 6 WinCC 6 0 Wizcon 3 Tier 3 iFIX 4 5 DeltaV iF IX 4 5 Telvent OASyS DNA 6 x Telvent OASyS 5 x Telvent Vector RT View amp Ovision Honeywell TDC3000 Vigile 4 Available for customers requiring temporary access to a key The hardware key must
66. is used to monitor and control all Ethernet architecture components and thus ensure a rapid diagnosis in the event of a problem It is used to m Interrogate network components such as computer stations routers switches bridges or terminal devices in order to view their status m Obtain statistics about the network to which the devices are connected This network management software complies with the conventional client server model However to avoid confusion with other communication protocols that use this terminology we talk instead about m ConneXview network diagnostics software TSX EAZ 01P SFE10 m Network manager for the client application that operates on the computer station m SNMP agent for the network device server application Transparent Ready products can be managed by any SNMP network manager including HP Openview and IBM Netview The SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol standard protocol is used for access to configuration and management objects that are contained in the device MIBs Management Information Base These MIBs must comply with certain standards to be accessed by any managers on the market but depending on the complexity of the products manufacturers can add certain objects to private databases The Transparent Ready private MIB includes management objects specific to the Schneider Electric offer These objects simplify installation setup and maintenance of Transparent Ready devices in an open enviro
67. m 1 TSX ISP Y101 weighing module m 1 TSX XBT N410 display unit m 1 module display unit connecting cable length 3 m The TSX ISP Y121 weighing module display unit assembly conforms to the OIML recommendations and is approved for class Ill weighers 6000 scale divisions and class IIII weighers 1000 scale divisions Description Functions References page 4 49 page 4 50 page 4 51 Schneider Electric Presentation continued Modicon Premium automation description platform ISP Plus integrated weighing system When a TSX ISP Y101 weighing module is integrated in a Premium PLC it is possible to go beyond the scope of a simple weighing application The PLC manages not only the whole of the weighing environment but also the whole ofthe machine or the industrial process associated with the weighing system In a Premium configuration the number of TSX ISP Y101 weighing modules must be added to the other application specific modules TSX SCY 21601 communication TSX CTY counting TSX CAY CSY axis control and TSX CFY motion control The maximum number of TSX ISP Y101 weighing modules is m Premium Unity configurations one application specific channel per weighing module 8 weighing modules with TSX 57 1e processors 24 weighing modules with TSX 57 2e processors 32 weighing modules with TSX 57 3e processors 64 weighing modules with TSX 57 4e 5e 6e processors m Premium PL7 configurations two application specific channels
68. m Increased availability of the traceability function due to the direct connection between FactoryCast HMI modules and relational databases m Powerful ready to use remote diagnostics capability m Nomad client stations to be connected to the Intranet or Internet via Thin Client PC or PDAdevices Mixed architecture Direct links with information management levels In this type of architecture FactoryCast HMI eliminates the need for intermediate devices software or hardware gateways which are expensive to install and maintain by establishing direct links between the automation levels and the global information management levels MES ERP etc The PLC manages the following links which allow a collaborative automation system to be set up making it easier to share data in real time m Direct archiving of information from the automation system in relational databases m Direct interaction with IT applications via the SOAP XML client server interface This solution results in m Simplified architectures m Lower installation development and maintenance costs m Increased reliability of information the data is collected at source m Increased interoperability with IT applications Direct links with the information management levels m Greater availability of data archiving 5 24 Schneider Electric Functions Real time database RRA zali E Ewell deren Mew Teer MN
69. monitored in order to increase the redundant equipment covered for example for the SCADA Ethernet network an application program must be written in each PLC Modicon Premium automation platform Hot Standby system Unity Pro software Typical architecture In this type of architecture the I O system of Premium PLCs equipped with the TSX H57 24M 44M dedicated Hot Standby processor is defined by distribution of field products or devices on the Ethernet Modbus TCP network Functionally the products or devices connected on the same Ethernet Modbus TCP network can be either of the following types m Client Twido controller Modicon PLC Magelis HMI W de remote management module etc m Modbus TCP server Modicon OTB Momentum distributed I O Modicon STB I O islands Altivar variable speed drives Lexium servo drives Inductel Ositrack identification systems etc The Ethernet I O Scanning service allows client server type exchanges between the PLC and Ethernet devices communicating in Modbus TCP protocol This service can be used to configure up to 64 stations with periodic read and or write exchanges based on the tables of variables word type for the target products or devices The I O Scanning service is a function available as standard with TSX ETY 4103 5103 Ethernet network modules The topology of the Ethernet Modbus TCP network providing the connection between the PLC Ethernet Modbus TCP modules and the distributed products
70. platform with I O Scanner function Transparent Ready class e30 Word table Read Ethernet Modbus TCP Device with Modbus TCP messaging in server mode Device input words f output words noe ooo 200 o 0 ooo o9 ono Gen ono dddddenoag 70009 8000 The I O Scanning Service is used to manage the exchange of remote I O states on the Ethernet network after simple configuration with no need for any special programming I O scanning is performed transparently by means of read write requests according to the Modbus client server protocol on the TCP IP profile This principle of scanning via a standard protocol enables communication with any device supporting Modbus TCP messaging in server mode This service can be used to define m A MW word zone reserved for reading inputs m A MW word zone reserved for writing outputs m Refresh periods independent of the PLC scan During operation the module m Manages TCP IP connections with each remote device m Scans devices and copies the I O to the configured MW word zone m Feeds back status words used to check that the service is working correctly from the PLC application m Applies pre configured fallback values if a communication problem occurs Arange of hardware and software products is available enabling the I O Scanning protocol to be implemented on any type of device that can be connected to the Ethernet n
71. this connector can be replaced by the TSX CAN KCDF 180T connector XZ CC12eCM50B Presentation Description Software setup Wiring system page 5 86 page 5 87 page 5 88 page 5 89 Schneider 5 91 Electric Presentation Modicon Premium Automation description Platform Master module for AS Interface cabling system The TSX SAY 1000 master module for AS Interface cabling system make the Modicon Premium PLC the master of the AS Interface system Sensors via Modicon interface Modicon Premium TSX SAY 1000 XVB illuminated indicator bank is alles 9 a E AS Interface a 000 e E 8 interface t XAL control station Ar oa Motor starter Phaseo AS Interface power supply The AS Interface cabling system consists of a master station Modicon Premium PLC and slave stations The master supporting the AS Interface profile interrogates the devices connected on the AS Interface line one by one and stores the information sensor actuator status device operating status in the PLC memory Communication on the AS Interface line is managed totally transparently in relation to the PLC application program The TSX SAY 1000 Modicon Premium master module supports the AS Interface M2E profile AS Interface V2 which manages m Discrete slave devices up to 62 devices organized in 2 banks A B with 31 addresses each m Analog devices up to 31 devices in bank A m Safety inter
72. to access a 20 way miniature connector 6 Two indicator lamps ERR lamp card or link fault COM lamp data transmission or reception TSX Y TSX To be ordered separately TSX SCP SCY cordset SCY 21601 SCY 11601 a Modicon a Premium 1 Modbus RTU slave Protocol with TSX 37 05 08 2 This slot can also take PCMCIA card TSX FPP 20 for Fipway networks References pages 5 125 5 124 Schneider Electric References Modicon TSX Micro Modicon Premium automation platform Modbus serial link Modbus connection components Description TSX Micro PLC integrated link TER port Protocol Physical layer Modbus RTU Non isolated RS 485 Uni Telway character mode Reference Please consult our website Weight kg www schneider electric com Communication Modbus 1RS 485 isolated integrated channel TSX SCY 21601 0 360 mi module Character mode channel 0 1 97 slaves for Premium Uni Telway 1 PCMCIA card slot channel 1 1 Modbus 1 RS 485 isolated integrated channel TSX SCY 11601 0 340 channel 0 1 2 19 2 Kbps 1 247 slaves Va PCMCIA Modbus RS 485 RS 422 compatible TSX SCP 114 0 105 TOX SCY 21601 Pek OCY ol cards for Premium Character mode 1 2 19 2 Kbps ee ale Uni Telway RS 232 9 signals 0 6 19 2 Kbps TSX SCP 111 0 105 or TSX SCY 21601 20 mACL 1 2 19 2 Kbps TSX SCP 112 0 105 module TSX SCP 116 1 PCMCIA slot designed to take aTSX SC
73. which can be spread over a maximum of 32 tracks to which 24 discrete physical outputs and 8 logic outputs can be assigned Processing is organized into 4 groups of 8 tracks with groups 0 and 1 associated with connector 0 on the module and groups 2 and 3 with connector 1 The TSX CCY 1128 module can be used for the following functions elimination of axis backlash position recalibration capturing measurements part length number of points per revolution angle of arrival of parts slip etc anticipation of switching parts counter event generation Like all application specific modules the TSX CCY 1128 module can be installed in any slot of a Premium PLC except for those specifically for the power supply and the processor The front panel of the TSX CCY 1128 electronic cam module comprises 1 A15 way SUB D connector for connecting the incremental or absolute encoder 2 A20 way HE 10 connector for connecting the track outputs of groups 0 and 1 connector 0 3 A20 way HE 10 connector for connecting the track outputs of groups 2 and 3 connector 1 A20 way HE connector for connecting the auxiliary inputs and the encoder power supply Rigid casing which Holds the electronic cards Locates and locks the module in its slot Module diagnostic LEDs Module diagnostics Green RUN LED module operating Red ERR LED internal fault module failure Red I O LED external fault or application fault Channel diagnostics Green
74. x PLE Project FF Erata Tinis Nam NOE _Argicston Laibad Bil Tara Vere A PLC Propet Dada FF Era Tunis en fier Fron B Ta Ai zw fe Fon D To f Unoowedowa Wer PLC Propet Fes F Enable Taree Usswebriee Wer Disasige Wer Lamesen Maray Car Meda ra Asse FF rc fin Scan Deomed ne sise or Freespece 740320 Ture Spit Das Unity Loader Project tab Unity Leader 2 2 Propet Ferns Options Abou Ft haiarn Barr Deon FL F Sewer Mena Cod 7 we on Bes Vem Dezogen BM lt EHC 0600 BMCEHC 0600 1 10 Hih Speedcore 3 Dy Marnay Cart Neds Frame amn vc row Sean Doormat size oe Reestece Frama Tumie Spit Oo Unity Loader Firmware tab 6 26 Software Unity Pro software Unity Loader software Unity Loader is companion software to Unity Pro and is used to perform maintenance operations on automation applications Its easy setup and the small size of its executable make it an essential tool for updating Unity Pro projects without needing to use Unity Pro It can also be used for updating the embedded software on Modicon M340 modules It performs the following main functions m Transferring automation project components such as the program and data from the PC to the PLC or the PLC to the PC m Transferring files and user Web pages stored in the memory card of Modicon M340 PLCs m Transferring the firmware from the PC
75. 0 110 kg 101 x 80 x 35 mm 15 N at 160 km h IP 65 3x 1m cordsets with N male connectors at both ends rn gt 5 GHz Medium directional antenna 5150 5250 MHz 5250 5350 MHz 5350 5725 MHz 5725 5875 MHz 18 dBi 19 dBi 18 5 dBi 18 dBi eS Linear vertical 18 18 6 W cw N female 45 C to 70 C 45 C to 70 C 7035 Light grey Plastic 0 107 kg 190 x 190 x 30 5 mm IP 65 IP 67 1 m cordset with N male connectors at both ends 5 GHz Very directional 11n antenna 5150 5875 MHz 23 dBi lt 1 7 Dual linear vertical and horizontal ge ge 6W 2x N female Grey white 2 5 kg 371 x 371 x 40 mm 264 N at 220 km h 2x 1mcordsets with N male connectors at both ends 3 x adaptor cables R SMA male connector to N female connector Adaptor cable R SMA male connector to N female connector 2 x adaptor cables R SMA male connector to N female connector Yes TCSN ee 0000 TCSG ee 0000 TCSN ee 0000 TCS WAB 5DN TCS WAB 5D TCS WAB 5VN 5 84 3 MiMo Multiple Input Multiple Output ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric 5 81 Selection guide continued Wi Fi network Wi Fi antennas 2 4 GHz omni directional 2 4 GHz directional 2 4 GHz dual slant antenna antenna antenna nee as Linear vertical Vertical Dual linear 45 slant 1 mcordset with N male connectors at both ends 2
76. 0 300 24 V power supply for 2 channels and 5 V 10 30 V encoder power supply Additional terminal 20 linked terminals for ABE 7BV20 0 060 block ABE 7H16R20 Order in multiples of 5 sub base ABE 7H16R20 Adaptor sub base for 5 V 10 30 V 15 way SUB D ABE 7CPA11 0 300 TSX CTY 2C parallel output absolute module 2 encoders Connection 5 V RS 422 encoder 15 way SUB D 4 TSX TAP S15 05 0 260 interfaces for 10 30 V Totem Pole 15 way SUB D 4 TSX TAP S15 24 0 260 incremental encoder encoder TSX TAP S15 ee 1 For numbers see page 4 21 2 Enables multiplexing of 2 absolute encoders on the same channel up to 4 absolute encoders when using 2 ABE 7CPA11 adaptor sub bases Presentation Architectures page 4 20 page 4 21 Electric 4 22 Schneider References continued platform Modicon Premium automation TSX CTY 2C measurement and counter module Connecting cables Description From TSX CTY 2C To No Length Reference Weight module 1 kg Cordsets 15 way ABE 7CPA01 CPA11 5 0 5m TSX CCP S15 050 0 110 AWG 12 0 205 mm SUB D sub bases or im TSX CCP S15 100 0 160 connector TSX TAP S1506 accessory 15 way SUB D 2 5m TSX CCP S15 0 300 connector 20 wire preformed 24 V power supply Free end with 7 3m TSX CDP 301 0 400 TSX CCP S15 eee TSX CDPe01 cables and5V 10 30V colour coded wires 5m TSXCDP501 0 660 AWG 22 0 324 mm encode
77. 100 240 V 24 V non isolated and 24 48 V isolated power supply modules A power supply is required for each rack See page 9 6 See pages 9 8 and 9 18 1 19 8 Premium PL7 range processors are equipped with 32 bit architecture microprocessors except for TSX P57 1e3 processors which have 16 bit architecture processors 9 The TSX P57 153M processor does not support the CANopen bus PCMCIA module 10 The integrated Ethernet port requires 1 of the available network connections 11 Processor reserved for updating configurations with TSX P57 352M PL7 old version processors 4 Processor can be migrated from PL7 to Unity Pro by means of a simple update of the processor s operating system included on the Unity Pro software CD ROM Qs More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider 1 15 Electric Presentation Modicon Premium automation platform PL7 processors Premium TSX P57 ee3M 3AM and TSX P57 ee23M 23AM automation platform processors manage the entire PLC station comprising discrete I O modules Preventa safety modules analog I O modules and application specific modules which can be distributed over one or more racks connected via Bus X or a fieldbus TSX P57 processors The types of processor available are divided into different capacities according to memory in rack I O communication and processing speed Depending on the model m 4to 16 racks m 512 to 2040 discrete I O m 24 to 25
78. 110 STB NMP 2212 Connection accessories 1 Description Use No Mounting Reference Weight 171 PNT 11020 1 kg Modbus Plus IP 20 tee requires the 043 509 383 wiring tool Integrates the 5 990 NAD 230 00 0 230 taps line terminator IP 20 tap for tap link connection 6 DIN rail 990 NAD 230 20 Connection on screw terminals Plate 990 NAD 230 21 supports 1 RJ45 connector on front panel IP 65 tap for tap link connection supports 1 RJ45 connector on 6 Plate 990 NAD 230 10 0 650 front panel IP 20 tee with 2 RJ45 connectors for Modbus Plus cableand 7 170 XTS 020 00 0 260 1 x 9 way SUB D connector for tap link devices Line For 990 NAD 230 20 21 tap IP 20 11 990 NAD 230 22 terminators For 990 NAD 230 10 tap IP 65 1 990 NAD 230 11 Soldin lots of2 Eor 79 XTS 020 00 tee IP 20 2 170 XTS 021 00 Used directly at the end of the trunk cable with no tee or tap 11 AS MBKT 185 Mounting kit DIN rail mounting for 990 NAD 230 10 IP 65 tap 990 NAD 230 12 Protectors Replacement protectors for RJ45 connector for access tothe 990 NAD 230 23 Sold in lots of 4 terminal port on the 990 NAD 230 10 tap Wiring tool Mounting trunk and tap cables in 990 NAD 230 00 tap 043 509 383 1 For other Modbus Plus network accessories and connecting cables consult your Customer Care Centre Presentation Connections page 5 114 page 5 115 Electric 5 116 Schneider References c
79. 2 control room with no dust producing machinery or activity Pollution level 2 does not take account of more severe environments such as those where the air is polluted with dust fumes corrosive or radioactive particles vapours or salts moulds insects etc Treatment for more severe environments If the Modicon Premium automation platform needs to be used in a harsh environment the Conformal Coating offer provides processor and power supply modules I O modules on Bus X and racks with a protective coating applied to their electronic cards This treatment improves the cards insulation qualities and their resistance to m Condensation m Dusty atmospheres conducting foreign particles m Chemical corrosion in particular when used in sulphurous atmospheres oil refinery purification plant etc or atmospheres containing halogens chlorine etc This protection combined with appropriate installation and maintenance enables Modicon Premium products to be used in harsh chemical environments such as types 3C2 and 3C3 described in standard IEC EN 60721 3 3 The functional and electrical characteristics of the coated modules are identical to those of the non coated versions Please consult the characteristics pages in this catalogue chapter 1 chapter 5 To order modules and racks with Conformal Coating protection please refer to the references pages 9 3 9 5 for coated products add the letter C at the end of the standard
80. 2 GHz 54 dB uV Schneider CE Tests required by the C European Directives and based on standard IEC EN 61131 2 1 Devices must be installed and wired in accordance with the instructions in the Grounding and Electromagnetic Compatibility of PLC Systems manual available in pdf format on the CD ROM supplied with Unity Pro or PL7 software packages or included on DVD reference UNY USE 909 CD M see page 6 20 2 These tests are carried out with no enclosure with the devices fixed on a metal grid and wired in accordance with the recommendations in the Grounding and Electromagnetic Compatibility of PLC Systems manual 3 In cases where the limits of electromagnetic emissions between 30 MHz and 1 GHz need to be monitored it is recommended that TSX RKY 6EX 8EX racks be used instead of TSX RKY 6 8 racks 4 The devices must be installed in a metal enclosure 9 9 Electric Environmental tests Modicon Premium automation continued platform Standards certifications and environmental conditions Description of test Standards Levels Immunity to climatic variations Dry heat IEC EN 60068 2 2 Bd 60 C for 16 hours D O 40 C for 16 hours D C Cold IEC EN 60068 2 1 Ad 0 C for 16 hours Damp heat steady state IEC EN 60068 2 3 Ca 60 C with 93 relative humidity 96 hours D O 40 C with 93 95 relative humidity 96 hours D C Damp heat cyclic IEC EN 60068 2 3 Db 55 C D O 40
81. 20 x 0 34 mm cross section sheathed wires m At the other end 4 flying leads color coded according to standard DIN 47100 TSX CDP 301 length 3 m TSX CDP 501 length 5 m TSX CDP 1001 length 10 m Preformed cable Sheathed rolled ribbon cables AWG 28 0 08 mm The rolled ribbon cables are used to connect the I O of modules with HE 10 connectors 1 to Modicon Telefast ABE 7 fast wiring connection and adaptor interfaces 2 This cable 3 consists of 2 HE 10 connectors 4 and a sheathed rolled ribbon cable with 0 08 mm cross section wires Given the small cross section of the wires it is recommended for use on low current I O only 100 mA max per output TSX CDP 102 length 1m TSX CDP 202 length 2 m TSX CDP 302 length 3 m Connecting cable AWG 22 0 324 mm Used to connect the I O of modules with HE 10 connectors 1 to Modicon Telefast ABE 7 fast wiring connection and adaptor interfaces 2 This cable 5 consists of 2 moulded HE 10 connectors 6 and a cable that will take higher currents 500 mA max TSX CDP 053 length 0 5 m TSX CDP 103 length 1m TSX CDP 203 length 2 m Rolled ribbon and connection cable TSX CDP 303 length 3m TSX CDP 503 length 5 m TSX CDP 1003 length 10 m Description Functions References page 3 7 pages 3 8 pages 3 9 3 6 Schneider Electric Description Modicon Premium automation platform Discrete I O modules The discrete I O modules are standard format 1 slot They hav
82. 200 application pages 256 alarm pages 50 Alphanumeric bargraph buttons LEDs Yes 4 XBT N eece XBT R eee XBT RT eee Please consult the Human Machine Interfaces catalogue 4 Only XBT RT511 5 Depending on model ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric 713 Selection guide Operator dialogue terminals Magelis GTO Optimum Advanced Panels Colour TFT LCD Colour TFT LCD backlit backlit 320 x 240 pixels QVGA 800 x 480 pixels WVGA 3 55 5 7 0 Wide Via touch screen Via touch screen Via touch screen 6 function keys 8 function keys static or dynamic static or dynamic 64 96 MB Flash EPROM 1 96 MB Flash EPROM By 4 GB SD card except HMI GTO2300 Limited by internal Flash Limited by capacity of internal Flash EPROM memory EPROM memory capacity or of SD card Unlimited 8000 variables max Alphanumeric bitmap bargraph gauge tank tank level indicator curves polygon button LED 32 groups of 64 recipes comprising 1024 ingredients max Yes with log Yes Built in Uni TE 2 Modbus Modbus TCP IP 1 and for PLC brands Mitsubishi Omron Allen Bradley and Siemens RS 232C COM1 and RS 485 COM2 except HMI GTO1310 RS 232C 485 COM1 1 type Ahost connector 1 mini B connector Ethernet TCP IP 10BASE T 100BASE TX 3 Modbus Plus and Fipway via USB gateway RS 232C COM1 serial link 4 and USB port for parallel printer
83. 3 Fipway 3 4 7 modules Ethway in rack modules Ethway in rack modules 10 channels with 3 loops max 15 channels with 3 loops max 20 channels with 3 loops max 30 channels with 3 loops max Process control EFB library Yes Yes 160 192 Kb program and data 8 192 208 Kb program and data 8 440 Kb program and data 1 Mb program 2 Mb program and data and data 768 Kb program 1 75 Mb program 2 Mb program 7 Mb program 7 Mb program 160 192 Kb data 8 192 208 Kb data 8 440 Kb data 1 Mb data 2 Mb data 8 Mb PCMCIA extension in upper or lower slot 0 or 1 on processor 1 100 240 V 24 V non isolated and 24 48 V isolated power supply A power supply is required for each rack See page 9 6 See pages 9 8 and 9 18 TSX P57 204M TSX P57 304M TSX H57 24M TSX P57 2634M TSX P57 3634M TSX H57 44M TSX P57 4634M TSX P57 5634M TSX P57 6634M 10 kk 10 TSX P57 254M TSX P57 354M TSX P57 454M TSX P57 554M kk kkk eee 4 60 1 10 4 60 1 11 7 TSX P57 4634M 5634M 6634M processors with integrated Ethernet port do not support the PCMCIA Fipway card 8 The second value corresponds to TSX P57 254M 354M processors with integrated Fipio link and to the TSX H57 24M Hot Standby processor 9 The integrated Ethernet port requires 1 of the available network connections 10 The integrated Ethernet port is dedicated to Hot Standby communication CPU Sync link between the Primary and Standby CPUs 11 The TSX P57 154M
84. 3 ABE 7R16T231 0 730 12mm ABR 7833 1C O Volt free ABE 7R16T330 1 300 Common on both poles 4 ABE 7R16T332 1 200 ABR 7S37 2C 0 Volt free ABE 7R16T370 1 300 1 The sub bases are supplied as standard with electromechanical relays all or part of which can be replaced by solid state relays of the same width it is possible to combine these different technologies on a single sub base 2 Two connection methods are available enabling inputs and outputs to be connected to the same sub base at the same time 3 Per group of 8 channels 4 Per group of 4 channels Schneider References continued ABE 7P16T2ee 8 16 Connection interfaces Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Output adaptor sub bases for plug in relays Optimum and Universal output sub bases for solid state relays and or electromechanical relays 1 16 5mm ABR7S11 No No Contact common per Screw ABE 7P16T111 0 550 ABS 7SC1B group of 4 channels 10mm ABR7S2e No No Volt free Screw ABE 7P16T210 0 615 ABS 7SA2e 2 ABS 7SC2e ABE 7ACC20 ABE 7P16T230 0 655 2 Yes Volt free Screw ABE 7P16T214 0 675 No Common on both poles Screw ABE 7P16T212 0 615 3 Yes Common on both poles Screw ABE 7P16T215 0 670 3 8 12mm ABR 7S33 No No Volt free Screw ABE 7P08T330 0 450 ABS 7A3e ABS 7SC3ee ABE 7ACC21 16 12mm ABR7S33 No No Volt free Screw ABE 7P16T330 0 900 ABS 7A3e ABS 7SC3ee en Gommon on both poles Screw ABE 7P16T332 0
85. 485 serial link channel 25 way SUB D connector Half duplex multiprotocol including character mode TSX SCP 11e multiprotocol PCMCIA cards 3 Aslot on the Modicon TSX Micro Premium processor and on the TSX SCY 21601 module takes a PCMCIA card comprising 4 Aremovable cover with fixing screws for access to the 20 way miniature connector 5 Two indicator lamps ERR lamp card or link fault 4 COM lamp data transmission or reception TSX SCY 21601 To be ordered separately cordset TSX SCP Ce eeee Modicon TSX Micro 1 TER port for Modicon Micro TSX 37 05 08 10 5 132 Schneider Electric Modicon Premium automation platform Asynchronous serial links References Components for asynchronous serial links character mode Description Protocol Physical layer Modicon Reference Weight PLC kg Integrated link on Uni Telway Non isolated RS 485 TSX Micro Please consult our website processor Character mode www schneider electric com Premium See pages 1 10 and 1 19 Communication module Uni Telway 1 isolated RS 485 Premium TSX SCY 21601 0 360 Modbus Jbus integrated channel channel Character mode 0 1 PCMCIA card slot channel 1 1 PCMCIA cards for TSX 37 Uni Telway RS 232 9 signals 0 3 19 2 Kops TSX SCP 111 0 105 21 22 PLCs Premium Character mode RS 485 RS 422 compatible TSX SCP 114 0 105 processor Modbus 1 2 19 2 Kbps TSX SCV 2160 1 mogul 20 mACL 1 2 19 2 Kbps
86. 5 33 Electric Functions continued Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Ethernet Modbus TCP communication services Global Data service Distribution group 1 Data exchange 4 KB max IP multicast 239 255 255 251 Ethernet i I IP multicast 239 255 255 250 Data exchange 4 KB max Distribution group 2 The Global Data service performs data exchanges in real time between stations belonging to the same distribution group It is used to synchronize remote applications or to share a common database between a number of distributed applications Exchanges are based on a standard producer consumer protocol guaranteeing optimum performance with a minimum load on the network This RTPS Real Time Publisher Subscriber protocol is promoted by Modbus IDA Interface for Distributed Automation and has already been adopted as a standard by several manufacturers Characteristics Amaximum of 64 stations can participate in Global Data within the same distribution group Each station can m Publish one 1024 byte variable The publication period can be configured from 1 to n processor master task Mast periods m Subscribe to between 1 and 64 variables The validity of each variable is controlled by status bits Health Status bits linked to a refresh timeout configurable between 50 ms and 1s It is not possible to access a variable element The total size of subscribed variables
87. 50 maximum m Type of database supported Oracle SQL Server and MySQL m Automatic table creation the FactoryCast HMI server creates a table in the database if one does not already exist Data Logging FactoryCast HMI modules can log data in the internal flash memory periodically or on an event This logging is done in a CSV file which can be m Automatically exported via FTP m Attached to an e mail This function is particularly useful for standalone installations or stations that are not connected to an Intranet or for local traceability of data Data Logging 5 26 Schneider Electric Functions continued Recipe management FactoryCast NWM 100 00 togt voaa sce El u ding Managoment Copregt 2004 Sirene menton A oper ie Or Web based HMI interface IRRE SOAP XML client server interface Schneider Modicon Premium automation platform Transparent Ready system approach FactoryCast HMI active Web services Recipe management The recipe management function enables a FactoryCast HMI application to take recipe files into account automatically on process events or at the request of an operator applying the recipe values to the PLC data memory This function provides very flexible data management in the execution of production or process changes by sending new setpoints and new parameters Characteristics m Recipes are described
88. 520 software update 2000 available on EN CD ROM user Windows XP Safety Suite V2 DE manual software pack IT ES PT 1 To be ordered separately to the controllers 2 EDS and GSD files are available on the XPS MCWIN configuration software CD ROM 4 12 Schneider Electric References continued Safety automation solutions Preventa configurable safety controllers Type XPSMC References gt Connecting cables 7 Function Length Reference Weight m kg XPS MCCPC Diagnostics using Magelis operator dialogue terminal type XBT GT 3 VW3 A8 306 R30 1 130 Da Configuration software 1 Adaptor RJ45 socket PC connection cables XPS MCCPC 0 011 ae u 2 Cable to PC serial port type SUB D9 2 5 TSX PCX 1031 0 170 3 Straight shielded twisted pair cables 2 490 NTW 000 02 EIA TIA 568 standard TSX PCX 1031 RJ45 connector at each end 5 490 NTW 000 05 Z 12 490 NTW 000 12 _ Straight shielded twisted pair cables 2 490 NTW 000 02U UL and CSA 22 1 approved 490 NTe 000 ee RJ45 connector at each end 5 490 NTW 000 05U Z q u 12 490 NTW 000 12U _ C Se with RJ45 PC USB port converter 2 0 4 TSX CUSB485 ee Function Medium Length Reference Weight m kg Modbus serial link access Premium automation platform TSX SCY 21601 XPS MCSCY TSX CUSB485 CANopen bus access 1 CANopen connection cables 0 3 TSX CANCADDO3 fitted wit
89. 6 Channel 1 Channel 1 Sensor inputs a Di 4 Channel 0 ID Modicon Telefast ABE 7CPA11 3 of KBE IT Modicon Telefast 8 ll jung 7 L ojojo 88 ABE 7H16R20 Auxiliary inputs Incremental encoder ABE 7BV20 Reflex outputs Frequency output SSI serial absolute encoder equipped with its cable Parallel output absolute encoder TSX TAP S15 05 24 connector TSX CCP S15eee cable with connectors TSX CAP S15 connector TSX CDPee1 preformed cable with connectors TSX CDPee2 or TSX CDP ee3 rolled ribbon cable or cable with connectors Channels 0 and 1 ONOOBRWNM Presentation References page 4 21 pages 4 22 Schneider 4 21 Electric References Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CTY 2C measurement and counter module Measurement and counter module Type of input Characteristics No of channels Reference Weight kg 24 V 2 3 PNP NPN wire sensors Counting 2 TSX CTY 2C 0 340 5 V RS 422 or 10 30 V Totem Pole Cycle time 1 ms incremental encoders SSI serial or parallel output absolute encoders with ABE 7CPA11 sub base TSX CTY 2C Connection accessories Description For connecting Connectortypeon No Unit reference Weight TSX CTY 2C 1 kg SUB D connector Counter sensors or 15 way SUB D 6 TSX CAP S15 0 050 Sold in lots of 2 incremental encoder Modicon Telefast Counter sensors and 15 way SUB D ABE 7CPA01 0 300 ABE 7 connection 24 V 7 power supply sub bases Auxiliary inputs 20 way HE 10 ABE 7H16R20
90. 7 64 Kwords program 160 Kwords program Data storage 128 Kwords 640 K words 2048 K words Symbol storage 128 Kwords Standards and certifications Premium processor type 8 Pages Standard Integrated Ethernet Integrated Fipio Integrated Ethernet and Fipio 100 240 V 24 V non isolated and 24 48 V isolated power supply modules A power supply is required for each rack See page 9 6 See pages 9 8 and 9 18 TSX P57 103M TSX P57 153M 9 TSX P57 203M 4 TSX P57 253M 4 TSX P57 2823M 70 1 19 1 The maximum values for the number of discrete I O analog I O and process control channels are cumulative 2 1 axis 1 application specific channel except for SERCOS modules where depending on the configuration the module 2 32 channels 3 Module to be inserted into the lower PCMCIA slot no 1 on the Premium processor 4 Module to be inserted into the PCMCIA slot on the TSX SCY 21 601 in rack communication module 5 Non isolated serial link For distances gt 10 m use connection accessory TSX P ACC 01 see pages 5 131 and 5 133 6 Reduce the number of modules permitted InterBus or Profibus DP by 1 when CANopen is used 7 The second value corresponds to the processor with integrated Fipio bus manager link 1 14 Electric Schneider 16 with 4 6 8 slots or 8 with 12 slots 1024 channels 8 16 32 or 64 channel module 128 channels 4 8 or 16 channel module
91. 8RED24400 9 Voltage from power supply ABL4 Electric Schneider 8 33 Appendices Power supplies and transformers Phaseo Regulated switch mode power supplies Function modules solutions to power outages Selection grid For applications that are sensitive to unintended stopping the ABL 8 range of Function modules offers a solution comprising m Electronic switch mode power supply and Buffer module for holding times t2 up to two seconds m Electronic switch mode power supply Battery control module and Battery module for holding times t2 of between two seconds and a few hours These solutions are used to supply voltage after loss of the line supply thus enabling saving of current values or fallback of some actuators supplied with 24 V The table below indicates the possible holding times according to the equipment combinations and the current required Input valtage Holding current Holding time t2 Seconds Minutes 0 1 0 2 0 5 1 2 5 10 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 5 1A 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2A 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 3A 1 1 1 1 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 4A 13 1 J 1 2 4 2 4 244 244 244 2 4 5A 1 J14 1 244 244 244 244 2 4 244 244 6A 1 J4 1 244 244 244 244 244 2
92. 9 Input adaptor sub bases Miniature 55 or 72 mm Standard 106 or 113 mm Wide 194 mm Fixed relays Plug in relays Type of cable with HE 10 connectors ew More technical information on www schneider electric com 3 2 Schneider Electric N Sas 200 240 V 24V 48V 24V 16 isolated 16 high speed 32 isolated 64 isolated 32 isolated 16 isolated inputs and 12 x 0 5 Aisolated channels isolated channels channels channels channels outputs Event triggered fast Programmable inputs reflex I O Via screw terminal Via 20 way HE 10 connectors blocks TSX BLY 01 Type 2 Type 1 Type 1 Positive 2 wire 2 wire 3 wire PNP all types 170 264 V 19 30 V 38 60 V 19 30 V possible up to 30 V limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours Configurable output fallback z Yes z Protected Positive 19 30 V possible up to 34 V limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours 0 5A 4A See page 9 6 TSX DEY TSX DEY TSX DEY TSX DEY TSX DEY TSX DMY TSX DMY 16A5 16FK 32D2K 64D2K 32D3K 28FK 28RFK 3 10 LU9 G02 splitter box see page 3 22 8 or 16 channel passive sub bases with or without LED with common or 2 terminals per channel _ 16 channel active sub bases 5 V TTL 24 V 48 V 115 V or 230 V 2 terminals per channel ABE 7H08Ree ABE 7H08S21 ABE 7H16R50 ABE 7H20Eceee ABE 7H08Ree ABE 7H08S21 ABE 7H16R50 ABE 7H20Eeee ABE 7H12R50
93. 96 pages 5 93 and 5 97 5 92 Schneider Electric Description continued references connections el Modicon Premium Automation Platform Master module for AS Interface cabling system TSX SAY 1000 module AS Interface V2 The two LEDs 3 on the module front panel together with the two pushbuttons 4 are used for module diagnostics LEDs marked Pushbuttons marked PWR FAULT AS Interface line fault A B selection of MODE Module AS Interface slave group on Offline Online power supply display block 2 present The display block on the front panel ofthe TSX SAY 1000 master module enables simplified local diagnostics to be performed by displaying the slave devices present on the AS Interface line Detailed diagnostics for each of the slave devices is carried out via the ASI TERV2 adjustment terminal Description Number per Profile Max number of Reference Weight PLC VO kg 1 AS Interface 2 with 57 1e AS Interface 62 discrete devices TSX SAY 1000 0 340 master 4 with 57 2e M2E 31 analog devices module for 8 with 57 3e 3 Modicon 8 with 57 4e 31 safety devices Premium 8 with 57 5e PLCs 2 8 with 57 6e TSX SAY 1000 Connection accessories 4 Description Use Length Reference Weight kg AS Interface For AS Interface line 20m XZ CB 10201 1 400 e aa 50m XZ CB 10501 3 500 cables yellow 100 m XZ CB 11001 7 000 XZ CB1ee01 1 These maximum values are not cumulative 2 The 3 way SUB D connector for connect
94. Configurable loops 15 channels with 3 loops max 32 64 Modules with 2 4 counter channels 1 MHz max single channel electronic cam module Modules with 1 2 axes for stepper motors 2 3 4 axes for analog control servo motors 8 16 axes with SERCOS digital link Module for 8 load cells 2 application specific channels In rack communication modules 1 application specific channel RS 232 RS 485 or current loop 3 4 master slave PCMCIA modules and RS 485 master slave in rack communication modules 1 integrated RS 485 master slave channel 5 RS 232 RS 485 or current loop 3 4 master slave PCMCIA modules and RS 485 master slave in rack communication modules 1 integrated RS 485 channel 5 RS 232 RS 485 or current loop 3 4 PCMCIA modules and RS 485 in rack communication modules 8 in rack modules 1 PCMCIA module 3 2 in rack modules 3 4 Multiprotocol in rack modules Modbus Uni TE Global Data I O Scanning TCP Open Web server FactoryCast service and Factory Cast HMI services Fipway 3 4 and Modbus Plus 3 PCMCIA modules in rack Ethway modules 64 80 Kwords program and data 8 96 Kwords program and data 80 96 Kwords data 8 176 Kwords data 384 Kwords program 512 Kwords program 992 Kwords with PL7 V4 4 or higher 640 K words 2048 K words 2048 K words 640 K words 2048 K words with PL7 V4 4 or higher 128 Kwords 256 Kwords 384 Kwords with PL7 V4 4 or higher
95. DEY 16A5C 0 360 Solid state 24 V 0 5 A pos logic Screw terminal block 8 protected outputs TSX DSY 08T2C 0 320 outputs 24 V 2A pos logic Screw terminalblock 8 protected outputs TSX DSY 08T22C 0 410 24 V 0 5A pos logic Screw terminal block 16 protected outputs TSX DSY 16T2C 0 340 48 V 1 A pos logic Screw terminal block 8 protected outputs TSX DSY 08T31C 0 320 48 V 0 25 A pos logic Screw terminal block 16 protected outputs TSX DSY 16T3C 0 340 24 V 0 1 A pos logic 2x HE 10 connectors 32 protected outputs TSX DSY 32T2KC 0 300 4xHE10connectors 64 protected outputs TSX DSY 64T2KC 0 360 or relay 24 V 3A Screw terminal block 8 non protected outputs TSX DSY 08R5C 0 330 outputs 24t0240V 3A Screwterminalblock 16 non protected outputs TSX DSY 16R5C 0 380 24 to 48 V 5A Screw terminal block 8 protected outputs TSX DSY 08R5AC 0 420 24 to 240 V 5A z relay outputs 24 120V5A Screw terminal block 8 protected outputs TSX DSY 08R4DC 0 370 triac outputs 4 120V1A Screw terminal block 16 non protected outputs TSX DSY 1684C 0 380 VO 1 24 V pos logic 2xHE10connectors 16 isolated fast inputs type 1 TSX DMY 28FKC 0 320 O 24 V 0 5A 12 protected outputs 16 isolated fast inputs type 1 TSX DMY 28RFKC 0 355 12 reflex or time delayed protected outputs For screw terminal block connection accessories and separate parts see page 3 11 Type Description Connection by Reference we g Analog inputs 4x 16 bit high level volt
96. Electric Selection guide continued Ethernet network Cabling system ConneXium managed switches 4 x 10 100BASE TX ports 8x 10 100BASE TX ports RJ45 Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E 100m FDR SMTP V3 SNTP client multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol configuration via Web access VLAN IGMP Snooping RSTP Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol priority port data stream control secure port Unlimited 50 max P1 and P2 redundant power supplies redundant single ring ring coupling 9 6 60 V 18 30 V safety extra low voltage SELV 5 3 W 6 terminals 0 60 C 10 90 non condensing IP 20 47x 131x111 mm 74x 131x111 mm On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide 0 400 kg 0 410 kg IEC EN 61131 2 UL 508 UL 1604 class 1 division 2 CSA 22 2 No 214 cUL CSA 22 2 No 213 class 1 division 2 cUL C GL C Tick Power supply status alarm relay status Power supply status alarm relay status active redundancy redundancy management active redundancy redundancy management copper port status and copper port activity fibre port status and fibre port activity Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault volt free contact 1A max at 24 V TCS ESM 043F23F0 TCS ESM 083F23F0 5 71 More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric Is
97. Ethernet Modbus TCP network 15 Modicon M340 automation platform with processor with integrated Ethernet port BMX P34 2020 2030 16 Modicon STB modular distributed I O with network interface module STB NIP2212 17 Altivar 61 71 variable speed drive with communication card VW3 A3 310 18 Optimum Modicon OTB distributed I O with interface module OTB 1E0 DM9LP 19 Magelis XBT GT graphic display terminal with embedded Ethernet port XBT GT ee30 40 Ethernet cabling components 10 ConneXium unmanaged switch with 5 ports 10BASE T 100BASE TX 499 NES 251 00 11 CPU Sync link copper crossover cable 490 NTC 000 eee 12 Copper straight through cable 490 NTW 000 eee 13 Copper crossover cable 490 NTC 000 eee Modbus cabling components 31 Passive T junction box TSX SCA 50 connection via screw terminal block with line terminator 32 T junction box with line isolation TWD XCA ISO trunk cable connected on screw terminals and the 2 taps on RJ45 connectors 34 RS 485 double shielded twisted pair trunk cable TSX SCA 100 200 500 100 200 or 500 m long 35 Drop cable for integrated channel TSX SCY CM 6030 3 m long 25 way SUB D connector at one end and flying leads at the other Modicon Premium automation platform Hot Standby system Unity Pro software Architecture with shared products on Modbus and shared I O on Ethernet Modbus TCP In this type of architecture the Premium Hot Standby system products peripherals and devices are m Shared on a
98. I O modules with HE 10 connectors 1b Analog I O modules with 25 way SUB D connectors 1c Application specific modules with screw terminals 2a A single type of cable with 20 way HE 10 connectors for 8 12 or 16 channel modularity The HE 10 connectors can be moulded TSX CDPeee AWG 22 or insulation piercing ABF H20Heee AWG 28 These cordsets are available in 0 5 1 2 3 and 5 m lengths AWG 28 0 08 mm allows input and output sub bases rated 100 mA to be connected directly as well as sub bases with relays Adaptor ABE 7ACC02 allows connection of sub bases with 8 channel modularity 2bAll analog signals are connected with a pre wired cable TSX CAP030 100 with 25 way SUB D connectors guaranteeing shielding continuity 2c Cable TSX CPPe02 3a 8 channel Modicon Telefast ABE 7 sub bases 3b Sub bases dedicated to counter and analog channels ABE 7CPAO2 for connecting current voltage or PT100 inputs on a screw terminal block ABE 7CPA03 with 4 20 mA sensor loop power supply and with 25 mA channel limiter ABE 7CPA21 for connecting output modules with 4 analog channels on a screw terminal block ABE 7CPA31 with the 4 20 mA sensor loop isolated power supply for 8 input channels isolated from one another ABE 7CPA11 for connecting an absolute encoder with parallel outputs ABE 7CPA12 for connecting 16 thermocouple probes 3c Sub base ABE 7CPA13 dedicated to the safety channels 4a 12 or 16 channel Modicon Telefast ABE 7 sub bases 5a Splitter sub
99. IP routing enabling devices located anywhere in the world to communicate without worrying about the distance between them Schneider Electric offers a complete range of gateways for interconnecting a Modbus TCP network to existing Modbus Plus or Modbus serial link networks The IANA organization Internet Assigned Numbers Authority has allocated the fixed port TCP 502 Well known port to the Modbus protocol Thus Modbus has become an Internet standard Astudy by the ARC Advisory Group a leading analyst in the automation and software sectors shows that Modbus TCP is the world s leading Ethernet industrial protocol in terms of units sold in 2004 Modbus and Modbus TCP are recognized by the IEC EN 61158 international standard as a fieldbus They are also compliant with the Chinese National Standard managed by ITEI Interfacing CANopen with Modbus TCP CiA DSP 309 2 provides standardized mapping of CANopen data for transport on Ethernet Modbus TCP networks The specification reserves the Modbus 43 13 function code for this purpose This function code is reserved exclusively for CANopen Modbus TCP IP characteristics Maximum size of data m Read 125 words or registers m Write 100 words or registers Schneider 5 31 Electric Functions continued Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Ethernet Modbus TCP communication services I O Scanning service 1 Modicon Premium or Modicon Quantum
100. MRP C002M 0 076 192 3072 Kb 2880 0 Kb TSX MRP C003M 0 076 192 7168 Kb 6976 0 Kb TSX MRP C007M 0 076 Flash EPROM application memory extensions TSX P57 1 57 4e No 0 128 Kb TSX MFP P128K 0 044 224 Kb _ TSX MFP P224K 0 044 384 Kb TSX MFP P384K 0 044 TSX P57 10 57 6e No 0 512 Kb TSX MFP P512K 0 044 1024 Kb TSX MFP P001M 0 044 TSX P57 2e 57 6e No 0 2048 Kb TSX MFP P002M 0 044 4096 Kb TSX MFP P004M 0 044 Flash EPROM and SRAM application additional data memory extensions TSX P57 10 57 6e No 0 512 Kb 512 Kb TSX MCP C512K 0 076 2048 Kb 1024 Kb TSX MCP C002M 0 076 SRAM additional data memory extensions TSX P57 2e 57 6e No Qor1 4096 Kb TSX MRP F004M 0 076 2 8192 Kb TSX MRP F008M 0 076 Flash EPROM backup card 3 TSX P57 160 No 0 96 Kb TSX MFP BO96K 0 044 Handle for extracting memory cards Description Use Processor slot Reference Wagn g Handles Extraction of PCMCIA memory No 0 slot upper TSX P CAPUP 0 012 not provided with the memory card card from processors No 1 slot lower TSX P CAPL 0 012 TSX P57 4e 57 6e Description Use Type Reference Weight kg Backup batteries SRAM PCMCIA memory card Main battery TSX BAT M02 4 0 010 Auxiliary battery TSX BAT M03 0 005 1 Intended for the storage of manufacturing recipes and production data Capacity depending on PCMCIA card model 2 Memory extension card for data file storage to be inserted into slot no 0 if free otherwise into slot no 1
101. MWi consecutive internal words to exchange periodic data The first 32 words are reserved for sending data to the manager and the remaining 32 are reserved for receiving data from the manager YOIE 1 oe 21 exero canera OO o nl rom SC mast Unity Pro or PL7 Micro Junior Pro application specific screens allow the configuration of the Fipio Agent PCMCIA card This consists of indicating m the connection point number 1 to 127 m the address at the beginning of the 64 MW word table reserved for sending data to and receiving data from the manager Adresse du point de raccordement Ei Adresse de d but de table MW 100 Fipio bus connection component Description Composition Use Reference Weight kg Fipio Agent 1 type III PCMCIA On TSX Micro TSX FPP10 0 110 function card version V1 8 and Premium processors Fipio bus connection cables 7 TSX FPP10 Description Use Length Reference Weight from to kg Cables for TSXFPP10 TSXFPACC3 4 1m TSX FP CG010 0 210 PCMCIA card card cable connector 3m TSX FP CG030 0 310 miniature 9 way SUB D connector connector TSX FP CG010 030 1 For other Fipio bus accessories and connection cables see pages 5 110 and 5 111 Presentation Description page 5 104 page 5 104 Schneider 5 105 Electric Presentation Modicon Premium automation performance platform Fipway network Ethernet TCP IP
102. Modbus TCP Ethernet network with a bus topology as in the example below m Shared on a Modbus link thus allowing it to support the many varied peripherals and devices Schneider Electric or third party equipped with a slave Modbus interface Like the previous architectures it can take a SCADA supervision system on Ethernet or Modbus 23 4M 7 Primary Ta Standby Premium J Premium i i 11 CPUSynclink 35 31 Modbus Ethernet Modbus TCP 12 o o 19 4 16 W Im 18 4 Jao Yuk TEE Modicon M340 L EE E Modicon STB Altivar61 Modicon Magelis XBT GT OTB 1 31 Modbus Faser rar 34 Modbus 90000 32 m CE oo TeSys U TeSys U Power Logic PM 500 Preventa TeSys U XPSMC Redundant I O on Modbus In this type of architecture the peripherals and devices are shared via the Modbus link on which the Premium Primary and Standby PLCs are masters with the other peripherals or devices connected on the Modbus link as slaves The Premium PLCs each have the 7 TSX SCY 11601 or TSX SCY 21601 communication module with their isolated RS 485 integrated link 25 way SUB D connector The cable connector 31 TSX SCA 50 placed on each Premiu
103. Modbus TCP network module TSX SCY 21601 communication module for type III PCMCIA card TSX DSYeeK redundant discrete output modules TSX DEYeeK redundant discrete input modules STB NFP 2212 Fipio bus interface module with TSX FP ACC2 12 connector polycarbonate zamak 10 STB Del DeO DRe Ael AeO Advantys STB discrete or analog I O modules 12170 FNT 110 00 Fipio communication module for Momentum base unit with TSX FP ACC2 12 connector polycarbonate zamak 13170 ADI AAI ADMeee Momentum discrete or analog I O base unit 14 ABE 7ACC11 10 Modicon Telefast ABE 7 redundant sub bases for discrete I O 15 ABE 7e16e0ee Modicon Telefast ABE 7 connection sub bases 16LA4 DT2U time delay relay designed to desynchronize the starting of the Normal PLC and the Backup PLC during simultaneous power up 17 TSX SCP 114 type III PCMCIA card for Modbus slave communication 18490 NTC 000 e preformed connection cable crossed shielded twisted pair with RJ 45 connector for interconnecting TSX ETY 110WS modules 19TSX FP CAe00 Fipio bus trunk cable shielded twisted pair 20 TSX CDPe53 preformed connection cable with HE 10 connector length 0 5 1 2 3 or 5m 21 ABF H20H008 preformed connection cable with HE 10 connector length 0 08 m OOANOoOBRWND Presentation Principle Functions References page 4 62 page 4 63 pages 4 64 page 4 66 Schneider 4 67 Electric Contents 5 Communication
104. NMS 251 ee 5 70 ABLIRRASIE en a TCSN WA 26 5 84 TSX CBY 1000KT 2 10 499 NSS 251 ee 5 70 ARLEGENGE aaa ss TCSN WA 200 6 5 84 TSX CBY eeeKT 2 10 990 MCO 000 ee 4 45 TCS ATNO11Fe 5 97 TLACDCBA0se 5 90 TSX CBY ACC 10 2 11 990 MCO 001 25 4 45 ABL 8BPK24ecee 833 TCS ATNO2V 5 97 TLX CD DRV20M 6 43 TSX CBY K9 2 11 990 NAA 263 ee apg eee 8 33 TCS ATVO11Fe 5 97 TLXCDLTOFS33 6 69 TSXCCPS15 4 19 gay MBL ODOGOsess 8 33 TCS ATVOIN2 597 TLXCDLUOFS33 6 69 4 27 900 NAD Plies 5 117 ABLSFUSOe 8 33 TCSCARO1eM120 5 91 TLXCDPL7eP45 6 42 TSXCCPS15 eee 4 19 990 NAD 230 ee 5 116 ABL 8MEMe e o o o 8 27 TCS CCN 2M2Fee 5 90 TLX CD PL7M PC45 6 42 TSX CCY 1128 4 26 ABL 8PRP24100 8 33 TCS CCN 2M2Fe 5 90 TLX CD SUOFS 33 6 69 TSX CCY 1128C 9 5 a ABL 8RED24400 8 33 TCSCCN4F3M05T 5 90 TLXCDTCPS0M 5 47 TSXCDDRV20M 5 130 ABE 7ACCee 4 61 ABL 8REM2400ee 8 29 TCS CCN 4F3MeT 5 90 TLX CD3 PL7e P45 6 42 TSXCDPeee 3 11 8 17 ABL 8RPS24100 4 13 TCS CTN011M11F 5 91 TLX LCD PL7DIF42 6 44 TSX CDP 1000 3 11 8 20 ABR7See 8 17 TCSEAAF11F13F00 5 67 TLxL SDKC PL741M_5 47 TSXCFYee 4 32 ABE 7BVee 4 18 ABR7S33E 8 17 TCS EAA F1LFo oo 5 67 6 44 TSXCFYeee 9 5 4 32 ABS 7EA306 8 17 TCSEAM O5ccee 5 67 TLX LIBS CNVF 5 123 TSXCPPeee 4 7 8 20 ABS 7EC3ee 8 17 TCSECE3M3M10S4 5 66 TLXOSPL7PP45M 6 43 5 88 ABE 7CPAce 3 17 ABS7SA2M 8 17 TCSECE3M3MeS4 5 66 TLXOTPL7eP45M 6 43 TSXCPP110C 9 5 4 7 ABS 7SA3MA 8 17 TCSECL1M1MeeS2 5 67 TLXRCDPL7eP45M 6 42 TSXCRJMD 25 5 134 4 18 ABS7SCee 8 17 TCSECL1M1MeS2 5 6
105. O with 170 FNT 110 01 communication module m IP 67 remote discrete I O TSX EeF m ATV 61 71 variable speed drives via VW3 A58301 311 card m PC terminal via TSX CUSBFIP USB Fipio adaptor m TBX legacy range IP 20 distributed I O or discrete or analog I O with TBX LEP 030 communication module m Partner products from the Collaborative Automation Partner programme Description Maximum configuration References page 5 101 page 5 102 page 5 103 5 100 Schneider Electric Description Modicon Premium automation software setup platform Fipio bus manager function TSX P57 e53 54M TSX P57 e823 M processors incorporating a Fipio bus link have the following on the front panel 1 A9 way SUB D connector for connection to the bus via the TSX FP ACC2 12 connector TSX P57 153M 154M ers TSX P57 454 554M Z Software setup 1 Configuration Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro software offer configuration screens which enable the declaration and immediate and intuitive configuration of the remote devices connected on the Fipio bus 1 Each circle represents one connection point 2 Clicking on a circle accesses the catalogue of devices which can be connected 3 Once confirmed the Fipio bus configuration will appear 3 Processors equipped with the integrated Fipio link can manage up to 128 connection points on the bus addresses 0 to 127 See page 5 102 for the table detailing limitations according to processor an
106. PL7J P45 packages Group 3 stations TLX CD3 PL7J P45 Software update for earlier TSX Micro Premium Single 1 station TLX RCD PL7J P45M version PL7 Junior Group 3 stations TLX RCD3 PL7J P45M software Software upgrade TSX Micro Premium Single 1 station TLX UCD PL7J P45M packages from earlier version PL7 Micro PL7 Pro software packages PL7 Pro software has identical functions to that of PL7 Junior software In addition it allows the user to create their own DFB function blocks and graphic runtime screens Description For PLCs Licence type Reference neun g PL7 Pro software TSX Micro Premium Single 1 station TLX CD PL7P P45 packages Group 3 stations TLX CD3 PL7P P45 Software update for earlier TSX Micro Premium Single 1 station TLX RCD PL7P P45M version PL7 Pro software Group 3 stations TLX RCD3 PL7P P45M Software upgrade TSX Micro Premium Single 1 station TLX UCD PL7P P45M packages from earlier version PL7 Junior 1 The configuration of the PC must correspond to the reference and version of the Windows operating system installed Note The PC must have a CD ROM drive Presentation page 6 40 6 42 Electric Schneider References continued Software PL7 software PL7 Micro Junior Pro PL7 Micro Pro software licences PL7 Micro Open Team TSX Micro Team 10 stations TLX OT PL7M P45M software licence 1 PL7 Pro Open Team TSX Micro Premium Team 10 st
107. Parallel absolute encoder up to 24 bits Modicon Telefast ABE 7CPA11 sub base Per channel 2 x 24 V inputs preset and capture 1 x 24 V enable input or output configurable 2 x 24 V reflex outputs 1 x 24 V programmable frequency output 1x5 V 24 V encoder power supply 24 bits sign 0 to 16 777 215 upcounting or 24 bits sign 16 777 215 to 16 777 215 downcounting up down counting Up to 25 bits for SSI absolute encoder Up down counting with preset input configurable upcounter input 1 upcounter input 1 downcounter input 1 up down counter input and 1 direction input Incremental encoder with phase shifted signals Measurement with 2 thresholds SSI absolute encoder Parallel output absolute encoder with ABE 7CPA11 sub base Inputs counter enable counter preset capture current value 3 x 24 V type 1 sensor compatibles inputs 24 x 24 V 0 5 A protected track outputs 256 to 32 768 points per cycle with 1 to 32 768 cycles absorbs play on reverse Processing of 128 cams 32 tracks including 24 with direct output Output refresh cycle 50 us for 16 cams 100 us for 64 cams 200 us for 128 cams Two capture registers Control recalibration of axis slip Cam profiles 3 basic types position monostable brake Comparison 2 thresholds Reflex outputs 2 user definable outputs Speed monitoring Special functions User definable activation of the event triggered task crossing of threshol
108. S15 05 5 0 5m TSX CCP S15 050 0 110 AWG 12 0 205 mm 15 way SUB D interface or ABE 4m TSX CCP 15 100 0 160 connector 7CPA11 adaptor sub base 2 5m TSX CCP S15 0 220 15 way SUB D connector TSX CAY ee module ABE 7CPA01 8 2 5m TSX CXP 213 0 270 9 way SUB D sub base or TSX TAP 6m TSX CXP 613 0 580 connector speed MAS splitter box reference 15 way SUB D connector Preformed cable TSX CAY ee module Lexium 05 17D 32M_ 9 6m TSX CDP 611 0 790 AWG 14 0 205 mm or TSX TAP MAS servo drive or other splitter box drive speed reference 9 way SUB D free end connector Connecting cables TSX CAY ee module ABE 7H16R20 10 0 5m TSX CDP 053 0 085 AWG 22 0 324 mm moulded 20 way sub base im TSX CDP 103 0 150 500 mA max HE 10 connector 20 way HE 10 connector 2m TSX CDP 203 0 280 3m TSX CDP 303 0 410 5m TSX CDP 503 0 670 10m TSX CDP 1003 1 180 20 wire preformed TSX CAY ee module Auxiliary inputs reflex 11 3m TSX CDP 301 0 400 cable moulded 20 way output control signals 5m TSX CDP 501 0 660 AWG 22 0 324 mm HE 10 connector power supplies free 100m TSX CDP 1001 1 210 500 mA max end 1 For numbers see pages 4 36 and 4 37 Presentation page 4 34 Architectures pages 4 36 Electric Schneider 4 39 Presentation Modicon Premium automation platform SERCOS TSX CSY 84 85 164 motion control modules FI TSX CSY84 85 164 module Fibre optic cables eom SERCOS ring network T
109. Safety TSX PAY 262 a UDEV TTT 1 D oO Counting TSX CTY 2A motion control TSXCTY4A weighing TSX CTY 2C TSX CCY 1128 TSX CAY 21 TSX CAY 41 TSX CAY 22 TSX CAY 42 TSX CAY 33 TSX CFY11 TSX CFY 21 TSX CSY 84 85 164 TSX ISP Y101 DUDA AVON OM Dn nm m w DO Communication TSX ETY 110 WS 3 TSX ETY 110 WS 4 TSX ETY 4103 TSX ETY 5103 TSX WMY 100 TSX ETC 101 TSX IBY 100 TSX PBY 100 TSX SAY 1000 TSX SCY 11601 TSX SCY 21601 TSX SCP 111 TSX SCP 112 TSX SCP 114 TSX FPP 10 TSX FPP 20 TSX MBP 100 TSX CPP 110 TSX P ACC 01 Terminal T FTX 117 ADJ 02 Total of C 3powers x24VR x24V lt Power consumption Total current mA Power mW Available power in mW Selection of power TSX PSY 1610M supply modules TSX PSY 2600M TSX PSY 3610M TSX PSY 5520M TSX PSY 5500M 24 V non isolated 15 000 100 240 V 25 000 24 V non isolated 35 000 24 48 V isolated 35 000 j 100 120 V 35 000 19 000 19 000 50 000 200 240 V 100 120 V 75 000 38 000 77 000 5 200 240 V 12 000 DOOM wo TSX PSY 8500M o 1 Typical value given for 100 of inputs or outputs at state 1 2 If a 24 VR external power supply is used the 300 mA consumption on the internal 24 VR should not be taken into account when selecting the rack powe
110. TAP MAS 0 590 towards servo 1 per TSX CAY module drives Advantys Telefast Speed reference 9 way SUB D ABE 7CPA01 0 300 ABE 7 connection 1 per TSX CAY module sub bases Auxiliary inputs 20 way HE 10 ABE 7H16R20 0 300 reflex outputs 1 for 2 axes ven 24 V I O posone aes power supply 5 24 V encoder RE E SS power supplies hinia Servo drive control 20 way HE 10 ABE 7CPA01 signals 24 V 1 per TSX CAY module O power supply Additional terminal 20 linked terminals ABE 7BV20 0 060 block for ABE 7H16R20 Order in multiples of5 sub base Adaptor sub base Absolute encoders 15 way SUB D ABE 7CPA11 0 300 with parallel outputs 16 to 24 bits 5 V 10 30 V ABE 7H16R20 1 Double format TSX CAY 41 42 33 modules 2 Totem Pole encoder with additional Push Pull outputs 3 Parallel output absolute encoders with ABE 7CPA11 adaptor interface 4 Flying shear function available with TSX CAY 22 module Requires Unity Pro software version 2 2 2 or PL7 Junior Pro software version 2 4 1 5 For numbers see pages 4 36 and 4 37 Architectures pages 4 36 Presentation page 4 34 Electric 4 38 Schneider References continued TSX CDP e01 Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CAY motion control modules for servo motors Connecting cables Description Use No Length Reference Weight From To 1 kg Cordsets TSX CAY ee module TSX TAP
111. TSX P CAPUP 0 010 provided with the memory card 1 Memory card blue compatible with processor version 2 5 5 2 Memory card orange only compatible in run mode no backup facility with processor version lt 5 0 and lt 6 1 compatible with processor version 2 6 1 Memory card designed for PL7 processors 3 For the SRAM memory card with the old reference TSX MRP eeeP or with the new reference PV lt 04 green quote order reference number TSX BAT M01 4 Only for SRAM memory cards with a new reference Schneider Electric 1 21 2 0 Schneider Electric Contents 2 Power supplies and racks Power supply and fan modules E Description 42 4040 ren nn page 2 2 E Function 40 2 0000 Sag wee ale Rane ne dows rn Ailes page 2 3 M References 2 400 20 melee dae Mae nern page 2 4 Single rack configuration non extendable rack E Presentation i ax 4 0 00 ehe an page 2 6 E Description ecreis esii ni pintr rE ren page 2 6 E References 32656 cies ics igi PESTES ERE ETE REET EEES EEE ES page 2 7 Multirack configuration without remote module E Presentation 2 25 3 6002 cee iar ae iaa Rare ans page 2 8 B Description 2 2 02 res E E bree Rae page 2 9 B Rack addresses nii nereti ced eet boar eee an page 2 9 E References 2 4 0s rasen Haare nn page 2 10 Multirack configuration with remote module m Presentation 0s 450002 00 PEE rae nee page 2 12 E De
112. TSX PCX 1031 2 0 170 printer slave Uni Telway PC without RTS 2 FI RS 232 Character mode 0 4m TSX CUSB 485 1 0 144 gt Uni Telway 25m TSXCRJMD25 1 0 150 DCE terminal RS 232 Character mode 3m TSX PCX 1130 3 0 140 M SI modem Uni Telway USA Europe 3 ZT NW RS 485 Uni Telway 2 5m XBT Z968 0 180 XBT ZG909 4 5m XBT 29681 0 340 XBT ZG909 4 TSX SCY 21601 RS 485 Uni Telway 3m TSX SCY CU 6030 0 180 communication module 2 wire integrated port 4 isolated Modbus 3m TSX SCY CM 6030 0 180 RS 485 2 wire Uni Telway 3m TSXSCYCU6530 0 200 isolated RS 485 2 wire Character mode 3m TSXSCYCM6030 0 180 isolated Separate parts Designation Description Reference Weight kg SUB D adaptors 9 way male SUB D 25 way female SUB D TSX CTC 07 0 060 9 way male SUB D 25 way male SUB D TSX CTC 10 0 060 1 8 way female mini DIN connector 2 9 way female SUB D connector 3 9 way male SUB D connector 4 25 way male SUB D connector 5 Flying leads 6 15 way male SUB D connector 1 The TSX CUSB 485 converter requires the use of the TSX CRJMD 25 cable equipped with 1 mini DIN connector and 1 RJ45 connector 2 To be ordered separately TSX CTC 07 and TSX CTC 10 adaptors see separate parts above 3 Point to point supplied with 1 TSX CTC 09 9 way female 25 way male SUB D adaptor 4 For connection to Magelis XBT GK GW terminals please refer to the Human Machine Interfaces catalogue Schneider
113. TSX RKY 4EX 6EX EX racks 4 6 or 8 slots Using the TSX RKY 12 EX rack 12 slots is the same as using 2 racks with 4 6 or 8 slots 3 Fieldbus InrerBus or Profibus DP Presentation Description Memory structure PCMCIA references page 1 4 pages 1 5 pages 1 8 pages 1 12 1 10 Schneider References continued Premium processors can support up to 2 memory extension cards However usable memory capacity is limited to the maximum size defined for the processor model See pages 2 2 and 1 13 Description Universal Bluetooth interface UBI for terminal port TER Modicon Premium automation platform Unity processors Use Reference Weight kg Provides Bluetooth connectivity for products such as the TCS WAAC 13FB 0 320 Modicon M340 Premium platforms and Altivar Lexium servo drives via their serial port RS 485 Used for setting up and maintenance of products Designed for permanent installation and can be safely fitted on the inside or outside of electrical enclosures m Protocols supported Modbus and Uni Telway m Powered via the product s RS 485 serial port m Max range in direct line of sight 20 m The kit comprises m 1 a universal Bluetooth interface UBI 2 a fixing clamp for installation inside the electrical enclosure 3 an RJ45 mini DIN cable length 1 m an RJ45 RJ45 cable length 1 m C m aCD with configuration software and user manual Descrip
114. TeSys GV2 and GV3 circuit breakers m A control circuit connection module which is mounted directly on the contactor and the circuit breaker on each starter This module incorporates the status and control data for this motor starter m A parallel wiring module which concentrates data from each motor starter o HE 10 connector for centralized applications Data is transmitted to the PLC via the Modicon Telefast pre wired system o STB designed for decentralized automation architectures This module is suitable for use ina Modicon STB configuration for connection to the PLC via a fieldbus Schneider Electric Presentation continued 1 Automation platform 2 Connection cable TSXCDPee or ABFH20ee 3 Splitter box LU9 G02 4 Network interface module 5 Power supply module 6 Parallel interface module TeSys Quickfit module Adaptor plate APP2CX Splitter box LU9 G02 for 8 direct motor starters with channel connections on the APP 1C module side via 2 HE 10 connectors 20 way and on the TeSys Quickfit side via 8 RJ45 connectors 10 Connection cable APP 2AH40H060 oon Installation system TeSys Quickfit for motor starter components Components with spring terminals HE 10 connection amp 50 SG 1 i 3 N o i il l 2 2 Connection on bus using Modicon STB 1 Configuration example for motor starter applications only Power supply module Mo
115. Temperature C ABL4 RSM24035 RSM24050 WSR24400 ABL4 WSR24200 ABL4 WSR24300 ABL4 RSM24100 In all cases there must be adequate convection around the products to assist cooling There must be sufficient clearance around power supplies ABL4 refer to instruction sheet supplied with each power supply and also downloadable from www schneider electric com Temporary overcurrents Power supplies ABL4 have an energy reserve allowing them to supply the application according to the references from 150 to 170 of the nominal current for 5 seconds and up to 30 seconds whilst guaranteeing an output voltage higher then 90 of the nominal voltage Power supply Maximum temporary overcurrent Maximum time of temporary overcurrent ABL 4RSM24035 170 of nominal current 30 seconds ABL 4RSM24050 160 of nominal current 30 seconds ABL 4RSM24100 150 of nominal current 30 seconds ABL 4RSM24200 150 of nominal current 5 seconds ABL 4WSR24e00 The time interval between each overcurrent cannot be less than 10 seconds When the overcurrent value exceeds the reserve energy value or when the overcurrents are too closely spaced or when the overcurrent is prolonged depending on the reference more than 5 seconds and up to 30 seconds the power supply switches to protection mode Behaviour in event of overcurrents and short circuits In the event of overcurrent or short circuit the power supply ABL4 switches to protection mode and
116. Unlimited Storage and re routing of received data auto MDI MDX automatic negotiation of 10 100 Mbps and duplex mode on all ports Unlimited 24 V 9 6 32 SELV 24 V 9 6 32 V safety extra low voltage SELV 4 1 W max 2 2 W max 3 9 W max 2 2 W max 3 terminals 3 terminal removable screw terminal block 0 60 C 0 60 C 95 max non condensing 95 max non condensing IP 30 IP 30 35 x 138 x 121 mm 25x 114x79 mm On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide 0 246 kg 0 113 kg 0 120 kg 0 113 kg UL 508 and CSA 22 2 No 142 IEC EN 61131 2 IEC 60825 1 class 1 CISPR 11A Power supply copper port activity 10 or 100 Mbps data rate UL 508 and CSA 22 2 No 142 IEC EN 61131 2 IEC 60825 1 class 1 CISPR 11A Power supply copper port activity 10 or 100 Mbps data rate Fibre port activity and status TCS ESU 083FNO TCS ESU 033FN0 TCS ESU 043F1N0 TCS ESU 053FNO 5 69 5 70 1 Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fibre typical value 2000 m ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider 5 53 Electric Selection guide continued Ethernet network Cabling system Managed and unmanaged ConneXium switches 4x 10BASE T 3x 10BASE T 4x 10BASE T 3x 10BASE T 100BASE TX ports 100BASE TX ports 100BASE TX ports 100BASE TX ports RJ45 Shielded twisted pair category CA
117. Vijeo Designer on Windows XP and Windows 7 Magelis 333 MHz RISC CPU HMI GTO1300 HMI GTO2300 HMI GTO3510 HMI GTO1310 HMI GTO2310 Please consult the Optimum Advanced Panels Magelis GTO catalogue 1 Depending on model 2 Uni TE version V2 for Twido controller and TSX Micro Premium platform 3 Except HMI GTO1300 and GTO2300 Modbus Plus and Fipway via USB gateway only 4 Except HMI GTO1310 USB port for parallel printer only More technical information on www schneider electric com 7 4 Schneider Electric Colour TFTLCD Colour TFTLCD Colour TFTLCD Colour TFTLCD Colour TFTLCD backlit backlit backlit backlit backlit 640 x 480 pixels VGA 640x480 pixels VGA 800x600 pixels SVGA 320 x 240 pixels QVGA 640 x 480 pixels VGA 7 50 10 4 12915 Sm 10 4 Via touch screen 96 MB Flash EPROM By 4 GB SD card Limited by capacity of internal Flash EPROM memory or of SD card Unlimited 8000 variables max Alphanumeric bitmap bargraph gauge tank tank level indicator curves polygon button LED 32 groups of 64 recipes comprising 1024 ingredients max Yes with log Yes Built in Uni TE 2 Modbus Modbus TCP IP 1 and for PLC brands Mitsubishi Omron Allen Bradley and Siemens RS 232C COM1 and RS 485 COM2 1 type Ahost connector 1 mini B connector Ethernet TCP IP 10BASE T 100BASE TX Modbus Plus and Fipway via USB gateway RS 232C COM1 serial link and USB port for paralle
118. Web pages 8 Mb available 1 4 Mb available FactoryCast HMI services 2 _ Yes between 64 stations Yes between 128 stations Yes Yes automatic assignment of IP address and network Yes automatic assignment of parameters IP address and network parameters Yes Yes via Unity Pro function blocks Yes active Web server SNMP agent Server Client server Option Option Yes Yes All types of Premium processors TSX P57 1e P57 2e P57 3e P57 4e P57 5e P57 6e Standard format module See page 9 6 See pages 9 8 to 9 18 TSX ETY 110 WS TSX ETY 4103 TSX ETY 5103 TSX WMY 100 TSX ETC 101 5 47 5 49 2 FactoryCast HMI services HMI database automatic e mail notification of events interpreted math and logic functions connection to relational databases and simulator tool for debugging Qs More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric 5 3 Selection guide continued Modicon Premium automation platform Network and bus modules Modbus Plus standard WorldFip standard RS 485 Devices connected by daisy chaining or tap junctions Token ring Bus managed by bus arbitrator 1 Mbps 1 Mbps Twisted pair Twisted shielded pair Fibre optic Fibre optic via transmitters or repeaters 32 per segment 64 on all segments 450 m per segment 1800 m with 3 repeaters 1000 m per electrical segment 50
119. Weight kg Insulated bus connection Trunk cable tap link for connecting the 24 V 6 TSX FP ACC14 0 120 boxes power supply of IP 67 TBX modules polycarbonate IP 20 Trunk cable tap link supports F TSX FP ACC3 0 090 2 x 9 way female SUB D connectors for TSX FP CG010 030 PCMCIA card cable Connects the 24 V power supply of dust and damp proof TBX modules Dust and damp proof bus Trunk cable tap link supports 8 TSX FP ACC4 0 660 connection boxes 1 x 9 way female SUB D connector zamac IP 65 for TSX FP CG010 030 cable Trunk cable tap link via 2 M23 connectors TSX EF ACC99 0 715 Distribution of remote 24 V power supply via 7 8 connector Connection of compatible PC via 9 way female SUB D connector Female connector for Black IP 20 polycarbonate connector 9 TSX FP ACC12 0 040 devices with 9 way male Connection by daisy chaining or tap link SUB D connector Zamac connector for TSX 17 20 PLC legacy range 9 TSX FP ACC2 0 080 Connection by daisy chaining or tap link Line terminators 2 impedance adaptors 14 TSX FP ACC7 0 020 Sold in lots of 2 Electrical repeater Increases the length of the network or bus by allowing 12 TSX FP ACC6 0 520 IP 65 the connection of 2 segments of up to 1000 m each Electrical fibre optic For connecting via patch panel an electrical 13 TSX FP ACC8M 0 620 repeater segment 1000 m max and a fibre optic segment IP 65 3000 m max FIP wiring test tool For testing each cable segment of a network TSX
120. aa m Definition of all data types needed elementary structures tables m Support of public and private variables EFB OOIE Managing NEID INNE m Generation of all files and the block C coding frame the user only adds functionality to this frame Jaa m Granting of access to numerous internal PLC services such as the real time Te Eee caret pent camat bmi ee clock PLC variables and data system words and math functions including k Ja O OGE E dopion EF logie EB handen EFO scarce A EN P ae Are gt high precision numerical processing in double format Su m Structure of the function block family compilation link for all Unity Pro automation TF MSTS platforms m Provision of a debugging environment The function blocks created can easily be debugged in Microsoft Visual Studio by downloading a Unity Pro application containing the function developed in the Unity Pro PLC simulator All the debugging functions in Microsoft Visual Studio especially breakpoints step by step operations display of the code data and manipulation of the data can be accessed without restriction m Support for managing Unity Pro versions important during the function block maintenance phase Note A specific GNU compiler is used to generate the code for a Modicon M340 platform It is supplied with the Unity EFB Toolkit Ready ns Cot EFB Toolkit Editor Compatibility Unity EFB Toolkit is compatible with Unity Pro Sm
121. advantages in terms of cost reduction quality and performance improvement Cost Savings in system implementation cost Improved time to market for the end user by allowing the project Quicker return on investment Quality Improved software quality Improved maintainability Reduced risk and improved project schedules Performance Standardized design and systematic improvement Capture and re use of your best practices Integrated automation system design in your plant engineering workflow SoCollaborative Engineering project Reduced schedule R System CES Conventional Project Business advantage DO Oo Bo D Do wm 000700 Working efficiently UAG provides the key features for an advanced automation solution to increase efficiency and share and re use your know how Structured project design bridge from the process engineer to the control automation designer from the PID to the automation system It is possible to capture and re use the customer s best practices within application PM specific libraries which reduces the dependency on experts allows standardization UAG and increases software robustness Single database entry avoids duplicate effort and resulting errors Automatic application generation including the automatic configuration of networks in multi device systems increases efficiency improves software quality and shortens setup times while simultaneously reducing project risk Integrated cha
122. and 9 Premium 4 wire sensors with 24 V for the ABE 7CPA31 sub base il expansion rack m Ensures continuity of the current loops when the SUB D connector is removed m Protects the current shunts in the modules against overvoltages The ABE 7CPA12 Telefast sub base enables 16 thermocouples to be connected with 2 TSX CAP 030 100 cables The terminal block is equipped with a temperature probe for cold junction compensation TSX CAP 030 ABE 7CPAO TSX CAP 030 TSX AEY 420 800 810 1600 analog input modules L L TSX AEY eee modules are high level analog input modules with 4 inputs for the ABE 7CPA03 31 TSX AEY 420 module 8 inputs for the TSX AEY 800 810 modules and 16 inputs for the TSX AEY 1600 module Used with sensors or transmitters they perform monitoring measurement and process control functions for continuous processes Depending on the choice made during configuration the following ranges are available for each of the inputs on the TSX AEY 420 800 810 1600 modules 10 V 0 10 V 0 5 V 1 5 V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA Functions References pages 3 14 pages 3 16 3 14 Schneider Electric Functions continued Modicon Premium automation platform Analog I O modules TSX AEY 420 800 810 1600 analog input modules continued These modules perform the following functions m Scanning of input channels protection against overvoltages adaptation of signals by analog filtering
123. application specific modules Other shared components OZF FIP G3 fibre optic transmitter can be used to create a Fipio bus fibre optic ring TSX FP ACC 6 Fipio electrical repeater increases the length of the bus by the creation of segments each 1000 m maximum DODOmsgseoogog OCONEE OO 1 This module also provides the following for the Warm Standby architecture Transparent addressing during the changeover Diagnostics of the architecture self tests state of the Ethernet link and the dual TSX ETY 210 module Maintenance with access to the Backup PLC 2 The TSX AEY ASY analog I O modules and the TSX CTY CCY CAY CSY CFY ISP Y application specific modules are non redundant components They can however be used as shared components via the Fipio agent Premium PLCs Presentation page 4 62 4 66 Functions Connections pages 4 64 page 4 67 Schneider Electric Connections Modicon Premium automation platform Warm Standby system PL7 Pro software Example of an architecture with redundant I O and shared I O on Fipio bus Ethernet Modbus TCP network p r Modicon H s e Momentum TSX RKY eEX Premium extendable rack TSX PSYeee0M power supply module TSX P57 353AM 453AM Premium processor with integrated Fipio link TSX ETY 110WS Ethernet Modbus TCP network module TSX ETY 210 Ethway Ethernet
124. are m Ladder LD m Sequential Function Chart SFC or Grafcet The two textual languages are m Structured Text ST m Instruction List IL For these 4 languages you can use the standard set of instructions compliant with i IEC standard 61131 3 to create applications which can be transferred from one fF Diese Tem a platform to another PL7 software also provides extensions to this standard set of Lau instructions As they are specific to Modicon Premium and TSX Micro PLCs these fr alale atx sls ss 8 i a T dlplelal alsi shal tal i zl z extensions support the development of more complex applications in order to Grafcet SFC language graphic editor maximize the potential of the specific features of each of these platforms User DFB function blocks only with Premium The user can create their own function blocks for specific application requirements with Premium PLCs using PL7 Pro software Once the function blocks have been created in a library they can be used with PL7 Junior Pro software C blage Eet These user function blocks can be used to structure an application They are used eene ENR bene when a program sequence is repeated several times in the application or for freezing BR Imetsce et ven puka F Variables priv es Fohe Descipive a standard programming routine They can be exported to all other PL7 applications HERE Dy Enr esSoties G gt Sortes Q Vaiatiet pad ST omen
125. bases for connecting discrete I O in parallel from a Modicon Telefast ABE 7 sub base on 2 different PLCs ABE 7ACC10 for output redundancy ABE 7ACC11 for input redundancy 6a Sub base ABE 7CPA01 dedicated to connecting axis control and counter inputs on a terminal block 1 Connection of the 24 V power supply is only possible using Telefast sub bases The 0 V connections must be equipotential Electric 8 8 Schneider Compatibility Connection interfaces Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Modicon Premium discrete I O modules and ABE 7 sub bases item numbers see Presentation on page 8 8 Discrete I O modules for Modicon Premium Reference for 24 V discrete I O modules item 1a Inputs Outputs vo 4x161 2x16l tx16l 4x160 1x161 1x120 2x161 2x160 TSX DEY 64 TSX DEY 32 TSXDEY16 TSXDSY64 TSXDMY28FK D2K DK FK T2K TSX DMY 28 RFK TSX DEY 32 TSX DSY 32 D2K T2K Required cordsets Preassembled TSX CDPee3 item 2a see page 8 19 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes cordsets at both ends ABF H20Hee0 item 2a see page 8 19 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Passive connection sub bases Universal ABE 7H08Ree 1 1 1 1 8channels ABE7H08S21 1 item 3a Universal ABE 7H12Ree 12 channels ABE 7H12821 item 4a Universal ABE 7H16Ree 16 channels item 4a ABE 7H16Cee ABE 7H20Eeee 2 ABE 7H16S21 ABE 7H16R23 ABE 7H16F43 ABE 7H16S43 Input adaptor sub b
126. be returned at the end of the loan period Provides eight days continuous use Also requires an additional Vijeo Citect Box USB key VJC 1099 ee to obtain the hardware key The quantity corresponds to the number of months of the loan Presentation Architectures pages 6 46 pages 6 48 6 56 Schneider Electric References continued Software Supervisory control and data acquisition software SCADA Vijeo Citect Alliance Software Pack 1 The Alliance Software Pack 1 offer is intended exclusively for systems integrators who are active partners in the new Schneider Electric Alliance program i e those who pay the annual Alliance partnership subscription Vijeo Citect The package comprises m Alliance Software in DVD box and online UnityPro XL V6 0 10 stations Unity Loader V2 2 Vijeo Citect Run Time 2x12 hour hardware keys WebDesigner V2 31 multi Advantys Configurator V5 5 multi EtherNet IP I O Configurator V1 1 multi DVD electronic documentation V6 0 m Legacy software suite online download Concept XL V2 6 SR5 10 stations PL7Pro V4 5 SP5 10 stations ProWorx32 V2 1 SP1 patch A 10 stations XBTL1003 V4 51 multi m Other software tools online download sg V3 5 multi Vijeo Historian Server Client build V4 1 Sycon V2 9 for networking 10 stations Advantys PLC Image Generator V2 0 Advantys CanOpen Symbol Exp V2 0 T
127. between two Unity Pro applications at different levels m Hardware configuration m Network configuration Modbus TCP CANopen and RIO Quantum only m Allthe variables and instances of function blocks m Structure and content of the application regardless of which language is used m DFB and DDT code m Project options m The result ofthe comparison can be displayed in the user interface printed or saved in txt file format Comparison The end of the comparison operation is signalled by the appearance of the application browser with its two tabs Fle Selection Find Fle Presuna ne _ Beane a 0 I 1 Identification tab for accessing the 7 characteristics of the two applications being facto a compared The differences are summarized F Coriguasion Progen F Arinan Taba F Dered Data Typer PS F Furetoral Modder ee 0 es 2 Browser tab for accessing the application tree P em 1 2 structure Communication Ce OPER MODIFIED 8 ADDED o l TC Gnomon coveted ba Tre E Comparison after selection of elements to be analyzed Displaying results The tree structure can be accessed after comparison via the Browser tab It shows any differences using four symbols where the information associated with application 1 appears in blue and that associated with application 2 appears in red COCIMPHOC FEBSUhE Kt tei eo gt This branch appearing at this level in the tree str
128. button LED 32 groups of 64 recipes comprising 1024 ingredients max Yes with log Yes Built in 1 input 3 outputs Uni TE 2 Modbus Modbus TCP IP 1 and for PLC brands Mitsubishi Omron Allen Bradley and Siemens RS 232C RS 422 485 COM1 RS 485 COM2 1 2 Modbus Plus Fipway with USB gateway PROFIBUS DP and Device Net with optional card Ethernet TCP IP 10BASE T 100BASE TX RS 232C COM1 serial link USB port for parallel printer Vijeo Designer on Windows XP Windows Vista and Windows 7 Magelis CPU 266 MHz RISC XBT GK 21 23 XBT GK 53 Please consult the Human Machine Interfaces catalogue 1 Depending on model 2 Uni TE version V2 for Twido controller and TSX Micro Premium platform More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric Colour TFTLCD 640 x 480 pixels 5 7 colour Via touch screen 11 32 MB Flash EPROM Colour TFTLCD Colour TFTLCD Colour TFTLCD 800 x 600 pixels 800 x 600 pixels 1024 x 768 pixels 8 4 colour 12 colour 15 colour Via touch screen 1 GB CF system card included with 2 GB CF system card included with terminal terminal expandable to 4 GB expandable to 4 GB By means of 128 256 512 MB 1 2 or 4 GB CF card Limited by capacity of internal Flash EPROM memory or CF card memory Unlimited 8000 variables max Alphanumeric bitmap bargraph gauge tank tank level indicator curves polygon
129. button LED 32 groups of 64 recipes comprising 1024 ingredients max Yes with log Yes Built in 1 audio output Uni TE 2 Modbus Modbus TCP IP and for PLC brands Mitsubishi Omron Rockwell Automation and Siemens RS 232C RS 422 485 COM1 1 1 Ethernet port 10BASE T 100BASE TX Uni TE 2 Modbus Modbus TCP IP 1 and for PLC brands Mitsubishi Omron Allen Bradley and Siemens RS 232C COM1 RS 232C COM1 RS 232C COM1 RS 232C COM2 RS 232C COM2 4 4 1 on front Modbus Plus with USB gateway 1 TCP IP Ethernet port 10BASE T 100BASE TX and 1 Ethernet port 10BASE T 100BASE TX 1 GB RS 232C COM1 or COM2 serial link USB port for parallel printer Vijeo Designer on Windows XP Windows Vista and Windows 7 Magelis 266 MHz RISC CPU Windows XP Embedded XBT GH 2460 XBT GTW 450 XBT GTW 652 HMI GTW 7353 Please consult the Human Machine Interfaces catalogue 1 Depending on model 2 Uni TE version V2 for Twido controller and TSX Micro Premium platform ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric 7 9 Selection guide HMI software Designer Magelis XBT N R RT Small Panels 1 1 Proprietary Magelis Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 Via I O drivers Schneider Electric or third party protocols Mitsubishi Omron Rockwell Automation Siemens 3 Yes Yes Linked to user
130. cables with shielded twisted pairs add U at the end of the reference for example 490 NTC NTW 000 05U 3 For in rack analog I O multiplexers 24 supplied by JM Concept please consult the www jmconcept com website Presentation Description Architectures Functions page 4 52 page 4 53 pages 4 54 pages 4 58 Electric Schneider 4 61 Presentation Modicon Premium automation platform Warm Standby system PL7 Pro software The Premium Warm Standby redundancy offer which is only compatible with PL7 Pro software ensures continuity of operation of a control system based on a Premium platform in the event of failure of m The central processing and communication functions m All or part of the I O system It is based on the principle of Normal Backup redundancy with complete redundancy of the main processing and communication functions use of single shared I O on the Fipio bus and or redundancy of in rack I O It covers all the requirements for availability when the PLC s mission is to monitor an installation in continuous duty indicate problems to a control station and send the supervision manager s control instructions to various locations on an extensive site It is suitable for processes which can tolerate a lack of control on the part of the PLC lasting 1 to 2 s average time for changeover from the Normal to the Backup unit Areas of application m Inthe commercial sector o Building management system for a public
131. designed for Windows 2000 XP Vista and 7 all 32 bit operating systems 1 and therefore benefits from all the facilities associated with these operating systems The main functions of PL7 software are m User friendliness and productive using contextual menus context sensitive help info balloons etc m Multi instance enabling several applications to be worked on simultaneously m Management of access rights for limiting and controlling the use of the various PL7 software functions m Application server The PL7 Pro software can be launched in OLE Automation server mode from a third party client application In this case certain functions of the PL7 software can be executed following commands sent by an OLE client application Terminal PC Server Terminal PC Client m z The main functions compared to the previous version V4 4 are Client 2 2 m Development of the equipment catalogue Applications 5 m Enhancement of the application data export files FEF for better compatibility us w S oa A oz oz with the Unity Pro software suite integration Fipway TSX Micro Premium Operation in application server mode Four IEC languages The four graphical or textual languages available in PL7 are used for programming Modicon Premium and TSX Micro automation platforms The two graphical languages
132. discrete I O analogue I O application specific modules to be installed m Electrical function they provide distribution of o Power supplies required for each module in the same rack o Data and service signals for the entire PLC station when the station has several racks TSX FAN eeP fan modules installed above the racks of Premium PLCs provide forced air convection in order to maintain an even ambient temperature inside the enclosure and to eliminate any hot spots that may exist see page 2 2 TSX RKY ee racks comprise 1 Ametal frame 2 Slots for anchoring the module pins 3 48 way female 1 2 DIN connectors for module rack connections the first connector is reserved for the power supply module 4 Alocating slot for the power supply module 5 Tapped holes for mounting the module 6 Four holes for mounting the rack 7 Slot for the rack address label 8 Aslot for the station network address label 9 Two earth terminals for earthing the rack References page 2 7 2 6 Schneider Electric References Modicon Premium automation platform Single rack configuration Non extendable racks Non extendable TSX PSY power supply 6 positions TSX RKY 6 7 1 470 racks TSX P57 processor 8 positions TSX RKY 8 1 1 750 w r for single rack TSX H57 processor 72 positions TSXRKY12 2 310 configuration O modules TSX RKY 6 application specific modules and communication modules Conn
133. electronic format in six languages English French German Italian Spanish and Chinese m Converters for converting applications created with Concept and PL7 Pro programming software m PLC simulator Cables for connecting the processor to the programming PC must be ordered separately Customers are notified automatically when a new Unity Pro update becomes available They can then access the software updates manager directly download the update and install it locally on their workstation C Schneider Electric Software Update Download About Settings Remembermein B days us Help Cancel New updates amp messages Rind bicker upadat c New updates amp messages v Unity Pro 4 1 x Updates 2 Lritical Updates Date Ste Creci 1 O rezos DOF SER Inportark 1 Perey Yn Date Size Messages 0 v Er E asas 20011 30 4 256 Updates Schneider Electric Unity Pro 4 1 Xt Critical 0 Important 0 Muz be installed separately from other updates Reems srinctnd 0 Dorwnioad size tutal ONE Copyright 1997 2000 Acresso Software inc endior Instetchield Co Inc Al Rights Reserved Terms of Use Erivace Ratemenk Wh Note The latest firmware versions are available for download from our website www schneider electric com Selection guide page 6 2 Schneider 6 17 Electric References Software Unity Pro software Small Med
134. example COMP_DB MULTIV_M SUM_W etc m Process value processing EFs EFBs for example LOOKUP_TABLR1 HYST_eee AVGMY etc m Output value processing EFBs for example PWM1 SERVO etc m Reference value processing EFBs RAMP RATIO SP8SEL These blocks manage operating modes such as tracking manual automatic mode and process control algorithms on cyclic values intervals between two consecutive sampling operations See pages 6 14 and 6 15 Functions pages 6 34 6 32 Schneider Electric Presentation continued Software Unity Pro software User definable process control The process control offer integrated as standard in Premium platforms can be used to set up and debug machine control oriented control loops in Unity Pro Medium Large Extra Large and XL Safety User definable process control functions Premium TSX P57 264M 2634M 3e4M 3634M 454M 4634M 554M 5634M 6634M processors make it possible depending on the model to manage between 10 to 30 process control channels of 3 loops each These channels can be configured to execute algorithms for industrial processes m Cascaded loop m Process loop m Autoselective loop m Setpoint programmer m Controller with three simple loops Inputs Outputs Premium TSX P57 2e4M 2634M 3e4M 3634M 454M 4634M 554M 5634M 6634M processors manage an entire station consisting of racks connected on Bus X The I O interfaces required for process control
135. fi 7 x 10 100BASE TX ports 6 x 10 100BASE TX ports 7 x 10 100BASE TX ports 6 x 10 100BASE T ports RJ45 Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E 100m 1 x 100BASE FX port 2 x 100BASE FX ports 1 x 100BASE FX port 2 x 100BASE FX ports Duplex SC Multimode optical fibre Single mode optical fibre 5000 m 1 4000 m 1 32 500 m 2 8dB 11 dB 16 dB FDR SMTP V3 SNTP client multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol configuration via Web access VLAN IGMP Snooping RSTP Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol priority port data stream control secure port Unlimited 50 max Redundant power supplies redundant single ring ring coupling 9 6 60 V 18 30 V safety extra low voltage SELV 6 5W 7 3 W 6 5W 7 3 W 6 terminals 0 60 C 10 90 non condensing IP 20 75x 131x111 mm On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide 0 410 kg IEC EN 61131 2 UL 508 UL 1604 class 1 division 2 CSA 22 2 No 214 cUL CSA 22 2 No 213 class 1 division 2 cUL C GL C Tick Power supply status alarm relay status active redundancy redundancy management fibre port status and fibre port activity Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault volt free contact 1 A max at 24 V TCS ESM 083F1CU0 TCS ESM 083F2CU0 TCS ESM 083F1CS0 TCS ESM 083F2CS0 5 72 1 Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fibre typical value 2000 m 2 Lengt
136. for the TSX CTY 4A module The parameters of these functions are set by software configuration The modules take 5 V or 10 to 30 V sensors with solid state outputs incremental encoders proximity sensors photoelectric detectors and with mechanical contact outputs in this case the counting frequency is limited to 100 Hz The front panel of TSX CTY 2A 2 channel and TSX CTY 4A 4 channel counter modules comprises 1 One 15 way SUB D connector per channel for connecting o Counter sensors or incremental encoder D Sensor power supply o Encoder power supply feedback for checking that it is supplied correctly 2 One 20 way HE10 connector for 2 channels for connecting the following for each channel o Auxiliary inputs preset enable o Reflex outputs TSX CTY 2A TSX CTY 4A o Power supplies for auxiliary I O and incremental encoders 3 Rigid casing which o Holds the electronic card IRUNSERR o Locates and locks the module in its slot eink Aa 4 Module diagnostic LEDs o Module diagnostics Green RUN LED module operating Red ERR LED internal fault module failure Red I O LED external fault o Channel diagnostics Green CHe LED channel diagnostics available Operation References page 4 17 pages 4 18 4 16 Schneider Electric Operation Modicon Premium automation architectures platform TSX CTY 2A 4A counter modules Block m ofachannel Configuration and adjustment Corn H E KW MW p
137. green Ethernet port ready ERR LED red Ethernet port fault COLLED red Collision detection STS LED yellow Ethernet link diagnostics Two TX and RX LEDs yellow Transmission reception activity TSX P57 1634M 2634M 3634M DO O0 O0 O0 D ARESET button causing a cold start of the PLC when pressed An 8 way female mini DIN connector marked TER for connecting a programming or adjustment terminal RS 485 5 An 8 way female mini DIN connector marked AUX for connecting a programming adjustment or operator dialogue terminal RS 485 6 An RJ45 connector for connection to the 10BASE T 100BASE TX Ethernet Modbus TCP network 7 APCMCIA slot no 0 fora memory card 8 APCMCIA slot no 1 fora communication card or memory extension card for storing additional data ko Presentation Memory structure References PCMCIA references page 1 4 pages 1 8 pages 1 10 pages 1 12 1 6 Schneider Electric Description continued 12 wm ONOUHW TSX P57 454M 554M TSX P57 4634M 5634M TSX P57 6634M Modicon Premium automation platform Unity processors Premium double format high performance processors TSX P57 454M 554M 4634M 5634M 6634M and TSX H57 24M 44M 1 feature the following on the front panel 1 Adisplay block with 5 LEDs RUN LED green Processor in operation program execution ERR LED red Fault on the processor or its on board devices PCMCIA memory card and PCMCIA communication card
138. in a single scan chain has been limited to 32 devices Limiting a single scan chain to 32 devices the time for a round trip of a packet through the daisy Chain is expected less than 5 milliseconds The maximum packet latency of a packet passing through any device in a scan chain is no more than 10 us Ring topology In aring topology all devices or network infrastructure components are connected in a loop Through this type of topology a type of network redundancy is achieved Ethernet Ring Ethernet rings are usually the backbones of applications in which high availability is required If ring topology is required then switches that support this feature should be ordered Deploying Ring topologies using ConneXium The ConneXium line offers hubs and switches that allow the deployment of single and coupled self healing rings There is additional information about this topic page 9 17 9 14 Schneider Electric Characteristics Technical information Ethernet network Infrastructure Based upon the 802 3 the distance limits and the numbers of devices in cascade are the following Type Maximum segment Maximum segment Maximum number of Maximum number of length 7 length offered by hubs in cascade switches in cascade ConneXium devices 10BASE T 100 m 100 m 4 Unlimited 100BASE TX 100 m 100 m 2 Unlimited 1000BASE T 100 m 100 m Unlimited 10BASE FL 2000 m 3100 m 2 11 fiber ring 100BASE FX 412 m 20
139. information on www schneider electric com Electric Schneider 5 77 Selection guide Wi Fi network Wi Fi antennas Dual band hemispherical antenna 5 GHz Very directional antenna 2300 2500 MHz 5150 5250 MHz 4900 5935 MHz 5250 5350 MHz 5350 5725 MHz 5725 5875 MHz 6 dBi at 2 4 GHz 18 dBi 8 dBi at 5 GHz 19 dBi 18 5 dBi 18 dBi 1 8 leo Linear vertical 360 at 2 4 GHz 18 173 at 5 GHz 18 75 W cw at 25 C 6 W cw 500 N female N female 40 C to 80 C 45 C to 70 C 40 C to 80 C 45 C to 70 C RAL 7044 Silk grey 7035 Light grey LEXAN EXL 9330 Plastic 0 3kg 0 107 kg 86 x 43 mm 190 x 190 x 30 5 mm 10 N at 160 km h 104 N at 216 km h IP65 IP 65 IP 67 1 m cable with N male connectors at both ends Adaptor cable R SMA male connector to N female connector Yes TCSG ee 0000 TCS WAB DH TCS WAB 5V 5 84 1 VSWR Voltage Standing Wave Ratio 2 HPBW Half Power BeamWidth More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider G Electric Dual band omnidirectional 11n antenna 2400 2500 MHz 5150 5875 MHz 3 5 dBi 5 5 dBi 1 8 3 x linear vertical 360 2W 500 3x N male 1 m cable directly attached to antenna 40 C to 80 C 40 C to 80 C 7035 Light grey Plastic 0 3kg 310 x 110 x40 mm IP 65 3 x 90 cm cordsets directly attached to antenna with N male connector 3 x adaptor cables R SMA male c
140. integrated socket 2 wires channel ch 0 Modbus RS 485 Twido and TSX Micro TWD XCA ISO isolation 0 3m TWD XCA RJ003 0 040 cordsets terminal port box RJ45 connector im TWD XCA RJ010 0 090 Mini DIN connector 3m TWD XCA RJ030 0 160 RS 232 tap link TSX SCP 111 card Communication device 3m TSX SCP CC 1030 0 190 cordsets Modem converter etc DCE 2 Terminal device with 3m TSX SCP CD 1030 0 190 point to point DTE 2 10m TSX SCP CD 1100 0 620 Corset for tap link TSX SCP 112 card Modbus multidrop 1 3m TSX SCP CX 2030 0 160 20 mA CL Other connecting See page 5 134 cables 1 End of cordset with free wires 2 End of cordset equipped with a male 25 pin SUB D connector Description page 5 124 Schneider 5 127 Electric Presentation Modicon Premium automation description platform Uni Telway serial link FB Modicon Presentation i Peivi The Uni Telway bus is a standard means of communication between control system Th components PLCs MMI terminals supervisors variable speed drives numerical controllers weighing equipment etc It is suitable for architectures designed to manage control and monitoring devices via a PLC or architectures used for MMI supervision etc PON gt I _ Magelis XBT Ge The Uni Telway bus requires a master station which manages the allocation of bus access rights to the various connected stations known as slave stations Uni Telway
141. is the upper slot on Premium processors Two of these SRAM data storage memory cards can also be inserted into slot no 1 which is the lower slot on Premium processors These cards support three types of storage m Application storage program symbols and constants in a common area of 128 Kb to 7168 Kb depending on the card model o TSX MRP PeeeK for SRAM memories o TSX MFP PeeeK M for Flash EPROM memories aes m Storage of the application and additional data comprising an application area j configurable from 192 Kb to 7 Mb and an additional data storage area which ig therefore varies from 7 Mb to 0 Kb The configurable cards are o TSX MRP CeeeK M for SRAM memories o TSX MCP CeeeK M for Flash EPROM and SRAM memories 4 m Storage of additional data provided by SRAM TSX MRP FO0eM 4 or 8 Mb S memory cards PCMCIA Flash EPROM memory cards These cards use two technologies m Battery backed SRAM Used in particular in the application program design and debugging phases These cards allow o all of the application s transfer and modification services in online mode o Additional data storage The memory is protected by a removable battery built into the PCMCIA card A second auxiliary battery provides backup so that the main battery can be replaced without data being lost m Flash EPROM Used when debugging of the application program is complete It enables O Backup battery life restrictions to be overcome o Aglobal
142. l l TORIS He ae Using a DFB function block in one or more applications peissesenmn m Simplifies program design and entry m Increases program legibility m Facilitates program debugging all variables handled by the DFB function block are identified on its interface m Enables the use of internal variables specific to the DFBs which are independent of the application DFB type editor 1 Compatibility with Windows 95 98 Millenium and NT4 0 is no longer assured For information Windows 95 and Windows NT 4 0 cannot manage USB ports 6 40 Schneider Electric Functions continued Fi Table TABLE_1 Anim e xM Teig_vid_melang 0 MIT Trig_tempo 0 Mig Status_oyole 1 M19 Synobeo_1 0 MO Ople 0 x21 Raz 0 a m Trig sect remp 0 ae masen Gest_prod_sio_a Gest_prod_sio_aRa 0 N Gest_prod_sflo_aPrese 280000 0000 0000 000000 IN Gest_prod_siio_aCount 0 N Gest_prod_so_ aDom 1 our Gest_prod_sflo_aValcou 16400000007 PUBLIC oT Animation table Cross referencing of variables Software PL7 software PL7 Micro Junior Pro Debugging tools PL7 Micro Junior Pro software offers a complete set of tools for debugging applications A tool palette provides direct access to the main functions m Setting breakpoints m Step by step program execution m Independent execution of the master MAST fast FAST and event triggered EVTi tasks Other functions available are m Animation of progr
143. m 2 Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fibre typical value 15 000 m More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric 16 x 10 100BASE TX ports Ni al 14 a ii 14 x 10 100BASE TX ports 14 x 10 100BASE TX ports 22 x 10 100BASE TX ports RJ45 Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E 100m 2 x 100BASE FX ports Duplex SC Multimode optical fibre Single mode optical fibre Multimode optical fibre 5000 m 1 5000 m 1 4000 m 1 4000 m 1 32 500 m 2 8 dB 8dB 11 dB 11 dB 16 dB FDR SMTP V3 SNTP client multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data Scanning Tree Protocol priority port data stream control secure port Unlimited protocol configuration via Web access VLAN IGMP Snooping RSTP Rapid 50 max Redundant power supplies redundant single ring ring coupling 9 6 60 V 18 30 V safety extra low voltage SELV 9 4W 11 8W 11 8W 15 5 W 6 terminals 0 60 C 10 90 non condensing IP 20 111x131 x 111 mm On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide 0 600 kg cUL 60950 UL 508 and CSA 22 2 No 142 UL 1604 and CSA 22 2 No 213 class 1 division 2 Power supply status alarm relay status active redundancy redundancy management copper port status and copper port activity 95 max non condensing IE
144. meres Wome Prenon ana Feneas gt Actomaten ant Control Produit omau Example Zelio Time data sheet Zelio Time RE 7 RE8 RE9 relays that sie simply ingenious Overview Sowntonde Support Register your software E RE7YA12BU Nera carts ll this product 120 VAC py 42 48 V ACIOC 1ang O88 Discover this produ Soe e Characteritics Downloads product ur Component type nauis ten reisy coms a Em e Functions waite nen e Connection area Psat nn een e Dimensions prunes wept bri Bann e Download amp ef Documents einstein Other products e Help me to choose Accessories e Plug e Sockets bneider Solutions u Example Zelio Time data sheet P vou ate tern saree Finde a Nemes Atem anan on Cont Pneu vem Zelio Time RE 7 RE 8 RE 9 Timer rataya that am senply ingenious Oversinw Demmin Segment Rewister your software Dep amp Qocuments Geno hatt Drenai Mean meat nen RE7YA12BU DUN Power supi vom Mg ne Zelio Time RET indumial timing relay 2 CO 22 5 mm time bey 4 type Ot oe raten BUD apply 110 240 V AC supply 42 88 V ACDC range 0 85 1 1 Ue PS et ot Sater ang orcheectures Sonwa boas Downloads Cusrert otters a Oai otters CAD Fier Suppan Cuntortor Cane Center any and Careers Zelio Time RE 7 RE 8 RE 9 t ingenious Example Zelio Time data sheet Overview
145. module systematically occupying position s PS and 00 The processor module must be installed in position 01 and 02 if a double format processor o The bus X remote rackmaster module TSX REY 200 can be installed in any position after 02 or 03 if a double format processor m Bus X remote rackmaster module acting as a slave It is installed in an extendable rack located on an extendable bus X segment in any position apart from the positions dedicated to the power supply module Description page 2 13 2 12 References page 2 13 Schneider Electric Description Modicon Premium automation references platform Multirack configuration with remote module Maximum distances for remote location The maximum permitted distances from the processor in any one remote system are shown in the table below Type of I O modules Reference Length of bus X remote system 5 Discrete inputs 1 TSX DEY eee 250 m Discrete Outputs TSX DSY eee Preventa safety module TSX PAY 262 Analog I O 2 TSX AEY eee ASY eee 175 m less than the Counter motion control TSX CTY eA CAY21 CAY41 CFY e1 length 3 of bus X modules 3 Weighing modules TSX ISP Y101 Y121 AS Interface Bus modules TSX SAY 1000 Remote location of SERCOS motion module TSX CSY 84 85 164 bus X not permitted Communication modules TSX SCY 21601 11601 Ethernet Modbus TCP modules TSX ETY 110WS 4103 5103 WMY 100 Fieldbus modules TSX IBY 10
146. modules Compatibility with 2 wire 3 wire sensors Type of input 24V 24 48 V 24V 48V 200 240 V type 1 type 2 type 2 100 120 V type 2 logic positive logic positive type 2 sink sink Any 3 wire 7 PNP sensor Any 3 wire NPN sensor Schneider Electric 2 wire sensor or other brands with the following characteristics Residual voltage closed state lt 7 V Minimum switched current lt 2 5 mA Residual current open state lt 1 5 mA 2 wire sensor 2 wire sensor Compatible Compatible C Not compatible subject to certain i conditions IE Discrete input modules Typeof Input Connection IEC EN Modularity Reference 4 Weight current voltage 3 61131 2 no of kg conformity channels 24V Screw Type 2 8isolated TSX DEY 08D2 0 300 pos logic terminal block inputs 16isolated TSX DEY 16D2 0 300 inputs 48V Screw Type2 16isolated TSX DEY 16D3 0 300 pos logic terminal block inputs 24V HE 10 Type 1 16 isolated TSX DEY 16FK 0 300 pos logic connector fast inputs 2 32 isolated TSX DEY 32D2K 0 300 inputs 64 isolated TSX DEY 64D2K 0 370 inputs 24V Screw 16isolated TSX DEY 16A2 0 310 TSX DEY TIGER neg logic terminal block inputs 48V HE 10 Type2 32 isolated TSX DEY 32D3K 0 310 pos logic connector inputs 50 60Hz 24V Screw Type 2 16 isolated TSX DEY 16A2 0 310 terminal block inputs 48V Screw Type2 16i
147. monitoring Diagnostics and maintenance assistance Operator manuals SOAP XML server interface FactoryCast modules incorporate a standard SOAP XML data server that provides direct interoperability between automation devices and computer management applications MES ERP SAP Net application etc See page 5 28 Graphic Data Editor function This function can be used to create graphic views animated by PLC variables The graphic editor is available online ready to use and also offline using FactoryCast configuration software These views are created from a library of predefined graphic objects by simple copy paste operations The objects are configured to suit the user s requirements colour PLC variables name etc List of graphic objects available Analog and digital indicators Horizontal and vertical bar charts Boxes for displaying messages and entering values Pushbutton boxes Trend recorders m Vats valves motors etc Customized graphic objects can be added to this list They can be reused in user Web pages that have been created using standard software for editing HTML pages The views created can be saved in the FactoryCast modules 1 Memory not affected by power outages or reinitialization of the PLC Schneider 5 21 Electric Presentation Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network FactoryCast HMI active Web services Thin client Relational database Magelis
148. network depends on the application but usually TNet 0 05 ms at 10 Mbps and 0 005 ms at 100 Mbps The response time RT can be estimated using the following 3 formulae m RT minimum response time with TIOS hidden and 1 PLC scan cycle RT n TMod In 0 x TIOS In Tnet N x cycle T 0 x TIOS Out Tnet TMod Out m RT typical response time with 0 5 TIOS hidden RT TMod In 0 5 x TIOS In Tnet N x cycle T 0 5 x TIOS Out Tnet TMod Out m RT maximum response time with TIOS not hidden RT ax TMod In TIOS In Tnet N x T cycle TIOS Out Tnet TMod Out 5 42 Schneider Electric Performance continued Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Performance I O Scanning service response time continued TMod E and TMod S response times are shown below Type of distributed I O Response time Min Typical Max Momentum 170 ENT 110 02 TMod In 1ms 1ms ims TMod Out 5ms 5ms 5ms Momentum 170 ENT 110 01 TMod In 4ms 6ms 8ms TMod Out 4ms 6ms 8ms Modicon STB STB NIP 2212 TMod In 2ms 3ms 4ms TMod Out 2ms 3ms 4ms The TIOS E TIOS S times measured between 2 scan cycles Ethernet network with switches are shown below Time ms 25 20 1 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 Number of devices scanned The number N of processor scan cycles is shown below Number N of processor cycles Min Typical M
149. no 0 contains the program space pee program symbols and constants areas 128 Kb to 2 Mb Certain types of PCMCIA ae N oralen memory card also hostthe data storage area max 6976 Kb PCMCIA card slot no 0 128 to 7168 Kb Unlocated data Symbols areas Having the symbols area in the same place as the program area is optional However if the application symbols database is available on the PLC it means that when an empty programming terminal is connected to the PLC all the elements needed to debug or upgrade this PLC can be transferred to the terminal 96 to 2048 Kb Internal RAM Constants 3 1 Ifa PCMCIA card has been inserted it is the memory on this memory card that will be used for modification of the program in online mode outside areas 2 3 and 4 opposite 2 The internal RAM is backed up by an optional battery with a life of 3 years which is located in the power supply module see page 2 2 Data storage PCMCIA card slot no 0 Additional data storage 4096 or 8192 KB gt Processor with data storage memory card in slot no 0 Presentation Description References PCMCIA references page 1 4 pages 1 5 pages 1 10 pages 1 12 1 8 Schneider Electric Memory structure continued Located data Global unlocated data and DFBs 1 j L a i x PCMCIA card 8 slot no 0 5 Constants 7 Additional data storage are
150. notification by e mail m Active page server dynamic generation of animated HTML pages l m Dynamic generation of HTML reports ER m Open data server interface SOAP XML WSDL interface protocol 1 ORDER O 2004 ourna Ama BAA AA ees vere FactoryCast HMI is defined as an active Web server used to execute HMI functions without any effect on the PLC application program and therefore on its scan time E iooi oon shni a tonion Factory conn nb Direkt started EL 1 23 Web server automation products Product Reference Embedded Web server Standard class Bed Configurable class CeO Active class Ded Modicon Quantum Processors 140 CPU 651 50 60 platform 140 CPU 652 60 Modules 140 NOE 771 01 140 NOE 771 11 FactoryCast 140 NWM 100 00 FactoryCast FactoryCast HMI Modicon Premium Processors TSX P57 2e23 M platform TSX P57 3623 AM TSX P57 4823 AM TSX P57 e634 M Modules TSX ETY 4103 TSX ETC 101 TSX ETY 110WS acto TSX ETY 5103 acto a TSX WMY 100 acto a acto Modicon M340 platform Modules BMX NOE 0100 BMX NOC 0401 BMX NOE 0110 FactoryCast BMX NOR 0200H FactoryCast Modicon TSX Micro Modules TSX ETZ 410 platform TSX ETZ 510 Inductel identification station XGK S1715503 FactoryCast Web Gateway TSX ETG 1000 FactoryCast FactoryCast HMI Web Gateway TSX ETG 30600 FactoryCast FactoryCast HMI 1 For standard protocol providing interoperabi
151. of 128 K or 256 Kwords depending on the model of slot no 0 5 PCMCIA card enables the application symbols database to be stored on the PLC i AD i 3 Conetants Extension of the additional data storage area slot no 1 i q This area containing 128 or 640 Kwords can be extended up to 2688 Kwords by using i y an SRAM TSX MRP DS 2048P MFP 004M PCMCIA memory card This card is inserted i o Additional data into the lower slot on TSX P57 2e3M 2e23M TSX P57 3e3M 3623M 453M 4823AM i amp storage 4 processors and can be used in conjunction with memory extension cards type 1 in the i we upper slot a Symbol storage SS 4 Data in internal RAM i S The data area can be extended to up to 30 5 Kwords It is only supported by the Sa ie Cie RELY Seer PLC s internal RAM ed en PL7 Junior Pro software helps the application designer to manage the structure and 3 Constant words initial values and configuration organize how the memory space on the Premium PLC is occupied 4 Depending on the PCMCIA card model Processor with PCMCIA card Protecting the application Regardless of the PLC memory structure whether the application is located in the internal RAM or on the PCMCIA card it is possible to protect the application so that it cannot be accessed for the purpose of reading or modifying the program in online mode under PL7 Junior Pro Amemory protection bit set in configuration mode is also available to prevent any progra
152. of the AC input voltage on single phase 1 AUN a The regulated switch mode power supplies ABL 4RSM24100 comprise 1 Spring clip for Omega 1r 35 mm rail 2 Removable screw terminal block for connection of the AC input voltage on single phase 1 and for connection of 120 230 V selection link Output voltage status LED green Output circuit overcurrent LED red Output voltage adjustment potentiometer Removable screw terminal block for connection of the DC output voltage and diagnostics contact our WO The regulated switch mode power supplies ABL 4RSM24200 ABL 4WSR24200 ABL 4WSR24300 and ABL 4WSR24400 comprise 1 Spring clip for Omega 1r 35 mm rail 2 Enclosed screw terminals for connection of the DC output voltage and diagnostics contact Output voltage adjustment potentiometer Output voltage status LED green Output circuit overcurrent and alarm LED red Enclosed screw terminals for connection of the AC input voltage single phase connection for ABL 4RSM24200 1 3 phase connection for ABL 4Weeee 1 Connection between 2 phases only on certain American line supplies ouahw Schneider Electric References Power supplies and transformers Regulated switch mode power supplies 85 to 960 W Compact Rail mounting Input voltage Secondary Reset Reference Weight Output Nominal Nominal k voltage power current g
153. options in the processing branches No programming is therefore necessary the loop diagrams are enhanced or simplified as and when the parameters are validated Opposite selecting the PID controller enables display of the various valid parameters for this type of controller KP TI TD etc In the case of the setpoint programmer the different profiles 6 maximum are configured via a table defining each segment After selecting the type of segment ramp or dwell step its configuration consists of defining the setpoint to be reached with the ramp and the duration for the ramp or Configuring a process loop dwell step As selections are made the bottom of the screen displays the profile with the setpoint limit values This screen can also be used to define the cycles for this profile Execution once a certain number of times or looped continuously 32 767 times maximum Ge PMX 57352 RACK O POSITION 0 Corp J Dagoan pits The sampling period for the loops is predefined at 300 ms This defines the controller a IR u processing period in automatic mode It is possible to modify this period in the loop Loop Comote 5 3rP_t is Prog deconsigne wllmast lm i tana FPS configuration screen All the I O and the parameters of the various configured process control channels can be accessed by the user at program level or via the various Unity Pro software tools especially language editors and anim
154. page 5 46 Ethernet Modbus TCP network modules 2 222220 page 5 47 EtherNet IP and Modbus TCP network module page 5 48 Selection guide ConneXium Ethernet wiring system page 5 50 m ConneXium Ethernet wiring system 222222020 page 5 64 Selection guide Wi Fiaccess Points and Clients page 5 74 Selection guide Wi Fiantennas 0 0 ccc cues page 5 78 m ConneXium wiring system for Wi Fi network page 5 84 CANopen machine and installation bus m Presentation 2 mer a ela sone ae ean page 5 86 E Wiring system este dai 20 aan page 5 89 mi References 4 2 2 uns2usr 22 2 ee BA daa ae page 5 90 AS Interface bus Presentation 4 me ns ee ends ends en page 5 92 Mi Heferences 2 200 rot nauan anaana den atmen page 5 93 m AS Interface cabling system 0 cece eee eee page 5 96 X Way bus and network Communication architecture 0000000005 page 5 98 m Fipio bus manager function 0 0 00000 page 5 100 m Fipio bus agentfunction 0 00 0 eee eee page 5 104 m Fipway network 0 00 cece page 5 106 m Fipio Fipway fibre optic transceiver page 5 108 m Fipio Fipway wiring system 00000 008 page 5 110 5 0 Schneider Electric Modbus Plus network and fieldbus
155. pages 1 10 and 1 19 TSX AEY ASY analog I O modules feature the following on the front panel Adisplay and module diagnostics block Aconnector which takes the removable screw terminal block Arotating support containing the module locating device Aremovable screw terminal block for connecting the I O directly to the sensors and preactuators TSX BLY 01 to be ordered separately Apivoting cover for accessing the terminal block screws and holding the identification label Arotating support containing the module locating device 25 way SUB D connector s for connecting the sensors _ Connection by Connection by screw SUB D connector terminal block kwh a NO Note TSX ASY 800 module This module also has a screw terminal block for connecting the external 24 VR on the front panel see page 3 16 Connecting TSX AEY ASY modules with SUB D connectors Using the Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system makes it easier to install the modules by providing access to the inputs or outputs via screw terminals Connection is via a TSX CAP 030 100 3 10 long shielded cable equipped with SUB D connectors at either end The ABE 7CPA02 Telefast sub base enables the connection of 8 channels The ABE 7CPA03 31 Telefast sub base enables m Connection of 8 channels and the channel by channel supply of 2 and 4 wire sensors with 24 V for the ABE 7CPA03 sub base m Connection of 8 channels and the channel by channel isolated supply of 2
156. per weighing module 4 weighing modules with TSX 57 1e processors 12 weighing modules with TSX 57 2e processors 16 weighing modules with TSX 57 3e processors 32 weighing modules with TSX 57 4e 5e 6e processors Weighing module The front panel of the TSX ISP Y101 weighing module comprises 1 A9 way female SUB D connector for the RS 485 serial link to the display unit 2 Screw terminals for connecting 2 discrete reflex outputs outputs used with threshold detection 3 A15 way female SUB D connector for the measurement input channel 50 measurements per second from 1 to 8 load cells 4 Optional module sealing device Remote indicator Weight values are displayed on a TSX XBT N410 display unit Supplied with the TSX ISP Y121 unit The display unit is preconfigured It has the following on the front panel 1 Aback lit LCD display with 4 lines of 20 characters height 4 34 mm 2 Two non customizable command or contextual link keys 3 6 service keys The rear panel comprises A removable screw terminal block for the 24 V external power supply A 25 way female SUB D connector for connection to the TSX ISP Y101 weighing module 30 metres maximum Strain gauge load cells and connection accessories Please consult our Customer Care Centre Functions References page 4 50 page 4 51 Schneider 4 49 Electric Functions setup 0 2 TSX ve Y10
157. perform application conversions Management of user standards Users may create libraries and families in order to store their own DFBs and DDTs This enhancement allows users to take advantage of programming standards adapted to their needs along with version management This means that it is possible to m Check the version of the elements used in an application program against those stored in the library m Perform an upgrade if necessary Selection guide page 6 2 6 8 Schneider Electric Functions continued 20 Watchpoint STE sn Eau ER a ij a Ra oe E592 amp Breakpoint step by step Software Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large Unity Pro software offers a complete set of tools for debugging Modicon M340 Premium or Quantum applications A tool palette provides direct access to the main functions m Dynamic program animation m Setting of watchpoints or breakpoints not authorized in event triggered tasks m Step by step program execution A function in this mode enables section by section execution Instruction by instruction execution can be launched from the previous breakpoint Three execution commands are therefore possible when the element to be processed is a subroutine SR or DFB user block instance Step Into This command is used to move to the first element of the SR or DFB Step Over This command i
158. platform Modbus Plus network 3 O gt Ethernet TCP IP a Lexium 15 Modicon Quantum Modicon STB F on eae iE Modicon Premium e je Modbus Plus Modbus Plus Jateway Third party device TSX Micro Gateway Modicon Quantum Modbus Modbus device The Modbus Plus network is a high performance industrial local network suitable for the requirements of Client Server type extended architectures combining high speed 1 Mbps simple low cost transmission media and numerous message handling services The main data exchange functions between all devices connected to the network are m The message exchange function using the Modbus protocol m The global database function periodic Shared Table service controlled by the application a station with the token can transmit 32 words to up to 63 other stations connected to the network 1 The Modicon Premium or Modicon TSX Micro client communicates with the Modicon
159. polygon button LED 32 groups of 64 recipes comprising 1024 ingredients max Yes with log Yes Built in 1 input reset and 3 outputs alarm buzzer run 1 audio input microphone 1 composite video input digital or analogue video camera 1 audio output loudspeaker 7 Uni TE 2 Modbus Modbus TCP IP 7 and for PLC brands Mitsubishi Omron Allen Bradley and Siemens RS 232C RS 422 485 COM1 and RS 485 COM2 2 Modbus Plus with USB gateway Ethernet TCP IP 10BASE T 100BASE TX RS 232C COM1 serial link USB port for parallel printer Vijeo Designer on Windows XP Windows Vista and Windows 7 Magelis 266 MHz RIS CPU XBT GT52 53 54 XBT GT63 XBT GT73 Please consult the Human Machine Interfaces catalogue ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider 7 7 Electric Selection guide continued Operator dialogue terminals Magelis GT GK GH and GTW Advanced Panels Colour TFT LCD Colour TFT LCD 320 x 240 pixels or monochrome STN 640 x 480 pixels 5 7 monochrome or colour 10 4 colour Via keypad and or touch screen configurable and or by industrial pointer 10 12 14 18 8 12 16 MB Flash EPROM 32 MB Flash EPROM By means of 128 256 512 MB 1 2 or 4 GB CF card Limited by capacity of internal Flash EPROM memory or CF card memory Unlimited 8000 variables max Alphanumeric bitmap bargraph gauge tank tank level indicator curves polygon
160. port integrated in the processors which also process the application and ensure exchanges with the other modules supported by the rack and other communication ports CANopen bus Modbus serial link etc m The 10 100BASE TX port in dedicated Ethernet modules on which unlike the processor with integrated Ethernet port all the resources are allocated to Ethernet Modbus TCP communication These fundamentally different hardware characteristics result in equally different capacities in terms of services and performance m The integrated port is a low cost way of satisfying applications that are not too demanding in terms of communication lt 500 useful messages s m Where there are a large number of exchanges use of a dedicated Ethernet network module becomes essential 1 With 64 TCP IP connections maximum cumulative total of client and server connections Schneider 5 45 Electric Description Modicon Premium automation references platform Processors with integrated Ethernet port 12 Description The front panels of TSX P57 e634M Unity Pro and TSX P57 e623M 3623AM e823AM _ PL7 double format processors with integrated Ethernet port comprise 7 1 Adisplay block with 5 LEDs relating to the processor 2 Adisplay block relating to the integrated Ethernet port 3 An 8 way female mini DIN connector marked TER for connecting a programming or adjustment terminal 4 AUSB connector marked TER for connectin
161. presence of the DC output voltage Duct for throughwiring of the output voltage conductors at the bottom except for model ABL 7RM24025 Clip on marker tag except for model ABL 7RM24025 Retractable fixing lugs for panel mounting akon No Schneider P Electric Combinations Phaseo power supplies and references transformers Regulated switch mode power supplies ABL8MEM ABL 7RM 7t0 60 W Rail mounting ABL 8MEM05040 GB2 ee07 2 24581 2A ABL 8MEM12020 24517 ABL 8MEM24003 ABL 8MEM24006 ABL 8MEM24012 ABL 7RM24025 GB2 ee08 2 24582 3A 24518 1 UL pending 2 Complete the reference by replacing ee with CB for single pole circuit breaker with magnetic trip threshold 12 to 16 In CD for single pole neutral circuit breaker with magnetic trip threshold 12 to 16 In DB for 2 pole circuit breaker with magnetic trip threshold 12 to 16 In CS for single pole circuit breaker with magnetic trip threshold 5 to 7 In Single phase N L1 or 2 phase L1 L2 connection 100 240 V 5 Vii 20 W 4A Automatic Not applicable ABL 8MEM05040 0 195 15 10 50 60 Hz 12V 25W 2A Automatic Not applicable ABL8MEM12020 0 195 24V 7W 0 3A Automatic Not applicable ABL 8MEM24003 0 100 15W 0 6A Automatic Not applicable ABL 8MEM24006 0 100 30 W 1 2A Automatic Not applicable ABL 8MEM24012 0 195 ABL 8MEM24003 24006 m 60 W 2 5A Automatic Not applicable ABL7RM24025 0 255 ee Ws eee iene e
162. processor does not support the CANopen bus PCMCIA module 12 All processors in the Premium Unity range are equipped with 32 bit architecture microprocessors ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider 1 3 Electric Presentation Modicon Premium automation platform Unity processors Modicon Premium TSX P57 ee4M TSX P57 ee34M and TSX He4M automation platform processors manage the entire PLC station comprising m Discrete I O modules m Preventa safety modules m Analog I O modules m Application specific modules counter motion weighing communication Three new references have been added to the Premium processor offer m TSX P57 6634M high end processor with 1 integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP port and an internal 2 Mb RAM m TSX H57 24M 44M which support the Hot Standby system with Primary and Secondary PLCs see pages 4 52 to 4 61 The processors offered have different memory capacities processing speeds number of I O and number and type of communication ports Also depending on the model the processors offer m 1 to 16 racks interconnected by means of Bus X max distance 700 m m 192 to 2040 discrete I O m 12 to 512 analog I O m 4 to 64 application specific channels Each application specific module counter motion control serial link or weighing accounts for 1 or more application specific channels m 1 to 4 networks Ethernet Modbus TCP EtherNet IP F
163. public distribution systems This is rarely the case in industrial applications Schneider 8 35 Electric Presentation Power supplies and transformers Phaseo Regulated switch mode power supplies ASIABL Power supplies for AS Interface cabling system Consistent with the standard Phaseo line the range of ASI ABL power supplies is designed to deliver a voltage as required by AS Interface cabling systems Three versions are available to meet all needs encountered in industrial applications in enclosures cells or floor standing enclosures These single phase electronic switch mode power supplies guarantee the quality of the output current in accordance with the electrical characteristics and conforming to standard EN 50295 ASI ABLB300e Operating on a 100 to 240 V supply this power supply delivers a voltage of 30 V 7 Available in 2 4 and 4 8 A ratings the outgoing terminal block allows the cable to be connected separately to the AS Interface interface modules and to the AS Interface master Input and output LEDs allow fast and continuous diagnostics ASI ABLB3002 ASI ABLD300e Operating on a 100 to 240 V supply this power supply delivers a voltage of 30 V 7 Available in 2 4 and 4 8 A ratings it allows diagnosis and management of earth faults on AS Interface interface modules In the event of an earth fault the Phaseo power supply stops dialogue on the AS Interface cabling system and puts the installation in a fall
164. related parts of control systems conforming to Performance Level PL e Category 4 in accordance to EN ISO 13849 1 Main safety functions m Emergency stop monitoring with or without time delay 1 or 2 channel wiring m Two hand control type III C conforming to EN 574 ISO 13851 m Guard monitoring with 1 or 2 limit switches m Guard monitoring for injection presses and blowing machines m Magnetic switch monitoring m Sensing mat monitoring m Light curtain type 4 conforming to EN IEC 61496 relay or solid state output monitoring m Zero speed detection m Dynamic monitoring of hydraulic valves on linear presses Monitoring safety stop at top dead centre on eccentric press m Safety time delays m Muting function of light curtains m Enabling switch monitoring 2 or 3 contact m Hydraulic press m Eccentric press m Foot switch monitoring m Chain shaft breakage monitoring m Position selector Application schemes and functional diagrams See instruction sheet on www schneider electric com Schneider 4 9 Electric Presentation Safety automation solutions Preventa configurable safety controllers Type XPSMC Premium automation latform pi Configurable A controllers XPS MC16ZC MC32ZC FTB 1CN TeSys U TeSys Quickfit Premium automation platform Repeater Third party 3 max products Configurable controller XPS MC16ZP MC32ZP Premium automation platform Magelis graphi
165. simulator for debugging the application when no PLCs are present m OFS server configuration software m An example of OPC client for setting up applications m The setup documentation on CD ROM Supplied on CD ROM the software operates independently on a PC It interfaces with the variables export files generated by PL7 ProWORX Concept and Unity Pro software It also provides a direct dynamic link to the Unity Pro and Concept applications 2 OFS V3 3 software is available in two versions m Small version TLX CD SeOFS 33 Maximum of 1000 items All protocols supported with the exception of OPC XML DA Single station and 10 station site licences m Large version TLX CD LeOFS 33 Full version Single station 10 station and 200 station site licences OPC Factory Server V3 3 Small Description Licence type Reference Weight kg OPC Factory Server Single station TLX CD SUOFS 33 V3 3 Small software 10 station TLX CD STOFS 33 OPC Factory Server V3 3 Large Description Licence type Reference Weight kg OPC Factory Server Single station TLX CD LUOFS 33 abe zarge software 10 station TLX CD LTOFS 33 Vi I z 200 station TLX CD LFOFS 33 1 Must be updated with Service Pack 1 or higher 2 Requires Concept gt version 2 0 software to be installed on the same station 3 OFS is compatible with both these operating systems from version V3 34 or later Presentation pages 6 64 Func
166. site tunnel airport signalling etc O Control and monitoring of a water treatment or distribution station o Electrical management system m Inthe industrial sector o Food and beverage processing D Slow chemical processes o Level or temperature monitoring etc Operational safety and availability The Warm Standby architecture ensures availability ofthe control system functions irrespective of the failure of a component in the system Operational safety in Safety capacity of an entity to present no danger to people control systems capacity property and the environment to provide a specified service during the cycle Availability Reliability capacity of an entity capacity of an entity to to perform a service within a be operational at any given time given moment or for a given period of time Maintainability capacity of an entity to be maintained or returned to operational state within a given time Maintenance logistics capacity of an organization to provide the necessary maintenance resources Safety Safety PLCs Standard PLCs Premium Warm Standby solution ties gt gt Availability Principle Functions References Connections page 4 63 pages 4 64 page 4 66 page 4 67 4 62 Schneider Principle Essential redundant components TSX PSY eee0M power supply TSX P57 353AM 453AM processor TSX ETY 110WS Ethernet Modbus TCP communication module Optional redundant components 4 5
167. the Ethernet industrial network protocol based on CIP Common Industrial Protocol O DV y CIP and EtherNet IP are protocols owned and managed by the ODVA an independent standards organization made up of members from the world s leading Networks Built on a automation companies Seen un Schneider Electric is a principal member of the ODVA organization Schneider Electric s presence in the organization and its technical committees makes it easy for Modbus TCP users to connect to the CIP network while retaining their existing automation investment Users thus have the benefit of optimized interoperability between the installed bases of the most widely used industrial Ethernet networks EtherNet IP and Modbus TCP and between the automation products of a growing number of manufacturers This convergence enables users to reduce installation and maintenance times costs and risks The TSX ETC 101 module provides the following functions m EtherNet IP and Modbus TCP protocols operating simultaneously m Priority of Ethernet packets using the QoS Quality of Service service m Automatic module configuration recovery using the FDR Faulty Device Replacement service m Support for SCADA functions via the OPC protocol m Embedded Web server for application monitoring and module diagnostics m Sharing data between PLCs m Network management using SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol The TSX ETC 101 module front panel comprises
168. this block Debugging in Sequential Function Chart SFC language The various debugging tools are also available in SFC language However unlike other sections IL ST LD or FBD an SFC section executed step by step does not stop execution of the task but instead freezes the SFC chart Several breakpoints can be declared simultaneously within a single SFC section Selection guide page 6 2 Schneider 6 9 Electric Functions continuea et Dar zu Ore Ooi Simulator control panel beanie senii Dag WF wae m Fr control lt DFB gt MotorTwoDirections Accessing the documentation editor Software Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large Unity Pro s integrated simulator can be used to test the application program for Modicon M340 Premium or Quantum PLCs from the PC terminal without having to connect to the PLC processor The functions provided by the debugging tools are available for debugging the master fast and auxiliary tasks As the simulator does not manage the PLC I O animation tables can be used to simulate the state of inputs by forcing them to 0 or 1 The simulator can be connected to third party applications via an OPC server with OFS OPC Factory Server software The documentation editor is based on the Documentation Browser which shows the file structure in tree form It allows all or part of the
169. twisted pair cables for UL market These cables are CEC type FT 1 NEC type CM Anew range of ConneXium fully shielded preassembled cables has been specially designed for use in harsh industrial environments These cables combine a category 5E shielded cable and RJ45 connectors reinforced with a metal profile EIA TIA 568 shielded twisted pair cables for C market Description With connectors No Type Length Reference Weight at both ends kg Straight through 2 x RJ45 connectors 1 Standard 2m 490 NTW 000 02 copper cables For connection to 5m 490 NTW 000 05 a CE compatible terminal equipment 12m 490 NTW 000 12 ws 40m 490 NTW 000 40 80m 490 NTW 000 80 Ruggedized 1m TCS ECE 3M3M1S4 2m TCS ECE 3M3M2S4 3m TCS ECE 3M3M3S4 5m TCS ECE 3M3M5S4 10m TCS ECE 3M3M10S4 TCS ECe 3M3MeeS4 Crossover copper 2 x RJ45 connectors 2 Standard 5m 490 NTC 000 05 cables For connection between 15m 490 NTC 000 15 CE compatible r and 40m 490 NTC 000 40 80m 490 NTC 000 80 Shielded twisted pair cables for UL market Description With connectors No Type Length Reference Weight at both ends kg Straight through 2 x RJ45 connectors 3 Standard 2m 490 NTW 000 02U copper cables For connection to 5m 490 NTW 000 05U UL compatible omna equipment 12m 490 NTW 000 12U 7 40m 490 NTW 000 40U 80m 490 NTW 000 80U Ruggedized 1
170. used to modify the Quantum configuration online application in RUN mode Fr eel x m Addition or removal of discrete or analog I O modules F Oroviam F Summay T Configura Ma Modbus Por Operating M OR ISM Reset E m Modification of configuration parameters of discrete or analog I O modules eh Rie TA already present or newly installed Memory Carde LEJ oe A No memany card selected 236 zw 1024 The CCOTF function is supported by standalone processors for all three types of I O er architecture local RIO DIO using version 5 of Unity Pro and for Hot Standby processors using version 4 1 of Unity Pro Configuration Online Modiicetion jaa ee delete The CCOTF function must first be validated in the Unity Pro configuration screen A Panel DIO tur S000 and Sac dopi confirmation screen appears when the configuration has been modified online dom support this option Communsshon Maimun Unity data enchangedby PLC Scan 4236 m Bytes Potentist impact on cycle time il gt 44256 zee documentation Configuration screen Schneider 6 13 Electric Software Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large Programmable process control Functions continued Unity Pro contains CONT_CTL a library of 36 function blocks used to create control loops for machine control a Ul Structure diagram of the pror controler m el a All requirements for closed loop control functions in ma
171. using XML format SOAP XML format m Recipes are stored in the module or remotely m Recipes contain setpoint values in accordance with standard recipes and these values are transferred to the PLC memory Web based HMI interface The memory of the FactoryCast HMI Web server receives Web pages defined by the user to provide a graphic HMI interface The Active Web Server provides dynamic refreshing of the Web pages generated by the server itself FactoryCast HMI supports two types of Web page m HTML pages animated in real time with Java graphic objects used to create the user interface FactoryCast HMI comes with a complete library of Java graphic objects m Active Web pages dynamically generated in the Web server with integration of PLC variables inside the HTML code PLC tags which can be used to generate reports These active pages consisting of HTML code are fully compatible with all Thin Client terminals pocket PC PDA or PC terminal SOAP XML client server interface For greater interoperability FactoryCast HMI implements the following SOAP XML Web service server function capable of answering SOAP requests generated by any client application MES ERP SAP SCADA or third party applications developed in NET or Java See page 5 28 5 27 Electric Presentation functions Pr ws Development tool SOAP server Visual Studio eNET a SOAP request je FactoryCast module NET Java
172. wires for terminal block 2m Screw TCS ATNO1N2 0 215 Cable 2 x 0 34 mm Tap offs for By 5 way female straight M12 5 im Screw TCS ATV011F1 0 140 connection to two remote connector 2m Screw TCS ATVO11F2 0 180 flat cables Cable 4 x 0 34 mm 1 for AS Interface By stripped wires for terminal block 6 2m Screw TCS ATVOIN2 0 265 yellow Cable 4 x 0 34 mm 1 for separate power supply black T connectors TCS ATVO11Fe Description Connection to the AS Interface No Cable Fixing Reference Weight component length kg T connectors for By 5 way female M12 connector 7 Screw TCS ATNO11F 0 026 connection to a flat cable for AS Interface yellow Tap off Screw TCS ATNO2V 0 019 or extension for flat cables 2 flat cables yellow TCS ATNO11F TCS ATNO2V Presentation Software setup Cabling system page 5 92 page 5 93 page 5 96 Electric Schneider 5 97 X Way and the OSI model Modicon Premium automation platform X Way communication The communication architecture of Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLCs like that of TSX 17 or TSX series 7 model 40 PLCs is compliant with the OSI model 6 Presentation Session Transport X Way addressing Uni Telway ISO 8802 3 ISO 8802 3 Ethernet Ethernet Physical RS 485 WorldFip ISO 8802 3 ISO 8802 3 19 2 kbps 1 Mbps 10 Mbps 10 100 Mbps Uni Telway Fipway Fipio Ethway Ethernet TCP m The physical layer enables the physical transmission of data signals between
173. zone PWM1 Control via pulse width modulation SERVO Control for servo motors SPLRG Control of two Split Range actuators Setpoint management RAMP Ramp generator with separate ascending and descending ramps RATIO Ratio controller SP_SEL Selection of setpoint value local operator or remote processing Setting up process control function blocks Based on the sequencing of function blocks the FBD language integrated in Unity Pro is a programming language particularly suitable for building control loops Designers can use FBD to easily associate blocks from the CONT_CTL library with their own DFBs written in Unity Pro s ST IL or LD language or in C language Debugging operation All Unity Pro s standard debugging services see page 6 9 are available In particular the Modicon M340 processor simulator can be used to check correct execution of processing offline Compatibility The CONT_CTL control function block library is available in all versions of Unity Pro It is compatible with all processors in the Modicon M340 Premium and Quantum ranges Optional specialized libraries The CONT_CTL control function block library can be supplemented with optional specialized libraries to meet specific needs such as predictive control fuzzy logic controller HVAC and mass flow calculation see page 6 28 Resources The technical documentation provides many examples of how to set up programmable process control function blocks in F
174. 0 6 52 TSX MRP 00000 1 20 5 130 6 54 TSX MRP eeeP 1 20 TSXSCP 110 4 60 VJCNS 1022 ee 6 53 1 21 5 125 6 54 TSX MRP CO00eMC 9 3 5 133 VJC NS 1030 ee 6 52 TSX MRP DS 2048P 1 21 TSXSCP11eC 95 6 54 TSX P ACC 01 5 126 TSXSCPCC1030 5 127 VJCNS 1032 ee 6 53 5 133 TSXSCPCDeeee 5 127 6 54 TSX P CAPL 1 13 TSXSCPCMeeee 5 127 VJCNS 3011 oo 6 50 TSX P CAPUP 1 13 TSXSCPCUeeee 5 131 VJCNS305100 6 55 TSX PACC 01 5 130 TSXSCPCXeeee 5 127 VJCNSLee Fee 6 51 TSX P57 eeeM 1 10 5 133 VJCNS Lee Lee 6 51 1 19 5 134 VJH 2095 03 6 62 96 TSXSCP112 5 125 JH 2099 ee 6 62 Schneider 9 23 Electric Schneider Electric Industries SAS Head Office 35 rue Joseph Monier F 92500 Rueil Malmaison France ART 960698 www schneider electric com The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and or technical characteristics ofthe performance ofthe products contained herein This documentation is not intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these products for specific user applications It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the appropriate and complete risk analysis evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the relevant specific application or use thereof Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its affiliates or subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein Design Schneider Electric Photos Schneider E
175. 0 ABE 7P16F31e 8 15 TCS ESM 243F2CU0 5 73 TSX CANCBe00 5 90 9 4 ABE 7P16Teee 8 16 FTXCN 1200 5 90 TCS ESU 033FNO 5 70 TSX CAN CB50 5 90 9 6 9 22 Schneider Index Product reference index TSX DMY 28RFKC 9 4 TSXP57eeeMC 9 3 TSXSCYee601 4 60 VJH NS 2043 ee 6 63 TSX DSY 086 o o 3 10 TSX P57 1634M 1 10 5 133 VJHNS 2110 00 6 62 9 4 9 6 TSXSCYee601C 9 5 VJHNS 2120 00 6 63 TSX DSY 08eeeC 9 4 TSX P57 1634MC 93 TSXSCYCMee30 5 127 VW3 A8 306 R30 4 13 TSX DSY 08e 3 10 TSXP5726eeM 1 10 TSX SCY CU ee30 5 131 VWW3CANAT71 5 91 9 6 1 19 TSX TAP MAS 438 W3CANCARRO3 5 91 TSX DSY 1600 3 10 96 TSXTAPSISee 4 18 VW3CANCARRI 5 91 9 16 TSX P57 26eeMC 9 3 TSXTLY EX 2 11 yW3CANKCDF180T 5 91 TSX DSY 1606C 9 4 TSX P5728eeM 96 TSX TVSY 100 2 11 VW3 CAN TAP2 5 90 TSX DSY eeT2K 3 10 TSX P57 28eeMC 9 3 TSX WMY 100 5 47 ww M38 05 RO10 5 90 TSX DSY eeT2KC 9 4 TSX P57 eee AM 9 6 TSX WMY 100C 9 5 VW3 M8 223 R30 4 33 TSX EF ACC99 5 112 1 19 TSX XBT N410 4 51 TSX ETC 101 5 49 TSX P57 eee AMC 93 TSX PAY 262 4 7 Xx TSX ETY 110 WS gar TSXP57eeeeAM 1 19 TSXSCPCeee30 5 133 XBT Z968 5 135 9 7 5 46 TSY DSY 08T22 96 XBT z9681 5 135 TSX ETY 110WSC 95 96 TWD XCAISO 5 126 XBT ZG909 5 135 TSX ETY 210 4166 TSXP57eeeeAMG 93 TWDXCARJOee 5 127 XPS MC16Z 4112 TSX ETY 6103 a0 TSX PST ona 1 10 XPS MC16ZC 4 12 TSX ETY 6103C g5 TSXP57 eee4MC ss E rs ciez 4 12 IKN 275 TSX P57 004M 1 10 UAGSBTCFUCD10 6 29 XPS MC32Z PE TSXFP ACC zoz TSXP57ee4MC 93 UAGSBTDFUWB13 6 29 XPS MC32ZC 4112 5 112 TSX PAY
176. 0 PBY100 Discrete I O TSX DMY 28FK 28RFK 225 m less than the 1 Discrete inputs TSX DEY 16FK version gt 06 length 3 of bus X 2 Analog VO TSX AEY 810 1614 TSX ASY 410 version gt 11 3 Counter motion control TSX CTY 2C CCY 1128 modules TSX CAY 22 42 33 The front panel of the bus X remote rackmaster module TSX REY 200 comprises 1 Adisplay block with 6 indicator lamps RUN indicator module running ERR indicator module has an internal fault I O indicator red module has an external fault MST indicator module acting as master or slave CHO indicator channel 0 operating CH1 indicator channel 1 operating 2 A5 way SUB D 9 connector for the connection of channel 0 3 A5 way SUB D 9 connector for the connection of channel 1 Description Operation Description Reference Weight Item no kg Extendable racks 4 6 8 12 positions See page 2 10 Bus X remote Master slave 2 channels TSX REY 200 rackmaster module 1or4 Connection cables and accessories see also page 2 10 Description Use Length Reference Weight Item no kg Bus X cables Connection oftwo TSX 250m TSX CBRY 2500 supplied onadrum REY 200 modules 5 Class C1 flame resistance TSX REY 200 Cable for daisy chain 250m TSX CBRY 2500F mounting 1 5 ways SUB D 9 For ends of cables TSX Soldinlotsof5 TSX CBRY K5 connectors CBRY 2500e Description Use Composition Reference Weight Item no kg Line terminator
177. 0 stations o XBTL1003 V4 51 multi m Other software tools online download o sg V3 5 10 stations o ConnexView Server Client V2 0 o Sycon V2 9 for networking 10 stations o Advantys PLC Image Generator V2 0 o Advantys CanOpen Symbol Exp V2 0 o TwidoSuite V2 20 TwidoSoft V3 5 o ZelioSoft2 V4 3 ZelioCom V2 08 ZelioAlarm2 V1 5 o PowerSuite for drives V2 6 patch1 o Libraries for Unity Pro Tesys Fuzzy Control HVAC o Pelco viewer for Vijeo Citec o Unity driver pack 0 SoMove SoMove mobile o Citect SCADA o OFS o VijeoDesigner Lite 10 stations 1 Please consult our Customer Care Centre Presentation Architectures pages 6 46 pages 6 48 6 58 Schneider Electric Software Supervisory control and data acquisition software SCADA Vijeo Citect References continued Schneider Electric offers a suite of Educational Services designed for end users engineers systems integrators and educational establishments Our courses and programs provide you with hands on experience leaving you feeling confident enough to design and configure your own system using Vijeo Citect Courses include instructor led online self paced and onsite offerings Vijeo Citect These courses have been developed to assist customers in achieving maximum productivity from using Vijeo Citect Training Manuals Designation Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect Config
178. 00 3 a Additional snap on 8 10 screw terminals 5 ABE 7BV10 0 030 terminal blocks Snuntea terminals 16 20 screw terminals 5 ABE 7BV20 0 060 ABE 7BV20 VO simulator sub base 16 For display 1 ABE 7TES160 0 350 forcing inhibition continuity Self adhesive marker For 6 characters 50 AR1 SB3 0 001 tag holder Quick blow fuses 0 125A 10 ABE 7FU012 0 010 5 x 20 250 V UL 0 5A 10 ABE 7FU050 0 010 1A 10 ABE 7FU100 0 010 2A 10 ABE 7FU200 0 010 ABE 7TES160 4A 10 ABE 7FU400 0 010 6 3A 10 ABE 7FU630 0 010 8 20 Schneider Electric References continued Connection interfaces Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Accessories for connection sub bases 816479 Description For common Colour Distance Reference Weight between cable ends kg Commoning links Coil White 12cm ABF CO8R12W 0 020 Modularity 8 x 1 mm AR1 SB3 2cm ABF C08R02W 0 010 Red 12cm ABF C08R12R 0 020 2cm ABF C08R02R 0 010 3 z Blue 12cm ABF C08R12B 0 020 2cm ABF C08R02B 0 010 ABE C08Reee Schneider 8 21 Electric Selection guide Power supplies and transformers Phaseo Regulated switch mode power supplies Single phase N L1 connection or 2 phase L1 L2 connection Single phase N L1 connection Yes Yes voltage detection Automatic reset on elimination of the fault 1 25 to 1 4 In for 1 minute depending on model for ABL 8MEM No ABL 8MEM24003 ABL 8MEM24006 ABL 8MEM05040 ABL 7RP1205 ABL 8REM24
179. 00 m 4000 m with multimode Unlimited fiber 32 500 m with monomode fiber 3 1000BASE SX 275m Unlimited 1 Based on 802 3 full duplex half duplex 2 Depends on the optical fiber budget and fiber attenuation 3 Depends on the optical fiber budget and fiber attenuation typical specification is 2 km for multimode and 15 km for monomode The Ethernet 802 3 defines the Physical Layer Asummary of the most common ones are shown below Type Data rate Cable type Connector type Defined by 802 3 Recommended by Defined Recommended by Schneider Electric by 802 3 Schneider Electric 10BASE T 10 Mbit s CAT 3 UTP CAT 5E STP RJ45 RJ45 100BASE TX 100 Mbit s CAT 5 UTP CAT 5E STP RJ45 RJ45 1000BASE T 1 Gbit s CAT 5 UTP CAT 5E STP RJ45 RJ45 10BASE FL 10 Mbit s Two multimode fiber optic Two multimode fiber optic ST ST cables typically cables typically 62 5 125 um fiber 62 5 125 um fiber 850 nm light wavelength 850 nm light wavelength 100BASE FX 100 Mbit s Two multimode optical Two multimode optical ST SC fibers typically fibers typically 62 5 125 um multimode 62 5 125 um multimode fiber fiber 1300 nm light wavelength 1300 nm light wavelength Two monomode optical SC fibers typically 9 125 um multimode fiber 1300 nm light wavelength 1000BASE SX 1 Gbit s Two 62 5 125 or 50 125 Two 62 5 125 um or SC LC multimode optical fibers 50 125 m multimode 770 to 860 nm light optical fibers wavelen
180. 00 m max with repeaters 1 max Modbus Plus message handling Reading writing variables Global database Peer Cop service All types of Premium processor PCMCIA type III card on Premium processor See pages 9 8 to 9 18 TSX MBP 100 5 116 1 Except on TSX P57 4634M 5634M 6634M processors with integrated Ethernet port More technical information on www schneider electric com 1 to 4 depending on processor model Uni TE Shared COM table Application to application Telegram PCMCIA type III card on Premium processor 1 and on TSX SCY 21601 module TSX FPP 20 5 107 Schneider G Electric CANopenbus V4 02 AS Interface Modbus ISO 11898 AS Interface V2 standard Non isolated RS 232 Isolated RS 485 Devices connected by daisy chaining or tap Isolated RS 485 junctions 20 mACL CSMA CA multimaster Master slave Master slave 20 Kbps 1 Mbps depending on distance 167 Kbps 19 2 Kbps max Double shielded twisted pair Two wire AS Interface cable Double shielded twisted pair 127 slaves 31 31 discrete analog or safety devices 32 devices max 32 devices max 48 slave addresses 247 slave addresses max max From 20 m 1 Mbps to 2500 m 20 Kbps 100 m 15 min RS 232 1300 m 200 m with repeaters 1000 m in RS 485 1300 m in 20 mA CL or integrated link 1 max CANopen Implicit PDO exchange Explicit SDO exchange or CAN function block Explicit PDU CAN exchange All typ
181. 00 points and 500 points to 1500 points Vijeo Citect Control Client Point Expansion Designation Number of points Reference N g Vijeo Citect 75 to 150 VJC NS 1020 10 11 Control Client 150 to 500 VJC NS 1020 11 12 Point Expansion 500 to 1500 VJC NS 1020 12 13 1500 to 5000 VJC NS 1020 13 14 5000 to 15000 VJC NS 1020 14 15 15000 to unlimited VJC NS 1020 15 99 The reference below is used for increasing the number of points on m The Server holding the hardware key for floating licences m The Client holding the hardware key for static licences Vijeo Citect View Only Client Point Expansion Designation Number of points Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect Unlimited VJC NS 1030 99 99 View Only Client Point Expansion The references below are used for increasing the number of points on the Server holding the hardware key Vijeo Citect Web Control Client Point Expansion Description Number of points Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect 75 to 150 VJC NS 1022 10 11 Web Control Client 150 to 500 VJC NS 1022 11 12 Point Expansion 500 to 1500 VJC NS 1022 12 13 z 1500 to 5000 VJC NS 1022 13 14 5000 to 15000 VJC NS 1022 14 15 15000 to unlimited VJC NS 1022 15 99 The reference below is used for increasing the number of points on the Server holding the hardware key Vijeo Citect Web View Only Client Point Expansion Designation Number of points Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect Unlimited VJC NS 1
182. 00BASE FX port 2 x 100BASE FX ports Duplex SC Multimode optical fibre Single mode optical fibre 5000 m 1 4000 m 1 32 500 m 2 8dB 11 dB 16 dB FDR SMTP V3 SNTP client multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol configuration via Web access VLAN IGMP Snooping RSTP Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol priority port data stream control secure port Unlimited 50 max Redundant power supplies redundant single ring ring coupling 9 6 60 V 18 30 V safety extra low voltage SELV 6 5W 7 3W 6 5W 7 3 W 6 terminals 0 60 C 10 90 non condensing IP 20 47x 131 x 111mm On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide 0 400 kg IEC 61131 2 UL 508 UL 1604 class 1 division 2 CSA 22 2 No 142 cUL CSA 22 2 No 213 class 1 division 2 cUL C GL C Tick Power supply status alarm relay status active redundancy redundancy management copper port status and copper port activity Power supply fault Ethernet network fault communication port fault redundancy fault volt free contact 1 A max at 24 V TCS ESM 043F1CU0 TCS ESM 043F2CU0 TCS ESM 043F1CSO TCS ESM 043F2CS0 5 71 1 Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fibre typical value 2000 m 2 Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fibre typical value 15 000 m ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider 5 55
183. 032 99 99 Web View Only Client Point Expansion The references below are used to expand the connection licences Designation Reference Weight kg OPC Server licence VJC 1041 88 CtAPI licence VJC 1042 88 6 54 Schneider Electric References continued Vijeo Citect Software Supervisory control and data acquisition software SCADA Vijeo Citect The Vijeo Citect offer includes a large number of drivers as standard However for copyright reasons some drivers have a specific reference and must be ordered separately The purchase of a specific driver includes access to the appropriate technical support for the driver for one year Designation Protocol Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect IEC 60870 5 104 VJC NS 3051 41 specific driver PSDirect ETH VJC NS 3051 40 PSDirect MPI VJC NS 3051 42 Note Before ordering a Vijeo Citect specific driver please contact our Customer Care Centre Each time a licence has to be transferred from an existing key to another key transfer fees are applicable and the reference VJC 1094 01 must be ordered licence transfer token Examples of cases in which these fees are applicable m Transfer of a Client licence from a static key to a floating licence on a Server m Transfer of an existing floating licence to a new static key These fees are also applicable when transferring licence s to a replacement key If a new key is required you must order a new hardware key V
184. 050 8 26 8 26 and 8 28 8 28 8 22 Schneider Electric Single phase N L1 Single phase N L1 connection connection or 2 phase L1 L2 connection Single phase N L1 3 phase L1 L2 L3 connection connection 3 phase L1 L2 L3 connection No No No Yes current limitation Yes current limitation Automatic reset on elimination of the fault Yes Yes Yes Yes depending on model Yes with buffer module battery and battery check modules redundancy module and discriminating downstream protection module Depending on model 1 5 to 1 7 In for 5 to 30 seconds No ABL 8DCC12020 1 ABL 4RSM24035 ABL 4RSM24050 ABL 4RSM24100 ABL 4RSM24200 ABL 4WSR24200 ABL 4WSR24300 ABL 4WSR24400 8 30 2 1 Converter module must be used with a Phaseo power supply 2 Certain offers cannot be marketed in certain countries please consult your Customer Care Centre More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider 8 23 Electric Power supplies Input voltage Connection to United States world wide line supplies 120 V in phase to neutral 240 V in phase to phase Power supplies and transformers Phaseo Regulated switch mode power supplies Rectified power supplies Regulated switch mode ABL 1REM 1RPM 60 to 240 W Mounting on panel RI gt 100 240 V 120 370 V Single phase N L1 or 2 phase L1 L2 conne
185. 1 11 WEINE itens Configuration 0 2 19 1SP eor TE WOGHING DALTERS Ween 220 Ins Calibrating the weigher 8 7 TS sp wor PU WEGMMT 2FLIENS Van 20 E Conan R Debug GEED e a p Ye Oo lene ig Fees O ehis Eres nn Modicon Premium automation platform ISP Plus integrated weighing system The weighing module combined with its display unit constitutes a weight indicator The module incorporates numerous functions specific to weighing m Continuous weight measurement in g kg t Ib oz etc and flow calculation weight variation m Filtering of measurements using several methods 19 filtering options m Device for tare and predefined tare m Automatic reset m Measurement stability control m Threshold control with extrapolation of cut off point positioning of local discrete outputs to the nearest millisecond m Assisted calibration the module calculates the zero point and the gradient m Calibration parameters saved in the module EEPROM and in the Premium processor m Forced calibration fast replacement of a faulty module and restart with the previous calibration parameters m Locking of the configuration sealing of the module and its connections to the load cells and display unit m Continuous formatting and transmission of measurements to the PLC m Transmission of measurement validity data validity stability net gross etc m Transmission of diagnostic data from the module a
186. 1 Modicon OTB SCADA supervision system In this type of architecture redundancy of the SCADA station based on the Vijeo Citect or Monitor Pro supervision software is provided by a Modbus serial link on which the SCADA station is master The Primary and Standby Premium PLCs via their TSX SCY 21601 communication module equipped with the TSX SCP 114 RS 485 PCMCIA card have the slave addresses n and n 1 respectively A failure triggers the changeover so that the Standby PLC becomes the Primary PLC and automatically switches the Modbus addresses the address of the new Primary PLC becoming n and that of the old Primary PLC becoming n 1 Presentation Description page 4 52 page 4 53 4 56 References pages 4 60 Functions pages 4 58 Schneider Electric Architectures continued Redundant components 1 Non expandable rack with 6 8 or 12 positions TSX RKY ee single rack configuration or expandable with 4 6 8 or 12 positions TSX RKY eeEX multi rack configuration 2 Power supply module TSX PSY eeeM Hot Standby processor TSX H57 24M 44M 4 Ethernet Modbus TCP network module TSX ETY 4103 5103 version 2 sv 4 0 7 Communication module TSX SCY 11601 21601 in which the integrated channel is used as the Modbus master 5 Shared components on Modbus for example TeSys U starter controllers PowerLogic PM 500 MV LV power meters Preventa XPS MC safety controllers Shared components on the
187. 100 MACK 3 POSITION 1 E m Configuration of AS Interface slave modules From the declaration screen it is possible to configure all the slave devices corresponding to all the I O of the interfaces present on the AS Interface line This configuration consists of the following for each device to be defined as appropriate O Schneider Electric AS Interface device _ The user selects the reference of the AS Interface device from the various discrete a F oh ek or analog or safety interfaces in the catalogue This selection automatically determines ER the AS Interface profile and parameters associated with each interface ppm F aa o Third party AS Interface device E ed pa Using Unity Pro or PL7 Micro Junior Pro software the user can manage a private list of sensors actuators of various brands This list specifying the AS Interface profile and parameters is created and added to according to the user s requirements ride an teem Configuration of AS Interface slave devices in the TSX SAY P 3 1000 Premium module rogramming After configuration the I O connected to the AS Interface line are processed by the application program in the same way as any other of the PLC s in rack I O using either their addresses eg 1 4 0 16 2 input 2 on slave 16 on the AS Interface line or their associated symbols eg Start_conveyor The use of DFB user function blocks specific to AS Interface line diagnostics and integrated in the Unity Pro or P
188. 16 Unity Developer s Edition advanced open access page 6 16 Upgrade kits for Concept PL7 Pro and ProWORX software page 6 17 Composition and Windows OS compatibility page 6 17 Unity Pro Update sic ce nk cine ean odds aade ren page 6 17 ROICIENCES fc ion ed cates ced en na ne page 6 18 m Unity EFB Toolkit software Presentation z ua aussen page 6 22 References na rn innen ana drinn page 6 23 m Unity Dif application comparison software Presentation z nar ne gi iada ainai aa e a page 6 24 References 6 ease tne 20a page 6 25 m Unity Loader software Pr amp sent tion z u0a au nn nee page 6 26 References u u 00 deren a dard en ae idak aara aan page 6 27 m Specific libraries Presentation zu nennen a E ENES page 6 28 References canes na ne page 6 29 m UAG Unity Application Generator software Presentation zus san nenne ae page 6 30 References 2 00 002000 a al a ka page 6 31 m Process control Presentation e203 c2cied 2 anna a page 6 32 FUNCIONS sia ia ace es ae a ne denen page 6 34 PL7 software Selection Quide uuuus 03200 page 6 38 m PL7 Micro Junior Pro software Presentation functions 00 0 cece cence cere n eee nenaee page 6 40 References 2 42 06 ceases reac ER naar en page 6 42 m PL7 SDKC procedure creation software Presentation references 00 0 c cece ence rece tee sr ann page 6 44 m PL7 DIF application comparison software Presentation references
189. 2 SH 17 Net pended w mom Nashi TMs Wane Nah Tre Verde vesn Gale Dei S O 74 PAIVOROOIO Unmatar dedos ErdemHasm 151825 30031130 S Deka 5 MD Tu PU VAa Unoeskan dence Endsnnehiauier TEID EI Gebechel DINS Thara Adkbe z Match Tpm Veria Veen TpURmMOEEE n mem dokn Teonecone 100 E EUME S Pater 1 emun dren YEA tG ONE Jada 5 40 Te Pe OID 4 Uman daca EncharssHausa tuas le gt Sec oe DTN bo be acelin tye pent ak Corel tte Fieldbus lookup screen 2 FBD language editor Software Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large The fieldbus lookup function scans the physical devices in a fieldbus network and adds the selected devices to the DTM Browser The five graphical or textual languages available in Unity Pro are used for programming Modicon M340 Premium and Quantum automation platforms The three graphical languages are m Ladder LD language m Function Block Diagram FBD m Sequential Function Chart SFC or Grafcet The two textual languages are m Structured Text ST m Instruction List IL For these five languages you can use the standard set of instructions compliant with IEC standard 61131 3 to create applications which can be transferred from one platform to another Unity Pro software also provides extensions to this standard set of instructions As they are specific to Modicon M340 Premium and Quantum PLCs these extensions support the development of more complex applicatio
190. 2 kV in common mode other ports 1 kV in common mode Hybrid surge EC EN 61000 4 5 power supply 2 kV in wired mode 1 kV in serial mode discrete I O 2 kV in wired mode 1 kV in serial mode discrete I O 2 kV in wired mode 0 5 kV in serial mode shielded cable 1 kV in common mode Electrostatic discharge EC EN 61000 4 2 6 kV contact 8 kV air Radiated electromagnetic field EC EN 61000 4 3 10 V m 80 MHz 2 GHz Sinusoidal amplitude modulation 80 1 kHz Conducted disturbances induced IEC EN 61000 4 6 by radio frequency fields Electromagnetic emissions C 1 2 Interference voltage EC EN 61000 6 4 10 V 0 15 MHz 80 MHz Sinusoidal amplitude modulation 80 1 kHz Class A 150 kHz 500 kHz quasi peak 79 dB uV average 66 dB uV 500 kHz 30 MHz quasi peak 73 dB yV average 60 dB uV ACS E10 General power supply distribution area Quasi peak limit values in dB uV m 10kHz 150 kHz 96 to 50 dB uV m 150 kHz 350 kHz 60 to 50 dB uV m 350 kHz 30 MHz 50 dB uV Field interference 3 IEC EN 61000 6 4 Class A measurement at 10 m 30 MHz 230 MHz quasi peak 40 dB uV 230 MHz 1 GHz quasi peak 47 dB uV IACS E10 4 General power supply distribution area Quasi peak limit values in dB uV measurements at 3 m m 150 kHz 30 MHz 80 to 50 dB uV m 30 MHz 100 MHz 60 to 54 dB uV m 100 MHz 156 MHz 54 dB uV m 156 MHz 165 MHz 24 dB uV m 165 kHz
191. 200H TSX P57 10 60 140 NOC 771 01 140 CPU 652 60 Client Server 32 Menayg Wocwrwg Addusawv r taa Mochde wad Sigon riomas Peigi sime cr MAST Iran Meiiageg inkeraton ZI 10 nenn pet petal nenne ienie ID en eee LL z wur me 84 24 ET RS SS oer ms iv tv a a q M _ A g E tome 4 Ethernet port integrated in Dedicated Ethernet the processor forexample or module for example with with Modicon M340 Modicon M340 module processor BMX NOE 0100 0110 BMX P34 2020 2030 32 32 64 1 64 1 64 1 Bandwidth management for Ethernet Modbus TCP modules The bandwidth management service indicates the load level of the Ethernet network module This enables the user to monitor any drift and anticipate possible problems The Ethernet module load is indicated in one of three ways m Expected load in the Unity Pro PL7 configuration screen m Actual load in the Unity Pro PL7 diagnostics debug screen as well as in the diagnostics pages via the Web This is displayed in the form of a bar chart animated in real time m Inthe SNMP interface for access by the SNMP network manager The bandwidth is shown as a percentage for each of the following services m Modbus and Uni TE messaging m O Scanning m Global Data m Others Modicon platforms feature two types of connection to the Ethernet network m The 10 100BASE TX
192. 242 Stans sei Henna m Connection sub bases for analog channels and application specific channels 00200000eeeeee m Accessories for connection sub bases Power supplies and transformers Phaseo Selection guide regulated switch mode power supplies Selection guide regulated switch mode power supplies rectified and filtered power supplies 0 000 0000 m Regulated switch mode power supplies ABL 8MEM ABL 7RM Presentation description 0 0 cece eee eee eee Selection of protection on the power supply primaries Referefices readerin aba ed Shek ea m Regulated switch mode power supplies ABL 8MEM ABL 7RP Presentation description 0 0 c eee eee eee Selection of protection on the power supply primaries References 2244020 Sita AE beetle eit ae naa m Regulated switch mode power supplies ABL 4 Presentation zu gresta miae eher Characteristics u 444 20 deadbeat eed DEScHiption ss dasha dian asien References u Seat m Appendices Function modules ABL 8 solutions to power outages Substitution of ABL 8RP WP byABL4 0 0 00 ee m Regulated switch mode power supplies ASI ABL Power supplies for AS Interface cabling system O Selection of protection on the power supply primaries References ii vie co hie Kies el
193. 262 97 UAGSEWLFeCD33 691 ype MC32ZP ae TSX FP ACCe 5 103 TSX PBS CA eee 4 13 UNYLeeZAUWBee 6 29 XPS MCCPC 4 13 5 112 5 119 UNYLPCZAUCD10 629 xpsmescv 4 13 TSX FP Cooee 5 105 3 121 UNYSDUZFFCD22 6 25 XPS MCTC16 4 12 5 107 _ TSX PBY 100 amp 119 UNYSDUZFUCD22 6 25 ype MCTC32 As 5 113 TSX PCX 1031 1 11 UNYSPUEeeCD60 6 20 XPS MCTS16 412 TSX FPP ee 9 7 Pies UNYSPUEZeeCD60 6 20 XPS MCTS32 4 12 5 105 pee UNYSPUMeeCD60 6 19 XPS MCWIN 4 12 5 107 agag UNY SPUMZeeCD60 6 19 X7CBiseee 765 TSXFPPOZD200 35 109 6 43 UNYSPUSeeCD60 6 18 5 97 TSX H57 eeM 1 10 6 21 UNYSPUSZeeCD60 6 18 XZCBlesesH 5 97 TSX H57 eeMC 93 TSX PCX 1130 5 135 UNYSPUZFUCDeeE 5 47 x7CC120eM50B 5 91 TSX IBS CA 000 5 123 TSXPLPO1 2 4 6 23 x70 P1164L2 5 67 TSX IBY 100 5 123 TSX PLP 101 2 4 UNY UDE VFU CD21E 6 20 XZC P1164L5 5 67 TSX IBY 100C 9 5 TSX PSY eeeeM 2 4 UNY USE 909 CD M 6 20 XZC P1264L2 5 67 TSX ISP Yiee 4 51 9 7 UNY XCA USB 033 1 11 xZc P1264L5 5 67 TSX ISP Y101C 9 5 TSX PSY eeeeMC 9 4 6 21 TSX MBP 100 5 116 TSX REY 200 2 13 9 7 TSXRKA02 an MM TSX MBP 100C 9 5 TSX RKY12 2 7 VJC 1041 88 6 54 TSX MBP CE Oce 5 117 TSX RKY 12C 973 VJC 104288 6 54 TSX MCP Ceeece 1 13 TSX RKY 12EX 2 19 VJC 1090060 6 56 1 20 TSX RKY 12EXC 9 3 VIC 109206 6 55 1 21 TSX RKY eEX 20 9C1093 6 9 TSX MFP 0128P2 m FKAKV EKC gz VIC 100000 2 TSX MFP eeeP 1 20 TSXRKY 6 6 56 21 TSXRKYeC 9 3 6 63 TSX MFP 00000 1 13 TSX SAY 1000 5 93 VJC 3093 o 6 59 1 20 TSX SAY 1000C 95 VJCNS 101100 6 51 1 21 TSXSCAee 5 126 VJCNS 102
194. 2P No Yes TSX MRP P128K 128 Kwords TSX MRP 232P No Yes TSX MRP P384K 64 Kwords _ TSX MRP 064P No Yes P lt 52 Kwords TSX MRP P224K Yes P gt 52 Kwords TSX MRP P384K 128 Kwords TSX MRP 264P No Yes 2 TSX MRP P384K Yes 2 TSX MRP C768K TSX 57 20 128 Kwords TSX MRP 0128P Yes P lt 64 Kwords TSX MRP P384K TSX 57 30 No Yes 64 Kwords lt P lt 104 Kwords TSX MRP C448K TSX 540 Yes P gt 104 Kwords TSX MRP C768K 128 Kwords 128 Kwords TSX MRP 2128P No Yes 2 TSX MRP C768K Yes 2 TSX MRP CO1M7 256 Kwords TSX MRP 0256P Yes P lt 104 Kwords TSX MRP C768K No Yes 128 Kwords lt P lt 208 Kwords TSX MRP C001M Yes P gt 208 Kwords TSX MRP CO1M7 640 Kwords 128 Kwords TSX MRP 3256P No Yes TSX MRP CO1M7 Yes 3 TSX MRP C002M Yes 4 TSX MRP C003M 384 Kwords 640 Kwords TSX MRP 3384P Yes 2 TSX MRP C01M7 No Yes 2 TSX MRP C002M TSX 57 40 512 Kwords 256 Kwords TSX MRP 0512P Yes P lt 256 Kwords TSX MRP C01M7 Yes 256 Kwords lt P lt 384 Kwords TSX MRP C002M No Yes P gt 384 Kwords TSX MRP C003M 992 K words 640 Kwords 384 Kwords TSX MRP C007M Flash EPROM memory extension slot n 0 All TSX 57 types 32 Kwords TSX MFP 032P No Yes TSX MFP P128K 5 64Kwords TSX MFP 064P No No TSX MFP 064P2 7 No Yes P lt 52 Kwords TSX MFP P224K 5 Yes P gt 52 Kwords TSX MFP P384K 5 128 Kwords TSX MFP 264P No Yes TSX MCP C224K 5
195. 3 TSX P57 353AM 0 560 PCMCIA 2 fieldbuses 3 5 TSX 57 40 16 racks 2 2040 discrete I O 96 176 Kwords 20 1 integrated Fipio TSX P57 453AM 0 560 256 analog I O integrated 4 4 networks 7 64 application specific 512 99 Kwords 8 AS Interface buses channels 6 max on 1 CANopen bus 3 1 Ethernet TSX P57 4823AM PCMCIA 2 fieldbuses 3 Description Application Reference Weight kg Universal Bluetooth Application see page 1 11 TCS WAAC 13FB 0 320 interface UBI The kit comprises for terminal port TER m a Universal Bluetooth interface UBI an RJ45 mini DIN cable length 1 m an RJ45 RJ45 cable length 1 m a fixing clamp for installation inside the enclosure m aCD with configuration software and user manual Premium processors can support up t0 2 memory extension cards However usable memory capacity is limited to the maximum size defined for the processor model References see pages 1 20 and1 21 1 Cumulative maximum values The number of remote I O on the bus is not included 2 Maximum number of TSX RKY 4EX 6EX 8EX racks 4 6 or 8 slots Using the TSX RKY 12EX rack 12 slots is the same as using 2 racks with 4 6 or 8 slots 3 Using the CANopen bus reduces the number of possible fieldbuses InterBus Profibus DP by 1 4 The second value corresponds to the integrated memory capacity when the processor is equipped with a PCMCIA memory card 5 Single format processor for TSX P57 353LAM d
196. 3 A display block which indicates the module status and the transmission status on 3 the network 4 N The unique MAC address of the module Two additional LEDs MOD STATUS LED module operating status NET STATUS LED network status now gt TSX ETC 101 Astandard RJ45 connector for 10BASE T 100BASE TX interface 5 48 Schneider Electric References oa fl SE Ma fig e A TSX ETC 101 Modicon Premium automation platform EtherNet IP and Modbus TCP network module Description No of Ethernet Data rate Reference Weight modules per kg configuration TSX ETC 101 0 340 EtherNet IPand 1to4modules 10 100 Mbps Modbus TCP depending on network module type of Unity processor see page 1 10 Sr 5 49 Selection guide Ethernet network Cabling system ConneXium hub and transceiver 4 x 10BASE T ports RJ45 Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E 100m 4 max P1 and P2 redundant power supplies 24 V 18 32 safety extra low voltage SELV 80 mA 130 max at 24 V 5 terminals 0 60 C 10 95 non condensing IP 30 40 x 125 x 80 mm On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide 0 530 kg cUL 60950 UL 508 and CSA 22 2 No 142 UL 1604 and CSA 22 2 No 213 class 1 division 2 CE GL C Tick FM 3810 FM 3611 class 1 division 2 Power supply activity link Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault volt f
197. 30 cordset for RJ45 connector Lexium 32C M drive 1 For numbers see page 4 31 TSX CDP e01 Presentation Architectures page 4 30 page 4 31 Schneider 4 33 Electric Presentation description Premium PLC E f TSX CAY module E Lexium 11 32C M servo drive Servo motor TSX CAY 21 22 TSX CAY 41 42 Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CAY motion control modules for servo motors The TSX CAY ee servo controlled positioning axis control range is designed for machines requiring simultaneous high performance motion control and sequential control by PLC Depending on the model the TSX CAY ee modules can be use to control m 2 independent axes TSX CAY 21 22 m Up to 4 independent axes TSX CAY 41 42 m 3 linearly interpolated axes TSX CAY 33 These modules are compatible with Lexium 32C M servo drives with 10 V analog inputs TSX CAY ee modules can be installed like all application specific modules in any slot ina Premium PLC The front panel of TSX CAY ee axis control modules comprises 1 One 15 way SUB D connector per axis for connecting the incremental or absolute encoder One 9 way SUB D connector for all axes for connecting a speed reference analog output for each axis One 20 way HE 10 connector for all axes for connecting Servo drive auxiliary control inputs Servo drive I O external power supply One 20 way HE 10 connector for 2 axe
198. 34M 6634M models for connection to the Ethernet Modbus TCP 10BASE T 100BASE TX network USB terminal port The USB port 5 offers a faster useful data rate 12 Mbit s than the Uni Telway terminal port available on Premium processors The USB port is compatible with Unity Pro programming software and the OPC Factory Server OFS 454M 554M e634M processors can be connected to a USB bus comprising several peripheral devices however m Only one processor must be connected to the USB bus m No device on the USB bus modem printer can be controlled by the PLC 1 TSX H57 24M 44M Hot Standby processor see description on page 4 53 Presentation page 1 4 Memory structure pages 1 8 References PCMCIA references pages 1 10 pages 1 12 Schneider 1 7 Electric Memory structure Modicon Premium automation platform Unity processors The application memory is divided into memory areas which are physically ASELL AA u distributed across the internal RAM and 0 1 or 2 PCMCIA memory extension cards Located data Global unlocated 4 1 The application data area which is always found in the internal RAM is divided data and DFBs into two possible types o Located data corresponding to data defined by an address e g MW237 which can have a symbol linked to it e g Counter_rejects o Unlocated data corresponding to data defined only by a symbol This type of addressing eliminates the problems of memory mappi
199. 37 21 22 PLC 1 type III TSX FPP OZD200 0 110 Premium processor PCMCIA card Fipio card TSX Micro TSX 37 21 22 PLC 1 type III TSX FPP10 0 110 agent function Premium processor PCMCIA card TSX FPP10 1 For elctrical fibre optic repeater TSX FP ACC8M see page 5 112 2 For accessories and connecting cables see pages 5 112 and 5 113 Presentation page 5 108 Schneider 5 109 Electric Connections platform Modicon Premium automation Fipio bus and Fipway network Premium bus manager integrated link Momentum I O Modicon STB I O Premium Agent TSX Micro Agent Lexium 15 Altivar 71 61 TBX SAP 10 TBX IP 20 Third party products Third party products legacy range Daisy chaining Daisy chaining TSX Series 7 model 40 via integrated link legacy range TSX Series 7 model 40 with PCMCIA card legacy range EEE Connection to Fipway network EEE Connection to Fipway network and Fipio bus Premium TSX Micro via PCMCIA card TSX 17 20 Premium bus manager integrated link Momentum I O Modicon STB I O Lexium 15 Altivar 71 61 Magelis XBT Ge Magelis iPC Third party products PC USB 4 14 14 IP 67 VO 1 Connection to Fipio bus 1 For TSX EEF ESF EMF IP 67 dust and damp proof I O modules on Fipio bus and connections please consult our website www schneider electric com Devices on Fipio bus Connectors Premium bus manag
200. 4 040 00 prea ed a ne page 4 50 E References 0 0 nn een page 4 51 Redundancy systems m Hot Standby system Unity Pro software Presentation icc coke pew as anne page 4 52 Deseriplion ashen tendi aneriam eee soda eh ian Bob page 4 53 Archit Ctures 2 5 idee sa aa rn er page 4 54 FUNCIONS 0042484 20oc esse rd hass ae page 4 58 References 2 2 2 2 225u 2a aan een od page 4 60 4 0 Schneider Electric m Warm Standby system PL7 Pro software Presentation e 2 2 20 Maenner page 4 62 FUNCIONS 435 32 be eat bi ieee nea page 4 64 References sisi cence de ea page 4 66 GONNECHONS zus a a dine Scare Shoe ea en ei page 4 67 Schneider 4 1 Electric Presentation 4 2 Modicon Premium automation platform Use of Preventa safety modules Production workshops and technical building installations are subject to increasing requirements in terms of machine safety Agood machine is a safe machine combining m Safety of personnel machine is not dangerous m Availability of the production tool machine operational at any time m Safety is achieved by O simultaneously optimising safety and availability o using basic principles redundancy self monitoring etc o considering reliability failure determining the behavior of the machine in a specified position positive safety features o ease of maintenance The machinery directive A machine manufacturer is required to con
201. 40 o BMX AMI 0800 o BMX AMI 0810 o BMX AMO 0802 Modicon Quantum o 140 AVI 030 00 o 140 ACI 030 00 o 140 ACI 040 00 ale me md m Mm Mi Modicon Premium o TSX CAYe1 o TSX CTYeA Modicon Premium o TSX PAY2e2 Modicon Premium o TSXAEY1614 Analog inputs Isolated analog inputs Counter inputs Inputs for thermocouples VO Current Voltage Pt 100 Distribution of sensor power Distribution of isolated sensor Acquisition of value from an Connection of Safety module BG supplies by limiter 25 mA power supplies by converter absolute encoder 16 thermocouples with cold junction compensation 8 channels 8 channels 1 channel 16 channels 12 Emergency stops 24V 24V 25 mA 2or4 2o0r4 1 25 way SUB D 25 way SUB D 15 way SUB D 25 way SUB D 50 way SUB D No No No No No Screw Screw or spring Screw Screw Screw ABE 7CPA03 ABE 7CPA31e ABE 7CPA11 ABE 7CPA12 ABE 7CPA13 8 18 OS More technical information on www schneider electric com neider Electric 8 7 Presentation Connection interfaces Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Cordsets for Modicon Premium platform 1b 1a 1c 1b 1a 1c g m o ia im Jp one 2a 2a 2a Q 7 5a 24 V 1 6a 3a 3a TAA 4a 1a Discrete
202. 44 244 7A 1 J4 1 244 244 244 244 2 4 244 2 4 8A 1 1 1 244 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 10A 1 1 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 244 2 4 244 5 2451 2 246 246 p 6 6 15A 1 1 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 2 a 20A 1 1 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 2 5 2 5 25A 1 3 5 3 5 3 5 34 5 3 5 3 5 345 3 5 3 5 30A 1 3 5 3 5 35A 1 5 345 34 5 345 40A 1 Function modules Reference Code 40 A Buffer module ABL 8BUF24400 1 20 A Battery control module ABL 8BBU24200 2 40 A Battery control module ABL 8BBU24400 3 3 2 Ah Battery module ABL 8BPK24A03 4 7 Ah Battery module ABL 8BPK24A07 5 12 Ah Battery module ABL 8BPK24A12 6 Note Several Buffer modules up to a maximum of three can be connected in parallel to increase the immunity time The times given in the table above boxes marked 1 should be multiplied by the number of modules used 2 or 3 Electric 8 34 Schneider Appendices Power supplies and transformers Phaseo Regulated switch mode power supplies Substitution of ABL8RP WP by ABL4 For the majority of applications power supplies ABL4 easily replace power supply models ABL8RP WP due to the reduced size of the ABL4 up to 56 in volume tested compatibility with the function modules ABL8B RED 8D 8P the presence of a diagnostics contact on all models a higher withstand to temporary overcurrents than the equivalent ABL8 RP WP power supplies However for some
203. 5 1 With TSX CTY 2CC and TSX CCY 1128C modules Type of input Function No of Reference Weight channels kg Translator with RS422 I O 5 V TTLinputs Modules for stepper motors 1 TSX CFY 11C 0 440 and 5 V open collector outputs 2 TSX CFY 21C 0 480 5 V RS 232 and 10 30 V Totem Pole Modules for servo motors 2 TSX CAY 21C 0 480 incremental encoders RS 485 or parallel 500 kHz counting with incremental 4 2 TSX CAY 41C 0 610 absolute encoders encoder 200 kHz counting with gt TSX CAY 22C 0 480 serial absolute encoder 1 4 2 TSX CAY 42C 0 610 3 2 TSX CAY 33C 0 610 For accessories and connecting cables see page 4 33 1 With servo control functions on independent infinite axis follower axes and flying shear for TSX CAY e2C modules 2 Double format module The other motion control modules are single format Description Function Reference Weight kg ISP Plus 1 weigher module 1 8 load cells TSX ISP Y101C 0 420 weighing module For remote indicator and accessories see page 4 51 Description Function Reference un Ethernet Modbus TCP 10 Mbps Transparent Ready class C10 TSX ETY 110WSC 0 370 network modules 10 100 Mbps Transparent Ready class B30 TSX ETY 4103C 0 370 10 100 Mbps Transparent Ready class C30 TSX ETY 5103C 0 370 10 100 Mbps Transparent Ready class D10 TSX WMY 100C 0 370 PCMCIA cards CANopen Master V4 02 TSX CPP 110C 0 230 Modbus Pl
204. 5 4 44 Electric Schneider References connections TSX CSY 85 Modicon Premium automation platform SERCOS TSX CSY 84 85 164 motion control modules TSX CSY 84 85 164 multi axis control modules have 32 application specific channels which are only counted when they are configured in the Premium PLC application using PL7 Junior Pro or Unity Pro software The maximum permitted number of application specific channels depends on the type of processor Type of processor TSX571e TSX572e TSX573e TSX574e TSX575e PCX5720 PCX5735 Max no of 8 24 32 64 64 application specific channels Motion control modules Description Function Number of axes Reference Weight kg Multi axis control Control of 8 real axes TSX CSY 84 0 520 modules SERCOS digital 4 imaginary axes servo drives 4 remote axes 8 real axes TSX CSY 85 0 520 4 imaginary axes 4 remote axes TjE path creation function 16 axes TSX CSY 164 0 520 real axes imaginary axes and remote axes Fibre optic connection cables Description Connection Length Reference Weight kg Plastic fibre optic Lexium servo drive 0 3m 990 MCO 000 01 0 050 cables fitted with 1 with SERCOS 0 9m 990 MCO 000 03 0 180 SMA connectors option bend radius 25 mm 1 5m 990 MCO 000 05 0 260 min 4 5m 990 MCO 000 15 0 770 16 5m 990 MCO 000 55 2 830 22 5m 990 MCO 000 75 4 070 37 5m 990 MCO 001 25 5 940 Example of a SERCOS ring with 5 Lexium servo drives 7
205. 5 135 Electric Contents 6 Software Unity Pro software Selection J lide 0s4un0 Hered ran een ern page 6 2 m Unity Pro Small Medium Large Extra Large software Presentation aramis as mieria nendun ee page 6 4 FDT DIM function aes act bacteria teed een page 6 5 The five IEC languages 0 c eect nennen page 6 5 Data editor 2 4 24 0 rtr nern page 6 6 DFB user function blocks 222 duced eased ann ae page 6 7 Function blockllibraries 2 72 u 744422020 aes page 6 8 Debugging TOOS saca tiie Bde Se hag nenn Eee bi page 6 9 PLO simulator ceniona nea E dooaidediageneaegen page 6 10 Documentation editor 0 cece eee cence nnee page 6 10 Diagnostics integrated in Modicon PLC platforms page 6 11 Modifying the program with the PLC in RUN mode page 6 12 Cross references function 00 00 c cece eee nee page 6 12 Import export function 2 0 0 c eects page 6 12 Application converters 0 0 cece eee eee page 6 13 Operating system update utilities 0 0 0 000005 page 6 13 Programmable process control 00000 e eee eee page 6 14 Communication drivers 0000 cece eee teens page 6
206. 5 Conversion software i Description Use Reference Weight TSX IBY 100 kg Symbol For converting CMD symbols to PL7 symbols TLX LIBS CNVF conversion software InterBus bus connection components Description Use Length Reference Weight kg 8 il IP 20 Modicon STB network interface STB NIB 2212 0 155 BS distributed I O module ie Momentum communication module 170 INT 110 00 0 070 per Remotebus 100m TSX IBS CA 100 7 340 cables 400 m TSX IBS CA 400 24 020 Installation Preformed cables for linking 2 0 110m 170 MCI 007 00 0 060 STB NIB 2212 remote bus communication modules im 170 MCI 100 00 0 320 cables empath eres kere an Connecting Connecting TSX IBe module to PC 6m 990 NAA 263 20 gt cables with CMD Tool software 15m 990 NAA 263 50 j J s Connectors 9 way SUB D for remote bus 170 XTS 009 00 0 045 cae Sold in lots of 2 cables 170 INT 110 00 1 Contact your Phoenix Contact vendor Presentation Description page 5 122 page 5 122 Schneider 5 123 Electric Presentation Modicon Premium automation description platform Modbus serial link Altivar 71 Ms baleen Modicon M340 a i Preventa Modicon Modicon Premium XPS MC OTB Modicon TSX Micro The Modbus serial link is used for master slave architectures it is necessary however to check that the Modbus serv
207. 5 points or 16 777 215 points Downcounting with preset input upcounting with reset input Up down counting with preset input configurable upcounter input 1 upcounter input 1 downcounter input 1 up down counter input and 1 direction input Incremental encoder with phase shifted signals Inputs counter enable counter preset capture current value Comparison Down counting to value 0 Upcounting 2 thresholds and 1 setpoint Up down counting 2 thresholds and 2 setpoints Reflex outputs Downcounting function 1 passage through zero output Upcounting function 1 passage through setpoint value output Up down counting function 2 user definable outputs User definable activation of the event triggered task threshold crossing setpoint crossing preset or reset enable capture Via 15 way SUB D connectors 1 per counter channel direct or TSX TAP S15ee accessory Via HE 10 connector for auxiliary I O and power supply Using Modicon Telefast pre wired system ABE 7CPA01 ABE 7H08R10 16R20 See page 9 6 TSX CTY 2A TSX CTY 4A 4 18 Q gt More technical information on www schneider electric com 4 14 Electric Schneider 2 channels 1 channel 500 kHz 1 ms Up to 1 MHz Type 2 sensors Mechanical contacts 500 kHz with multiplication by 1 250 kHz with multiplication by 4 10 30 V 5 V RS 422 with zero marker Power supply 5 V or 10 30 V SSI absolute encoder up to 25 bits
208. 5 shielded connectors m 2x 10 100 1000BASE TX Gigabit ports copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors 1 With TCS EAA F1LFU000 fibre optic module to be ordered separately see page 5 67 2 With TCS EAA F1LFHO00 fibre optic module to be ordered separately see page 5 67 3 With TCS EAA F1LFS000 fibre optic module to be ordered separately see page 5 67 Selection guide Pages 5 50 Schneider 5 73 Electric Selection guide Wi Fi network Wi Fi Access Points and Clients Dual band industrial Wi Fi LAN Access Point Dual band industrial Wi Fi LAN Access Point Client with two independent radio modules Client with two independent radio modules based on IEEE 802 11a b g h i based on IEEE 802 11a b g h i With FCC approval for USA and Canada Access point and Client IEEE 802 11a b g hii 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz IP 40 FCC DIN rail 2 54 Mbps 4x RP SMA 2 x 10 100BASE TX 2 x WLAN interfaces 8 SSIDs per interface 7 Up to 20 km with external antenna frequency range and data rate dependent on type of antenna 80 x 100 x 135 mm 30 C to 50 C 40 C to 70 C Max 95 non condensing 2x 24 V 12 V redundant capable 2 x PoE per IEEE802 3af redundant capable 2 12 V 625 mA 24 V 417 mA PoE 48 V 167 mA 2 EN 60950 EN 300328 EN 301893 notified in all EU FCC identifier U99BAT54RAIL IC certification countries number 4019A BAT54R EN 61131 for operation in automat
209. 50B straight connectors 2 female M12 XZC C12 FCM 50B elbowed connectors M12 RJ45 adaptor IP 67 4 way female M12 connector TCS EAA F11F13F00 and female RJ45 connector 1 Dimensions Wx Hx D 20 x 18x50 mm Selection guide Pages 5 50 Schneider 5 67 Electric Presentation Ethernet network references Wiring system ConneXium hub and transceiver Presentation Hubs concentrators are used for transmitting signals between several media ports Hubs are plug and play devices that do not need to be configured by the user The use of hubs makes it possible to create the following topologies m Star topology m Tree topology Hub DTE DTE Hub Hub Hub DTE DTE DTE DTE Star topology Tree topology a Reference ve Description Interfaces Reference Weight et kg J ConneXium hub 4 x 10BASE T ports copper 499 NEH 104 10 0 530 ur cable RJ45 shielded a 3 connectors lt i m 499 NEH 104 10 Presentation ConneXium transceivers are used to m Create fibre optic linear bus topologies for devices with a twisted pair cable Ethernet connection m Interface devices with a twisted pair cable Ethernet connection with a fibre optic cable Transceivers are plug and play devices that do not need to be configured by the user ConneXium transceivers provide fibre optic connections for transmission in areas subject to interference high levels of elect
210. 6 analog I O m 8 to 64 application specific channels Each application specific module counter motion control serial link or weighing accounts for 1 or more application specific channels m 1 to 4 networks Ethernet Modbus TCP Fipway Ethway Modbus Plus 2 to 8 AS Interface sensor actuator buses 1 to 2 fieldbuses CANopen InterBus Profibus DP 0 or 1 Fipio fieldbus serial links Modbus Uni Telway m 10 to 20 process control channels Integrated communication Depending on the model Premium processors include m A 10 or 100 Mbit s Ethernet Modbus TCP port RJ45 connection m A 1 Mbit s Fipio bus link bus manager m Communication via 2 terminal ports TER and AUX using Uni Telway or character mode protocol typicallya 19 or 115 Kbit s programming terminal and an operator dialogue terminal Each processor has a slot for a type III PCMCIA card which can accommodate a network card Fipway Modbus Plus bus CANopen 1 Fipio Agent or serial links Modbus Uni Telway character mode Application design and installation Different software licences are available for PL7 Junior Pro version V4 5 depending on requirements m Single station m Multistation in the form of independent local stations Junior Pro remote stations connected to a server via a network Pro OpenTeam for 3 to 10 stations or Pro OpenSite for more than 10 stations These licences are compatible with PC terminals running Windows 2000 Professional or W
211. 620 Profibus DP bus connection components Description Type Reference Weight kg Distributed I O on Modicon STB STB NDP 2112 0 140 Profibus DP bus network interface module Momentum communication 170 DTN 110 00 0 070 module Connectors for remote I O Line terminators 490 NAD 911 03 communication module In line connector 490 NAD 911 04 In line connector 490 NAD 911 05 and terminal port Description Length Reference Weight kg Profibus DP 100 m TSX PBS CA 100 _ i l nen 400m TSX PBS CA 400 490 NAD 91103 1 Conformal coating and extended operating temperatures between 25 and 70 C See ruggedized module characteristics on page 9 5 Schneider 5 121 Electric Presentation Modicon Premium automation description platform connectable devices INTERBUs bus The InterBus bus is a serial link fieldbus for sensors and actuators which meets the requirements of industrial environments Quantum Premium IP 65 VO 1 BK bus terminal module Altivar 71 61 IP 65 I O 1 BK bus terminal module Modicon STB The topology of the InterBus bus is designed as a ring system with master slave central access procedure It is subdivided into three parts m The remote bus 1 bus devices use RS 485 point to point connection m The installation remote bus 2 remote bus tap link via a bus terminal module Its technology is particularly suitable for IP 65 dust and dam
212. 7 ACC 5 adaptor or a TSX SCG 1161 module and the TSX SCA 62 subscriber socket 13 VW3 A8 306 2 Uni Telway and Modbus connecting cordset for Altivar 61 71 variable speed drive with VW3 A3 303 option card 1 With TSX 37 21 22 PLCs Schneider 5 129 Electric References Premium TSX SCP 116 w g TSX SCA 50 iz lt i w Ad TSX SCA 62 TSX SCA 72 TCS WAAC 13FB TSX SCY 21601 Modicon Premium automation platform Uni Telway serial link Components for connection to the Uni Telway bus Description Protocol Physical layer PLC liem Reference Weight no kg Integrated link on Uni Telway RS 485 non isolated TSX Micro Please consult our website processor Character mode www schneider electric com Premium See pages 1 10 and 1 19 Communication module Uni Telway 1isolated 2 wire RS 485 Premium TSX SCY 21601 0 360 Modbus Jbus integrated channel Charactermode channel 0 1 PCMCIA card slot channel 1 7 PCMCIA type Ill cards for Uni Telway RS 232 9 signals 7 TSX SCP 111 0 105 Premium processor Modbus 0 3 19 2 Kbps TSX 37 21 22 PLC or Character mode RS 485 RS 422 compatible 7 TSX SCP 114 0 105 TSX SCY 21601 module 1 2 19 2 Kbps 20 mA CL 1 2 19 2 Kbps T TSX SCP 112 0 105 Set of X Way drivers for Includes all the X Way drivers for 1 CD ROM TSX CD DRV 20M PC compatible composition see page 6 41 Uni Telway bus connecting accessories Descr
213. 7 TLXRCDePL7eP45M 6 42 5 135 4 22 BS7SC3BA 8 17 TCSECLiM3MeeS2 5 67 TLXUCDPL7eP45M 6 42 6 43 4 38 AMO2CA001V000 5 91 TCSECLIM3MeS2 5 67 TSCCANTDM4 4 13 SXCSAcee 5 127 8 18 AR1SB3 8 20 TCSECU3M3MeeS4 5 66 TSXAAK2 3 17 TSX CSY 164 4 45 ABE 7CPA31E 8 18 AS MBKT 185 5 116 TCSECU3M3MeS4 5 66 TSX ACC VA625 2 11 ae ABE 7CPA4ee 8 18 ASI67FACC2 5 97 TCSEGPA23F14F 5 121 TSX AEY 16060 3 16 TSXCSYee 445 ABE 7FUeee 8 20 ASI ABLB3006 8 37 TCSEGPA23F14FK 5 121 TSX AEY 16066 9 4 TACT sie ABE 7H08Ree 8 13 ASI ABLD30060 8 37 TCSEK1MDRS 5 66 TSXAEY eee 3 16 ABE 7H12Ree 8 13 ASI ABLM3024 8 37 TCSEK3MDS 5 66 TSXAEYeeeC 9 4 TSXCTY 6 os ABE 7H12S21 8 13 ASIRPTOI 5 97 TCSESBO83F2CU0 5 72 TSXASYeee 3 16 er rn ABE 7H16Cee 8 12 ASI20 MACCS 8 33 TCSESB093F2CU0O 5 72 a 7 Sn F ABE 7H16CMee 8 12 TCSESM043Feee0 5 71 TSX ASY eeeC 9 4 5 134 ABE 7H16F43 8 13 La TCS ESM 063F2ee1 5 72 TSXBATM0e 1 13 5 135 ABE 7H16Ree 4 18 BMXXCAUSBH018 6 21 TCSESMO63F2ee1C 9 5 1 21 6 43 4 32 TCSESMO83FICee 5 72 TSXBLYO1 3 11 TSXCXP e13 4 39 8 13 TCS ESM 083F23Fe 5 71 TSX c USBFIP 5 1 12 TSX DEY eece 3 9 ABE 7H16See 8 13 CS ECN 300R2 5 66 5 72 TSXCANCAeee BRU TSXDEV esee Ja ABE 7H20Ecee 8 12 TCS ESM 083F23F1C 9 5 TSX CAN CA50 5 90 TSX DEY eoeeK 3 9 ABE 7H32Eeee 8 12 ERC 1Tcsesmossr2cee 5 72 TSXCANCADD03 5 90 15x DEY eeeeKC 9 4 ABE 7H34Eeee 8 12 EUSENGeCFTAL10 6 58 TCSESM103F2eGO 5 73 TSXCANCADDeee 5 90 TSX DMY 28FK 3 10 ABE 7P08T330 8 16 TCSESM163F2ee0 5 73 TSXCANCADDe 5 90 SX DMY 2Beee 3 1
214. 70 TSX CAN CD50 5 90 170 MCI 060 oe 5 117 ABE7R16S210E 8 14 OZDFIP G3 5 109 TCS ESU 083FNO 5 69 TSXCANKCDF180T 5 90 5 123 ABE7R16Teee 8 15 TCS WAAC 5 85 TSXCANKCDF90T 5 90 170 PNT 110 20 5 116 ABE 7S16E2ee 8 14 EEE TCS WAAC 13FB 1 11 TSXCANKCDF90TP 5 90 170 XTS 0e o 00 5 116 ABE7S16E2B1E 3 14 SFSCPYOe0e 4 51 TOS WABee 5 84 TSXCANTDM4 5 90 5 123 ABE 7S16E2M0E Hig Sole ae 5 85 TSX CANCA100 4113 467 NHP 811 00 5 119 ABE7S16Seee g4 M1PY52 451 TCS WAB eee 5 84 TSX CANCA300 4 13 490 NAA 271 ee 5 117 ABE7S16SeeeE g4 SRZCBLOs 6 21 5 85 TSX CANCA50 4 13 490 NAD 911 ee 5 119 ABE7TES160 zz Lae MEME 8 33 TCS WABAC15 5 85 TSXCANCADDO3 4 13 490 NOC 000 05 5 67 8 20 SSVXPSMCWINUP 4 12 TCS WABAC2 5 85 TSX CANCADDe 4 13 490 NOR 000 ee 5 67 ABFCOBReee ga STBNDP 2112 5 119 TCS WABMK 5 85 TSXCAP eee 3 17 490 NOT 000 05 5 67 ABE M04Seee oo See 3 123 TCS WABP 5 85 4 18 490 NTC 000 ee 4 61 ABFM168201 Big STENMP 2212 5 116 TCS WABP68 5 85 TSX CAP S9 4 38 490 NTC 000 eeU 5 66 ABF M32Hess ano 21E XCA 4002 6 21 TCS WAMC67 5 85 TSXCAYee 4 38 490 NTW 000 ee ABT ABFY25Se00 IAF SYCSPULFeCD2ee 5 88 TCS WAMCD 5 85 9 7 4 13 5 119 TCSG WA 242 5 84 TSXCAYeeC 9 5 ABL 1A02 8 33 490 NTW 000 eeU 413 TBLARSM2Ases 853 TCSG WA 242F 5 84 TSX CBRY 2500 2 13 5 66 FRLawengives 833 TETADIO2 TCSG WA 272 5 84 TSX CBRY 2500F 2 13 499 NEH 104 10 Bee TEL AMAO 827 TEIXGBIO wea TCSG WAB DH 5 84 TSX CBRYKS5 2 13 499 NES 181 00 3 AEL TAP T205 225 108 AAROII or TCSG WC 241 5 84 TSXCBYeeee 2 10 499
215. 800 810 420 410 800 1614 Required cordsets Preassembled TSX CAPee0 item 2b Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 Yes Yes cordsets at both ends Passive connection sub bases Universal ABE 7H08Ree 8channels ABE 7H08S21 item 3a Universal ABE 7H12Ree 12 channels ABE 7H12821 item 4a Universal ABE 7H16Ree 16 channels ABE 7H16Cee item 4a ABE 7H20Eeee 1 ABE 7H16S21 ABE 7H16R23 ABE 7H16F43 ABE 7H16S43 Input adaptor sub bases with solid state relays Universal ABE 7S16E2ee 16 channels Fixed solid state relays removable terminal item 4a blocks ABE 7P16F3ee Plug in solid state relays Output adaptor sub bases with fixed relays removable terminal blocks Optimum amp ABE 7S08S2ee Universal Solid state relays 8channels ABE 7R08Seee item 3a Electromechanical relays Optimum amp ABE 7S16Seee Universal Solid state relays 16channels ABE7R16Seee item 4a Electromechanical relays Output adaptor sub bases with plug in relays Universal ABE 7P08T330e 8 channels Solid state relays item 3a Optimum amp ABE 7R16Teee Universal Electromechanical relays 16channels ABE 7P16Teee item 4a Solid state and or electromechanical relays Sub bases for analog channels ABE 7CPA01 item 6a ABE 7CPA11 item 3b ABE 7CPA02 Item 3b _ _ Ss Es ABE 7CPA21 item 3b 2 Bes ABE 7CPA03 item 3b amp ABE 7CPA31 item 3b ABE 7CPA12 item 3b E ABE 7CPA13 item 3c Compatible Not compatible 1 Low cost
216. 9 22 hardware delivery of the DVD with USB key Primary Server key m 3x VJC 1099 21 additional USB keys one per Server Standby Server key Server licence m 4x VJC NS 1011 13 Server licences for 1500 points including Control Client licence Two pairs of redundant Servers one I O Server redundant pair one ATR Server redundant pair The first Server in each pair acts as the Primary Server The second Server acts as the Standby Server One licence is placed on each key Primary and Standby Client licence m 2x VJCNS 1032 99 Web View Only Client licences Both licences are placed on the ATR Primary Server key Redundant Client licence m 2x VJCNS 1032 88 redundant Web View Only Client licences Redundant floating licences for Web View Only Client licences Redundant Servers 1500 points with 2 Logical Server Clusters and 2 Web View Only Clients Development workshop m 1x VJC 1099 22 hardware delivery of the DVD with USB key Primary Server key m 1x VJC 1099 21 additional USB key one per Server Standby Server key Server licence m 2x VJCNS 1011 13 Server licences for 1500 points including Control Client licence One pair of redundant Servers two clusters on each server The first server contains Cluster A ATR amp I O Server and Cluster B ATR amp I O Server Primary Servers The second server contains Cluster A and Cluster B Standby Servers One licence is placed on each
217. 900 4 ABR 7833 No Yes Volt free Screw ABE 7P16T334 0 900 ABS 7A3M ABS 7SC3E ABE ACC21 Yes Yes Common on both poles Screw ABE 7P16T318 1 000 4 1 Not equipped with relays 2 With relay ABR 7S21 for sub base ABE 7P16T210 with relay ABR 7S23 for sub base ABE 7P16T230 3 Per group of 8 channels 4 Per group of 4 channels Schneider Electric 571152 816476 816474 References continued SENENS GERMANY V23092 A1024 A302 daem ade dapo ABS 7SC1B ABR 7S3e Connection interfaces Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Plug in relays 0 010 5mm Output or 24V 2A 24V ABS 7SC1B 10mm Output E 24V 0 5A 5 48 V ABS 7SC2E 0 016 24 240V ABS7SA2M 0 016 12 mm Input 5VTTL 24V ABS 7EC3AL 0 014 24 V Type 2 24V ABS 7EC3B2 0 014 48 V Type 2 2aVz ABS 7EC3E2 0 014 50 Hz 48 V 24V ABS 7EA3E5 0 014 60 Hz 110 130 V 24V ABS 7EA3F5 0 014 50 Hz 230 240 V 24V ABS 7EA3M5 0 014 Output 24V 2A 24V ABS 7SC3BA 0 016 Self protected 1 5A 5 48 V ABS 7SC3E 0 016 1 5A 24 240 Vn ABS 7SA3MA 0 016 24V 5mm 5A Ith 4 ABR 7S11 0 005 10mm 24V 5A Ith 1N O 4 ABR 7S21 0 008 1C O 4 ABR 7523 0 008 12mm 2V 10A Ith 1C 0 4 ABR 7833 0 017 8A Ith 2C O 4 ABR 7537 0 017 48 V 8A Ith 10 0 4 ABR 7S33E 0 017 Extractor for 5 mm miniature relay ABE 7ACC12 0 010 Schneider References Connection interfaces Modicon
218. ABE 7H20E200 0 410 3m Screw ABE 7H20E300 0 480 Modicon M340 1 Screw ABE 7H34E000 0 150 im Screw ABE 7H34E100 0 330 ABE 7H20Eeee 2m Screw ABE 7H34E200 0 410 3m Screw ABE 7H34E300 0 480 Siemens S7 1 5m Screw ABE 7H32E150 0 360 3m Screw ABE 7H32E300 0 460 ABE 7H16C21 Input or output 16 1 1 No No Screw ABE 7H16C10 0 160 Zn Yes No Screw ABE 7H16C11 0 160 2 2 Yes Oor24V Screw ABE 7H16C21 0 205 h ABE 7H16CM21 3 3 Yes Oor24v Screw ABE 7H16C31 0 260 Input and output 16 1 1 Yes No Screw ABE 7H16CM11 0 160 2 2 2 Yes Oor24V Screw ABE 7H16CM21 0 200 1 Sub base supplied without cordset 2 81 8 Q these products have 2 common connections which enable inputs and outputs to be connected to the same sub base at the same time eed ess P Electric References continued Connection interfaces Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Passive connection sub bases Universal sub bases Function No of No ofterminals LED per Polarity Isolator I Type of Reference Weight channels per onrow Channel distribution Fuse F connection channel number per channel kg Inputoroutput 8 1 1 No No Screw ABE 7H08R10 0 187 Yes No u Screw ABE 7H08R11 0 187 2 2 Yes Oor24V Screw ABE 7H08R21 0 218 I Screw ABE 7H08521 0 245 nase 12 1 1 No No Screw ABE 7H12R10 0 274 4 P Fasrsene x Yes No Screw ABE 7H12R11 0 274 Ba E ABE 7HeeRle 2 No No Screw ABE 7H12R50 0 196 2 2 No 0or24V
219. Architectures continued Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CAY motion control modules for servo motors Simulated sun encoder feedback SSI absolute incremental encoder 12 Axis 0 l Speed 9 reference Axis 0 1 6 5 a pacon l 8 TSX TAP MAS To other TSX CAY 42 Lexium servo drives Lexium 32M ies servo drive omg 10 Modicon Telefast m LEY DI i elololols as E Servo drive ABE 7H16R20 auxiliary I O ABE 7BV20 Axis 0 11 i EIER poar Modicon Telefast a elella ABE 7H16R20 ilj t Auxil ABE 7BV20 BIS Incremental or absolute encoder TSX CCP S15eee preassembled cordset encoder feedback nnn nnn nnn TSX TAP S15 05 connector TSX CXP 213 613 preassembled cordset 9 TSX CDP 611 preformed cable with connectors 10 TSX CDPee3 preassembled cordset 11 TSX CDPe01 preformed cable with connectors 12 Simulated SSI absolute incremental encoder feedback cable 7 oouw 1 Please consult our Customer Care Centre Pres
220. BD LD IL and ST languages The techniques for adjusting process control loops are described in the document Process control Unity V3 0 available online at www schneider electric com 1 XXX according to the type of variable DINT INT UINT UDINT REAL Selection guide page 6 2 Schneider 6 15 Electric Functions continued Software Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large The most commonly used communication drivers for Modicon M340 Premium and Quantum platforms are installed atthe same time as the Unity Pro software Unity Pro also includes the following drivers which can be installed as required 1 Windows Vista Business 32 bit edition Windows 7 32 bit and 64 bit editions Protocol Hardware Windows XP Professional Ethway Ethernet Fip FPC10 ISAcard Fip FPC20 PCMCIA card Fip adaptor CUSBFIP ISAway PCX57 ISA card Modbus Serial COM port PClway Atrium TPCI57 PCI card Uni Telway COM port Uni Telway SCP114 PCMCIA card USB for high end PLC XIP XWay on TCP IP Driver available Driver not available Advanced open access intended for experienced IT engineers supports the development of interfaces between Unity and expert tools as well as specific user defined functions This type of development requires experience in the following IT areas m C or Visual Basic languages m Client serve
221. BMX NOE 0110 Modicon Premium TSX ETY 5103 WMY 100 and Modicon Quantum 140 NOE 771 11 NWM 100 00 Client interface Modicon Premium TSX WMY 100 and Modicon Quantum 140 NWM 100 00 Schneider Electric Presentation Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Ethernet Modbus TCP communication services Transparent Ready products allow transparent communication on a single Ethernet Modbus TCP network Applica SNMP NTP RTPS DHCP TFTP FTP HTTP SMTP Modbus tions DS T In addition to universal Ethernet services HTTP BOOTP DHCP FTP etc the Transparent Ready device communication services designed for use in automation applications include m Modbus TCP messaging for class 10 20 or 30 devices m I O Scanning service for class 30 devices m FDR Faulty Device Replacement for class 10 20 or 30 devices m SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol network management for class 20 or 30 devices m Global Data for class 30 devices m Bandwidth management for class 30 devices m NTP Network Time Protocol time synchronization for class 30 devices m E mail alarm notification via SMTP server for class 30 devices m TCP Open optional for class 30 devices Note The above services are listed for general information Please refer to the characteristics pages for each device for exhaustive details of which services are supported by each one The following pages present the various options available throu
222. BSH servo motors m Adjust the parameters of the Lexium servo drives with SERCOS option back them up in the drives EEprom memories and archive them on a compatible PC SERCOS TSX CSY 84 85 164 axis control modules comprise 1 An SMA connector marked TX for connecting the servo drives via the fibre optic cable SERCOS ring transmission 2 AnSMAconnector marked RX for connecting the servo drives via the fibre optic cable SERCOS ring reception 3 Double format rigid casing which Holds electronic cards Locates and locks the module in its slot 4 Module diagnostic LEDs RUN LED green on the module is operating correctly SER LED yellow flashing transmission and reception of data on the SERCOS network ERR LED red On internal module fault Flashing module start up communication fault incompatible configuration or pplication missing I O LED red on external fault or application fault INI LED yellow flashing module initializing 5 Channel diagnostic LEDs green on axis in normal operation off configuration fault flashing serious error on axis 1 to 8 display of 8 real axes 2 9 to 12 display of 4 imaginary axes 2 13 to 16 display of 4 remote axes 2 17 to 20 display of 4 sets of coordinated axes 21 to 24 display of 4 sets of follower axes 6 Apencil point button for reinitializing the module 7 Two 8 way mini DIN connectors reserved for Schneider Electric use w
223. C D O 25 C with 93 95 relative humidity 2 cycles 12 hours 12 hours Change of temperature cyclic IEC EN 60068 2 14 Nb 0 60 C 5 cycles 6 hours 6 hours D O 7 0 40 C 5 cycles 6 hours 6 hours D C Temperature rise IEC EN 61131 2 UL 508 Ambient temperature 60 C CSA 22 2 No 142 Resistance to climatic variations Dry heat non operating IEC EN 60068 2 2 Bb 70 C for 96 hours Cold non operating IEC EN 60068 2 1 Ab 25 C for 96 hours Damp heat non operating IEC EN 60068 2 30 dB 25 60 C with 93 95 relative humidity 2 cycles 12 hours 12 hours Thermal shock non operating IEC EN 60068 2 14 Na 25 70 C 2 cycles 3 hours 3 hours D O Device Open device to be incorporated in an enclosure D C Device Closed device which can be installed without an enclosure see 1 on page 9 8 1 TSX P57 0244 104 154M and TSX P57 454 4634 554 5634 6634M processors 0 57 C or 0 67 C with TSX FAN eeP fan modules when certain I O modules are mounted in the slot next to the above mentioned processors Electric 9 10 Schneider Environmental tests Modicon Premium automation continued platform Standards certifications and environmental conditions Description of test Standards Levels Immunity to mechanical stress Sinusoidal vibration EC EN 60068 2 6 Fc 3 Hz 13 Hz 1 mm amplitude 13 Hz 100 Hz 0 7 g endurance 90 min axis for each resonance amplification coefficient lt 10 EC E
224. C EN 61131 2 UL 508 UL 1604 class 1 division 2 CSA 22 2 No 214 cUL CSA 22 2 No 213 class 1 division 2 cUL CE GL C Tick 10 90 non condensing 0 650 kg cUL 60950 UL 508 and CSA 22 2 No 142 UL 1604 and CSA 22 2 No 213 class 1 division 2 Power supply status alarm relay status active redundancy redundancy management fibre port status and fibre port activity Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault volt free contact 1 A max at 24 V TCS ESM 163F23F0 TCS ESM 163F2CU0 TCS ESM 163F2CS0 TCS ESM 243F2CU0 5 73 1 Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fibre typical value 2000 m ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Electric Schneider 5 61 Selection guide continued Ethernet network Cabling system ConneXium managed switches Managed switch 8 ports and 2 Gigabit ports copper twisted pair and fibre optic 12 8x 10 100BASE TX ports RJ45 Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E 100m 2 x 1000BASE SX ports 1 2x 1000BASE LH ports 2 2 x 1000BASE LX ports 3 LC Multimode optical fibre Single mode optical fibre Single mode and multimode optical fibre 550 m 550 m 275m 550 m 8 72 000 m 20 000 m 7 5dB 11 dB 7 5dB 11 dB 6 22 dB 11 dB FDR SMTP V3 SNTP client multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol con
225. CHO LED channel diagnostics available A oo00a oO Block diagram of channel a a Configuration eae Encoder inputs KW MW parameters Track outputs Processing Auxiliary input Recalibration input 0 WAW processing Capture input 1 Capture input 2 l IW The electronic cam module is set up using Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro software Architectures References page 4 25 pages 4 26 4 24 Schneider Electric Architectures Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CCY 1128 electronic cam module odicon Telefast TSX CCY 1128 1 Incremental or absolute encoder 1a Incremental or absolute encoder with 12 way DIN connector output 2 5VRS 422 485 Totem Pole incremental encoder 3 Parallel output absolute encoder 4 TSX CAP 15 connector 5 TSX CCP S15eee cable with connectors 6 TSX TAP 15 05 24 connector 7 TSX CDPee3 cable with connectors 8 TSX CDPe01 preformed cable with connectors 9 TSX CDPe03 cable with connectors ABE 7H16R20 303 ABE 7H16R20 Auxiliary inputs Track output preactuators Presenta
226. Contact common Screw 0 252 8 1N O 2A ABE 7R08S111 per group of 4 channels Latching 2A Volt free Screw ABE 7R08S216 0 448 ABE 7R08S216 1N O 5A Volt free Screw ABE 7R08S210 0 448 16 1N O 2A Contact common Screw ABE 7R16S111 0 405 per group of 8 channels Spring ABE7RI6S111E 0 405 1 N O 5A Volt free Screw ABE 7R16S210 0 405 Spring ABE 7R16S210E 0 405 Common per Screw ABE 7R16S212 0 400 group of 8 channels on both poles 1 A fault on a sub base output Qn will set PLC output Qn to safety mode which will be detected by the PLC 2 Can only be used with modules with protected outputs Schneider References continued Connection interfaces ABE 7R16M111 ABE 7R16T210 Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Input output adaptor sub bases for or with plug in relays Universal input sub bases for solid state relays supplied without relays 16 2 ABS 7E Yes Volt free Screw ABE 7P16F310 0 850 ABR 7 ABS 7S33E Polarity Screw ABE7P16F312 0 850 distribution Optimum and Universal output sub bases supplied with electromechanical relays 7 16 5mm ABR 7S11 1N O Contact common per group of4 ABE 7R16T111 0 600 channels Contact common per group of 4 ABE 7R16M111 0 600 output channels 2 2 common input terminals 10mm ABR 7521 1N O Volt free ABE 7R16T210 0 735 Common on both poles 3 ABE 7R16T212 0 730 ABR 7823 1C O Volt free ABE 7R16T230 0 775 Contact common
227. Data storage Standards and certifications Premium processor type 12 Pages Standard Integrated Ethernet 9 Integrated CANopen Integrated Fipio 256 Kb PCMCIA extension in upper slot 0 on processor 100 240 V 24 V non isolated and 24 48 V isolated power supply A power supply is required for each rack See page 9 6 See pages 9 8 and 9 18 TSX P57 104M TSX P57 1634M TSX P57 154M 11 1 10 1 The maximum values for the numbers of discrete and analog I O are cumulative with the exception of TSX H57 24M 44M Hot Standby processors 2 1 axis 1 application specific channel except for SERCOS modules where depending on the configuration the module 2 32 channels 3 Module to be inserted into the lower PCMCIA slot no 1 on a Premium processor 4 Module to be inserted into the TSX SCY 21 601 in rack communication module slot 5 Non isolated serial link For distances gt 10 m use connection accessory TSX P ACC 01 see pages 5 131 and 5 133 6 The InterBus and Profibus DP limits are not cumulative 1 2 Electric Schneider Fan kk Krk Krk 8 with 4 6 8 or 16 with 4 6 or 8 slots or 8 with 12 slots 8 with 4 6 8 or 16 with 4 6 or 8 slots or 8 with 12 slots 12 slots 12 slots 1024 channels 8 16 32 or 64 channel module 2048 channels 8 16 32 or 64 channel module 80 channels 4 8 or 16 channel module 128 channels 4 8 or 16 channel module 256 ch
228. FB diagnostic function blocks for system and application diagnostics m Error message display system called viewers supplied as a standard component of Magelis XBT terminals Vijeo Citect supervisory software and Unity Pro setup software System diagnostics The system diagnostics for the Modicon M340 Premium and Quantum platforms support the monitoring of system bits words I O modules and activity times minimum maximum of SFC steps By simply choosing the relevant option during application configuration any event will generate time stamped messages logged in the diagnostic buffer of the PLC These events are displayed automatically in a diagnostics viewer 1 without requiring any additional programming With Unity Pro integrated diagnostics this function can be used to perform first level diagnostics of the elements in the configuration up to and including each I O module channel Drew TTE TEN Tee Bau Bar ET 1B ANA THERMOCDUALE Venien L39 eoe TE Gorgas Wi Debus E Cannon MERKT SIEIEL IE PERRE Viewer window example with Unity Pro software Channel level 1 Diagnostics viewers are tools for displaying and acknowledging diagnostic error messages They are supplied as a standard component of Unity Pro and Vijeo Designer software with Magelis terminals and with the PLC Web server that can be accessed via a thin client Magelis iPC Electric Schneider 6 11 Functions cont
229. FED M32P 2448 Lo Not applicable 1 Address 63 is reserved for the programming and diagnostic terminal 2 Depending on the island s number of I O modules 1 32 3 Discrete and analog base units must not be mixed on the same Fipio connection point 4 The number of analog channels for TBX AES ASS AMS base units is limited to 1008 5 The number of discrete channels for TBX DES DMS DSS base units is limited to 2048 Presentation Description References page 5 100 page 5 101 page 5 103 5 102 Schneider Electric Application services Modicon Premium automation references platform Fipio bus manager function Depending on the bus manager the application services supported by Premium PLCs are m Remote I O Remote I O modules are addressed by the PL7 application program as in rack I O with which they can of course coexist This service enables the exchange of I O status variables and output command variables These exchanges are carried out in a cyclical and deterministic manner and without intervention from the application program The manager also manages remote devices configuration in an aperiodic manner without intervention from the application program m Uni TE service X Way industrial message handling service suitable for operator dialogue diagnostics and control functions requests of 128 bytes maximum m Application to application service This service consists of sending tables between 2 devices u
230. FP ACC9 0 050 Fipio Fipway communication cards and adaptor PCMCIA cards Type Ill cards for Premium TSX Micro PLCs See pages 5 107 and 5 105 USB Fipio Fipway adaptor For connecting any device with a USB port to 15 Fipio Fipway Includes the USB cable length 2 m Requires the TSX FP CG010 030 cable 4 for connection Fipio Fipway end to the TSX FP ACC3 4 box Max rate 12 messages s TSX C USBFIP 0 140 1 The characteristics and performance of the Fipio bus or Fipway network are dependent on the above TSX FP accessories being used Fipio presentation Fipway presentation Connections page 5 100 page 5 106 pages 5 110 Electric 5 112 Schneider References continued Modicon Premium automation platform Fipio bus and Fipway network Fipio bus Fipway network connecting cables 7 Description Type Condition of use No Length Reference Weight kg Trunk cables 8 mm 1 shielded In normal environment 2 1 100m TSX FP CA100 5 680 twisted pair 150 Q Inside building 200m TSX FP CA200 10 920 500m TSX FP CA500 30 000 9 5 mm 1 shielded In harsh environment 3 2 100m TSX FP CR100 7 680 twisted pair 150 Q Outside building In 200m TSX FP CR200 14 920 Denn 500m TSXFPCR500 40 000 9 5 mm 1 shielded In harsh environment 3 100m TSXFPCP100 7 680 twisted pair 150 Qand Outside building In 500m TSXFPCP500 30 000 1x 1 5 mm pair for mobile installations 4 24 V
231. Fe CD60 UNY SPU MFe CD60 Page website 6 18 6 19 Qs More technical information on www schneider electric com 6 2 Schneider Electric Unity Pro programming software for Modicon M340 P TSX P57 5e Q 140 CPU 651 671 D P TSX P57 2e 3e 4e D P TSX P57 20 3e 4e 5e D P TSX H57 24 44M D P TSX H57 24 44M Q 140 CPU 67 160 D All models TSX P57 104M 1634M 154M TSX P57 4634 454M TSX P57 204M 2634M 254M TSX H57 24 44M TSX P57 304M 3634M 354M All models TSX P57 104M 1634M 154M TSX P57 4634M 454M TSX P57 204M 2634M 254M TSX P57 5634M 554M TSX P57 304M 3634M 354M TSX P57 6634M TSX H57 24M 44M 140 CPU 311 10 140 CPU 311 10 140 CPU 651 50 60 140 CPU 434 12U 140 CPU 434 12U 140 CPU 652 60 140 CPU 534 14U 140 CPU 534 14U 140 CPU 671 60 140 CPU 672 61 STB OTB TM7 ETB Momentum STB OTB TM7 ETB Momentum Unity Pro Large UNY SPU LFe CD60 6 19 Unity Pro Extra Large UNY SPU EFe CD60 6 20 Electric Schneider Premium Quantum Safety platforms and Modicon distributed I O P TSX P57 5e Q 140 CPU 651 671 D P TSX P57 20 3e 4e 5e D P TSX H57 24 44M Q All models TSX P57 104M 1634M 154M TSX P57 4634M 454M TSX P57 204M 2634M 254M TSX P57 5634M 554M TSX P57 304M 3634M 354M TSX P57 6634M TSX H57 24M 44M 140 CPU 311 10 140 CPU 651 50 60 140 CPU 434 12U 140 CPU 652 60 140 CPU 534 14U 140 CPU 671 60 140 CPU 651 60S 140 CPU 671 60S STB OTB TM7 ETB Momentum Unity
232. For distributed I O Modicon ETB TM7 OTB STB Momentum Unity Pro Small version 6 0 software packages 1 Description Licence type Reference Weight kg Unity Pro Small Single 1 station UNY SPU SFU CD 60 software packages Group 3 stations UNY SPU SFG CD 60 Team 10 stations UNY SPU SFT CD 60 Software upgrades from Single 1 station UNY SPU SZU CD 60 i a Group 3 stations UNY SPU SZG CD 60 ProWORX NxT 32 Lite Team 10 stations UNY SPU SZT CD 60 Licence type extensions for Unity Pro Small version 6 0 From To Reference Weight kg Single 1 station Group 3 stations UNY SPU SZUG CD 60 Group 3 stations Team 10 stations UNY SPU SZGT CD 60 1 For compatibility of Unity software automation platforms and distributed I O refer to the selection guide on page 6 2 Selection guide page 6 2 6 18 Schneider Electric References continued Software Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large For Modicon M340 All models For Modicon Premium TSX 57 1e 2e For distributed I O Modicon ETB TM7 OTB STB Momentum Unity Pro Medium version 6 0 software packages 7 Un ity Pro Description Licence type Reference Weight kg Unity Pro Medium Single 1 station UNY SPU MFU CD 60 software packages Group 3 stations UNY SPU MFG CD 60 Team 10 stations UNY SPU MFT CD 60 Software upgrades from Single 1 station UNY SPU MZU CD 60 Baca ies Group 3 station
233. G WA 272 Access Point Wi Fi 802 11g Client 1 54 IP 40 TCSG WC 241 Wi Fi 802 11n 1 300 IP 40 _ TCSN WA 241 Access Point FCC Wi Fi 802 11n 1 300 IP 40 US and Canada TCSN WA 241F Access Point IP 67 Wi Fi 802 11n 1 300 IP 67 TCSN WA 271 Access Point FCC IP 67 Wi Fi 802 11n 1 300 IP 67 US and Canada TCSN WA 271F _ Access Point IP 67 ATEX Wi Fi 802 11n 1 300 IP 67 ATEX TCSN WA 2A1 Access Point Wi Fi antennas Description Frequency Gain Degree Reference Weight range of protection MHz dBi kg Dual band hemispherical 2300 2500 6 IP 65 TCS WAB DH 0 300 antenna 4900 5935 8 5 GHz Very directional 5150 5250 18 IP 67 IP 65 TCS WAB 5V 0 107 antenna 5250 5350 19 5350 5725 18 5 5725 5875 18 Dual band omnidirectional 2400 2500 3 5 IP 65 TCS WAB DON 0 300 11n antenna 5150 5875 5 5 5 GHz omnidirectional 5150 5875 5 IP 65 TCS WAB 50 0 300 antenna 5 GHz dual slant antenna 5150 5925 9 IP 65 TCS WAB 5S 0 110 5 GHz MiMo 11n 5150 5875 9 IP 65 TCS WAB 5DN 0 110 directional antenna 5 GHz Medium directional 5150 5250 18 IP 67 IP 65 TCS WAB 5D 0 107 antenna 5250 5350 19 5350 5725 18 5 5725 5875 18 5 GHz Very 11n directional 5150 5875 23 IP 67 IP 65 TCS WAB 5VN 2 500 antenna 2 4 GHz omnidirectional 2400 2500 6 IP 65 TCS WAB 20 0 340 antenna Wi Fi Access Points and Clients selection guide Pages 5 74 5 84 Wi Fi antenna selection guide Pages 5 78 Schneider Electric References continue
234. If an inconsistency is detected following online modification of the PLC program for example OFS resynchronizes itself automatically as a background task without breaking communication between the PLC and the OPC client For this function the following minimum versions are required OFS V3 35 Unity Pro V6 0 Modicon Premium V2 9 M340 V2 3 and Quantum V3 0 PLCs Presentation Functions pages 6 64 page 6 68 References page 6 69 Schneider 6 67 Electric Functions Software OPC data server software OPC Factory Server Development of client applications OFS software has 4 types of interface m OLE Automation interface OPC DA Particularly suitable for end users this enables the development of OPC client applications in Visual Basic in Visual Basic for Excel and in C m OLE Custom interface OPC DA Used primarily by suppliers of automated control system or industrial IT products this interface enables the development of applications in C in order to access the OFS software OPC server Itis aimed at software development experts in particular so that they can integrate the client application into their standard products This is the interface with the highest performance in terms of access time to data stored in the OPC server It requires extensive knowledge of C programming to set up m OPC NET API wrapper interface The NET Microsoft compatibility ofthe OFS data server gives an O
235. In the latter case an application memory type card or an application and data file storage type card is inserted into slot no 0 3 This card is pre loaded and can be used to update the application program on a Premium PLC without having to use a programming terminal the entire program must be located in the internal RAM 4 TSX BAT M02 with PCMCIA card PV 2 04 blue for PCMCIA card PV lt 04 please order reference TSX BAT M01 Electric Schneider 1 13 Selection Guide Premium platforms for PL7 software offer Number of racks according to rack type In rack I O 1 In rack application specific channels Serial link connections Bus connections Network connections Memory capacity Power supply Consumption Discrete I O Modicon Premium automation platform Premium processors PL7 TSX 57 1e processors TSX 57 2e processors s ras In ASS N a Au am m 7 rat ie ae Ne ej C l f l i Bw FA 72 en kk 4 with 4 6 8 slots or 2 with 12 slots 16 with 4 6 8 slots or 8 with 12 slots 512 channels 8 16 32 or 64 channel module 1024 channels 8 16 32 or 64 channel module Analog I O 24 channels 4 8 or 16 channel module 80 channels 4 8 or 16 channel module Integrated process control Configurable loops 10 channels with 3 loops max Max no of channels 8 24 Counter Modules with 2 4 counter channels 1 MHz max
236. JC 1099 ee Designation Reference Weight kg Reprogramming for Vijeo Citect VJC 1094 01 licence transfer The driver development kit includes m The latest release of Vijeo Citect example source code utilities and other Vijeo Citect files required in developing a Citect driver m Ahardware key that will allow runtime up to 8 hours and is a 42 000 pt single user licence m Access to Citect Drivers Developers area on Citect DriverWeb at scadasupport citect com driverweb Designation Reference Weight kg Driver Development Kit VJC 1092 06 Presentation pages 6 46 Architectures pages 6 48 Schneider 6 55 Electric References continued Software Supervisory control and data acquisition software SCADA Vijeo Citect Conversion tools help to convert legacy applications such as Monitor Pro or other third party applications to Vijeo Citect These programs convert the tag database and graphic information to make them compatible with Vijeo Citect m Page Import tool is targeted at customers who wish to perform the entire engineering portion of the legacy system migration themselves The systems integrators are required to perform the engineering themselves m Basic Sytem Conversion tool is targeted at customers who want the new system to simply replace the legacy system without major changes It includes an initial generic engineering component to produce a fully compiled Vijeo Citect project that
237. L7 Junior Pro software enables a fault on a line device or if it is present ASISAFEMONe safety monitor to be diagnosed Presentation Cabling system References page 5 92 page 5 96 pages 5 93 and 5 97 5 94 Schneider Electric Diagnostics ret Off off eff off om of off afr ofr Pannier ot vama fr Fre BRB BABS RREABEE Taran 3 4 TSX SAY 1000 module diagnostics using PL7 software Modicon Premium automation platform Master module for AS Interface cabling system Diagnostics carried out using the centralized display block on the Modicon TSX Micro platform or the display block on the TSX SAY 1000 Modicon Premium platform module can be supplemented by using a PC with the Unity Pro or PL7 Micro Junior Pro software The terminal connected to the Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLC is used for diagnosing the operation of the following m TSX SAZ 10 and TSX SAY 1000 AS Interface master modules m The AS Interface line m Slave devices on the line Forthe TSX SAY 1000 V2 AS Interface master module the diagnostics also takes the changes to the M2E standard into account This diagnostics is carried out from a single screen divided into four parts providing information on 1 The status of the TSX SAZ 10 or TSX SAY 1000 module RUN ERR I O 2 The status of the AS Interface channel connected to the module 3 The faulty interface or slave 4 Details relating to the selected interface profile parameters forcing et
238. Micro TSX 37 21 22 and Modicon Premium Agent function PLCs are m Uni TE service X Way industrial message handling service suitable for operator dialogue diagnostics and control functions requests of up to 128 bytes m Application to application communication service which consists of the transmission of tables between 2 devices controlled by their respective application programs messages of up to 128 bytes m Periodic data exchange service for exchanging a 64 word table between the bus manager PLC and the TSX Micro or Premium Agent PLC For software setup see page 5 105 Modicon TSX Micro TSX 37 21 22 Premium PLCs have a slot in the processor for a type III PCMCIA communication card This can be fitted with a TSX FPP 10 Fipio bus connection card The card comprises 1 Asealable protective cover 3 2 Aremovable cover with fixing screws giving access to the 20 way miniature connector 3 Two indicator lamps ERR lamp card fault link fault COM lamp transmission or reception of data Connector to be ordered separately 4 TSX FP CG010 030 1 or 3m cable for connecting the TSX FP ACC 3 4 tap junction on 9 way SUB D connector 1 24 Software setup References page 5 105 page 5 105 5 104 Schneider Electric Software setup Modicon Premium automation references platform Fipio bus Agent function fm TSX 57252 RACK 0 POSITION 0 _ ot x eenriguration So Each TSX Micro Premium PLC Fipio Agent uses 64
239. Modicon Premium automation platform Catalogue May 2012 Schneider Electric All technical information about products listed in this catalogue are now available on www schneider electric com Browse the product data sheet to check out e characteristics e dimensions curves e and also the links to the user guides and the CAD files 1 From the home page type the model number into the Search box e Sitemap Contact Fran ais Search 5 jectric company and Careers type the model er Cum NN cc number without any Se namen blank replace e soe tr ee aves by ie ten po a oF ES ee ma Schneider o 30 TME CELAY RELAY FOR STARDEL T enano 72 3 mm bene dinr type A supehe MV ACDC negir HONOV AC range DESI 1 Loch liming relay 005 t 3 38V ACOE 10C va dew timing ree 3 CD Sakon ae tay hoe te ROME VAE 10 209 v AG sup 4240 V ACOG range 0 05 1 1 US ecanuanstne anche Kara ne D051 2 26 V AC OC 200 ADASTABLE CODELAY TENG RELAY ee iad enter pun dinge there log Fd Latins pk paced iri At Aw pupp MV ACEC supiy 110 260 V AC suey 42 48 V ACEC rege 0 85 41 Us oralen tiring relay with TADO FLAY VTH CONTROL CONTAC cs Home imitans Prodate wut Servisas apport Your business Company O Kohneiger Elese Priwamy Patiny 3 The product data sheet displays Solutions Automation and Control D gt Vou me
240. N 60068 2 6 Fc 5 9 Hz 3 5 mm amplitude 9 150 Hz 2g endurance 10 cycles of 1 octave min Shocks EC EN 60068 2 27 Ea 15g 11 ms 3 shocks direction axis Resistance to mechanical stress Free fall EC EN 60068 2 32 Ed 10 cm 2 falls Controlled position free fall EC EN 60068 2 31 Ec 30 or 10 cm 2 falls Random free fall equipment EC EN 60068 2 32 method 1 1 m 5 falls packaged Safety of equipment and personnel 1 Dielectric strength and insulation UL 508 24 48 V power supply 1500 V rms 100 220 V power supply 2000 V rms resistance CE CSA 22 2 No 142 Discrete I O lt 48 V 500 V rms Discrete I O gt 48 V 2000 V rms gt 10 MQ EC EN 60950 Electrical continuity C UL 508 lt 0 1 0 30 A 2 min CSA 22 2 No 142 Leakage current C CSA 22 2 No 142 lt 3 5 mA fixed device EC EN 60950 Protection provided by CSA 22 2 No 142 IP 20 enclosures C EC EN 60950 Resistance to impacts CSA 22 2 No 142 500 g sphere fall from 1 3 m EC EN 60950 C Tests required by the C European Directives and based on standard IEC EN 61131 2 1 Devices must be installed and wired in accordance with the instructions in the Grounding and Electromagnetic Compatibility of PLC Systems manual Electric Schneider 9 11 Presentation Technical information Ethernet network Infrastructure The ConneXium Industrial Ethernet Offer is comprised of acomplete family of products and tools required to build the infrastructure of
241. P 111 112 114 or TSX FPP 20 Fipway card Description page 5 124 Schneider 5 125 Electric References continued e e e e Weg TSX SCA 50 un H 3 TCS WAAC 13FB Modicon Premium automation platform Modbus serial link Modbus serial link connection accessories Description Use Reference Weight kg Passive junction box Tap link and bus extension line terminator TSX SCA 50 0 520 2 channel passive Tap link for 2 devices 2 wire TSX SCA 62 0 570 subscriber socket Equipped with 2 x 15 way female SUB D connectors RS 485 isolation box RS 485 line isolation and line terminator RC 120 Q 1 nF 1 TWD XCA ISO 0 100 2 tap links on RJ45 connector 24 V supply screw terminal block Mounting on 35 mm 1 rail TER terminal port Bus tap link cable 2 or 4 wire TSX P ACC 01 0 690 connection box Isolation of Modbus signals Line terminator Supplied with cable length 1 m equipped with a mini DIN connector TER port Active adaptor box Connection of an RS 232 device as RS 485 TSX SCA 72 0 520 RS 232 RS 485 Isolation of signals and line termination Line terminators 2 4 wire cabling TSX SCA 10 0 030 Sold in lots of 2 Can be connected to the front panel of the TSX SCA 64 subscriber socket Universal Bluetooth Provides Bluetooth connectivity for products such as TCS WAAC 13FB 0 320 interface UBI the Modicon M340 Premium platforms and Altivar Lexium servo drives via their seri
242. PC NET client standard access to items on the OFS server via an Intranet network thus ensuring greater interoperability with standard NET environments Note In this case communication between the OPC NET client and the OFS server is conducted through the DCOM layer or COM layer in a local configuration via the OPC DA protocol m OPC XML DA interface 7 The OPC XML DA V1 0 specifications are designed to overcome the limitations of the OPC DA specification and COM DCOM by providing o An interface for Windows and non Windows client applications o Remote access via the Internet through firewalls beyond the Intranet perimeter The OPC XML DA specification is based on Web Services standards such as SOAP XML WSDL A SOAP client can access data on the OFS server via Intranet or Internet using the SOAP protocol in conformity with the OPC XML DA V1 01 specification of the OPC Foundation 1 Only available with the Large version of OPC Factory Server V3 3 Presentation Setup References pages 6 64 page 6 67 page 6 69 6 68 Schneider Electric References OPC Factory Server Software OPC data server software OPC Factory Server OFS V3 3 software for PC compatible stations minimum configuration Pentium 566 MHz processor 128 MB RAM running Windows 2000 Professional 7 Windows XP Professional Windows 7 32 bit 3 or Windows server 2008 3 The OFS V3 3 offer comprises m OPC server software m OPC server
243. Premium automation platform Ethernet network processors and modules Transparent Ready Processors with integrated Ethernet Modbus TCP port NS INES N a nn 2 Va e Ethernet Modbus TCP 10BASE T 100BASE TX RJ45 Access method CSMA CD Data rate Maximum number of devices 10 100 Mbps CAT 5E double twisted pair cable Fibre optic via Ethernet ConneXium cabling system 64 stations maximum per network 128 stations maximum per network with TSX P57 5634M 6634M processors Maximum length 100 m copper cable 4000 m multimode optical fibre 32 500 m single mode optical fibre Number of networks station 1 integrated Ethernet port 3 1 4 1 Other integrated port Ethernet services Fipio bus Fipio bus bus manager bus manager Modbus TCP and Uni TE message handling X Way services X Way inter network routing X Way Uni Telway routing module diagnostics Ethway Standard services B30 Rack Viewer PLC diagnostics Data Editor access to PLC data and variables FactoryCast services Factory Cast HMI services I O Scanning Yes 64 stations 128 stations with TSX P57 5634M 6634M Global Data Yes FDR server Yes automatic assignment of IP address and network parameters NTP time synchronization SMTP e mail notification Yes via Unity Pro function blocks SNMP network manager Yes SOAP XML Web TCP Open Bandwid
244. Premium automation platform TSX CTY 2A 4A counter modules Counter modules Type of input Characteristics No of Reference Weight channels kg 24 V 2 3 wire PNP NPN sensors 40 kHz counting 2 TSX CTY 2A 0 320 5 V RS 422 or 10 30 V Totem Cycle time 5 ms Pole incremental encoders 40 kHz counting 4 TSX CTY 4A 0 430 Cycle time 10 ms TSX CTY 2A TSX CTY 4A en Connection accessories A Description For connecting Connector type on No Unit reference Weight a lyase TSX CTY ee 1 q ssbspatessaeataseae SUB D connectors Counter sensors or 15 way SUB D 4 TSX CAP S15 0 050 m Sold in lots of 2 incremental encoder ABE 7CPA01 Modicon Telefast Counter sensors 15 way SUB D ABE 7CPA01 0 300 ABE7 and 24 V 7 power connection supply sub bases Auxiliary inputs 20 way HE 10 ABE 7H16R20 0 300 24 V power for 2 channels supply and 5 V 10 30 V nn encoder power BRD supply ABE 7H16R20 Additional terminal 20 linked terminals ABE 7BV20 0 030 block for ABE 7H16R20 Order in multiples of 5 sub base Connection 5 V RS 422 15 way SUB D 2 TSX TAP S15 05 0 260 interfaces for encoder incremental encoder 10 30 V Totem 15 way SUB D 2 TSX TAP S15 24 0 260 TSX TAP S15 ee Pole encoder 1 For numbers see page 4 17 Presentation Operation page 4 16 page 4 17 4 18 Schneider Electric References continued Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CTY 2A 4A counter modules Connecting cabl
245. Pro XL Safety UNY SPU XFe CD41 www schneider electric com 140 CPU 67 160 S D 6 3 Presentation Software functions Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large Unity Pro is the common programming debugging and operating software for the Modicon M340 Premium and Quantum PLC ranges Unity Pro is multitasking software offering the following features All in one software Five IEC 61131 3 programming languages Integrated customizable DFB library PLC simulator on PC for program validation prior to installation Built in tests and diagnostics Wide range of online services Unity Pro le AINAN STEST STEINER p gras ZIRU ADLI beiit Unity Pro facilitates integration of fieldbus architectures into engineering control systems using FDT DTM technology m FDT Field Device Tool is the container which supports the device DTMs m DTM Device Type Manager is the configuration tool for devices with integrated graphic interfaces It contains all the properties specific to each device In addition to the FDT DTM standard Unity Pro uses specific information from the Master DTM created for the Profibus Remote Master PRM module and the Modbus TCP and EtherNet IP network module BMX NOC 0401 TT Fae eros Taro Use of the Master DTM allows Unity Pro to perform the following actions J J _ m Manage the PLC I O scan oneee J oemt T ae Bez es nen m Create the application variables based o
246. Quantum server on the Modbus Plus network via the EF block communication function 2 The Modicon Quantum client communicates with the Modicon Premium server on the Modbus Plus network via MSTR function blocks 3 AModicon Premium or Modicon TSX Micro client connected to the Ethernet Modbus TCP or Fipway network can communicate in read write with a Modbus Plus station the Modicon Premium PLC therefore acts as a gateway 4 AModicon Premium or Modicon TSX Micro client connected to the Modbus Plus network can access a remote station via the Modbus Plus Modbus gateway 5 AModicon Premium client connected to the Modbus Plus network exchanges data with Modicon Momentum distributed I O using the Peer cop function Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLCs are connected to the Modbus Plus network via the TSX MBP 100 type III PCMCIA card This card is installed in the reserved slot on the processors 1 Acard slot on the processors 2 Aprotective cover 3 Aremovable cover with fixing screws access to the 20 way miniature connector 4 Two LED indicators ERR indicator card or link fault COM LED activity on the line To be ordered separately TSX MBP CE Oee drop cable Location of the Modbus Plus PCMCIA card on the Modicon TSX Micro PLC processor Electric 5 114 Schneider Connections Modicon Premium automation platform Modbus Plus network 1 TSX MBP 100 Modbus Plus PCMCIA card for type III slot on Modicon TSX Micro or Modicon Pre
247. Redundancy of the power supply ABL 4RSM24200 can be achieved without adding a specific module due to the specific diode that is integrated in these products For other power supply references redundancy module ABL 8RED24400 must be used Additional technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider 8 31 Electric Characteristics continued description Power supplies and transformers Phaseo Regulated switch mode power supplies ABL4 85 to 960 W Compact Rail mounting Selection of protection on the power supply primaries i i 8 32 Power supply Type of protection Miniature circuit Fuses Class CC fuses with breakers C60N rejection system len gt 1 5 kA Rest of the world USA amp Canada ABL 4RSM24035_ 4AcurveC 4Atime lag lea ABLARSM24050 4AcurveC 4 Atime lag 6A ABLARSM24100 6AcurveC 6 3 Atime lag 6A ABLARSM24200 16 A curve C 15 Atime lag 10A 10Acurve D ABLAWSR24200 3x10AcurveC 3x3 15 Atime lag 13x 10A ABL 4WSR24300 3x10AcurveC 3x 5Atime lag 3x10A ABL 4WSR24400 3x 10AcurveC 3x 6 3 Atime lag 3x10A The regulated switch mode power supplies ABL 4RSM24035 and ABL 4RSM24050 comprise Spring clip for Omega 1r 35 mm rail Output voltage status LED green Output circuit overcurrent LED red Output voltage adjustment potentiometer Removable screw terminal block for connection of the DC output voltage and diagnostics contact Removable screw terminal block for connection
248. Russia amp INERIS Europe T V Rheinland USA Canada Germany Australia Europe Modicon OTB Modicon STB a Modicon Telefast ABE 7 ConneXium Magelis PC GTW at 3 D Magelis XBT GT A a D 3D Magelis XBT GK A Magelis XBT N R RT A a D Magelis HMI STO STU 2 Modicon M340 A a 2 Modicon Momentum Modicon Premium A 2 2 Modicon Quantum Modicon Quantum Safety A Preventa XPSMF Modicon TSX Micro Phaseo Twido 4 4 A 4 2 1 Hazardous locations According to UL 1604 ANSI ISA 12 12 01 CSA 22 2 No 213 and FM 3611 certified products are only approved for use in hazardous locations categorized as Class l division 2 groups A B C and D or in non classified locations 2 Depends on product please visit our website www schneider electric com 3 North American certification cULus Canada and USA 4 Except for AS Interface module TWD NOI 10M3 CE only 5 For zones not covered by this specification Schneider Electric offers a solution as part of the CAPP Collaborative Automation Partner Program Consult your Customer Care Centre B 6 Certified by Test Safe 7 According to IEC 61508 Certified by TUV Rheinland for integration into a safety function of up to SIL2 or SIL 3 8 Certified by FTZU 9 18 Schneider Technical appendices Aut
249. S Empty Terminal Service In certain cases it may be that the memory size required to save the device parameters exceeds the PLC memory capacity signalled by a memory full message during the build This is particularly likely on devices which have DTM the most common instrumentation on PA Typically each device of this type takes up around 20 KB of the PLC memory It is therefore essential to create a memory map according to the type of configuration used and possibly adapt it accordingly either by increasing the amount of memory dedicated to the application by reducing the zone allocated to data or by increasing the overall memory via cartridges available in the catalogue If the ETS function is not required Unity Pro can also be configured in such a way as to reduce the size of the embedded data by disabling comments and animation tables or by disabling the upload function so that the application does not include data relating to DTMs In this case the upload from an empty terminal function is no longer available The Profibus Remote Master module is supplied with a CD ROM which includes m PRM master DTMs and generic Profibus DTMs for configuration in Unity Pro V5 0 or later m The PRM communication DTM for third party non Schneider Electric FDT Profibus Remote Master modules Description Type Reference Weight kg Profibus Remote Master Standard TCS EGPA23F14F 0 620 modules Ruggedized 1 TCS EGPA23F14FK 0
250. S L59 L50 Vijeo Citect Lite Lite 150 to Full 150 VJC NS L11 F11 Point Expansion Lite 300 to Full 500 VJC NS L27 F12 Lite server to Full server Lite 600 to Full 1500 VJC NS L59 F13 Lite 1200 to Full 1500 VJC NS L50 F13 The Vijeo Citect Server full system licences are segmented according to the number of points Redundant system m For a redundant system simply order 2 Vijeo Citect Server licences m No other option is required for the Servers m The programmed USB key must be ordered separately Vijeo Citect Server licence Designation Number of points Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect Server 75 VJC NS 1011 10 Full version 150 VJC NS 1011 11 Key to be ordered separately 500 VJC NS 1011 12 1500 VJC NS 1011 13 5000 VJC NS 1011 14 15000 VJC NS 1011 15 Unlimited VJC NS 1011 99 Vijeo Citect Server Point Expansion The references below are used for increasing the number of points on the Server The licence point count expansion is achieved in steps For example if a licence is upgraded from 75 points to 1500 points 3 part numbers will be ordered to upgrade from 75 points to 150 points 150 points to 500 points and 500 points to 1500 points Designation Number of points Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect Server 75 to 150 VJC NS 1011 10 11 Point Expansion 150 to 500 VJC NS 1011 11 12 500 to 1500 VJC NS 1011 12 13 1500 to 5000 VJC NS 1011 13 14 5000 to 15000 VJC NS 1011 14 15 15000 to unlimited VJC NS 1011 15 99 Presenta
251. Sadie a ac Schneider Electric page 8 2 page 8 8 page 8 12 page 8 14 page 8 15 page 8 16 page 8 17 page 8 18 page 8 20 page 8 22 page 8 24 page 8 26 page 8 27 page 8 27 page 8 28 page 8 29 page 8 29 page 8 30 page 8 31 page 8 32 page 8 33 page 8 34 page 8 35 page 8 36 page 8 37 page 8 37 8 1 Selection guide Connection interfaces Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Discrete input and or output sub bases ee ee el er TSX Micro TSX Micro Modicon Premium Modicon Quantum Modicon M340 Modicon Premium Modicon M340 Passive connection sub bases 24V 24V 0 5A 16 8 12 16 1to3 1 2 Signal Signal common Signal Signal common configurable as 24 V or 0 V configurable as 24 V or0 V 20 way HE10 connector No No Screw Low cost version fitted Miniature sub bases Compact size Input type 2 Isolator with cable 1 ABE 7HeeEe00 ABE 7H16Cee ABE 7HeeRie ABE 7HeeR2e ABE 7HeeS21 ABE 7HeeR50 8 12 8 13 en 1 For Modicon TSX Micro and Modicon Premium PLCs More technical information on www schneider electric com Electric Schneider FS sretssssssseerre E SRR KNIE TSX Micro Modicon Premium Modicon Quantum Modicon M340 Passive connection sub bases 2A Wie 24V 0 5A 16 Signal 2 common connections between the inputs and the outputs 20 way HE10 connec
252. T 5E 100m 1 x 100BASE FX 2 x 100BASE FX 1 x 100BASE FX 2 x 100BASE FX port ports port ports sc Multimode optical fibre Single mode optical fibre 5000 m 1 4000 m 1 32 500 m 2 8dB 11 dB 16 dB Unlimited P1 and P2 redundant power supplies 24 V 18 32 V safety extra low voltage SELV 200 mA max 240 mA max 200 mA max 240 mA max 5 terminals 40 4 70 C 10 95 non condensing IP 20 47x 135x111 mm On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide 0 330 kg 0 335 kg 0 330 kg 0 335 kg cUL 60950 cUL 508 and CSA 22 2 No 142 UL 1604 and CSA 22 2 No 213 class 1 division 2 CE GL C Tick P1 and P2 power supplies Ethernet link status transmission activity Activity power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault volt free contact 1 A max at 24 V 499 NMS 251 01 499 NMS 251 02 499 NSS 251 01 499 NSS 251 02 5 70 1 Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fibre typical value 2000 m 2 Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fibre typical value 15 000 m More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric i v JI Vul 3 x 10 100BASE TX ports 2 x 10 100BASE TX ports 3 x 10 100BASE TX ports 2 x 10 100BASE TX ports RJ45 Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E 100m 1 x 100BASE FX port 2 x 100BASE FX ports 1 x 1
253. TSX 57 20 128 Kwords TSX MFP 0128P No No TSX MFP 0128P2 7 gt A No Yes TSX MFP P384K 5 256 Kwords No Yes TSX MFP POO1M 5 SRAM memory extension slot no 1 TSX 57 20 _ 2048 TSX MRP DS 2048P No Yes TSX MRP F004M TSX 57 30 Kwords TSX 57 40 Flash EPROM backup card slot no 0 TSX 57 10 32Kwords TSX MFP BAK 032P No Yes TSX MFP BO96K 4 1 Except for TSX MFP 064P2 0128P2 Flash EPROM memory cards dedicated to PL7 processors 2 Choice depends on the amount of PL7 program memory in relation to the amount of data storage 3 If storage of symbols on the PCMCIA card is not necessary 4 If storage of additional data on the PCMCIA card is not necessary 5 Memory card compatible with processors version 2 5 5 1 20 Schneider Electric Modicon Premium automation platform PCMCIA memory extension cards PL7 Presentation continued references PCMCIA memory expansion cards All memory cards with the exception of TSX MRP P004M and TSX MRP DS 2048P for additional SRAM data storage are inserted into PCMCIA slot no 0 on Premium processors upper slot The TSX MRP F004M TSX MAP DS 2048P additional data storage card is inserted into slot no 1 only on Premium processors lower slot With PL7 these cards support four different types of storage m Application storage Program and constants in a common area of between 64 and 512 Kwords in the SRAM or Flash EPROM memory m Application and additional
254. TSX SCP 112 0 105 Asynchronous serial link connection accessories Modicon TSXSCY21601 Description Use Reference Weight Premium kg Terminal port connection Isolation of RS 485 signals line terminator TSX PACC 01 0 690 box Supplied with cordset length 1 m fitted with a mini DIN connector TER or AUX port Asynchronous serial link connection cordsets TSX SCP 116 Description Use Length Reference Weight From To kg Cordsets for isolated RS TSXSCP114card RS 485 RS 422 device 2 3m TSX SCP CX 4030 0 160 485 connection k e TSX SCY 21601 RS 485 RS 422 device 3 3m TSX SCY CU 6030 0 180 e a P module integrated via TSX SCA 50 box J5 channel ch 0 d Universal cordsets for TSX Micro Premium RS 232 port of a terminal 2 5m TSX PCX 1031 0 170 TSX PACC 01 terminal port peripheral portorTSXPACC device DTE 4 device 01 box USB port 0 4m TSX CUSB 485 0 144 TER or AUX USB RS 485 converter 5 gt USB port 2 5m TSX CRJMD 25 0 150 gt mini DIN RJ45 cordset 5 Pa Cordsets for RS 232 TSX SCP 111 card Communication device 3m TSX SCP CC 1030 0 190 TSX PCX 1031 connection Modem converter DCE 3 Point to point terminal 3m TSX SCP CD 1030 0 190 device DTE 3 10m TSX SCP CD 1100 0 620 Cordset for 20 mA CL TSX SCP 112card Current loop device 2 3m TSX SCP CX 2030 0 160 connection TSX CUSB 485 1 Type III PCMCIA card slot for for one TSX SCP 111 112 114 or TSX FPP 20 card 2 Flying leads on device side 3 End of cable fi
255. TeSys Quickfit installation system Compatibility with Connection sub bases Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Input adaptor sub bases Type of passive sub base Narrow Modicon Telefast ABE 7 miniature 55 or 72 mm Standard width 106 or 113 mm Wide 194 mm Type of adaptor sub base Fixed relays with relays Modicon Telefast ABE 7 Plug in relays Type of cable with HE 10 connectors ew More technical information on www schneider electric com 3 4 Schneider Electric or relay relay triac transistor 24 48 V 24 120 V 48 240 V 24 120 V 24 V 24 240 V 5A Ith 5 A Ith 2Aper 1 Aper 1 Aper 0 1 Aper channel channel channel channel 8 protected channels 16 protected 16 non 32 protected channels 64 protected channels channels protected channels Via 20 way screw terminal blocks TSX BLY 01 Via 20 way HE 10 connector Configurable output fallback Configurable output fallback continuous monitoring of output control and output reset in case of internal fault Yes Yes Yes Protected Not Protected protected Positive 19 60 V 19 143 V 441 264 V 24 132V 19 30 V possible up to 34 V limited to 1 hour in every 24 hours 20 264 V 2A 1A 0 1A 12A 3 2A 5A See page 9 6 TSX DSY TSX DSY TSX DSY TSX DSY TSX DSY TSX DSY 32T2K TSX DSY 64T2K 08R5A 08R4D 08S5 16S5 16S4 3 10 LU9 G02 splitter box see page 3 22 8 or 16 channel passive sub ba
256. Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Connection sub bases for analog channels and application specific channels Functions For PLCs Compatible Type of Type of Reference Weight modules connection on connection E Telefast end kg Analog and counter TSX Micro Analog and 15 way SUB D Screw ABE 7CPA01 0 300 ABE 7CPA01 integrated counter TSX 37 22 TSX CTZeA Counter axis control Modicon TSXCTYeA 15 way SUB D Screw ABE 7CPA01 0 300 position control Premium TSX CAYe1 Connection of absolute Modicon TSX CTYeA 15 way SUB D Screw ABE 7CPA11 0 330 encoder with parallel Premium TSX CAYe1 output Distribution of Modicon M340 BMXART0414 25 way SUB D Screw ABE 7CPA412 0 180 4 thermocouples BMX ART 0814 Distribution of Modicon TSXAEY1614 25 way SUB D Screw ABE 7CPA12 0 300 ABE 7CPA11 16 thermocouples Premium Passive distribution Modicon TSX ASY810 25 way SUB D Screw ABE 7CPA02 0 290 of 8 analog EIS channels Premium TSX AEY1600 on screw terminals TSX AeY800 with shield continuity Modicon M340 BMX AMI 0800 BMX AMI 0810 BMX AMO 0802 Modicon 140 AVI 030 00 Quantum 140 ACI 030 00 140 ACI 040 00 140 ACO 130 00 ABE 7CPA 21 410 412 Provision and Modicon M340 BMXAMI0410 25 way SUB D Screw ABE 7CPA410 0 180 distribution of protected isolated power supplies for 4 analog input channels Distribution of 4 analog Modicon TSX ASY410 25 way SUB D Screw ABE 7CPA21 0 210 output channels Premium TSX AEY420 Modi
257. V 24VR 24VC Total kg 24 V non isolated 15W 15W 30 W 1 TSX PSY 1610MC 0 540 35 W 19W 50 W TSX PSY 3610MC 0 780 24 48 V isolated 35W 19W 50 W TSX PSY 5520MC 0 980 110 240 V 25W 15W 12W 26 W 1 TSX PSY 2600MC 0 510 110 120 V and 200 240 V 35 W 19W 19W 50 W TSX PSY 5500MC 0 620 75W 38WSELV 77W TSX PSY 8500MC 0 740 For accessories and fan modules see page 2 4 and 2 5 1 Single format module The other power supply modules are double format Type Voltage logic Connection by Description Reference weight g inputs 24 V positive logic Screw terminal block 8 isolated inputs type 2 TSX DEY 08D2C 0 300 16 isolated inputs type 2 TSX DEY 16D2C 0 300 48 V positive logic Screw terminal block 16 isolated inputs type 2 TSX DEY 16D3C 0 300 24 V positive logic HE 10 connector 16 isolated fast inputs type 1 TSX DEY 16FKC 0 300 2xHE10connectors 32 isolated inputs type 1 TSX DEY 32D2KC 0 300 4xHE10connectors 64 isolated inputs type 1 TSX DEY 64D2KC 0 370 24 V negative logic Screw terminal block 16 isolated inputs type 2 TSX DEY 16A2C 0 310 48 V positive logic 2xHE 10 connectors 32 isolated inputs type 2 TSX DEY 32D3KC 0 310 50 60 Hz 24V Screw terminal block 16 isolated inputs type 2 TSX DEY 16A2C 0 310 inputs 48V Screw terminal block 16 isolated inputs type 2 TSX DEY 16A3C 0 320 100 120 V Screw terminal block 16 isolated inputs type 2 TSX DEY 16A4C 0 320 200 240 V Screw terminal block 16 isolated inputs type 2 TSX
258. Wiring system page 5 86 page 5 87 page 5 88 page 5 89 5 90 Schneider Electric References continued Modicon Premium automation platform CANopen machine and installation bus Wiring system Designation Description No Length Reference Weight 1 kg CANopen connector 9 way female SUB D Line end adaptor switch VW3 CAN KCDF 180T for Altivar 71 drive 2 180 cable outlet u VW3 CAN A71 Adaptor for CANopen SUB D to RJ45 adaptor VWs CAN 471 Altivar 61 71 drive Preformed CANopen 1 RJ45 connector at each end 10 0 3m VW3 CAN CARR03 cordsets for Altivar im VW3 CAN CARRI _ and Lexium 05 drives H CANopen bus Hardware interface for link conforming to the AMO 2CA 001V000 0 110 adaptor for Lexium 15 CANopen standard 1 connector for connection PA servo drive of PC terminal iE Y connector CANopen Modbus TCS CTNO11M11F Has lt Ve gt Designation Description No Soldinlots Reference Weight e ol k AMO 2CA 001 V000 IP 20 line terminator RJ45 connector 2 TCS CAR013M120 For screw terminal connector 2 TCS CAR01NM120 Designation Composition Reference Weight kg Connectors Straight M12 5 screw terminals Male XZ CC12MDM50B 0 020 Female XZ CC12FDM50B 0 020 XZ CC12eDM50B Elbowed M12 5 screw terminals Male XZ CC12MCM50B 0 020 Female XZ CC12FCM50B 0 020 1 For numbers see page 5 89 2 For ATV 71HeeeM3 ATV 71HD11M3X HD15M3X ATV 71H075N4 HD18N4 drives
259. a A AONO ooo Additional data m storage area B i x Data storage g PCMCIA card 5 slotno 1 5 l i Processor with mixed type memory card in slot no 0 and data storage type memory card in slot no 1 1 Modicon Premium automation platform Unity processors Extension of the data storage area Memory cards reserved for data storage 4096 or 8192 Kb are used to m Access the data storage area when the application is fully loaded into the internal RAM In this case the data storage memory card is inserted into PCMCIA slot no 0 m Free up memory to serve as additional program space when the application is on the PCMCIA card slot no 0 In this case the data storage memory card is inserted into PCMCIA slot no 1 although the memory card in slot no 0 can still be used for some of the data Unity Pro programming software helps the application designer to manage the structure and organize how the memory space on the Premium PLC is occupied Protecting the application Regardless of the PLC memory structure whether the application is located in the internal RAM or on the PCMCIA card it is possible to prevent the application from being accessed for reading or modifying the program by only loading the executable code into the PLC A memory protection bit set in configuration mode is also available to prevent any program modification via the programming terminal or downloads Program
260. ade to Ampla or any MES system using OPC HDA Client Vijeo Historian has an OPC HDA server included free Description Reference Weight kg Microsoft SQL Database connector 1 per database system VJH NS 2043 20 Oracle Database connector 1 per database system VJH NS 2043 21 OPC DA connector V2 and V3 1 per database system VJH NS 2043 23 Every time a licence is transferred from an existing key to another key the licence transfer fee is charged Examples of when this fee is applied include m Transfer of a licence from one key to another m Removal of a licence from an existing key when not transferring to another key m Re issue of licence for a replacement key Removal or downgrade licence type or point count of licences on a key will require a key swap where a new key is issued and the existing key must be returned Removal or downgrade of a licence does not provide any refund or credit When moving a licence to an existing key that already contains a licence or licences the licence being moved must be the same point count as the existing licence Note When placing an order please indicate the key numbers and details in the special instructions Note This provides only a new authorization code If a new key is required then you also need to purchase a new hardware key VJC 1099 ee Description Reference Weight kg License transfer fee VJC 1094 01 Presentation page 6 60 Schneider 6 63 Electric
261. age current channels 25 way SUB D connector TSX AEY 420C 0 330 4x 16 bit isolated low level voltage current Screw terminal block TSX AEY 414C 0 320 temperature probe thermocouple channels 8 x 12 bit high level voltage current channels 25 way SUB D connector TSX AEY 800C 0 310 16 x 12 bit high level voltage current channels 25 way SUB D connector TSX AEY 1600C 0 340 8 x 16 bit isolated high level voltage current 25 way SUB D connector TSX AEY 810C 0 330 channels 16 x 16 bit thermocouple channels 25 way SUB D connector TSX AEY 1614C 0 350 Analog outputs 4x 11 bit sign voltage current channels Screw terminal block TSX ASY 410C 0 350 8 x 13 bit sign voltage current channels 25 way SUB D connector TSX ASY 800C For screw terminal block connection accessories and separate parts see page 3 17 Presentation page 9 2 9 4 Electric Schneider Modicon Premium automation platform Treatment for harsh environments Conformal Coating modules References continued TSX CTY 2AC 2CC TSX CAY 41C 42C Type of input Function No of Reference Weight channels kg 24 V 2 3 wire sensors 40 kHz counting 2 TSX CTY 2AC 0 320 5 V RS 232 and 10 30 V Totem Pole 4 TSX CTY 4AC 0 430 incremental encoders SSI serial or parallel z 40 kHz counting and 2 TSX CTY 2CC 0 340 absolute encoders 1 measurement Electronic cam 1 TSX CCY 1128C 0 480 For accessories and connecting cables see pages 4 19 4 23 and 4 2
262. agnostic data as well as that of the Premium Warm Standby architecture Management of shared I O on the Fipio bus The Fipio bus manages the I O exchanges on the Fipio devices The Normal PLC is an arbitrator for the active Fipio bus while the Backup PLC is an arbitrator for the passive Fipio network Due to the characteristics of the Fipio bus only the Normal PLC reads the physical inputs on the Fipio bus and controls the physical outputs on the Fipio bus The Backup PLC does not access the Fipio bus During each cycle the Backup PLC receives the values of the I O on the Fipio bus from the Normal PLC via the inter PLC Ethway link TSX ETY 110WS module and applies them to its own outputs This updating of the memory enables a smooth Normal Backup changeover by maintaining the state of the I O during the changeover time Management of Normal Backup states Failure of one of the following components automatically triggers a Normal Backup changeover m Main rack power supply m PLC processor m TSX ETY 210 communication module m Fipio bus connected to the integrated processor port For all the other components the changeover from Normal to Backup can be customized user initiated changeover Management of optional redundant I O For the redundant inputs the sensor data is transmitted to the Normal and Backup PLCs simultaneously via the 2 input modules placed in each PLC Two Modicon Telefast ABE 7 16 channel sub bases ABE 7ACC10 with redundan
263. ailable for reading this clock In each PLC application events or variables can be time stamped The Ethernet module is configured via a Web page The time zone can be configured A time synchronization service NTP diagnostic Web page is also available Information on the time synchronization service NTP is also available in the Transparent Ready private MIB which can be accessed via the SNMP network management service see above 1 Time difference between the physical input and the central NTP server 2 With use of an interrupt input module 5 35 Electric Functions continued Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Ethernet Modbus TCP communication services SMTP e mail notification service Introduction This simple e mail notification service is programmable It enables a PLC application to report an event when particular conditions occur The PLC creates an e mail automatically and dynamically to alert a defined recipient connected to the network locally or remotely The e mail can contain variables alarms and or events Note This service is available with the latest version Ethernet communication modules for Modicon Premium and Modicon Quantum PLCs and the latest version processors with Ethernet port integrated in these same PLCs used with Unity Pro software Amore comprehensive service independent of the PLC application is also available with the FactoryCast HMI modules of Modicon P
264. ailure of processor self tests m ACT LED yellow activity on the CPU Sync link between the Primary and Standby processors correct This standby mode diagnostics is complemented by the 3 LEDs RUN ERR and STS of the TSX ETY 4103 5103 communication modules managing the shared I O on Ethernet Modbus TCP 2 AMemory Extract button not operational on the Hot Standby processors 3 ARESET button triggering a cold start of the PLC when pressed 4 An 8 way female mini DIN connector marked TER AUX for connecting a programming adjustment or operator interface terminal 5 AUSB connector marked TER for connecting a programming terminal requires the PC compatible 3 3 m UNY XCA USB 033 connection cable to be ordered separately 6 A PCMCIA slot no 0 for a memory expansion card 7 APCMCIA slot no 1 for a memory expansion card for storing additional data 7 8 An RJ45 connector marked HSBY Link dedicated to Hot Standby communication between the Primary and Standby processors CPU Sync link The CPU Sync link 8 marked HSBY Link on the front panel of Hot Standby processors is a 10BASE T 100BASE TX Modbus TCP Ethernet port dedicated to exchanges between the Hot Standby System Primary and Standby PLCs This link allows the Primary active PLC as seen by the system I O to exchange its context status of its data with the Standby PLC each application cycle so that if there is a chan
265. al or other business reports to help them make strategic decisions to optimize operational performance m Plant managers can drill down into information or problem areas to improve production efficiency or reduce spurious alarms m Corporate and plant personnel can quickly and easily create and access meaningful reports in a familiar format and create a single view of operation Data sources supported Vijeo Historian supports the following data sources m Vijeo Citect SCADA servers CitectSCADA 7 or later m OPC Clients OPC DA V2 OPC DA V3 m Oracle V8 or later m Microsoft SQL Server 2005 or later Vijeo Historian Web Client and Excel Client Vijeo Historian also provides two client tools to make it easier to view and manage the information issued by the Historian Server m Using the Web Client you can display plant information from your control systems and the historian via the Intranet Internet simply by using a browser such as Internet Explorer m The Excel Client can also access linked information from the SCADA system or the historian directly in Microsoft Excel The Excel Client user can select from the same plant hierarchy as the Web Client and request the values of any item within the tree structure Security Once logged on users can only access the published folders data and Favourites for which they have permission Passwords are encrypted and user privileges are validated for data requests Licence keys The licences are programm
266. al outputs on this network On each scan the Standby PLC receives the images of the I O on the Primary PLC Ethernet network via the dedicated CPU Sync link This memory update allows a smooth changeover from Primary to Standby during the changeover time products or devices with maintain state on fallback Management of redundant I O For the redundant inputs the sensor data is transmitted to the Primary and Standby PLCs simultaneously via the input module placed in the racks of each PLC see page 4 55 The output values are only generated by the Primary PLC application processing This PLC sends its commands to the corresponding output modules On each scan the Standby PLC receives the Primary PLC output values via the dedicated CPU Sync link and applies them to its own outputs This update allows a smooth changeover from Primary to Standby during the changeover time outputs with fallback to state 0 Presentation Description page 4 52 page 4 53 4 58 References pages 4 60 Architectures pages 4 54 Schneider Electric Functions continued Inputs Hot Standby coprocessor Modicon Premium automation platform Hot Standby system Unity Pro software Management of supervision transparency SCADA Transparency of communication with level 2 supervisor third party device etc when the Primary PLC is switched to the Standby PLC by another pair of Ethernet Modbus TCP TSX ETY 4103 5103 m
267. al port RS 485 Used for setting up and maintenance of products Designed for permanent installation and can be safely fitted on the inside or outside of electrical enclosures m Protocols supported Modbus and Uni Telway m Powered via the product s RS 485 serial port m Max range in direct line of sight 20 m The kit comprises m A Universal Bluetooth interface UBI An RJ45 mini DIN cable length 1 m An RJ45 RJ45 cable length 1 m A fixing clamp for installation inside the electrical enclosure ACD with configuration software and user manual 1 Line isolation recommended for distances gt 10 m Description page 5 124 5 126 Electric Schneider References continued Modicon Premium automation platform Modbus serial link Modbus serial link connecting cable Description Use Length Reference Weight From To kg RS 485 double Modbus serial link 100m TSX CSA 100 5 680 shielded twisted pair 200m TSX CSA 200 10 920 trunk cables 500m TSXCSA500 30 000 Cables for isolated TSX SCP 114 card TSX SCA50 T junction 3m TSX SCP CM 4030 0 160 RS 422 485 tap link box 2 wires 1 TSX SCA62 subscriber 3m TSX SCP CM 4530 0 180 socket 2 4 wires Modbus standard device 3m TSX SCP CX 4030 0 160 4 wires 1 point to point Premium TSX SCA50 T junction 3m TSX SCY CM 6030 0 160 TSX SCY 11601 box 2 wires 1 TSX SCY 21601 TSX SCA62 subscriber 3m TSX SCY CM 6530 0 160 module
268. all Medium Large and Extra Large EFs and EFBs can be developed for Premium Modicon M340 and Quantum platforms 6 22 Schneider Electric References Software Unity Pro software Unity EFB Toolkit software Unity Pro companion software Unity EFB Toolkit can be used to create Unity Pro function blocks in C programming language The developed function blocks can then be integrated in standard Unity Pro function block libraries Unity EFB Toolkit and its documentation are supplied in electronic format on CD ROM in English Description Type Language Reference Weight kg Unity EFB Toolkit Single licence English software UNY SPU ZFU CD 31E software 1 station and electronic documentation Schneider 6 23 Electric Presentation Software setup Unity Pro software Unity Dif application comparison software Unity Dif is an optional program for Unity Pro It can handle all Unity Pro automation platforms It compares two Unity Pro applications and returns an exhaustive list of all the differences Unity Dif improves productivity during the main life stages of a control system mainly during development and debugging of applications and Unity Dif comparison commissioning operation and maintenance of the installation Unity Dif can be launched in several ways m From Unity Pro m From the Windows Start menu m From a command line interface without a graphical user interface Unity Dif identifies all the differences
269. alled above the racks of Premium PLCs provide forced air convection in order to maintain an even ambient temperature inside the enclosure and to eliminate any hot spots that may exist TSX PSY 5500M Fan modules are required when the ambient temperature is between 60 C and 70 C forced ventilation enables the ambient temperature in the enclosure to be lowered by 10 C 7 Three types of fan module are available 24 V 110 V and 220 Vw According to the modularity of the racks used m One fan module for a 4 or 6 position rack m Two fan modules for an 8 position rack m Three fan modules for a 12 position rack TSX FAN eeP fan modules comprise 3 3 1 Aconnection terminal block for power supply to the fan module the internal temperature probe and the associated LED or preactuator 2 An earth terminal 2 3 Two mounting holes for the fan module 4 Shuttered air outlets 1 For an ambient temperature between 25 C and 60 the use of fan modules increases the MTBF Functions References page 2 3 pages 2 4 2 2 Schneider Electric Functions Modicon Premium automation platform Power supply and fan modules Alarm relay The alarm relay located in each power supply module has a volt free contact which can be accessed on the module s screw connection block The operating principle is as follows m Module alarm relay located on the processor rack rack 0 In normal operation with the PLC in RUN the alarm rel
270. also enables checking of the output voltage compliance contact closed if the output voltage exceeds 90 of the nominal voltage Protection Power supplies ABL4 have the following continuous protection 2 D protection against overvoltages on the output circuit o thermal protection o protection against overcurrents and short circuits on the output circuit Mounting Power supplies ABL4 are mounted on Omega 1r 35 mm rail 1 Only on certain American line supplies 2 With automatic restarting 8 30 Schneider Electric Characteristics Power supplies and transformers Phaseo Regulated switch mode power supplies ABL4 85 to 960 W Compact Rail mounting Derating The ambient temperature is a determining factor which limits the power that an electronic power supply can deliver continuously If the temperature around the electronic components is too high their life will be significantly reduced The nominal ambient temperature for power supplies ABL4 is depending on the reference 45 50 or 60 C Above this temperature derating is necessary up to a maximum temperature of 60 C amp 120 The adjacent graph shows the amp power as a percentage of the 100 nominal power that the power Er supply can deliver 2 continuously in relation to the 60 ambient temperature 50 l T T t t l 20 0 20 30 45 50 55 60
271. also to install sensors in potentially explosive zones ATEX i ia gt gt E C DRIN a PRM Com DTM eo di Pent F M Au A Ww I Unity v5 0 N I i F Ethernet fF 7 as gt i i i es DP Class 1 PRM Profibus DP 4 F zumal gt oe Fr PRM master DTM Profibus PA EEY Presentation The Profibus Remote Master PRM module is connected to the Ethernet Modbus TCP IP network via its integrated 2 port switch as close as possible to the process and the instrumentation The PRM module can be used to connect Modicon Quantum Modicon Premium and Modicon M340 PLCs to Profibus DP V1 via the I O scanner function Irrespective of the type of PLC only one product reference is required and setup is identical thus reducing training and maintenance costs Two versions are available standard and tropicalized so as to adapt to any type of environment The PRM module is open to Asset Management tools A dedicated communication DTM is supplied with the product thus allowing any compatible FDT standard tool to remotely adjust devices on Profibus using Ethernet see page 6 5 Configuration From a single Unity tool the user can create the Profibus configuration the PLC application and configure or calibrate devices The latter are integrated in the Unity catalogue via their DTMs if they exist or their gsd files The I O scanner configuration is created implicitly in Unity Pro using the Prof
272. am elements when the PLC is in RUN m Creation of animation tables containing the parameters or variables to be monitored or modified m Debugging of DFB function blocks via the animation tables Debugging of Grafcets in online mode Debugging of application specific functions Access to general diagnostics of the modules or of each channel 7 Diagnostics integrated in Modicon Premium platforms The diagnostics offer for the Premium platform is based on three components m System diagnostics m Diagnostic function blocks DFBs for system and application diagnostics m Error message display system called viewers supplied as a standard component of Advanced Panel Magelis XBT Ge Magelis iPC Panel PC BOX PC with Vijeo Designer Monitor Pro software and PL7 Pro programming software Cross referencing of variables For every variable this function can be used to m Search for program modules where this variable is used m Obtain the list of statements rungs or expressions m Display and check activation conditions Application converters PL7 Micro Junior Pro software includes application converters which enable the reusing of all or part of previous applications written in m PL7 2 applications for TSX 17 TSX 27 or TSX 47 10 20 25 PLCs m PL7 3 2 applications for TSX PMX 47 TSX PMX 107 PLCs m ORPHEE 2 applications for April Series 1000 PLCs X Way communication drivers Uni Telway COM port and USB port PC side communication
273. amounts to 4 K contiguous bytes To further optimize the performance of the Ethernet network Global Data can be configured with the multicast filtering option which combined with switches in the ConneXium range see pages 5 50 distributes data only to Ethernet ports where there is a station subscribed to the Global Data service Ifthese switches are not used Global Data is sent in multicast mode to all switch ports i F 55 2 ga p pe spaa pa ya ee a nme The diagnostic screens use a colour code to show the Global Data status Global Data service diagnostics oo a u Configured not configured faulty seen m Published subscribed en Global Data service diagnostics can be performed in one offive ways a zu ae m Via the application program from a specific PLC data zone m From the setup software debug screen m From the PLC system diagnostic function displayed by means of a web browser on a PC station a a m Using the TSX EAZ 01P SFE10 ConneXview diagnostic software Se m Using standard SNMP network management software U Ones mer Global Data service diagnostics 5 34 Schneider Electric Functions continued NTP Configuration NTP Sorver Configuration IP Address of Primary NTP Server 192 168 1 100 IP Address of Secondary NIP Server 192 168 217 Polling Period 30 sec Time Zone GMT 05 00 Eastern Standard TimeNew York Y Automatically adjust clock for daylight saving change
274. an Industrial Ethernet network In the following pages information for the proper design of a network and the selections of its components is offered There are three main areas of differentiation between Ethernet applications in an office environment and Ethernet applications in an Industrial environment they are m Environment m Layout not physical layer specification m Performance Contrary to the office environment and even though ISO IEC is working on it there are not yet clearly defined specifications for Ethernet devices targeted to Industrial applications The specifications of what it is called Industrial Ethernet are defined by different agencies or entities based upon its nature and based upon what the automation market has traditionally used The environmental specifications of Industrial Ethernet devices are today defined by the traditional agencies that define the environmental specifications for standard industrial devices UL CSA CE The IEEE 802 3 defines the physical layer specifications of the Ethernet network types of connectors distance between devices number of devices while the 11801 similarly to the TIAEIA 568B and CENELEC EN 50173 provide installers the layout guidelines The performance specifications are actually being worked on by ISO IEC The Ethernet 802 3 Link Layer is based on a collision detection mechanism CSMA CD every node whose information has collided on the network realizes
275. and weighing Only TSX SCP 114 communication application specific channels serial links are allowed Presentation Description Architectures Functions page 4 52 page 4 53 pages 4 54 pages 4 58 4 60 Schneider Electric References continued Modicon Premium automation platform Hot Standby system Unity Pro software Separate connection components 1 Designation Use composition Length Reference Weight 490 NTe 000 00 No 2 2 kg Crossover cables for Shielded twisted pairs conforming to 5m 490 NTC 000 05 11 CPU Sync link standard EIA TIA 658 15m 490 NTC 000 15 13 inter switch link Equipped with 1 RJ45 connector at each end 40m 490 NTC 000 40 80m 490 NTC 000 80 Straight through cables for Shielded twisted pairs conforming to 2m 490 NTW 000 02 Ethernet module and switch Equipped with 1 RJ45 connector at each end 12 12m 490 NTW 000 12 40m 490 NTW 000 40 80m 490 NTW 000 80 Modicon Telefast ABE 7 For in rack redundant Input channels ABE 7ACC11 0 075 ABE 7ACC10 11 redundancy sub bases discrete I O 3 Output ABE 7ACC10 0 075 21 connected on 3 HE 10 16 channels in channels connectors 2x 16 channels No Refer to the architectures presented on pages 4 54 to 4 57 1 Other separate parts ConneXium managed and unmanaged switches see pages 5 52 Modicon Telefast ABE 7 see pages 8 8 and 8 9 2 For UL and CSA 22 1 approved crossover cables and straight through
276. ange erate been ampret oor Sti em ew aM 00 Conteris alk CON Alan Hal S Tenperature set pant b too high pke ka TC Tempted C Mlowed are bet 20 C b 25 C Pressure LO nba TR stalia OE Spa herauf 39 10 20 Ahtri langish lang roe estornaon hem Satan Here 30 158 20 hell hoch auch doc Pako En Fr Calculation function E mail transmission Modicon Premium automation platform Transparent Ready system approach FactoryCast HMI active Web services Real time database With an internal architecture similar to that of an HMI SCADA system FactoryCast HMI modules manage their own variables database in real time independently ofthe PLC program It is this variables database that is used to execute various functions including internal processing archiving alarms e mail etc Variables in this real time database are updated using the PLC s data acquisition service This service becomes operational once the following parameters have been set in the FactoryCast HMI software m Direct import of PLC variables symbol databases no double entry m Definition of the acquisition frequency period at which this variable is updated Note A FactoryCast HMI application running in a Premium configured FactoryCast HMI module can access all the PLC variables in the architecture transparently on the network X Way Uni TE transparent protocols Characteristics m Maximum number of I O variables per
277. annels 4 8 or 16 channel module 512 channels 4 8 or 16 channel module 18 24 32 18 64 Modules with 2 4 counter channels single channel electronic cam module Modules with 2 4 counter channels single channel electronic cam module Modules with 1 2 axes for stepper motors 2 3 4 axes for analog Modules with 1 2 axes for stepper motors 2 3 4 axes for analog control servo motors 8 16 axes with SERCOS digital link control servo motors 8 16 axes with SERCOS digital link Modules for 8 load cells 1 application specific channel Modules for 8 load cells 1 application specific channel TSX SCY in rack communication modules 1 application specific channel RS 232 RS 485 or current loop 3 4 master slave PCMCIA modules and RS 485 in rack master slave communication modules 1 integrated RS 485 master slave channel 5 RS 232 RS 485 or current loop 3 4 master slave PCMCIA modules and RS 485 in rack master slave communication modules 1 integrated RS 485 channel 5 RS 232 RS 485 or current loop 3 4 PCMCIA modules and RS 485 in rack communication modules 4in rack modules 8 in rack modules 8 in rack modules 1 PCMCIA module 3 1 PCMCIA module 3 1in rack module 3 in rack modules 4in rack modules 5 in rack modules 2 2 3 4 In rack modules Ethernet Modbus TCP Web server FactoryCast server or FactoryCast HMI server and EtherNet IP Modbus Plus 3 Fipway 3 4 modules Modbus Plus
278. application 1000 variables from PLCs m Maximum number of internal variables per application 100 m Acquisition frequency 500 ms minimum Calculation functions The FactoryCast HMI server can carry out various arithmetic or logical operations on a combination of variables from the HMI database These calculations include for example scaling formatting logic processing for event triggering etc This calculation function is operational from the local HMI database independently of the PLC processor and is in the form of spreadsheets where the formulas are defined in cells The spreadsheets are interpreted and processed by the server The result of each formula is associated with a new internal variable The processing of each spreadsheet is initiated by a trigger E mail transmission The FactoryCast HMI module can on a specific event send e mails completely autonomously to a predefined list of e mail addresses This function is executed independently of the PLC program The event that triggers the e mail may be associated with the following m APLC variable I O internal variable m An alarm a threshold overshoot m Amachine or process state m An operator action etc When an e mail is sent it passes via an SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol server This server receives the e mail and waits for the recipient to acknowledge it The e mail service is compatible with all SMTP servers A return address can be defined should de
279. application file to be printed on any graphics printer accessible under Windows and using True Type technology in A4 or US letter print format The documentation editor supports the creation of user specific files using the following headings m Title page m Contents m General information m Footer m Configuration m EF EFB and DFB type function blocks m User variables m Communication m Project structure m Program m Animation tables and cross references m Runtime screens Selection guide page 6 2 6 10 Schneider Electric Functions continued Software Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large Integrated diagnostics Presentation System diagnostics Diagnostics viewers Vijeo Citect 5 Thin client Magelis iPC Higher level IB 399 M E S 58 D 000 D 000 Processor for In rack I O Remote I O 109 system bits modules modules on and words Fipio or Ethernet TCP IP CANopen I Cell level Vijeo Designer Application diagnostics Quantum Premium Modicon M340 Machine level PC Unity Pro The diagnostics offer for Modicon M340 Premium and Quantum platforms is based on the following three components m System diagnostics m DFB and E
280. application transfer to be performed If it is used the application cannot be modified in online mode Program modification in online mode Only extension cards on which the program is stored in SRAM memory TSX MRP PeeeK M and TSX MRP CeeeK M support online program modification Users of processors fitted with memory extension cards who wish to modify or add program data in online mode must follow the two recommendations below m Structure the application program in in several reasonably sized sections m Where possible select one of the two extension cards recommended in the table below Premium processors TSX P57 10 TSX P57 20 TSX P57 3e TSX P57 4e E P57 50 E P5760 Cards recommended for program modification in TSX MRP P224K All TSX MRP CeeeK M 7 TSX MRP C002M online mode P384K TSX MRP C003M All TSX MRP TSX MRP C007M CeeeK M 7 1 12 Schneider Electric References Modicon Premium automation platform PCMCIA memory extension cards Unity Reminder of processor memory capacities Memory capacities without PCMCIA extension card data program symbols and constants in internal RAM memory Premium processors TSX P57 104M 154M TSX 57 204M 2634M TSXP57 TSXP57 TSX P57 354M TSX P57 TSXP57 TSXP57 1634M 254M 304M 454M 554M 6634M 3634M 4634M 5634M In internal RAM 96 Kb 160 Kb 192 Kb 208 Kb 440 Kb 1024KB 2048 Kb Memory capacities with PCMCIA extension card s data in internal RAM memory program sym
281. applications the following points must be checked before substituting ABL8RP WP power supplies by ABL4 power supplies Equivalent ABL8 and ABL4 power Points to be checked Installation differences supplies related to the application ABL 8RPS24030 ABL4RSM24035 m Input voltage limits m Input and output o ABL4 90 264 V terminals reversed o ABL8 85 550 V m Resetting of protection O ABL4 automatic o ABL8 selectable automatic or manual m ABL4 does not conform to IEC 61000 3 2 7 ABL 8RPS24050 ABL4RSM24050 ABL 8RPS24100 ABL4RSM24100 m Input voltage limits m 120 230 V voltage o ABL4 90 264 V selection o ABL8 85 550 V o ABL4 by link m Resetting of protection m ABL8 by terminal O ABL4 automatic o ABL8 selectable automatic or manual m ABL4 does not conform to IEC 61000 3 2 7 ABL 8RPM24200 ABL4RSM24200 m Resetting of protection m Input and output O ABL4 automatic terminals reversed o ABL8 selectable m 120 230 V voltage ABL 8WPS24200 ABL4WSR24200 automatic or manual selection m ABL4 does not conform m ABL4 by link to IEC 61000 3 2 1 o ABL8 by terminal ABL 8WPS24400 ABL 4WSR24400 m Input and output terminals reversed 1 Standard IEC EN 61000 3 2 defines the harmonic limits of the input current that can be produced by equipment such as regulated switch mode power supplies ABL4 or ABL8 This standard is only applicable to electrical or electronic devices that are intended for connection to low voltage
282. arameters Upcounting and or Ws Incremental encoder input Sensor inputs 4 Counter enable input Capture input 4 Preset input Q WAW downcounting function with processing Al AIW Measurement comparison with 2 thresholds and 2 setpoints gt Reflex output 0 Event management Reflex output 1 Counter modules are set up using Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro software Example of an architecture with counter inputs 1 2 F pon Modicon Telefast TSX CTY 4A Ji 3 a Jeu fr foo jajaja jejas z Channel 2 Channel 0 b run ABE 7CPA01 Channel 3 Sensor inputs a Channel 0 Channels Channels 2and3 0 and 1 if KH Bp Pal Modicon Telefast 1 Incremental encoder 2 TSX TAP 15 05 24 connector olololeisjalajelzis s 3 TSX CCP S15 cable with connectors ABE 7H16R20 Auxiliary inputs 4 TSX CAP 15 connector ABE 7BV20 Reflex outputs 5 TSX CDP ee1 preformed cable with connectors Channels 0 and 1 6 TSX CDP ee2 or TSX CDP ee3 rolled ribbon cable or cable with connectors Presentation References page 4 16 pages 4 18 Schneider 4 17 Electric References Modicon
283. are transmitted in less than 10 ms one telegram per station m Common words COM the database of common words is updated every 40 ms m Shared Table the entire exchange table is updated every 40 ms m Uni TE message handling Uni TE or standard application to application messages are normally transmitted in less than 80 ms 40 ms for stations with addresses below 32 Where there is alarge amount of traffic some messages may wait for several cycles before being transmitted The network characteristics enable a maximum of 210 messages of 128 bytes per second to be transmitted The performance can be improved by inhibiting the Telegram service on the entire ee network With such network characteristics the response time at application level depends Cig CTi almost exclusively on the processing capacity ofthe devices which are connected 1 For example the remote loading of a 50 K word program takes less than two minutes her on a network with normal load Bi CT1 Cycle time of device 1 A NCT Cycle time of Fipway network CT2 cT2 CT2 Cycle time of device 2 The response time must be evaluated by the designer of each application in relation to the devices connected The processing time of a device can vary from one to two cycle times as a function of asynchronous operation eri cT1 5 106 Schneider Electric Description references TSX FPP20 em TSX SCY 21601 TSX FP CG010 030 Modicon Premium auto
284. ariable This view indicates where the declared variable is used as well as how it is used for writing reading etc This function also provides access to the Search Replace function for variable names The variable search can be initialized from any editor language data runtime screen animation table etc The import export function available in Unity Pro supports the following operations from the structural and functional project views m Via the import function reuse in the current project of all or part of a project created previously m Via the export function copying of all or part of the current project to a file for subsequent reuse The files generated during export are generally in XML format 1 However in addition to XML variables can be exported and imported in the following formats m xvm format compatible with OFS data server software m Source format in an scy file compatible with PL7 development software m Text format with separator TAB in a txt file for compatibility with any other system During an import a wizard can be used to reassign data to new instances of m DFB function blocks m DDT data structures m Simple data In addition when a functional module is imported the data associated with animation tables and runtime screens is also reassigned The XML import function also supports the transfer of a Modicon M340 Premium or Quantum PLC configuration prepared in the SIS Pro costing and configu
285. as an input being set to 1 for example a message can be transmitted only after this input has been taken into account start of the next cycle and the PLC Modicon M340 Modicon Premium or Modicon Quantum program has been executed i e on average approximately 1 5 cycles after the event has occurred NAT The network access time NAT shown in the table below in ms is a total of the module transit time and the delay before the message can be transmitted on the Modbus messaging service response time Processing of Modicon M340 Modicon Premium Modicon Quantum Modbus TCP IP BMXNOE 0100 BMX P34 2020 TSX ETY 110WS TSX ETY 4103 5103 140 NOE 771 00 10 140 CPU 651 50 60 message requests BMX NOE 0110 BMX P34 20302 TSX WMY 100 140 NOE 771 01 11 140 CPU 65260 BMX NOC 0401 TSX P57 10 60 140 NWM 100 00 BMX NOR 0200H TSX ETC 101 140 NOC 771 01 Network access time KAWDE lt 10 ms lt 25ms lt 10 ms lt 10 ms lt 10 ms NAT The transaction time TT includes the delay between the transmission of a message from a client station 1 its reception by the server station 2 processing of the request sending back the response and it being taken into account by the station 1 updating of an output for example As the above block diagram shows m The transaction time TT will be between 2x CT1 2x NAT lt TT lt 4x CT1 CT2 2x NAT m The average duration TT is equivalent to TT 3x CT1 0 5 x CT2 2 x NAT Global Data service response
286. ases with solid state relays Universal ABE 7S16E2ee 16 channels Fixed solid state relays removable terminal item 4a blocks ABE 7P16F3ee Plug in solid state relays Output adaptor sub bases with fixed relays removable terminal blocks Optimum amp ABE 7S08S2ee Universal Solid state relays 8channels ABE 7RO8Seee item 3a Electromechanical relays Optimum amp ABE 7S16Seee Universal Solid state relays 16channels ABE 7R16Seee item 4a Electromechanical relays Output adaptor sub bases with plug in relays Universal ABE 7P08T330e 8 channels Solid state relays item 3a Optimum amp ABE 7R16Teee Universal Electromechanical relays 16channels ABE 7P16Teee item 4a Solid state and or electromechanical relays Compatible Not compatible 1 Via splitter sub base ABE 7ACC02 used to separate 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels 2 Low cost sub base ABE 7H20Eeee including connection cable References pages 8 12 Schneider Electric 8 9 Combinations continued Connection interfaces Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Modicon Premium analog I O modules and ABE 7 sub bases item numbers see Presentation on page 8 8 Analog I O modules for Modicon Premium Reference for analog I O modules item 1b Inputs Outputs Thermo couple inputs 2x8 8l 81 4 40 80 2x81 TSX AEY TSXAEY TSXAEY TSXAEY TSXASY TSXASY TSX AEY 1600
287. ast filtering broadcast limiting IGMP snooping Vian etc m VLAN a virtual LAN VLAN consists of a group of network participants in one or more network segments who can communicate with each other as if they belonged to the same LAN VLANs are based on logical instead of physical links The biggest advantage of VLANs is their possibility of forming user groups based on the participant function and not on their physical location or medium Since broad multicast data packets are transmitted exclusively within a virtual LAN the remaining data network is unaffected VLAN can also serve as a security mechanism to block unwanted Unicast messages Security feature that helps the user protect the switch from unauthorized access that could result in changes in its configuration and impact the traffic going through the switch some of the features in this area are port security read write community name etc User can also set up the switch so that it blocks messages coming from unauthorized devices source addresses connected to the switch m Time Synchronization feature that allows all the devices in the network to be synchronized on time m Network Redundancy to develop high availability applications m 9 16 Schneider Electric Redundancy Technical information Ethernet network Infrastructure To develop high availability applications redundancy in the networking infrastructure is the answer By implementin
288. ata structure instances and tables EF libraries and EFBs User definable control loops Programmable control loops with process control FB library Safety function block libraries Motion function block libraries MFB Hot Standby PLC redundancy system System diagnostics Application diagnostics Diagnostics with location of error source Bus and network configuration to slave devices Modicon distributed I O etc Debugging PLC simulator and display Hypertext link animations in graphic services cases Step by step execution breakpoint Watchpoint Operator screens Diagnostics viewer Other services Creation of hyperlinks XML import export Application converters Concept PL7 Update utilities for PLC and Advantys operating systems Communication drivers for Modicon platforms Unity Pro servers Openness Online modification of configuration Application imports Modsoft Concept ProWORX written in LL984 language UDE support Dynamic exchange with third party tools OFS OFS exchanges Static exchange via XML XVM export files P TSX P57 26 D P TSX P57 24M D Compatible Modicon M340 processors All models All models Modicon Premium processors TSX P57 104M 1634M 154M platforms TSX P57 204M 2634M 254M TSX H57 24M Quantum processors Safety processors Compatible Modicon distributed I O STB OTB TM7 ETB Momentum STB OTB TM7 ETB Momentum Software name Unity Pro Small Unity Pro Medium Unity Pro software type UNY SPU S
289. ation tables Defining profile cycles Presentation pages 6 32 6 36 Schneider Electric Functions continued Debugging a loop Da earme Oriani PROCESSER PME oja voce Cannon Drveni serans iaaii Tet ic Comal 1 S ES EI SRT aR ene gt 9 9 90 9 9 9 9 9 Cae fee es ae ae eee a a a a Prost Repetion I Sagara E Pe FD Tordtmeriipses PRORA Temeiupsedinsegmene OROM Debugging the setpoint programmer Software Unity Pro software User definable process control Adjusting and debugging control loops is simple and user friendly via for example the application specific loop configuration screen which in online mode provides access to the following functions m Display and animation of the loop algorithm diagram m Display of process alarms and channel faults m Simulation of the input interface values For example when these are not connected measurement Feed Forward m Addition deletion or replacement of calculation functions in online mode m Modification of the adjustment parameters for each of the functions m Modification of the controller operating modes and manual control mode With the controllers integrated in the control loops it is possible to use the autotuning function which calculates a set of adjustment parameters Kp Ti Td or Ks T1 T delay on request Once the loop has been debugged it is possible t
290. ations TLX OT PL7P P45M software licence 1 PL7 Pro Open Site TSX Micro Premium Site gt 10 stations TLX OS PL7P P45M software licence 1 Separate parts 3 X Way drivers package CD ROM including X Way drivers see page 6 41 TLX CD DRV20M WW for compatible PC Includes multilingual user documentation Compatible PC Mini DIN port RS 232D 2 5m TSX PCX 1031 0 1 70 connection cables TSX Micro Premium SUB D 15 way DC ru connector Ce USB port USB 0 4m TSX CUSB 485 0 144 et ane RS 485 2 gt converter USB port 2 5m TSX CRJMD 25 0 150 mini DIN RJ45 2 TSX CUSB 485 cable Universal Bluetooth Provides Bluetooth connectivity for products such as TCS WAAC 13FB 0 320 Interface UBI the Modicon M340 Premium platforms and Altivar Lexium servo drives via their serial port RS 485 Used for setting up and maintenance of products Designed for permanent installation and can be safely fitted on the inside or outside of electrical enclosures m Protocols supported Modbus and Uni Telway m Powered via the product s RS 485 serial port m Max range in direct line of sight 20 m r The kit comprises m A Universal Bluetooth interface UBI m An RJ45 mini DIN cable length 1 m TCS WAAC 13FB m An RJ45 RJ45 cable length 1 m m Afixing clamp for installation inside the electrical enclosure m ACD with configuration software and user manual 1 Team user workstations located on the sa
291. ator typically of flow until a limit typically a volume is reached with automatic reset VEL_LIM Velocity limiter with manipulated variable limiting AUTOTUNE PIDFF TT18_PV D PV PVO II PV OUTD Controllers THES Se SP_O ________ sP PLB Basic PI controller Pl algorithm with a mixed structure TC18 OUT gt RCPY PARA_C TC18_PARA IFF K TC18_START p START TC18_OUT p_ RCPY series parallel PG ARA al PREY I le MAE PIDFF Complete PID controller PID algorithm with a parallel or mixed 4 TRI T m STATUT structure series parallel J mro C re2_our our out gt Tc2our AUTOTUNE Automatic tuner setting for the PIDFF complete PID controller or STATUS the PI_B simple PI controller MS o Identification using Ziegler Nichols type method TC2_OUT gt IN o Modelling based on first order process ee o Building of control parameters with criterion for prioritizing MAN AUTO OUTD either the reaction time to disturbance dynamic or the stability of tan ep the process TRS i i r meow on urls Tcs our IMC Model based controller The model is a first order model with delay This corrector is useful Example PID controller with MS manual control o When there are serious delays compared with the main time constant of the process this scenario cannot be satisfactorily resolved by standard PID process control o For regulating a non linear process IMC can handle any stable and aperiodic process of any order SAMPLETM Control
292. ax Modicon M340 platform with 2 2 5 3 BMX NOE 0100 and BMX NOE 0100WS modules Modicon Premium platform with TSX ETY 4103 and TSX ETY 5103 modules Modicon Quantum platform with 140 NOE 771 01 and140 NOE 771 11 modules Modicon M340 BMX P34 2020 20302 processors Modicon Premium TSX P57 2634M 3634M TSX P57 2623M 2823M and TSX P57 3623M 4823M processors Modicon Premium TSX P57 4634M 5634M 6634M processors 1 1 2 Modicon Quantum 140 CPU 651 50 60 processors Schneider 5 43 Electric Performance continued Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Performance Processing capacity The table below can be used to compare for each station the total number of messages received via the Modbus or Uni TE messaging service if used value R1 R2 or Ri with the capacity of the station processor Processing of Modbus requests per PLC scan cycle Modicon M340 Modicon Premium platforms Messages received Total messages received by the TSX P57 10 PLC from all the communication BMX P34 20 TSX P57 20 m TSX P57 30 TSX P57 40 TSX P57 50 60 2 Modicon Integrated port limitations Communication module Ethernet Quantum limitations modules platform Alltypes of Additional All types of Additional per PLC communication read write 4x communication read write 4x request registers request registers 140 CPU 113 3 1
293. ax single channel electronic cam module Motion 2 Modules with 1 2 axes for stepper motors 2 3 4 axes for analog control servo motors with 8 16 axes with SERCOS digital link Weighing Modules for 8 load cells 1 application specific channel Serial links TSX SCY in rack communication modules 1 application specific channel Modbus RS 232 RS 485 or current loop 3 4 master slave PCMCIA modules and RS 485 in rack master slave communication modules Uni Telway 1 integrated RS 485 master slave channel 5 RS 232 RS 485 or current loop 3 4 master slave PCMCIA modules and RS 485 in rack master slave communication modules Character mode Actuator sensor bus AS Interface master V2 1 integrated RS 485 channel 5 RS 232 RS 485 or current loop 3 4 PCMCIA modules and RS 485 master slave in rack communication modules 2 in rack modules CANopen machine bus master V4 02 1 PCMCIA module 3 InterBus field bus master V2 6 or Profibus DP field bus master VO Class1 and 2 6 Max no of networks 1 Ethernet In rack modules Ethernet Modbus TCP Web server FactoryCast server or FactoryCast HMI server and EtherNet IP Fipway Ethway Modbus Plus modules Configurable loops Modbus Plus 3 Fipway 3 4 modules Ethway in rack modules Programmable loops Process control EFB library Without PCMCIA extension 96 Kb program and data With PCMCIA extension 224 Kb program 96 Kb data
294. ay and Uni TE messages transparently from a Modbus TCP network to an X Way network and vice versa The front panel of TSX ETY 110 WS 4103 5103 and TSX WMY 100 modules comprises 1 Adisplay block indicating the module status 2 Astandard connector for 100BASE TX and or 10BASE T RJ45 interface depending on the model 3 Astandard connector for 10BASES5 interface AUI 4 Four thumbwheels for defining the station number and network number Description Data rate Transparent Ready Reference Weight class kg Ethernet 10 Mbps C10 TSX ETY 110 WS 0 370 Modbus TCP 10 100Mbps B30 TSX ETY 4103 0 340 modules C30 TSX ETY 5103 0 340 D10 TSX WMY 100 0 340 Web Designer FactoryCast server configuration Supplied with software TSX ETY 110 WS 5103 and TSX WMY100 TCP Open TCP Open function block library TLX CD TCP50M software SDKC Unity applications UNY SPU ZFU CD20E C language PL7 applications TLXLSDKC PL741M development Schneider 5 47 Electric Presentation Modicon Premium automation functions platform description EtherNet IP and Modbus TCP network module EtherNetvIP The TSX ETC 101 EtherNet IP and Modbus TCP network module is a single format conformance tested module compatible with Unity Pro software which is inserted in a Modicon Premium Certification logo Mark rack slot Aconfiguration can take from 1 to 4 network modules depending on the type of processor EtherNet IP protocol EtherNet IP is
295. ay is activated and its contact is closed state 1 Whenever the application stops even partially occurrence of a blocking fault Incorrect output voltages loss of mains power the relay de energizes and the associated contact opens state 0 m Alarm relay of power supply modules located on the other racks racks 1 to 7 when the module is powered up and if the output voltages are correct the relay is activated and its contact is closed state 1 When the mains power is lost or if the output voltages are incorrect the relay de energizes state 0 Backup battery Each power supply module has a slot reserved for a battery which provides the power supply to the internal RAM memory located in the processors in order to ensure that data is saved when the PLC is switched off The duration of data back up is one year The battery must be changed as soon as the BAT lamp red on the front panel lights up RESET pushbutton Pressing this pushbutton which is located on the front panel of the power supply module triggers a sequence of service signals which is the same as that for m A power switch off when the pushbutton is pressed m Apower up when the pushbutton is released For the application these actions represent a warm restart Sensor power supply 24 V TSX PSY 2600M 5500M 8500M a c power supply modules have an integrated power supply which provides a voltage of 24 V to supply the input sensors The sensor
296. back condition Restarting is only possible after deliberate acknowledgement of the fault Two inputs outputs enable dialogue with a processing unit The outgoing terminal block is used to connect the AS Interface cable separately to the interface modules and master modules Input output and earth fault LED s allow fast and continuous diagnostics ASI ABLD3004 ASI ABLM3024 Operating on a 100 to 240 V supply this product provides two separate power supplies which are totally independent in the way they operate Two output voltages 30 V 2 4 A AS Interface line supply and 24 V 3 A are available so making it possible to supply the control equipment without an additional power supply Input and output LEDs allow fast and continuous diagnostics ASI ABLM3024 8 36 Schneider Electric Selection Power supplies and transformers references Phaseo Regulated switch mode power supplies ASIABL Power supplies for AS Interface cabling system Type of 115 V single phase 230 V single phase mains supply Power supply Thermal magnetic circuit breaker Gg Thermal magnetic circuit breaker Gg 1 fuse 2 pole fuse ASIABLB3002 GB2eB07 MG24517 2 2A GB2 DB06 MG24516 2 2A ASIABLB3004 GB2eB08 MG24518 2 4A GB2 DB07 MG17453 2 2A ASIABLD3002 GB2eB07 MG24517 2 2A GB2 DB06 MG24516 2 2A ASIABLD3004 GB2eB08 MG24518 2 4A GB2 DB07 MG17453 2 2A ASIABLM3024 GB2eB07 MG24517 2 2A GB2 DB06 MG17453 2 2A
297. be controlled from an operator dialogue device and or a supervisory device connected to the Premium PLC Debugging Presentation Description References pages 4 48 page 4 49 page 4 51 4 50 Schneider Electric References Modicon Premium automation platform ISP Plus integrated weighing system ISP Plus weighing modules ISP Plus weighing Standard format module sealable TSX ISP Y101 0 420 modules Load cell input 50 measurement s 1 weigher per module for 1 to 8 load cells 1 2 discrete reflex outputs for Supplied non threshold detection calibrated RS 485 output for display unit TSX ISP Y101 module TSX ISP Y101 1 020 TSX XBT N410 display unit back lit LCD preconfigured display Module display unit connecting cable length 3 m Intrinsically safe junction box 2 This box is inserted in the weighing system between the weight indicator and the junction box in which the load cells are grouped Its function is to limit any overvoltages and limit the current to 100 mAin the event of a short circuit The load cells and the metal junction box are the only devices in the explosive atmosphere The TSX ISP Y101 weight indicator is in a safe area Zener barrier box All types of load cells EExiblIB SM1 PY52 2 800 and indicators EEx ib II C Remote indicator escription SM1 PY52 Magelis display unit for ISP Plusweighing TSX XBT N410 0 380 module 24 V external power supply
298. be defined by the user and are represented as shown below Process loop Simple loop ch 6 34 Schneider Electric Functions continued Software Unity Pro software User definable process control Parameter setting selection of the functions to be used of the control loop profiles can be used to adapt the algorithm to the process to be controlled Process value processing Process values can be processed either in the standard way or externally m Standard processing The user can access the following functions Filtering setting process value limits function generator with scaling management of alarms on threshold overshoot totalizer and simulation of the measured value m External processing This means there can be a process value PV at the controller input which has been processed outside the control loop This is a handy solution if calculation of the process value requires special or customized functions Setpoint processing Depending on the type of loop selected it is possible to opt for one of the following 4 types of setpoint Ratio setpoint selection setpoint simple setpoint remote with scaling or setpoint programmer In the case of the controller with 3 simple loops or the secondary loop in an autoselective loop only the simple setpoint and the setpoint p
299. blocks can be used to structure an application They are used when a program sequence is repeated several times in the application or for freezing a standard programming routine They can be read only or read write They can be exported to all other Unity Pro applications Using a DFB in one or more applications m Simplifies program design and entry m Improves program readability and understanding m Facilitates program debugging all variables handled by the DFB are identified in the data editor m Enables the use of private variables specific to the DFBs which are independent ofthe application ADFB is set up in several stages m The DFB is designed by assigning a name a set of parameters inputs outputs public and private internal variables and a comment to it via the data editor m The code is created in one or more sections of the program with the following languages selected according to requirements Structured Text Instruction List Ladder or Function Block Diagram ST IL LD or FBD m The DFB may be stored in a library with an associated version number m ADFB instance is created in the data editor or when the function is called in the program editor m This instance is used in the program in the same way as an EFB the instance can be created from within the program Selection guide page 6 2 Schneider 6 7 Electric Functions continuea BIC ae Top ante eat Cee POR
300. bols constants and data storage on PCMCIA card Premium processors TSX P57 104M 154M TSX 57 204M 2634M TSX P57 TSX P57 TSX P57 354M TSX P57 TSX P57 TSX P57 1634M 254M 304M 454M 554M 6634M 3634M 4634M 5634M Data in internal RAM 96 Kb 160 Kb 192 Kb 208 Kb 440 Kb 1024 KB 2048 Kb PCMCIA extension progr 128 Kb 224 Kb 768 Kb 768 Kb 1792Kb 1792 Kb 2048Kb 7168Kb 7168 Kb symbols and constants Data storage 256 Kb 16384 Kb limited to 8192 Kb if the TSX MRP F008M PCMCIA card is used on PCMCIA 1 Premium processors support the memory extension cards listed below There are two types of memory limit The lower ofthese two limits defines the memory capacity that is available to the user for the application m One associated with the type of processor see above m One associated with the model of PCMCIA memory card selected Use on processor Slot Memory size Reference Weight Application Additional data Kg SRAM application memory extensions TSX P57 10 57 4e No 0 128 Kb TSX MRP P128K 0 076 224 Kb _ TSX MRP P224K 0 076 384 Kb TSX MRP P384K 0 076 Configurable SRAM application additional data memory extensions TSX P57 1e 574e No 0 96 448 Kb 352 0 Kb TSX MRP C448K 0 076 TSX P57 10 57 60 No 0 192 768 Kb 576 0 Kb TSX MRP C768K 0 076 192 1024 Kb 832 0 Kb TSX MRP C001M 0 076 192 1792 Kb 1600 0 Kb TSX MRP C01M7 0 076 192 2048 Kb 1856 0 Kb TSX
301. budgets and draw m Analyzing and identifying avenues for improvement up a deployment plan m Producing a recommendation plan Installed base consultancy Customer benefits f For preventive maintenance operations or in case of failures or malfunctions our m Reduction in the impact of failures tools and methods can be used for diagnosis and control of critical automation m Limited number of failures h o ai x m Improved performance a such as communication networks high power drives and process control automation The M2C Maintenance amp Modernisation Consultancy offer Adetailed report with comments is submitted as part of our service Our services are provided by experienced project managers who have a precise knowledge of the evolution of our equipment and use efficient tools and methods with proven effectiveness to m Limit production down time by using our conversion and software hardware migration solutions m Improve performance of existing tools by Analyzing the performance levels to be achieved and designing validating and mplementing the new architecture Updating your application following modernisation of your equipment m Provide long term support by ensuring The design and deployment of a standardized solution for projects spanning several production sites Acontractual approach that provides a change from the usual investment process combining maintenance of existing facilities and scheduled modernisation Training o
302. by IP address filtering and passwords HTTP and FTP server 8 MB memory available for user hosting of user Web pages and documents Doc Pdf Excel Via Web Designer software or predefined Web pages System rack and PLC I O diagnostics via predefined Web pages Monitoring of devices and application via animation tables read write variables Display of PLC Unity program in a Web page Monitoring of PLC and application alarms via predefined Web pages Graphic monitoring via animated views integrated graphic editor Display in the form of Web pages Graphic monitoring via animated Web pages created by the user Arithmetic and logical scripts Alarm notification by e mail Data recorded in the module with time stamping Direct recording in an SQL Oracle or MySQL server Dynamic HTML report management _ Management of Recipe data storage and review locally or on remote database Web Designer supplied with each module Web Designer TSX ETY 5103 140 NOE 77111 TSX WMY100 140 NWM 10000 5 47 Modicon Quantum platform 5 47 1 Except with TSX P57 103M 153M processors which do not have the NTP service Modicon Quantum platform ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Electric Schneider 5 11 Selection guide Applications Type Target products Network Remote access services Web server Predefined services Customizable ser
303. c If there is a fault on the AS Interface module or channel a second screen can be accessed which clearly indicates the nature of the fault which may be internal or external Presentation Cabling system page 5 92 page 5 96 References pages 5 93 and 5 97 Schneider 5 95 Electric Cabling system Modicon Premium automation platform AS Interface cabling system AS Interface flat cables are available in two versions yellow and black according to the type of application standard and TPE resistant to splashing oil and to environments with petrol vapours Various junction boxes are available to meet all connection requirements They all have IP 67 protection Modicon Premium ii 3 3 0 ol ol TSX SAY 1000 ido TWD NOI 10M3 TO lO O o T TeSys U Phaseo CS ASILUFC5E Modicon IP67 I O ASI ABL M3024 ASI 67FMP22E 1 ee 1010 PICIS Modicon IP67 I O ASI 67FFP44D 2 1 ASI 67FFB03 connection base Modicon IP20 I O ASI 20MT41E AS Interface cable lengths 100 m This can be extended to m 200 m using a repeater or a line extension A 4 mim poan 100m 100m I m 300 m with 2 repeaters m 500 m by placing the master in the centre of the network A 4 A 4 A 4 A 100 m M Master module A Power supply S Interface or component Note 300 m corres
304. c terminal Configurable controllers XPS MC16Ze MC32Ze slaves of the Modbus serial link 4 10 Schneider Electric CANopen fieldbus Configurable safety controllers XPS MCeeZC incorporate a SUB D 9 pin male connector for direct connection on CANopen bus CANopen bus is a open bus that ensures deterministic and reliable access to the real time data of automation equipment The bus uses a shielded dual twisted pair on which a maximum of 127 devices can be connected by chaining The baud rate varies between 10 Kbps and 1Mbps depending on the length of the bus 5000 m to 20 m Profibus bus Configurable safety controllers XPS MCeeZP incorporate a SUB D 9 pin male connector for connection on Profibus bus Configurable safety controllers XPS MCeeZP are slaves on the Profibus bus Profibus bus is a fieldbus that meets industrial communication requirements The topology of the Profibus bus is of the linear type with a centralised master slave type access procedure The physical link is a single shielded twisted pair Modbus serial link Configurable safety controllers XPS MCeeZe incorporate a Modbus communication interface RJ45 connector for configuration and diagnostics This interface enables connection of the controllers to o aPC configuration o a PLC diagnostics or o an operator dialogue terminal diagnostics The Modbus serial link comprises a master station Premium automation platform and slave station
305. can 126 4 ms normal scan 1 ms 3 ms channel used 3 3 ms channel used fast scan fast scan User definable filtering User definable filtering 2 5 ms 5ms 0 6 50s 0 3 82 s 12 bits 16 bits 11 bits sign 13 bits sign for voltage Two 25 way SUB D connectors One 25 way SUB D connector One 25 way SUB D connector or two Modicon Telefast ABE 7CPA02 03 sub bases PLC IEC EN 61131 2 See page 9 6 or one Modicon Telefast ABE 7CPA02 31 sub base or one Modicon Telefast ABE 7CPA03 21 sub base 20 way screw terminal blocks TSX BLY 01 13 bits for current One 25 way SUB D connector or one Modicon Telefast ABE 7CPA02 03 sub base TSX AEY 1600 TSX AEY 810 TSX AEY 420 TSX ASY 410 TSX ASY 800 3 16 ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric 3 13 Presentation Modicon Premium automation description platform functions Analog I O modules Analog I O modules for Modicon Premium PLCs are equipped with m Either a 25 way SUB D connector TSX AEY 420 800 810 and TSX ASY 800 m Or two 25 way SUB D connectors TSX AEY 1600 1614 m Or a screw terminal block TSX AEY 414 TSX ASY 410 They can be installed in any position in TSX RKY eee racks except for the positions reserved for power supply modules The analog I O modules are hot swappable In a Premium PLC configuration the maximum number of analog channels 12 512 channels depends on the CPU used see
306. card 100 Mbps port specific channels dedicated to CPU 1 Sync link TSX 57 4e 2048 discrete I O 440 KB 20 4 1 RS 485 TSX H57 44M 0 560 3 256 analog I O integrated 1 USB 12 Mbps channels 2048 KB max 1 Ethernet 0 application on PCMCIA 100 Mbps port specific channels card dedicated to CPU 1 Sync link Modules for insertion in Primary and Standby rack depending on architecture Designation Description Transparent Ready Services Reference Weight No kg Ethernet Modbus 10 100 Mbps data rate Class B30 TSX ETY 4103 0 340 TCP modules 10BASE T 100BASE TX Standard Web server version 2 sv 4 0 I O Scanning SMTP SNMP 4 Class C30 TSX ETY 5103 0 340 Configurable Web server I O Scanning NTP SMTP SNMP Serial link communication 7 8 One isolated integrated RS 485 channel Modbus protocol TSX SCY 21601 0 360 modules character mode and Uni Telway 7 8 One serial link PCMCIA card slot 7 One isolated integrated RS 485 channel Modbus protocol TSX SCY 11601 0 340 k PCMCIA card RS 485 1 2 19 2 Kbps Modbus protocol character mode and TSX SCP 114 0 105 9 Uni Telway TSX SCY TSX SCY For TSX SCY 21601 communication module 21601 11601 1 0 modules 6 Discrete See pages 3 9 to 3 10 5 Analog See page 3 16 Preventa safety TSX PAY type See page 4 7 No Refer to the architectures presented on pages 4 54 to 4 57 1 The Premium Hot Standby system does not accept application specific channels counter motion control
307. category CAT 5E 100m 2 x 100BASE FX ports 3x 100BASE FX ports Duplex SC Multimode optical fibre 5000 m 1 4000 m 1 8 dB 11 dB FDR SNTP client multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol configuration via Web access IGMP Snooping RSTP Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol priority port Unlimited 50 max P1 and P2 redundant power supplies redundant single ring ring coupling 9 6 32 V safety extra low voltage SELV 8W 9W 6 terminals 0 60 C 95 max non condensing IP 20 74x 131 x 111mm On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide 0 400 kg IEC EN 61131 2 UL 508 UL 1604 class 1 division 2 CSA 22 2 No 214 cUL CSA 22 2 No 213 class 1 division 2 cUL C GL C Tick Power supply status alarm relay status active redundancy redundancy management fibre port status and fibre port activity Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault volt free contact 1 A max at 24 V TCS ESB 083F2CU0 TCS ESB 093F2CU0 5 72 1 Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fibre typical value 2000 m 2 Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fibre typical value 15 000 m ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider 5 59 Electric Selection guide continued Ethernet network Cabling system ConneXium managed switches
308. cess VLAN IGMP Snooping RSTP Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol priority port data stream control secure port Unlimited 50 max Redundant power supplies redundant single ring ring coupling 9 6 60 V 18 30 V safety extra low voltage SELV 8 3W 6 terminals 0 60 C 10 90 non condensing IP 20 111 x 131x111 mm On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide 0 410 kg cUL 60950 UL 508 and CSA 22 2 No 142 UL 1604 and CSA 22 2 No 213 class 1 division 2 C GL Power supply status alarm relay status active redundancy redundancy management fibre port status and fibre port activity Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault volt free contact 1 A max at 24 V TCS ESM 103F2LG0 5 73 ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Electric Schneider 5 63 Wiring system Ethernet network Infrastructure Schneider Electric offers copper and fibre optic cables for connecting IP 20 and IP 67 Ethernet devices Mixed IP 20 and IP 67 wiring copper ey Straight through copper cables y 4 Crossover copper cables Cables with IP 67 connector see pages 5 66 and 5 67 K 1 2 8 Selection guide Pages 5 50 BEE 5 64 ij Schneider Electric Wiring system continued Ethernet network
309. cess data on the OFS server via Intranet or Internet using the SOAP protocol in conformity with the OPC XML DA V1 01 specification of the OPC Foundation 1 SOAP Simple Object Access Protocol XML Extensible Markup Language WSDL Web Services Description Language Setup Functions References page 6 67 page 6 68 page 6 69 6 66 Schneider Electric Setup Software OPC data server software OPC Factory Server Ethernet Modbus TCP e 2 OPC client 3 Quantum 1 OFS server V3 0 gt 4 Ethernet Modbus TCP Database 4 Unity Pro project station Symbols xvm Unity Pro Symbols prj Concept Symbols scy PL7 3 Premium 3 Momentum 3 TSX Micro The OFS server 1 is at the centre of the data exchanges It ensures that variables exchanged between the OPC client 2 and the PLC 3 are consistent in one of three ways using a symbol or variables database m The variables database is either the Unity Pro project 4 or the Concept project In both these cases Unity Pro or Concept needs to be installed on the OFS server station m Orthe variables database is an export file SCY for PL7 XVM for Unity Pro PL7 and Unity Pro are not required in either of these cases m Orthe variables database is the PLC itself In this case neither Unity Pro nor an export file is needed This does not apply to Momentum and TSX Micro PLCs
310. chines are adequately met by Modicon M340 Premium and Quantum platforms thanks to the wealth of functions in the library and the flexibility with which function blocks can be linked together through programming This solution therefore eliminates the need for external controllers and simplifies the overall control architecture of the machine as well as its design roll out and operation Per Dem Sm ro The EFs or EFBs can be used in all Unity Pro languages LD ST ILand FBD FBD is particularly suitable for accessing control processing operations in Unity Pro through its wizard for entering and viewing parameters and function block variables Ean mn Mn umher en Law Sramana e CONT_CTL programmable process control integrated in Unity Pro CONT_CTL library functions The library consists of five function families m Input data conditioning m Controllers m Mathematical functions m Process value processing m Output value processing Input data conditioning DTIME Pure time delay INTEGRATOR Integrator with limiting LAG_FILTER First order time lag LDLG Lead lag function with smoothing LEAD Lead function with smoothing MFLOW Mass flow calculation based on the measurement of differential pressure or flow speed with pressure and temperature compensation QDTIME Dead time term SCALING Scaling TOTALIZER Integr
311. chneider Electric devices can be connected to this bus 1 3 m TeSys model U starter controllers via Modbus gateway m Modicon STB and Momentum distributed I O m Altivar 312 61 71 variable speed drives for asynchronous motors m Lexium 05 15 servo drives for brushless motors m Altistart ATS 48 soft starters m Etc And any third party device compatible with Profibus DP standard profiles References page 5 119 5 118 Schneider Electric References Modicon Premium automation platform Profibus DP VO bus oO p H fa x u Profibus DP VO Master Class 1 and Class 2V0 TSX PBY 100 0 870 bus module for 12 Mbps master functions see 2 J Premium PLCs characteristics Profibus 1 FMS message handling not supported SyCon Generates a See page 5 89 configuration configuration file to be software imported into the application TSX PBY 100 SyCon V2 10 configuration Single 1 station SYC SPU LFU CD29A software licences Group 3 stations SYC SPU LFG CD29A Team 10 stations SYC SPU LFT CD29A Site gt 10 stations SYC SPU LFF CD29A SyCon V2 10 configuration Single 1 station SYC SPU LRU CD29A software update Profibus DP bus connection components Distributed I O Modicon STB network STB NDP 2112 0 140 on Profibus DP bus interface module Momentum 170 DTN 110 00 0 070 communication module Connectors for distributed I O Line terminator 490 NAD 911 03 communica
312. col is the industrial message handling system supported by X Way communication architecture It operates on a question answer or request report principle A device which supports the Uni TE protocol can be a m Client This device initiates communication It asks a question reads transmits data writes or sends an instruction Run Stop etc m Server This device executes the service requested by the client and sends a report after execution 5 98 Schneider Electric X Way and the OSI model continued Modicon Premium automation platform X Way communication Uni TE services continued The services provided depend on the type of device PLC programming terminal supervision station etc Depending on its function each device can be Client and or Server A Client PLC can access other devices in the architecture via its application program it can read write objects on another PLC or numerical controller select programs on a numerical controller etc Network transparency When connected to any station in the network or directly connected to the Fipway Ethernet Modbus TCP network a programming terminal can communicate with any other station in the network as if the terminal were physically connected to the PLC with which it is communicating Network transparency also applies between stations connected to different segments of the same multinetwork architecture COM service and Shared Table service mutually exclusive
313. con M340 BMX AMO 0410 Modicon 140 AVO 020 00 Quantum 140 ACO 020 00 Distribution and Modicon TSX AEY800 25 way SUB D Screw ABE 7CPA03 0 330 supply of 8 analog Premium TSX AEY1600 input channels with limitation of each Modicon 140 AVI 030 00 current loop Quantum 140 ACI 030 00 140 ACI 040 00 Distribution and supply Modicon TSX AEY810 25 way SUB D Screw ABE 7CPA31 0 410 of 8 analog input Premium channels isolated from Modicon M340 BMX AMI 0800 one another with 25 mA BMX AMI 0810 channel limitation BMX AMO 0802 Spring ABE 7CPA31E 0 410 Modicon 140 AVI 030 00 Quantum 140 ACI 030 00 140 ACI 040 00 Safety Modicon TSX PAY2e2 25 way SUB D Screw ABE 7CPA13 0 290 Premium Electric 8 18 Schneider References continued Connection interfaces Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Cabled connectors for Modicon Quantum I O modules S Type of vO Type of Gauge Cross Length No of Reference Weight 5 signal modules connector section channels AWG mm m kg Inputs and Please consult 2 x 20 way 22 0 324 1 5 2x16 ABF M32H150 0 650 relay outputs our website HE 10 www schneider electric com 3 2x16 ABF M32H300 1 150 0 5 Aoutputs Please consult 2 x 20 way 22 0 324 1 5 2x16 ABF M32H151 0 650 our website HE 10 www schneider electric com external 3 2x16 ABF M32H301 1 150 power supply Inputs or 140 DDI 364 00 2 x 20 way 22 0 324 0 5 6x16 TSX CDP 053 0 085 outputs 140 DDO 364 00 HE 10 96 channels
314. consult our Customer Care Centre 2 Function not available with Premium platform using Unity Pro software 3 Unity Pro software versions V 2 0 is not compatible with the TSX CSY 164 module 4 45 4 TSX CSY 85 with path functions 2 sets of 3 axes or 3 sets of 2 axes Linear or circular interpolation with polynomial interpolation connection ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Electric Schneider 4 29 Presentation description operation Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CFY 11 21 motion control modules for stepper motors The TSX CFY 11 21 stepper motor axis control range is designed for machines Denk requiring simultaneous motion control by stepper motor and sequential control by Lexium PLC Premium O J servo Eike The TSX CFY 11 module controls 1 axis channel 0 via a translator amplifier for stepper motor or Lexium 32C M servo drive The TSX CFY 21 module controls 2 axes channels 0 and 1 These modules are compatible with the Lexium 32C M servo drive or translators with m 5 V RS 422 or TTL inputs negative logic m 5 V NPN open collector or RS 422 outputs Motor In a Premium PLC configuration the number of TSX CFY motion control modules must be added to that of the other application specific modules communication counting axis control and weighing The front panels of TSX CFY 11 21 stepper control module
315. cs available Block diagram of a channel BEC EA Incremental encoder input incremental Sensor inputs encoder or SSI SSI absolute encoder inputs GLET CT I 4 ABE 7CPA11 inputs signals Configuration parameters Enable input 7 Capture input 4 Preset input Auxiliary I O processing Up down counting function and measurement with Electric Q QW processing Measurement Al YolW comparison with 2 gt Reflex output 0 thresholds gt Reflex output 1 Event management oe gt Output 2 1 Speed monitoring Programmable frequency output 3 Counter modules are set up using Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro software 1 The enable input and output 2 cannot be used simultaneously Architectures References page 4 21 pages 4 22 4 20 Schneider Architectures Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CTY 2C measurement and counter module Example of an architecture with counter inputs Modicon Telefast TSX CTY 2C 5 Channel 0 Channel 0 2
316. ction Europe 230 V in phase to neutral 400 V in phase to phase Single phase N L1 United States 277 in phase to neutral 480 V in phase to phase IEC EN 61000 3 2 conformity Protection against undervoltage Protection against overloads and short circuits Diagnostic relay Compatibility with function modules Power reserve Boost Output voltage Output current Pages 8 24 0 5A 2A 2 5A 3A 4A 4 2A 4 8A 5A 6A 6 2A 8 3A 10A 15 A 20A 30A 40A 60A Single phase N L1 Yes for ABL 1RP not applicable for ABL1REM24025 12050 Yes voltage detection Automatic restart on elimination on the fault No N 2AN Please consult our website www schneider electric com Electric Schneider r i nananaenstte Single phase N L1 connection Single phase N L1 or 3 phase L1 L2 L3 connection Single phase N L1 connection 2 phase L1 L2 connection Yes No Yes No Yes Yes depending on model by fuse Yes by external protection Yes ABL 8FEQ24005 ABL 8FEQ24010 ABL 8FEQ24020 ASI ABLB3002 ASI ABLD3002 1 ASI ABLM3024 2 ASI ABLM3024 2 ABL 8FEQ24040 ASI ABLB3004 ASI ABLD3004 7 ABL 8FEQ24060 oo o ABL 8FEQ24100 ABL 8TEQ24100 ABL 8FEQ24150 ABL 8FEQ24200 ABL 8TEQ24200 ABL 8TEQ24300 ABL 8TEQ24400 ABL 8TEQ24600 Please consult our website www sc
317. ctivity on the integrated Fipio bus A RESET button causing a cold start of the PLC when pressed An 8 way female mini DIN connector marked TER for connecting a programming or adjustment terminal An 8 way female mini DIN connector marked AUX for connecting a peripheral device A PCMCIA slot no 0 for a memory extension card A PCMCIA slot no 1 for a communication card or 4 Mb SRAM memory extension card for storing additional data A9 way SUB D connector on TSX P57 153M 253M TSX P57 353 LAM and TSX P57 353M 453AM models for Fipio bus manager communication O TSX P57 353LAM oo gt on N Processors with integrated Ethernet port Double format TSX P57 2623M 2823M and TSX P57 3623AM 4823AM processors with integrated Ethernet port feature the following on the front panel 1 Adisplay block with 5 LEDs RUN LED green processor in operation program running ERR LED red Fault on the processor or its on board devices PCMCIA memory ard and PCMCIA communication card VO LED red Faults occurring on another station module or configuration fault TER LED yellow Activity on the terminal port FIP LED red Activity on the integrated Fipio bus A display block relating to the integrated Ethernet port featuring 5 LEDs RUN LED green Ethernet port ready ERR LED red Ethernet port fault COLLED red Collision detection STS LED yellow Ethernet link diagnostics Two TX and RX LEDs yello
318. ctors PLC side LU9 G02 STB EPI 2145 Modicon TSX Micro platform 16 inputs TSX DMZ 28DTK RAUMO elas ta clean Eoo 12 outputs 2x 16 inputs TSX DMZ 64DTK ACCUEIL TOAG 2x 16 outputs Modicon Premium platform 16 inputs TSX DMY 28FK KAMARUN ey lit cl ole 12 outputs 2 x 16 inputs TSX DEY 32D2K CEUCAN 2x16 outputs TSX DSY32T2K 4x 16 inputs TSX DEY 64D2K ZAWIAS oll Id cars 2x 16 outputs TSX DSY32T2K Modicon Quantum platform 2x 16 inputs 140 DDI 353 00 EKLARE UAE olin cig olor 2x16 outputs 140 DDI 853 00 140 DDO 353 10 6 x 16 inputs 140DDI364 00 EERME UCAC GATGE 6x16 outputs 140 DDO 364 00 Modicon STB distributed I O 16 inputs STB EPI 1145 4 motor starters max 1 parallel interface 8 outputs module Presentation page 3 20 Electric 3 22 Schneider Connection accessories Splitter box 16 channels to Connection cables Connection cables Cabled connectors Connection cables 2x8channels With 2 HE 10 connectors With 2 HE 10 connectors Terminal block with With 2 RJ45 connectors 3 HE 10 connectors AWG 22 0 324 mm AWG 28 0 080 mm 2 cables fitted with HE 3lengths 0 3 1 or 3 m 5lengths 0 5 1 2 3 50r_ 3 lengths 1 2 or 3 m 10 connectors 10m AWG 22 0 324 mm 2 lengths 1 5 or 3m ABE 7ACC 02 TSX CDP ee3 1 ABF H20 Hee0 2 ABF M32 Hee0 3 LU9 Ree 4 Modicon TSX Micro platform 2 cables 1 splitter box 5 cables
319. d E TCS WAB 2D et TCS WAB C5 oe TCS WAAC 4 TCS WABAC2 sf TCS WABP v TCS WAMCD gt TCS WABMK Wi Fi network Wi Fi antennas cables and accessories Wi Fi antennas continued Description Frequency range Gain Degree Reference Weight MHz of protection kg 2 4 GHz directional 2300 2500 14 dBi IP 23 TCS WAB 2D 0 110 antenna 2 4 GHz dual slant antenna 2400 2485 8 dBi IP 65 TCS WAB 2S 0 110 2 4 GHz Leaky cable 50m _ 2000 2900 0 15dB IP 65 TCS WAB C5 12 000 at 2 4 GHz 2 4 GHz Leaky cable 100 m 2000 2900 0 15 dB IP 65 TCS WAB C10 24 000 at 2 4 GHz Cables Description Type Length Reference Weight m kg Adaptor cable 1 RP SMA male connector 0 520 TCS WAAC 0 340 1 N female connector Adaptor cable 1 N female connector 2 000 TCS WABAC2 0 340 N plug to N jack 2m 1 N male connector Adaptor cable 1 N female connector 15 000 TCS WABAC15 0 340 N plug to N jack 15 m 1 N male connector Accessories Description Degree Type Cable length Reference Weight of protection m kg Overvoltage protector for N female TCS WABP 0 080 antennas N male Overvoltage protector for IP 68 N female TCS WABP68 0 080 LAN PoE N male Memory card modules IP 40 Mini DIN 0 315 TCS WAMC67 0 035 1 connector IP 67 M12 0 500 TCS WAMCD 0 025 connector Adaptor kit for pole TCS WABMK mounting 1 Auto configuration adaptors which are used to save 2 different versions of the configuratio
320. d Ethernet port XBT GT ee30 40 1 For Ethernet ring lengths gt 100 m the copper link is replaced by a fibre optic link either multimode 3 km max or single mode 20 km max via ConneXium switches TCS ESM 043F2CS0 and straight through copper cable 490 NTW 000 eee fibre optic not supplied by Schneider Modicon Premium automation platform Hot Standby system Unity Pro software Architecture with redundant I O on Bus X In this type of architecture the discrete and analog I O on Bus X are redundant components The discrete and analog I O modules controlling them are positioned in each Primary and Standby single rack or multi rack configuration 10 10 19 m 13 Ethernet Modbus TCP a 12 Primary 12 Standby 12 Magelis XBTGT Premium Premium 2 3 466 3 46 6 2655 j B 5 1 1 C 1 B 1 C 11 _ 23 21 i 21 21 24 E Modicon 22 Be Telefast ABE 7 amp a ri ees ZINN wl Analog sensors I eae B or actuators XVB amp E Control station Sensors TeSys Management of redundant I O Each Primary and Standby Premium PLC has a set of identical I O modules on its TSX RKY e rack Discrete sensors actuators are connected to 16 channel Modicon Telefast ABE 7H16 S16 R16 passiv
321. d type of device Diagnostics The diagnostic functions of the Fipio bus integrated in the Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro software very quickly identify a fault on m The bus medium m Remote devices 1 Agraphic representation of the architecture displays the defective devices in red 2 More detailed diagnostics can be accessed by double clicking 3 In addition specific screens can display an overview of all the faults appearing on eid al a a r 3 the bus or on any device On request these faults can be recorded for later anodas i analysis Fipio bus diagnostics Presentation Maximum configuration References page 5 100 page 5 102 page 5 103 Schneider 5 101 Electric Maximum configuration Modicon Premium automation platform Fipio bus manager function The Fipio bus enables a maximum of 128 devices to be connected This limit can in certain cases be restricted depending on the type of bus manager processor and on the devices which are connected on the bus The maximum number of devices which can be connected depends on m The maximum size of memory space available for Fipio data which is o 94320 bytes for Modicon Premium TSX P57 156 256 2823 35e processors o 214528 bytes for Modicon Premium TSX P57 45e 4823 554M processors m The total number of bytes consumed by each device see table below Product family References Base size Extensio
322. data storage comprising an application area of between 64 and 384 Kwords and a storage area of 128 or 640 Kwords for additional data in the SRAM or Flash EPROM and SRAM m Application additional data and symbol storage comprising an application area of between 32 and 512 Kwords a storage area of 128 or 640 Kwords for additional data and a symbol storage area of 128 or 256 Kwords in the SRAM or Flash EPROM and SRAM m Additional data storage provided by an SRAM memory card with a capacity of 2 Mwords These cards use 2 technologies m Battery backed SRAM Used in particular in the application program design and debugging phases These cards support all application transfer and modification services in online mode and the storage of additional data The memory is protected by a removable battery built into the PCMCIA card A second auxiliary battery provides backup so that the main battery can be replaced without data being lost m Flash EPROM Used when debugging of the application program is complete It enables restrictions in terms of the service life of backup batteries to be avoided and supports global application transfer If a Flash EPROM is used the application cannot be modified in online mode If future migration from PL7 to Unity Pro is envisaged see the equivalence table opposite to find the new equivalent reference SRAM memory extension slot no 0 Use Max memory siz
323. dbus and Uni Telway m Powered via the product s RS 485 serial port m Max range in direct line of sight 20 m The kit comprises A Universal Bluetooth interface UBI An RJ45 mini DIN cable length 1 m An RJ45 RJ45 cable length 1 m A fixing clamp for installation inside the electrical enclosure ACD with configuration software and user manual 1 The TSX CUSB 485 converter requires use of the TSX CRJMD 25 mini DIN RJ45 cordset 2 For connection on a USB port the SR2 CBL 06 cable must also be used 3 3 Adaptor equipped with a USB connector PC side and a 9 way SUB D connector STB XCA 4002 cable side requires the STB XCA 4002 cable 9 way SUB D HE 13 for connection to the HE13 connector on the Modicon STB NIM Selection guide page 6 2 Electric Schneider 6 21 Presentation Software setup Unity Pro software Unity EFB Toolkit software Unity EFB Toolkit is the software for developing EFs and EFBs in C programming language As an option with Unity Pro it can be used to extend all the standard Unity Pro function blocks in order to increase functionality This software comes with Microsoft Visual Studio which can be used to debug the function blocks developed A in the Unity Pro PLC simulator Unity EFB Toolkit also includes a service for creating Unity EFB Toolkit and managing families of function blocks and integrating them in Unity Pro Unity EFB Toolkit manages the whole process of developi
324. defined Web pages Diagnostics Rack Viewer PLC diagnostics Serial device diagnostics via predefined Web pages Monitoring Data editor access to PLC data and variables Monitoring via animation tables Display of Unity program in a Web page Alarm management Graphic views Display of Unity program in a Web page Graphic monitoring via animated views integrated graphic editor Unity Pro operator screen User Web pages Calculation scripts Graphic monitoring via animated Web pages created by the user E mail service Alarm notification by e mail or SMS Alarm notification by e mail Data logging Archiving of application data Data Logging with time and date stamping in the module s Flash memory card Database connection Report service Recipe service Application development software References Catalogue or website Web Designer supplied with each module Web Designer BMX NOR 0200H Modicon M340 platform TSX ETG1000 www schneider electric com 1 The RTU module s serial port is not isolated For an extended serial network gt 15 m the network must be isolated for example using the TWD XCA ISO RS 485 isolation box see page 5 125 For more information please refer to the Modicon M340 platform catalogue Q gt More technical information on www schneider electric com 5 12 Schneider Electric All equipment supporting All Modicon PLCs and third party
325. depending on Device2 CT2 cT2 the degree of asynchronous operation v Action BCT Uni Tolway bus cycle time Description CT1 Device 1 bus cycle time Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLCs CT2 Device 2 bus cycle time Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLCs provide various ways of connecting to the Uni Telway bus 1 By Modicon TSX Micro Premium processor integrated port The AUX port 2 8 way mini DIN has one non isolated RS 485 serial link channel maximum distance 10 m 2 By TSX SCY 21601 integrated port for Modicon Premium PLC This module has one Half duplex isolated RS 485 serial link channel which is multiprotocol including Uni Telway 3 Via a multiprotocol PCMCIA card Aslot on TSX 37 21 22 Premium processors and on the TSX SCY 21601 3 module accepts the following multiprotocol cards PCMCIATSX SCP 114 card isolated RS 485 RS 422 link This type of card corresponds to the Uni Telway standard PCMCIATSX SCP 111 card non isolated RS 232 link This type of card can be used for direct point to point links or links via Modem PCMCIA TSX SCP 112 card 20 mA current loop link This type of card is used for a multidrop link 2 to 16 devices and requires a 24 V external power supply 1 N Number of usable characters corresponding to the messages to be exchanged 2 TER port for TSX 37 05 08 10 PLCS TER or AUX port for Premium PLCs 3 This slot can also take the TSX FPP 20 PCMCIA card for Fipway networks Modicon Pre
326. dicon Premium automation platform TSX CTY 2C measurement and counter module The TSX CTY 2C measurement and counter module is used with fast machines requiring precise measurements with short cycle times and high input frequencies woodworking machines packing machines etc The TSX CTY 2C measurement and counter module provides the standard functions speed monitoring reflex outputs etc for performing a simple position control function by the application program The TSX CTY 2C measurement and counter module also enables special functions to be managed The front panel of the TSX CTY 2C measurement and counter module comprises 1 One 15 way SUB D connector per channel for connecting o Counter sensors or incremental encoder o SSI absolute encoder or parallel output encoder with Modicon Telefast ABE 7CPA11 sub base o Sensor power supply o Encoder power supply feedback for checking that it is supplied correctly 2 One 20 way HE10 connector for connecting the following for each channel o Auxiliary inputs preset enable and capture o Reflex outputs o Programmable frequency output o Power supplies for auxiliary I O and encoders 3 Rigid casing which o Holds the electronic card o Locates and locks the module in its slot 4 Module diagnostic LEDs o Module diagnostics Green RUN LED module operating Red ERR LED internal fault module failure Red I O LED external fault o Channel diagnostics Green CHe LED channel diagnosti
327. drivers are available on the PL7 software CD ROM Depending on the user s needs other drivers may be necessary In this case please consult our website www schneider electric com and download the drivers available 1 Using 2 PL7 software V4 0 extends the system diagnostics of the Premium platform The system bits and words can be monitored as well as automatic displaying of associated time stamped messages without any additional programming This monitoring is of the system elements processor memory tasks etc In rack I O and remote I O on Fipio bus 2 Function or feature requiring PL7 Junior Pro software References pages 6 42 Schneider 6 41 Electric References Software PL7 software PL7 Micro Junior Pro PL7 Micro Junior Pro are multi language English French German Italian and Spanish software packages designed for PC compatibles 7 with Windows 2000 XP Vista or 7 all 32 bit operating system m For a station the package comprises o 1 CD ROM containing the multilingual PL7 software PL7 demonstration applications and the Uni Telway terminal link driver o 2 CD ROMS containing multilingual technical documentation o 1 CD ROM containing Service Pack 5 m For 3 station packages the quantities above are tripled Note The operating systems of Modicon TSX Micro Premium platforms are available on our website www schneider electric com Cables for connection to the PC are
328. ds or modulo value preset enable capture Associated functions Elimination of axis backlash position recalibration Measurement capture Switching feedforward Parts counter User definable activation of the event triggered task cams track recalibration capture etc Via 15 way SUB D connectors 1 per counter channel direct or via TSX TAP S15ee accessory Via HE 10 connector for reflex I O and power supply Using Modicon Telefast pre wired system ABE 7CPA01 ABE 7H16R20 ABE 7CPA11 See page 9 6 4 22 ew More technical information on www schneider electric com 4 26 Electric Schneider 4 15 Presentation Modicon Premium automation description platform TSX CTY 2A 4A counter modules Counting functions are required for counting parts or events grouping objects incoming or outgoing flow control and measuring the lengths or positions of items Premium PLCs perform these functions using TSX CTY 2A 4A counter modules which have a counting frequency of 40 KHz maximum In a Premium PLC configuration the number of TSX CTY counter modules must be added to that of the other application specific modules communication motion control and weighing See pages 1 10 and 1 19 They are hot swappable Counter modules are characterized by their number of channels m 2 channels with downcounting upcounting and up down counting for the TSX CTY 2A module m 4 channels with downcounting upcounting and up down counting
329. dule STB PDT 3100 Connection base STB XBA 2200 Terminal block STB XTB 1130 Parallel interface module 2 Module STB EPI 2145 Connection base STB XBA 3000 Network interface module 3 CANopen STB NCO 1010 4 Fipio STB NFP 2210 Ethernet TCP IP STB NIP 2210 InterBus STB NIB 1010 4 Profibus DP STB NDP 1010 4 DeviceNet STB NDN 1010 4 Modbus Plus STB NMP 2210 Terminal block STB WTS 2120 The motor starter is connected to an APP 1Ce 7 module using an adaptor plate APP 2CX 8 and a cable APP 2AH40H060 10 Information is available on the module for each motor starter m 1 output motor control m 2 inputs circuit breaker status and contactor status 1 Please consult the IP 20 distributed inputs outputs Modicon catalogue 2 For 4 direct or 2 reversing motor starters 3 Reference to be selected according to the network used 4 Optimized version Schneider 3 21 Electric Compatibility Installation system TeSys Quickfit for motor starter components Automation platforms Parallel wiring module Modicon STB parallel interface module Type Modularity of Compatible I O Splitter box Module connectionto modules For 8 TeSys model U motor starters 16 PLC For 4 TeSys model U motor starters the PLC inputs and 8 PLC outputs 4 RJ45 connectors motor starter side 8 RJ45 connectors motor starter side 2HE 10 conne
330. dundant architecture separate ATR and I O Servers with 2 Server Control Clients and 2 Web View Only Clients tind reaundanees Redundant architecture 2 clusters with 2 Web View Only Clients Software Supervisory control and data acquisition software SCADA Vijeo Citect Redundant Server with Server Control Clients and Web View Only Clients E g Redundant server 1500 Points with 2 Control Client licences on the servers and 2 Web View Only Client licences Development workshop m 1 x VJC 1099 22 hardware delivery of the DVD with USB key Primary Server key m x VJC 1099 21 additional USB key Standby Server key rule 1 key per Server Server licences m 2x VJC NS 1011 13 Server licences for 1500 points including Control Client licences The first Server acts as the Primary Server The second server acts as the Standby Server One licence is placed on each key Primary and Standby Client licences m 2x VJC NS 1032 99 Web View Only Client licences Both licences are placed on the Primary Server key Redundant Client licence m 2x VJC NS 1032 88 redundant Web View Only Client licences Floating redundant licences for Web View Only Client licences Both licences are placed on the Standby Server key Redundant Alarm Trend Reports Servers 1500 points and redundant I O Servers 1500 points with 2 Control Clients and 2 Web View Only Clients Development workshop m 1 x VJC 109
331. e TCSN WA 272 3 TCSG WC 241 3 5 84 ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Electric Schneider 5 75 Selection guide continued Wi Fi network Wi Fi Access Points and Clients Dual band industrial high performance Wi Fi Dual band industrial high performance Wi Fi LAN Access Point Client with one radio LAN Access Point Client with one radio module module based on IEEE 802 11n draft 2 0 based on IEEE 802 11n draft 2 0 With FCC approval for USA and Canada Access point and Client IEEE 802 11a b g h n 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz IP 40 FCC DIN rail 1 300 Mbps 3x RP SMA 2 x 10 100BASE TX 1 x WLAN interface 8 SSIDs per interface 1 Up to 20 km with external antenna frequency range and data rate dependent on type of antenna 80 x 100 x 135 mm 30 C to 50 C 40 C to 70 C Max 95 non condensing 2 x 24 V 12 V redundant capable 2 x PoE per IEEE802 3af redundant capable 2 2 V 1 625 mA 24 V 417 mA PoE 48 V 167 mA 2 EN 60950 EN 300328 EN 301893 notified in all Certifications for FCC EU countries EN 61131 for operation in automation environment TCSN WA 241 3 TCSN WA 241 3 5 84 1 SSID Service Set IDentifier 2 PoE Power over Ethernet 3 All TCSN ee eeee products are supplied with 3 pen type antennas More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider G Electric 4 ae ir See
332. e 2m TSX CPP 202 0 260 3m TSX CPP 302 0 360 For standard wiring 44 way SUB D Flyingleads 3m TSX CPP 301 0 330 connector with colour coded wires TSX CPP e02 TSX CPP301 Schneider Electric Presentation Safety automation solutions Preventa configurable safety controllers Type XPS MC Configurable safety controllers XPS MCeeZe are designed to provide a solution for safety applications requiring conformity to Performance Level PL e Category 4 in accordance to standard EN ISO 13849 1 and SIL 3 requirements of standard EN IEC 61508 The range of configurable safety controllers comprises 6 products each with different technical characteristics Configurable Safety Safety Communication via controllers inputs outputs 1 CANopen bus Profibus bus Modbus serial link XPS MC16Z 16 6 2x2 Yes slave XPS MC16ZC 16 6 2x2 Yes slave Yes slave XPS MC16ZP 16 6 2x2 Yes slave Yes slave XPS MC32Z 32 6 2x2 Yes slave XPS MC16ZC XPS MC32ZC XPS MC32ZC 32 6 2x2 Yes slave Yes slave XPS MC32ZP 32 6 2x2 Yes slave Yes slave Line control The safety inputs are supplied by the various control outputs 2 in such a manner so as to monitor for short circuits between the inputs short circuits between each input and earth or the presence of residual voltages The controller assisted by the control outputs continuously tests all the connected inputs As soon as an error is detected on an input all the outputs ass
333. e ABL8PRP24100 0 270 downstream short circuit of 4 output terminals from an ABL4 breaking 7 8 i protection power supply Primary 9 Secondary Reference Weight a Input voltage Power supply module output current Output Nominal voltage current kg de 66 15 24V 2 2A z 5 6 5 V 6A ABL8DCC05060 0 300 9 24 _ ABL 8BUF24400 1 7A 7 15V 2A ABL 8DCC12020 0 300 Description Use Composition Unitreference Weight kg Fuse Discriminating Protection module 4x5A 4x7 5Aand4x10A ABL 8FUS01 assemblies ABL 8PRP24100 Battery ABL8BKP24Ase 4x 20Aand6x30A ABL 8FUSO02 Clip on marker All products except ABL 8PRP24100 Sold in lots of 100 LAD 90 0 030 labels Discriminating Protection module Sold in lots of 22 ASI20 MACC5 ABL 8PRP24100 Rail mounting Battery module ABL 8BPK2403 ABL 1A02 kit EEPROM Backup and duplication of ABL8 BBU24e00 SR2 MEMO2 0 010 memory battery check module parameters 1 2 phase connection possible on certain American line supplies 2 Power supply reference ABL 4RSM24200 has an integrated redundancy diode 3 For use with power supply ABL4 4 Compatibility table for battery check module battery unit with holding time depending on the load More technical information on www schneider electric com 5 Appendices see page 8 34 6 Supplied with 20 or 30 A fuse depending on the model 7 Supplied with four 15 A fuses x 8 Local reset via pushbutton or automatic reset on elimination of the fault ABL
334. e Old reference Reference Weight PL7 application Additional data Symbol storage kg TSX 57 10 40 32 Kwords TSX MRP 032P TSX MRP P128K 0 076 64 Kwords TSX MRP 064P TSX MRP P224K 0 076 128 Kwords TSX MRP 232P 264P TSX MRP P384K 0 076 TSX 57 20 40 128 Kwords TSX MRP 0128P TSX MRP C448K 0 076 128 Kwords 128 Kwords TSX MRP 2128P TSX MRP C768K 0 076 256 Kwords TSX MRP 0256P TSX MRP C001M 0 076 640 Kwords 128 Kwords TSX MRP 3256P TSX MRP C01M7 0 076 384 Kwords 640 Kwords TSX MRP 3384P TSX MRP C002M 0 076 TSX 57 40 512 Kwords 256 Kwords TSX MRP 0512P TSX MRP C003M 0 076 992 Kwords 640 Kwords 384 Kwords TSX MRP C007M 0 076 Flash EPROM memory extension slot n 0 TSX 57 10 40 32 Kwords S _ TSX MFP 032P TSX MFP P128K 1 0 044 64 Kwords _ TSX MFP 064P TSX MFP P224K 1 0 044 TSX MFP 064P TSX MFP 064P2 2 0 044 128 Kwords TSX MFP 232P 264P TSX MCP C224K 7 0 044 TSX 57 20 40 128 Kwords TSX MFP 0128P TSX MFP P384K 1 0 044 TSX MFP 0128P TSX MFP 0128P2 2 0 044 256 Kwords _ _ _ TSX MFP P001M 1 0 044 SRAM memory extension slot no 1 TSX 57 20 40 2048 Kwords TSX MRP DS 2048P TSX MRP F004M 0 076 Flash EPROM backup card slot no 0 TSX 57 10 32 Kwords _ _ TSX MFP BAK 032P TSX MFP BO96K 1 0 044 Replacement parts Description Use Type Reference Zn g Backup batteries PCMCIA SRAM memory cards Main battery TSX BAT M02 3 0 010 Auxiliary battery TSX BAT M03 4 0 050 Handle Removal of PCMCIA memory card
335. e a plastic case which provides IP 20 protection of the electronics VO modules connected via 20 way removable terminal block 1 Adisplay block showing the channels and for module diagnostics 2 Aremovable screw terminal block for connecting the I O directly to the sensors and preactuators TSX BLY 01 connectors to be ordered separately 2 3 Apivoting cover for accessing the terminal block screws and holding the identification label 4 Arotating support containing the module locating device VO modules connected via HE 10 connector 1 Adisplay block showing the channels and for module diagnostics 2 HE 10 connectors protected by a cover These are used to connect the I O to the sensors and preactuators either directly or via Modicon Telefast ABE 7 connection sub bases Principle Functions References page 3 6 pages 3 8 pages 3 9 Schneider 3 7 Electric Functions Modicon Premium automation platform Discrete I O modules I O assignment Each module is functionally organized into groups of 8 channels Each group of channels can be assigned to a specific application task Reactivation of outputs If a fault has caused an output to trip the output can be reactivated if there is no other fault on its terminals The reactivation command defined during configuration can be automatic reactivation every 10 s or controlled via the program Reactivation is carried out in groups of 8 channels This function is accessib
336. e connection or adaptor sub bases Analog sensors actuators are connected via the JM Concept converter Visit the website www jmconcept com For the redundant inputs the sensor data is transmitted to the Primary and Standby PLCs simultaneously via the 2 identical input modules placed in the Premium racks Two 16 channel Modicon Telefast ABE 7 sub bases ABE 7ACC11 with redundant inputs and ABE 7ACC10 with redundant outputs can be used to create double cabling very easily using cordsets with two HE10 connectors The output values are only generated by the Primary PLC application processing This PLC sends its commands to the corresponding output modules On each scan the Standby PLC receives the Primary PLC output values via the CPU Sync link and applies them to its own outputs This update ensures a smooth changeover from Normal to Standby during the changeover time Note Output fallback values in a Hot Standby system the redundant output modules must be configured with fallback to state 0 and the shared component outputs on Ethernet I O Scanning or on Modbus configured with maintain state on fallback Note Use of Preventa TSX PAY 262 282 safety modules in a Hot Standby system the modules are allowed in Premium racks provided that the wiring recommendations are complied with Electric please consult your Customer Care Centre Presentation Description Functions References page 4 52 page 4 53 pages 4 58 pages 4 60 El
337. e encoder with additional Push Pull outputs 2 Absolute encoders with parallel outputs require the ABE 7CPA11 adaptor interface 3 Numbers see page 4 25 Presentation Architectures page 4 24 page 4 25 Electric 4 26 Schneider References continued Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CCY 1128 electronic cam module Connecting cables Description From TSX CCY 1128 To No Length Reference Weight module 1 kg Cables 15 way SUB D ABE 7CPA11 adaptor 5 0 5m TSX CCP S15 050 0 110 AWG 12 0 205 mm connector sub base or 1m TSX CCP S15 100 0 160 TSX TAP S15 ee interface 15 way 2 5m TSXCCPS15 0 220 SUB D connector TSX CCP S15 e0ee 20 wire preformed Auxiliary inputs Free end with 8 3m TSX CDP 301 0 400 cables power supply signals colour coded wires 5m TSX CDP 501 0 660 AWG 22 0 324 mm moulded 20 way 500 mA max HE 10 connector 10m TSXCDP1001 zu TSX CDP e01 Connecting cables Moulded 20 way ABE 7H16R20 7 9 0 5 TSX CDP 053 0 085 AWG 22 0 324 mm HE 10 connector sub base 1m TSX CDP 103 0 150 500 mAmax 20 way HE 10 connector 2m TSX CDP 203 0 280 3m TSX CDP 303 0 410 5m TSX CDP 503 0 670 10m TSX CDP 1003 1 180 1 Numbers see page 4 25 TSX CDP e03 Presentation Architectures page 4 24 page 4 25 Schneider 4 27 Electric Selection guide Modicon Premium automation platform Motion control modules Applications Motion control modules for stepper
338. e of electrical equipment on board merchant vessels generally implies that it has gained prior approval i e certification by certain shipping classification societies Abbreviation Certification body Country CSA Canadian Standards Association Canada C Tick Australian Communication Authority Australia New Zealand GOST Scientific research institute for GOST standards Russia UL Underwriters Laboratories USA Abbreviation Classification authority Country IACS International Association of Classification Societies International ABS American Bureau of Shipping USA BV Bureau Veritas France DNV Det Norske Veritas Norway GL Germanischer Lloyd Germany LR Lloyd s Register United Kingdom RINA Registro Italiano Navale Italy RMRS Russian Maritime Register of Shipping Russia RRR Russian River Register Russia ccs China Classification Society China The tables below provide an overview of the situation as at 1st June 2010 in terms of which certifications listed next to their respective bodies have been granted or are pending for our automation products Up to date information on which certifications have been obtained by products bearing the Schneider Electric brand can be viewed on our website www schneider electric com Certifications w CSA USA Canada C Tick ACA Australia Hazardous locations 1 Class I div 2 Certification pending 4 FS BG SIMTARS AS Interface GOST
339. e offer Please consult our Customer Care Centre Dedicated training plans to allow you to acquire the necessary competencies to optimize productivity of your installed base We are committed to providing your teams with the necessary competencies to operate more effectively make the operations more secure and optimize the efficiency of your installed equipment m Identification of your needs by systematic analysis of the competency and functions of your teams m Proposal of a set of training modules covering your entire installed automation equipment base m Preparation of customized modules to suit your needs content schedule etc Note To check availability of services required please contact our Customer Care Centre 9 20 Schneider Electric Presentation continued A dedicated services offer for your installed base Modernisation services Customization services Modernisation services Our experts will analyze your existing systems propose an action plan and deploy the appropriate solutions With our M2C Maintenance amp Modernisation Consultancy offer we help you check the state of your installed base by m Defining the scope and depth of the analysis in m Process consultancy collaboration with you Based on audit implementation dedicated to your application our consultants will m Collecting the technical data without shutting down production help you assess opportunities define various solutions estimate
340. eb aa warsion 33022130 O 206 Schneider Astomaten SAS At Rights Reserved OPC Factory Server Home page Software OPC data server software OPC Factory Server The OFS server allows four access modes m Apurely local mode m Remote access from an OPC DA client m Remote access from an OPC NET client m Remote access from an OPC XML DA client Local access The client application program and the OFS server are on the same PC OFS station Local client application Symbol data program Unity Pro Concept or PL7 Modbus network X Way network Momemum Premium TSX Micro Quantum Remote access from an OPC DA client The client application program and the OFS data server are on remote stations Communication between the client station and the OFS server is conducted through the DCOM layer Microsoft via the OPC DA protocol Ethernet Modbus TCP network OFS station Remote client Local client application application Symbol data program Rigo Unity Pro Concept or PL7 Modbus network X Way network Momentum Premium TSX Micro Quantum Setup Functions References page 6 67 page 6 68 page 6 69 Schneider 6 65 Electric Presentation continued Software OPC data server software OPC Factory Server Remote access from an OPC NET client The NET client application and the OFS data server are on remote station
341. ection accessories Protective covers Unoccupied positionon 5 screw on covers TSX RKA 02 0 050 racks TSX RKY e or Sold in lots of 5 TSX RKY eEX Fixing screws Mounting of racks Screw with captive TSX ACC VA625 0 350 M6 x 25 TSX RKY e or washer and TSX RKY eEX hexagonal slotted head Sold in lots of 50 1 In cases where the limits of electromagnetic emissions between 30 MHz and 1 GHz need to be monitored it is recommended that TSX RKY 6EX 8EX extendable racks be used instead of TSX RKY 6 8 non extendable racks see page 2 10 Presentation page 2 6 Electric Schneider 2 7 Presentation Modicon Premium automation platform Multirack configuration without remote module Multirack configurations are made up using extendable racks 1 TSX RKY 4EX 6EX 8EX 12EX 1 They comprise m 4 racks maximum for a station with Premium TSX 57 10 processor m 16 racks maximum for a station with Premium TSX 57 20 57 30 57 40 57 50 57 60 processor The racks are connected to each other by bus X extension cables 2 Bus X The racks distributed on bus X are connected to each other by bus X extension cables whose total length is 100 m max Using TSX REY 200 bus X remote modules enables the length of bus X to be increased to a maximum of 2 x 350 m see page 2 12 The racks are connected to each other by means of bus X extension cables TSX CBY eee0Ke which are connected to the 9 way SUB D side connectors on each extendable rack The incoming cable fr
342. ectric Schneider 4 55 Architectures continued Redundant components 1 Non expandable rack with 6 8 or 12 positions TSX RKY ee single rack configuration or expandable with 4 6 8 or 12 positions TSX RKY eeEX multi rack configuration 2 Power supply module TSX PSY eeeM 3 Hot Standby processor TSX H57 24M 44M 4 M Monitored Ethernet Modbus TCP network module TSX ETY 4103 5103 version 2 sv 4 0 8 Serial link communication module TSX SCY 21601 on which the integrated channel cannot be used in this type of architecture 9 Isolated RS 485 PCMCIA card TSX SCP 114 used in Modbus slave protocol Shared components on the Ethernet Modbus TCP network 15 Modicon M340 automation platform with processor with integrated Ethernet port BMXP34 2020 2030 16 Modicon STB modular distributed I O with network interface module STB NIP 2212 17 Altivar 61 71 variable speed drive with communication card VW3 A3 310 18 Optimum Modicon OTB distributed I O with interface module OTB 1E0 DM9LP 19 Magelis XBT GT graphic display terminal with embedded Ethernet port XBT GT ee30 40 Other possible shared components see page 4 54 Ethernet cabling components 10 ConneXium unmanaged switch with 5 ports 10BASE T 100BASE TX 499 NES 251 00 11 CPU Sync link copper crossover cable 490 NTC 000 eee 12 Copper straight through cable 490 NTW 000 eee 13 Copper crossover cable 490 NTC 000 eee Modbus cabling components 31 Passive T junction box c
343. ed on a USB or parallel key which is plugged into the PC running the Vijeo Historian software Schneider 6 61 Electric References Vijeo Historian Software Vijeo Historian reporting software The Vijeo Historian Box includes m Vijeo Historian DVDs including OPC HDA Server and Reports Deployment Manager m Abooklet m Hardware key The software can be downloaded from our website www schneider electric com The Vijeo Historian Box is needed for delivery of the hardware key Additional keys will be shipped in the Vijeo Historian Box The key can be programmed for Vijeo Historian Vijeo Citect or both We recommend using a separate key for Vijeo Citect and Vijeo Historian Description Type of key included Reference Sen g Vijeo Historian Box with USB key USB VJH 2099 22 Vijeo Historian Box with parallel key Parallel VJH 2099 12 Vijeo Historian 10 Pack with USB key USB VJH 2099 20 1 Additional USB key USB VJH 2099 21 2 Additional parallel key Parallel VJH 2099 11 2 Description Content m 1xVJHNS 211015 Vijeo Historian 15000 points and Data transfer licence m 5x VJH NS 212200 Portal Only Client Access Licence CAL m 5x VJH NS 2120 00 Historian Only Client Access Licence CAL m 5x VJH NS 2043 20 Microsoft SQL Database Connector 1 per database system Vijeo Historian Loan licence Reference VJH 2095 03 Weight kg The Vijeo Historian and Data transfer licences are based on
344. ed response in a compact unit The Lexium range 1 offers all the necessary options line chokes braking resistors etc as well as all connection components The block diagram presents the various functions performed by the different components which make up the multi axis control system Unity Pro PL7 Junior Pro UniLink BDH BSH servo motors Position SERCOS ring bus to Lexium servo drive network 1 Speed 1 Please consult our Customer Care Centre 2 The TSX CSY 85 module also supports the path functions with the TjE path editor software Description Functions References page 4 41 pages 4 42 page 4 45 4 40 Schneider Electric Description TSX CSY 85 Modicon Premium automation platform SERCOS TSX CSY 84 85 164 motion control modules The PL7 Junior Pro or Unity Pro software is used via the Premium platform terminal port to m Declare SERCOS TSX CSY 84 85 164 modules in the PLC configuration m Configure the functions and set the parameters for the axes used m Program the movements in the PLC application m Adjust the parameters via operating codes parameters TSX CSY module and Lexium servo drive 1 with SERCOS option m Test and debug the application The UniLink software is used via the RS 232 terminal port on the Lexium servo drive 1 with SERCOS option to m Define the types of Lexium servo drive with SERCOS option and BDH
345. enables events to be taken into account and ensures they are processed immediately interrupt processing These inputs are associated with the event processing EVTi defined in configuration mode where i 0 31 0 63 or 0 128 according to the type of Premium CPU m Event processing can be triggered on a rising edge 0 1 or a falling edge 1 0 of the associated input A masking unmasking function for TSX DEY 16FK DMY 28FK inputs is available in online mode m Programmable input filtering the inputs are equipped with filtering which can be configured for each channel Inputs are filtered by a fixed analog filter which provides a maximum immunity of 0 1 ms for filtering line interference and by a digital filter which can be configured from 0 1 to 7 5 ms in increments of 0 5 ms Reflex and timer functions for the TSX DMY 28RFK module These control system functions are used to create applications which require a faster response time than the fast task or event processing lt 500 us They are executed in the module and are independent of the PLC task They are programmed using Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro software in configuration mode Hot swap Due to their integrated devices the I O modules including application specific modules are hot swappable Principle Description References page 3 6 page 3 7 pages 3 9 3 8 Schneider Electric Functions continued Modicon Premium automation references platform Discrete I O
346. ene M Clip on marker Replacement parts for ABL 8MEM power supplies 100 LAD 90 0 030 tags ABL 7RM24025 1 Due to their power lt 75 W ABL 8MEM 7RM power supplies are not subject to the requirements of standard IEC EN 61000 3 2 Schneider Presentation Phaseo power supplies and description transformers Regulated switch mode power supplies ABL 8REM ABL 7RP 60 to 144 W Rail mounting The ABL 8REM 7RP power supply offer is designed to provide the DC voltage necessary for the control circuits of automation system equipment consuming 60 to 144 W in 12 24 and 48 V Comprising four products this range meets the needs encountered in industrial commercial and residential applications With phase to neutral N L1 or phase to phase 1 L1 L2 connection these slim electronic switch mode power supplies provide a quality of output current that is suitable for the loads supplied and compatible with both the Twido range and the smallest Modicon M340 Premium and Quantum configurations making them ideal partners Their simplified characteristics in comparison with the ABL 8RP 8WP offer also make them the low cost solution for applications less affected by problems with the line supply such as harmonic pollution and outages Clear guidelines are given on selecting the upstream protection devices which are often used with them and thus a comprehensive solution is provided that can be used in total safety The ABL 8REM 7RP range o
347. ens Senvices Diagnostics viewers Other services PL7 2 application converters PL7 3 and Orphee application converters Utilities for updating PLC operating systems Communication drivers for Windows 2000 XP Vista and 7 all 32 bit Compatible Premium processors TSX P57 1e TSX P57 1e Modicon TSX P57 2e TSX P57 2e platforms TSX P57 3e TSX P57 3e TSX P57 4e TSX P57 4e TSX Micro PLCs TSX 37 05 08 10 21 22 TSX 37 05 08 10 21 22 TSX 37 05 08 10 21 22 Software name PL7 Micro PL7 Junior PL7 Pro PL7 software type TLX CDe PL7M e45M TLX CDe PL7J e45M TLX CDe PL7P e45P Pages 6 42 6 38 Schneider Electric Enhancement of EF libraries Automatic comparison of 2 TSX Micro or Premium applications with o Creation of families identification of all differences o Development of functions in C language o Access to mathematical calculation functions in floating point format Requires PL7 Pro software o Debugging functions step by step breakpoint o Use of functions created in all languages Supplied with Microsoft Visual C Compatible with Compatible with o PL7 Micro Junior Pro o PL7 Pro o All TSX Micro Premium processors o All TSX Micro Premium processors SDKC PL7 DIF TLX SDKC PL7 41M TLX CD PL7 DIF 42 6 44 cs More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider 6 39 Electric Presentation Software functions PL7 software PL7 Micro Junior Pro PL7 Micro Junior Pro software is
348. ent station m The SDK C development software in C language reference UNY SPU ZU CD 20E with Unity Pro TLX LSDKC PL741M with PL7 Junior Pro m And the TLX CD TCP50M TCP Open function block library Setup precautions The development of functions in C language requires compliance with a few setup precautions m To set up these services the user must have a good knowledge of the TCP IP profile m In addition since the SDK C software enables access to all the internal resources of the PLC all the necessary precautions should be taken when developing EF communication blocks to avoid endangering the application in particular on the operating modes such as cold warm restarts response to a fault etc which are generally fragile m The user should also take care to keep the requests from the different communication profiles to a level compatible with the performance required by the application m It is the responsibility of the client application program C program Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro to manage the communication operating modes which may be specific to the application for example the behaviour if a remote device fails or there is a break in connection For these reasons it is recommended that you consult your Customer Care Centre to check the feasibility of the TCP protocol open access project 1 Open access on TCP requires TSX ETY 110 WS modules version 2 PV 03 and SV 2 9 In addition it must be
349. entation References page 4 34 pages 4 38 Electric Schneider 4 37 References Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CAY motion control modules for servo motors Motion control modules for servo motors Type of input Characteristics Function No of Reference Weight axes 1 kg Incremental encoders 500 kHz counting Servo control on independent 2 TSX CAY 21 0 480 5 V RS 422 with incremental linear axis 10 30 V encoder 200 kHz Totem Pole 2 acquisition with 4 TSX CAY 41 0 610 Absolute encoders serial absolute RS 485 serial or encoder TSX CAY 20 parallel 3 Servo control on independent 2 TSX CAY 22 0 480 TSX CAY 33 linear or infinite axis Follower axes Realtime correction of servo drive 4 TSX CAY 42 0 610 offset Flying shear 4 Servo control on linear or infinite 3 TSX CAY 33 0 610 axis Linear interpolation on 2 or 3 axes Realtime correction of servo drive offset Connection accessories TSX CAY 4e Description Connection Type of connector on No Unit Weight TSX CAY ee module 5 reference kg SUB D connectors SSI absolute 15 way SUB D 1 per axis 4 TSX CAP S15 0 050 Sold in lots of 2 incremental encoder Speed reference 9 way SUB D 7 TSX CAP S9 0 050 1 per TSX CAY module Connection interface 5 V RS 422 15 way SUB D 6 TSX TAP S15 05 0 260 for incremental RS 485 incremental 1 per axis encoder encoder TSX TAP S15 05 Splitter box Speed reference 9 way SUB D TSX
350. epending on processor and application specific channels used Uni Telway Uni TE message handling 240 bytes Client server Application to application 240 bytes Transparency of all devices on X Way architecture via a master All types of Premium processor PCMCIA type III card on processor and on TSX SCY 21601 communication module See pages 9 8 to 9 18 TSX SCP 11e 1 5 130 1 or 2 depending on type of Premium processor with PL7 Pro Junior 1 to 5 depending on type of Premium processor with Unity Pro Data process implicit exchange Pre processing Logic addressing Segmentation All types of Premium processor except TSX P57 1e Standard format module See page 9 6 TSX IBY 100 5 123 1 Replace the e at the end of the reference with 1 for RS 232 2 for 20 mA CL or4 for isolated RS 485 ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Read write access for DP slave I O data Data transfer for slave diagnostics Slave parameter setting and monitoring Management of monitoring requests Inter master dialogue not supported Standard format module TSX PBY 100 5 119 Schneider Electric 5 7 Selection guide continued Modicon Premium automation platform Profibus Remote Master module 10BASE T 100BASE TX CSMA CD 10 100 Mbps CAT 5E double shielded twisted pair straight through or crossover 1 to 4 depending on processor 100 m c
351. equipment supporting Modbus Uni Telway Intranet or Modem External Modem and integrated RAS function Intranet or Modem Intranet or Modem RTC modem and integrated RAS function GSM modem and integrated RAS function Remote programming downloading via FTP access to Web server via web browser Ethernet to Uni Telway serial Ethernet to Uni Telway serial Modem to Modbus serial and Ethernet Modem to Uni Telway and Ethernet Uni Telway slave Modbus master Modbus TCP Modbus TCP Uni TE Premium Micro BootP DHCP DNS SNMP agent DHCP DNS SNMP agent SMTP client NTP client 2 FTP SMTP client NTP client 2 FTP Protection by IP address filtering and passwords HTTP and FTP server 8 MB memory HTTP and FTP server 32 MB memory available for user Web pages memory expansion using Compact Flash cards 1 Gb available for user hosting of user Web max hosting of user Web pages and documents Doc Pdf Excel pages and docs Doc Pdf Excel Via Web Designer software or predefined Web pages Serial device diagnostics via Network diagnostics serial and Ethernet device diagnostics via predefined Web pages predefined Web pages Monitoring of devices and application via animation tables read write variables Display of PLC Unity program in a Web page Graphic monitoring via animated views integrated graphic editor Graphic monitoring via animated Web pages created by the user Arithmetic and logical scrip
352. er CPU m Historian CALs Historian CALS are NOT required if a site purchases Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 independently If a site uses the MS SQL Server 2008 R2 shipped with Vijeo Historian then Historian CALs are required under the following circumstances Using any of the standard reports with Historian Reports Deployment Manager Accessing the Historian using Microsoft Reporting Services Using the Web or Excel Clients Accessing the Historian via Stored Procedures or SQL queries Any direct or indirect via other applications to access Historian data Client Access License per user device Description Reference Weight kg Historian and Portal Client Access License CAL VJH NS 2124 00 Portal Only Client Access License CAL VJH NS 2122 00 Historian Only Client Access License CAL VJH NS 2120 00 Client Access License per CPU Historian and Portal Server CAL per server CPU VJH NS 2125 00 Portal Only Server CAL per server CPU VJH NS 2123 00 Historian Server CAL per server CPU VJH NS 2121 00 Data can be collected from m Vijeo Citect Unlimited connections included m OPC DA Reference VJH NS 2043 23 ordered per connection Historian database can be connected to other databases for up downloading m SQL Connector One MS SQL Server connector included Additional SQL connectors VJH NS 2043 20 ordered separately m Oracle connector VJH NS 2043 21 Connectivity can be m
353. er Premium Fipio Agent PCMCIA TSXFP TSXFP TBX TBX ACC2 9 ACC12 9 BLPO1 10 TSX Micro Fipio Agent PCMCIA Lexium 15 servo drives Altivar 71 61 variable speed drives USB FIP adaptor 16 Modicon STB Momentum IP 20 TBX I O legacy range IP 67 I O Devices on Fipway network Connectors Premium PCMCIA TSXFP TSXFP TBX TBX ACC2 9 ACC12 9 BLPO1 BAS10 TSX Micro PCMCIA TSX model 40 integrated link C D TSX model 40 PCMCIA USB FIP adaptor 16 LUF P1 Modbus gateway Recommended connection Connection possible C connection by daisy chaining D connection by tap link References pages 5 112 Fipway presentation page 5 106 Fipio presentation page 5 100 5 110 Schneider Electric Connections continued Modicon Premium automation platform Fipio bus and Fipway network Cables 1 TSX FP CAe00 trunk cable shielded twisted pair 150 Q 8 mm for normal environments and inside buildings 2 TSX FP CRe00 trunk cable shielded twisted pair 150 Q 9 5 mm for harsh environments or use outside buildings TSX FP CPe00 trunk cable shielded twisted pair 150 Q 89 5 mm and 1 x 1 5 mm pair for remote power supply for harsh environments or use outside buildings 3 TSX FP CCe00 tap link cable double shielded twisted pair 150 Q 8 mm for normal environment
354. ered is added to the Primary Server key m For the standby server the same number of redundant View Only Client licences VJC NS 1030 88 must be ordered Vijeo Citect View Only Client licence Designation Number of points Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect Unlimited VJC NS 1030 99 View Only Client licence Vijeo Citect redundant Floating licence VJC NS 1030 88 View Only Client licence only Presentation Architectures pages 6 46 pages 6 48 6 52 Schneider Electric References continued Software Supervisory control and data acquisition software SCADA Vijeo Citect Vijeo Citect Web Control Client licences are intended for users who need full control of the application but prefer the flexibility of access via a Web connection These client licences are segmented according to the number of points displayed and must be floating type residing on the key plugged into the server Vijeo Citect Redundant system m The number of floating Clients ordered is added to the Primary Server key m For the Standby Server the same number of redundant Web Control Client licences VJC NS 1030 88 must be ordered Vijeo Citect Web Control Client licence Designation Number of points Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect 75 VJC NS 1022 10 Web Control Client licence 150 VJC NS 1022 11 _ 500 VJC NS 1022 12 1500 VJC NS 1022 13 5000 VJC NS 1022 14 15000 VJC NS 1022 15 Unlimited VJC NS 1022 99
355. erence ConneXium unmanaged 5x 10BASE T 100BASE TX TCS ESU 051F0 0 210 switches ports copper cable shielded M12 type D connectors IP67 8 x 10BASE T 100BASE TX 499 NES 181 00 0 230 ports copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors IP20 TCS ESU 051F0 8 x 10BASE T 100BASE TX TCS ESU 083FNO 0 246 ports copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors IP30 un ee IP67 power supply cables Female M12 0 230kg XZC P1164L2 for ConneXium switch straight connector ii TCS ESU 051F0 5m XZC P1164L5 yt Female M12 2m XZC P1264L2 4 elbowed connector 5m XZC P1264L5 z hy j _ IP67 power supply Female M12 XZC C12 FDM 50B 499 NES 181 00 connectors straight connector for ConneXium switch _ TCS ESU 051F0 Female M12 XZC C12 FCM 50B elbowed connector Selection guide Pages 5 50 Schneider 5 69 Electric 2 N References continued Ethernet network Wiring system ConneXium unmanaged switches F N References z Description Interfaces Reference Weight T kg ConneXium unmanaged 3x 10BASE T 100BASE TX ports TCS ESU 033FNO 0 113 switches copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 4x 10BASE T 100BASE TX TCS ESU 043F1NO 0 120 ports copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 1x 100BASE FX port multimode optical fibre duplex SC connector TCS ESU 053FNO 5x 10BASE T 100BASE TX ports TCS ESU 053FNO 0 113 copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors Reference Description Int
356. erfaces Reference Weight ConneXium unmanaged m 4x 10BASE T 100BASE TX 499 NMS 251 01 0 330 switches ports copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 1x 100BASE FX port multimode optical fibre duplex SC connector m 3x 10BASE T 100BASE TX 499 NMS 251 02 0 335 ports copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 2x 100BASE FX ports multimode optical fibre duplex SC connector m 4x 10BASE T 100BASE TX 499 NSS 251 01 0 330 ports copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 1x 100BASE FX port single mode optical fibre duplex SC connector 499 NSS 251 02 m 3x 10BASE T 100BASE TX 499 NSS 251 02 0 335 ports copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 2x 100BASE FX ports single mode optical fibre duplex SC connector Selection guide Pages 5 50 5 70 Schneider Electric References continued TCS ESM 043F1CU0 pi TCS ESM 043F2CS0 a wur Ne ji N N 1 e TCS ESM 083F23F0 Ethernet network Wiring system ConneXium managed switches References Description Interfaces Reference Weight ConneXium managed m 3x 10BASE T 100BASE TCS ESM 043F1CU0 0 400 switches TX ports copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 1x 100BASE FX port multimode optical fibre duplex SC connector m 2x 10BASE T 100BASE TCS ESM 043F2CU0 0 400 TX ports copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 2x 100BASE FX ports multimode optical fibre duplex SC connecto
357. es Electric Description From TSX CTYee To No Length Reference Weight module 1 kg Cordsets 15 way ABE 7CPA01 CPA11 3 0 5m TSX CCP S15 050 0 110 AWG 12 0 205 mm SUB D sub bases or im TSX CCP S15 100 0 160 connector TSX TAP S15e accessory 15 way SUB D connector 25m TSXCCPS15 0 300 TSX CCP S15 eee TSXCDPe01 20 wire preformed 24V power Free end with colour coded 5 3m TSXCDP301 0 400 ee das supply ao V wires 5m TSX CDP 501 0 660 mm FE 500 mAmax encoder power 10m TSXCDP1001 hele supply auxiliary inputs moulded 20 way HE 10 connector Rolled ribbon cable 24 V power ABE 7H16R20 sub base 6 1m TSX CDP 102 0 090 AWG 28 0 08 mm supply and 20 way HE 10 connector 2m TSX CDP 202 0 170 100 mA max 5 V 10 30 V encoder power 3m TSX CDP 302 0 250 supply auxiliary inputs TSX CDP e02 20 way HE 10 connector Connecting cables 24 V power ABE 7H16R20 sub base 6 0 5m TSX CDP 053 0 085 AWG 22 0 324 mm supply and 20 way HE 10 connector im TSX CDP 103 0 150 500 mA max 5 V 10 30 V om TSX CDP 203 0 280 encoder power supply auxiliary 3m TSX CDP 303 0 410 inputs 5m TSX CDP 503 0 670 moulded 20 way 10m TSX CDP 1003 1 180 HE 10 connector 1 For numbers see page 4 17 TSX CDP e03 Presentation Operation page 4 16 page 4 17 Schneider 4 19 Presentation description operation TSX CTY 2C HON iti 4 Configuration and adjustment KW MW Mo
358. es m Unity Pro Medium Large or Extra Large programming software This is the same as the software used for installing the Modicon M340 and Modicon Quantum platforms m Optionally as required o Unity Application Generator UAG specialist software for modelling and generating process applications o Unity EFB toolkit software for developing EF and EFB libraries in C language D Unity SFC View software for viewing and diagnostics of applications written in Sequential Function Chart SFC or Grafcet language 1 TSX H57 24M 44M Hot Standby processors do not support the following buses or networks Fipio CANopen Modbus Plus InterBus and Profi bus DP Description Memory structure References PCMCIA references pages 1 5 pages 1 8 pages 1 10 pages 1 12 1 4 Schneider Electric Description Modicon Premium automation platform Unity processors TSX P57 164M single format processors and TSX P57 2e4M 3e4M double format processors feature the following on the front panel 1 Adisplay block with 5 LEDs RUN LED green Processor in operation program execution ERR LED red Fault on the processor or its on board devices PCMCIA memory card and PCMCIA communication card VO LED red Faults occurring on another PLC station module or configuration fault TER LED yellow Activity on the TER or AUX terminal port FIP LED red Activity on the integrated Fipio bus depending on model
359. es 3 8 Electric 3 10 Schneider References continued Modicon Premium automation platform Discrete I O modules Terminal block Description Use Reference Weight kg Screw terminal block To be ordered separately TSX BLY 01 0 100 20 way with each I O module with screw terminal block TSX BLY 01 connection Connecting cables for I O modules with HE 10 connectors Description Composition Cross Length Reference Weight Use section kg 20 wire preformed 1HE10 0 324mm 3m TSX CDP 301 0 400 cable connector and AWG 22 5m TSX CDP 501 0 660 one end with color coded 10m TSX CDP 1001 1 210 flying leads Rolled ribbon 2 HE 10 0 08 mm im TSX CDP 102 0 090 connecting cable a for AWG 28 2m TSX CDP 202 0 170 Telefast ABE 7 3m TSX CDP 302 0 250 TSXCDPe01 TSXCDPe02 system Connecting cables 2HE 10 0 324mm 0 5m TSX CDP 053 0 085 connectors for AWG 28 m TSX CDP 103 0 150 Modicon Telefast ABE 7 2m TSX CDP 203 0 280 system 3m TSX CDP 303 0 410 5m TSX CDP 503 0 670 10m TSX CDP 1003 1 180 TSX CDP 03 Simulation sub base Description Use Reference Weight kg TR 16 channel Modicon Has 2 HE 10 connectors enabling ittobe ABE7TES160 0 350 roy p N Telefast ABE 7 inserted between the PLC I O module and N a N simulation sub base the Modicon Telefast ABE 7H P R S I O N 24 N for discrete I O sub base Used for displaying forcing Se R inhibiting or continuity of discrete I O Nass
360. es a CD ROM with the PL7 DIF software and its documentation English and French A software subscription is available for this extension please consult our Customer Care Centre Reference Description Target PLC Licence type Reference Weight extension kg PL7 DIF PL7 Pro 1 station TLX L CD PL7 DIF 42 software TSX Micro Premium extension Schneider Electric Presentation Software PL7 software Process control PHX 57352 RACK 0 POSITION 0 i E3 Tompa Designation Presentation The process control offer integrated as standard in Premium platforms can be used to set up and debug machine control oriented control loops in PL7 Junior Pro User definable process control functions TSX P57 2e3M 2e23M 3e3AM 3623AM 453AM 4823AM processors make it possible depending on the model to manage between 10 and 20 process control channels of 3 loops each These channels can be configured to execute algorithms for industrial processes m Cascaded process autoselective loops m Setpoint programmer m Controller with three simple loops Configuring process control channels VO TSX P57 2e3M 2e23M 3e3AM 3623AM 453AM 4823AM processors manage an entire PLC station comprising racks connected via Bus X The I O interfaces required for process control processing operations are analog or discrete channels in m In rack I O modules m TBX Modicon STB or Momentum distributed I O modules Control loops Software se
361. es of Premium processor except TSX P 57 153M PCMCIA type III card on Premium processor See pages 9 8 to 9 18 TSX CPP 110 5 88 2 to 8 depending on processor model Transparency of exchanges with sensor actuator devices All types of Premium processor Standard format module See page 9 6 TSX SAY 1000 5 93 2 Premium processors and on TSX SCY 21601 communication module 3 Replace the e at the end of the reference with 1 for RS 232 2 for 20mA CL or4 for isolated RS 485 ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Modbus master slave RTU or ASCII 13 Modbus functions read write bits and words diagnostics PCMCIA type Ill card Standard format inserted on 2 module TSX SCP 11e 3 TSX SCY 11601 qj Integrated link TSX SCY 21601 5 125 Schneider Electric 5 5 Selection guide continued Modicon Premium automation platform Bus modules Fipio agent Fipio bus manager Uni Telway FIP standard Non isolated RS 485 Isolated RS 485 Bus managed by bus arbitrator Master slave 1 Mbps 19 2 Kbps max Twisted pair Double shielded twisted pair Fibre optic via transmitters or repeaters 32 per segment 5 excluding 28 128 for all segments limited to 64 with programming 96 slave addresses TSX P57 1e processor terminal max 1000 m to 15 000 m depending on the 10m 1000 m medium used with repeaters 1 max 1 max 64 max depending on processor and
362. esentation Software setup Wiring system References page 5 86 page 5 88 page 5 89 pages 5 90 Schneider 5 87 Electric Software setup references Mate ru Hada D Jeitsi ce n Cored Deegen fos Condegaraion Ens Toeri Ptocol Hode B tin Feroe NODEZEDS pu F Acta made n actual configuratan FF Aatorestio LO BHO alccetoryin accondamae mih Profle 307 Ermy 10 aoe NodeguedOB0 FRE Dtect Confgadion Analog Opat Anoka ings Dial Oued Daling Desce Prose am Devketpe Predefined Procers Data Objects POO ars EDS ie ijih POO name 11400 A vum 10 1m csud nade 27 rada 2 PDO mapping method osan va gt Audi tocortipand POOH Coragaed PDs FOO rene acl ADD Pools 7 o moon POO_1900 B 0 6 TPOZ room M2 Ie 3 4 PDO Corients Manag FDO Chessctesitos TEyrteicf sve COSID I Te 143 pla 0 10 046 OL P0O1 om a8 0 1 Defrensa Recene PDO Dafra non Trara POO Doista cor gsed POO Sweeny Example of SyCon device configuration screen Modicon Premium automation platform CANopen machine and installation bus The CANopen bus is configured using SyCon 1 software reference SYC SPU LFe CD2AM to be ordered separately This software is used to m Describe all the devices connected on the bus m Generate a CO file containing all the information relating to the connected devices This extension file is imported into the PLC application via
363. etwork Please consult the Modbus IDA website www modbus ida org Characteristics m Under Unity Pro software each station can exchange a maximum of O 100 write words O 125 read words IS ISKETY NORAKO POSITION 24 m Maximum size in the PLC managing the service o 2 Kwords MW 1 in inputs and 2 Kwords MW 7 in outputs with manager Ome Cr ee PLC limited to 64 stations o 4 Kwords MW 7 in inputs and 4 Kwords MW 1 in outputs with manager PLC limited to 128 stations VO Scanning service diagnostics I O Scanning service diagnostics can be performed in one of five ways m Via the application program from a specific PLC data zone m From the setup software debug screen OO OnOMsOREO Soooo ooooes OBOM0OMOMMOO 000000000008 X g9990000000nnnp m From the PLC system diagnostic function displayed by means of aweb browser Beetststetst tetetstetstststet sta on aPC station m Using the TSX EAZ 01P SFE10 ConneXview diagnostic software O Scanning service diagnostics m Using standard SNMP network management software 1 or 4x registers with Concept or PrOWORX 5 32 Schneider Electric Functions continued e NIM network module for Modicon STB I O Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Ethernet Modbus TCP communication services FDR Faulty Device Replacement service The Faulty Device Replacement service uses standard address management technologies BOOTP DHCP and t
364. evices supported m Modicon Quantum Premium M340 Micro Compact and Momentum PLCs m Schneider Electric TSX Series 7 and April Series 1000 PLCs m Modbus serial devices connected via Schneider Electric gateways TSX ETG 100e EGX eee ranges etc m Uni Telway serial devices connected via Schneider Electric gateways TSX ETG 1010 Networks and protocols supported m Modbus Modbus serial Modbus Plus Modbus TCP m X Way Uni TE Uni Telway Fipway ISAway PClway The development of specialized interfaces is simpler with OFS V3 3 software which is aimed at two types of user in particular m End users who want either to interface their supervision or Human Machine Interface applications with Schneider Electric equipment or to develop applications onaPC supervisory control screens Excel tables etc requiring access to control system data m Suppliers of control system or industrial data processing software supervision Human Machine Interfaces etc seeking to develop within their standard products an OPC Client interface capable of accessing data in Schneider Electric equipment via the OFS server 1 Item A variable structure table etc in the Unity Pro application Setup Functions References page 6 67 page 6 68 page 6 69 6 64 Schneider Electric Presentation continued om O BG Px fr ASUS are HNIT 6 ben NOPY Dafaat he OPC Factory Server Hame ume OPG Factory Server FOUNDATION 3 Wi
365. eys must be reprogrammed Architectures References pages 6 48 pages 6 50 6 46 Schneider Electric Presentation continued Software Supervisory control and data acquisition software SCADA Vijeo Citect Four types of Client licence are available m Control Client VJC NS 1020 ee used by operators accessing the Vijeo Citect server via a local connection m View Only Client VJC NS 1030 ee for users needing to view the Vijeo Citect application via a local connection but not needing to control the system m Web Control Client VJC NS 1022 ee similar to the Control Client but via a Web browser m Web View Only Client VJC NS 1032 ee similar to the View Only Client but via a Web browser A Client licence can be static floating or redundant depending on requirements m Static Client licence For operators needing access to the system at all times irrespective of the number of connections already established by other clients Astatic Client licence provides permanent access to the system as it physically resides in the key plugged into the client PC m Floating Client licence Users who occasionally need to use a Client for operator tasks can purchase Floating licences Connections will be allowed until the number of valid licences is reached Floating Client licences are stored on the key plugged into the server m Redundant Client licence Redundant Client licences VJC NS 10ee 88 are intended solely for the s
366. f Phaseo power supplies delivers a voltage that is precise to 3 whatever the load and whatever the type of line supply within a range ABL 8REM24030 Twido of 85 to 264 V Conforming to IEC standards and UL CSA and TUV certified they are suitable for universal use The inclusion of overload and short circuit protection makes downstream protection unnecessary if discrimination is not required ABL 8REM power supplies do not have an anti harmonic filter and do not satisfy the requirements of standard IEC EN 61000 3 2 concerning harmonic pollution ABL 7RP power supplies however are equipped with a PFC Power Factor Correction filter thus ensuring compliance with standard IEC EN 61000 3 2 All ABL 8REM 7RP Phaseo power supplies have protection devices to ensure optimum performance of the automation system with an automatic reset mode on elimination of the fault In the event of an overload or short circuit the integrated protection interrupts the current supply before the output voltage drops below 19 V The protection device resets itself automatically on elimination of the fault which avoids having to take any action or change a fuse All products are equipped with an output voltage adjustment potentiometer to compensate for any line voltage drops in installations with long cable runs These power supplies are designed for direct mounting on 35 and 75 Lr rails There are four references available in the ABL 8REM 7RP Phaseo range
367. f a network via a single system The network management system can exchange data with SNMP agent devices This function allows the manager to display the status of the network and devices modify their configuration and feed back alarms in the event of a fault Note Transparent Ready devices are SNMP compatible and can be integrated naturally in a network managed via SNMP COM DCOM Distributed Component Object Model COM DCOM Distributed Component Object Model or OLE Object Linking and Embedding is the name of the technology consisting of Windows objects which enables transparent communication between Windows applications Note These technologies are used in the OFS OLE for Process Control Factory Server data server software 5 30 Schneider Electric Functions continued Modbus TCP function codes dec hex Bit Read n input bits 02 02 access Read n output bits 01 01 Read exception status 07 07 Write 1 output bit 05 05 Write n output bits 15 OF Read 1 input word 04 04 Read n input words 03 03 Write 1 output word 06 06 Write n output words 16 10 Read device ID 43 14 2B OE Examples of Modbus TCP function codes for accessing data and diagnostics Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Ethernet Modbus TCP communication services Modbus standard communication protocol Modbus the industry communication standard since 1979 has been combined with Etherne
368. f maintenance teams on the operation of the new system Solution Changethe Keepthel O Changethe Migrate your Manage your Execute your CPU racks amp VOracks amp application project project wiring keep the wiring Platform 1 TSX47 to TSX107 a s gt lt s April series 1000 lt s s Modicon e84 compact April SMC lt Merlin Gerin PB s s AEG gt lt lt Symax lt lt er Service available 1 Our migration service offer also includes SCADA Human Machine Interfaces drives communication networks and distributed I O Customization services We are able to meet your specific requirements and provide you with adapted products m Protective coating for Human Machine Interfaces automation platforms and distributed I O modules for use in harsh environments m Customized cable lengths to match your specific needs m Customized front panels for Human Machine Interfaces Note To check availability of services required please contact our Customer Care Centre Schneider 9 21 Electric Index Product reference index 043 509 383 5 116 ABETRO8Seee 8 14 TCSESU043FeCSO 5 71 TSXCANCBDDO3 5 90 110 XCA 282 Oe 6 21 ABE7R16M111 8 15 LAD90 8 27 TCSESU043F1NO 5 70 TSXCANCBDDe 5 90 170 DTN 110 00 5 119 ABE 7R16S111E 8 14 TCS ESU 051F0 5 69 TSX CAN CDe00 5 90 170 INT 110 00 5 123 MBE7R16Secee 8 14 TCS ESU 053FNO 5
369. f the Web services The development environment for example Visual Studio eNET looks in the FactoryCast server for the list of available services and their WSDL standard interfaces provided by the module m Step 2 Development of the client application The developer integrates the Web service functions using the code retrieved at step 1 of the learning process m Step 3 Execution of the client application The client application communicates in real time with the FactoryCast Web server module using the SOAP protocol ModbusXMLDa client interface This implementation allows a FactoryCast HMI module to execute a SOAP client application in order to communicate with a remote SOAP server application for example another FactoryCast Web server module or a computer management application MES ERP etc Exchanges are initiated by the FactoryCast HMI client module the remote application server responds to SOAP requests sent by the FactoryCast HMI module m Step 1 Configuration of the ModbusXMLDa client service The user declares the PLC variables that are to be exchanged in read or write mode using the FactoryCast HMI configuration software m Step 2 Use of the application The ModbusXMLDa client service executed in the FactoryCast HMI module communicates directly with the remote server application using SOAP requests in XML format Note ModbusXMLDa functions are implemented in the FactoryCast modules Server interface Modicon M340
370. faces up to 31 devices in bank A The maximum number of TSX SAY 1000 modules per PLC station is 1 2 4 or 8 depending on the type of processor installed see page 5 93 An AS Interface power supply is essential for powering the various devices on the line It should preferably should be placed near stations that consume a great deal of power see page 8 37 The TSX SAY 1000 AS Interface line master module is a standard format module It can be installed in any position in the Modicon Premium PLC rack just like any I O module or application specific module 1 It has the following on the front panel 1 Adisplay block with 4 LEDs indicating the module operating modes o RUN green module operating 2 3 o ERR red module faulty 0 i 4 o A B green display of the group of 32 slaves o I O red I O fault on AS Interface line 5 2 Adisplay block with 32 LEDs for diagnostics of the AS Interface line and each slave connected on the line depending on the selection made with the A B pushbutton 1 3 Two LEDs specific to the module see diagnostics on page 5 93 4 Two pushbuttons see diagnostics on page 5 93 SX SAY 1000 5 A3 way male SUB D connector for connection to the cable 1 Depending on the selection made with the A B pushbutton either the first 31 slaves standard addressing or the last 31 slaves extended addressing with AS Interface V2 are displayed Software setup Cabling system References page 5 94 page 5
371. fi A Description Sheath colour No Length Type of Reference Weight cable kg TCS AARO11M Flat cables Yellow 1 20m Standard XZ CB10201 1 400 2x 1 5 mm for AS Interface TPE XZ CB10201H 1 400 einai 50m Standard XZCB10501 3 500 TPE XZ CB10501H 3 500 GibiKe 100m Standard XZCB11001 7 000 TPE XZ CB11001H 7 000 Black 2 20m Standard XZCB10202 1 400 for separate 24 V power supply TPE XZ CB10202H 1 400 50m Standard XZ CB10502 3 500 6 TPE XZ CB10502H 3 500 100m Standard XZ CB11002 7 000 TPE XZ CB11002H 7 000 ASI RPTO1 Description Use No Length Orderin Unit reference Weight multiples of kg Line extension Extends the length of a segment 3 7 TCS AARO11M 0 047 from 100 to 200 m Repeater Extends an AS Interface line b 4 ze ASI RPTO1 0 190 ASI67FACC2 p TOOM 7 Heat shrinkable To maintain IP67 degree of 10 ASI 67FACC2 0 002 cable end protection at the end of the AS Interface cable Degree of protection IP67 connection to flat cables by means of IDCs Ue lt 40 V le lt 2A Ambient temperature 25 C 70 C for operation 40 85 C for storage Tap offs for connection of AS Interface components Description Connection to AS Interface No Cable Fixing Reference Weight component length kg Tap offs for By 5 way female straight M12 im Screw TCS ATNO11F1 0 090 connection to a flat remote connector 2m Screw TCS ATNO11F2 0 130 TCS ATNOT1Fe cable for Cable 2 x 0 34 mm AS Interface yellow By stripped
372. fic functions screens specific to the SERCOS motion control function can be accessed via the Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro software for configuration adjustment debugging and documentation of applications These services are performed by editors which can be accessed directly from the basic screen using icons in the toolbar The windows of the editors can be displayed simultaneously on one screen example it is possible to program using the program editor and simultaneously define the symbols in the variables editor Declaring the SERCOS motion control module Parameter entry for application specific functions is easy to access from the configuration screen by clicking on the slot occupied by the module Configuring the module The configuration editor provides assistance with entering and modifying the values ofthe various axis configuration parameters These parameters enable the operation ofthe axis control module to be adapted to the machine to be controlled The axis configuration parameters are m Units of measurement m Resolution m Maximum and minimum limit positions m Maximum speed m Acceleration deceleration This data relates to the machine and cannot be modified by the program The configuration screen shown here can be used to declare the 16 channels as real axes imaginary axes or remote axes forthe TSX CSY 164 module Adjusting the modules These parameters relate to the operation of the axes They generally require opera
373. figuration via Web access VLAN IGMP Snooping RSTP Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol priority port data stream control secure port Unlimited 50 max Redundant power supplies redundant single ring ring coupling 9 6 60 V 18 30 V safety extra low voltage SELV 8 9 W 1 W per SFP fibre optic module 6 terminals 0 60 C 10 90 non condensing IP 20 111x131 x 111 mm On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide 0 410 kg cUL 60950 UL 508 and CSA 22 2 No 142 UL 1604 and CSA 22 2 No 213 class 1 division 2 ce GL Power supply status alarm relay status active redundancy redundancy management fibre port status and fibre port activity Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault volt free contact 1A max at 24 V TCS ESM 103F23G0 5 73 1 With TCS EAA F1LFUOO fibre optic module to be ordered separately see page 5 67 2 With TCS EAA F1LFHO00 fibre optic module to be ordered separately see page 5 67 3 With TCS EAA F1LFS00 fibre optic module to be ordered separately see page 5 67 More technical information on www schneider electric com Electric Schneider 8x 10 100BASE TX ports and 2 x 10 100 1000BASE TX ports Gigabit RJ45 Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E 100m LC FDR SMTP V3 SNTP client multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol configuration via Web ac
374. finputs Number of outputs Communication Reference Weight Relay Solid state Link and bus kg 16 4 2x2 6 Modbus XPS MC16Z 0 820 Modbus CANopen XPS MC16ZC 0 820 Modbus Profibus XPS MC16ZP 0 820 32 4 2x2 6 Modbus XPS MC32Z 0 840 Modbus CANopen XPS MC32ZC 0 840 Modbus Profibus XPS MC32ZP 0 840 SEEDS Plug in connectors for configurable safety controllers 1 Description For use with Reference Weight XPS MC32ZC kg Screw connectors XPS MC16Z MC16ZC MC16ZP XPS MCTS16 0 080 XPS MC32Z MC32ZC MC32ZP XPS MCTS32 0 110 i R Spring clip XPS MC16Z MC16ZC MC16ZP XPS MCTC16 0 080 R connectors k N XPS MC32Z MC32ZC MC32ZP XPS MCTC32 0 110 F f Configuration software XPS MC16ZP XPS MC32ZP m Reference XPS MCWIN is the full version of configuration software XPS MCWIN version 2 10 and must be installed if no previous version of this software has been installed m Reference SSVXPSMCWINUP is an update for configuration software XPS MCWIN and can be used if XPS MCWIN has been installed using Safety Suite V1 An update from version 2 0 to 2 10 for the software XPS MCWIN will then be performed Description Operating Characteristics Languages Reference Weight system 2 kg Configuration Windows Software FR XPS MCWIN 0 520 software for 2000 available on EN controllers Windows XP Safety Suite V2 DE XPS MCeeZe software pack IT CD ROM user ES manual PT XPS MCWIN Windows Software update FR SSVXPSMCWINUP 0
375. form to the machinery directive The machinery directive 89 392 EEC 91 36 EEC 93 44 EEC and 93 68 EEC is designed to ensure the free circulation of machinery and safety components in European Union countries and to improve the level of safety for personnel Harmonised European standards establish technical specifications which comply with the minimum safety requirements defined in the corresponding directive Manufacturers must produce machinery which conforms to safety requirements The work equipment directive The user is required to ensure that his range of machines conforms to the use of work equipment by workers at work directive Directive 89 655 EEC lays down the minimum objectives for protection in the working environment and in particular concerns the use of products The directive specifies the general framework of preventative measures which should be taken in the workplace All dangerous areas must be identified and have restricted access controlled in a secure manner ie any breakdown or careless operation must leave the automated system in a safe position It should be noted that the use of safety products does not necessarily mean that the machine conforms to the machinery directive It is the operation wiring compatibility and scheme used which make the entire machine safe It is more important to think in terms of safety solutions rather than safety products Groupe Schneider specialists in safety has a range of
376. g Bus X For TSX CBY 1000 2 x 9 way SUB D connectors TSX CBY K9 0 080 connectors cable ends Bus X electrical For bus X daisy 2 transient suppressors TSX TVSY 100 0 200 transient chain cable with 9 way SUB D connectors TSX TVSY 100 suppressors lengths gt 28 m Line terminators Compulsory on the 2 x 9 way SUB D connectors TSX TLY EX 0 050 2TSXRKYeEX marked Aand B end racks Protective covers Unoccupied 5 screw on covers TSX RKA 02 0 050 position on racks TSX TLYEX TSX RKY e or TSX RKY eEX Connector Fitting TSX CBY 2 crimping pliers 1 pen 1 TSX CBY ACC 10 installation kit K9 connectors Fixing screws Mounting of racks 50 screws with captive washer TSX ACC VA625 0 350 M6 x 25 TSX RKY e or and hexagonal slotted head TSX RKY eEX 1 Installation of connectors on the cable also requires a wire stripper a pair of scissors and a digital ohmmeter Presentation Description page 2 8 page 2 9 Schneider 2 11 Electric Presentation to WON ho Modicon Premium automation platform Multirack configuration with remote module Bus X for Premium PLCs can be used to connect eight 12 position racks or sixteen 4 6 or 8 position racks distributed over a maximum length of 100 metres see page 2 9 For applications requiring longer distances between racks the bus X remote rackmaster module TSX REY 200 can be used to increase this distance up to a maximum of 350 metres without reducing performance The Bus X remo
377. g a programming or adjustment TSX P57 1634M TSX P57 4634M terminal TSX P57 2634M 3634M TSX P57 5634M 6634M as TSX P57 2623AM 3623AM 5 An 8 way female mini DIN connector marked AUX for connecting an RS 485 TSX P57 2823M 4823M peripheral device 6 Astandard RJ45 connector for 10BASE T 100BASE TX interface 7 Aslotfora PCMCIA memory expansion card 8 Aslotfora PCMCIA communication or data storage memory expansion card 9 A9 way SUB D connector on TSX P57 2823M 4823M models only for Fipio bus manager link Description Discrete I O Reference Weight Analog I O kg App sp chann Unity Pro PL7 Junior Pro Processors with 512 24 8 TSX P57 1634M integrated Ethernet link 1024 80 24 TSX P57 2634M TSX P57 2623M Class B30 TSX P57 2823M 1 1024 128 32 TSX P57 3634M TSX P57 3623AM 2048 256 64 TSX P57 4634M TSX P57 4823AM 1 2048 512 64 TSX P57 5634M 2048 51 2 64 TSX P57 6634M 1 Also has an integrated Fipio bus manager link 5 46 Schneider Electric Presentation description references TSX ETY 110 WS TSX ETY 103 TSX WMY 100 Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet network modules TSX ETY 110 WS 4103 5103 and TSX WMY 100 Ethernet network modules are single format modules which are inserted in a Modicon Premium PLC station rack slot A configuration can take from 1 to 4 network modules depending on the type of processor Ethernet network modules route X W
378. g a single ring architecture or a coupled ring one can protect themselves against losses of network segments Single Ring The first level of redundancy is achieved by implementing a single ring The ConneXium switches allow the set up of backbone ring configurations The ring is constructed using the HIPER Ring ports If a section of the line fails a ring structure of up to 50 switches transforms back to a line type configuration within 0 5 seconds Dual Ring The second level of redundancy is achieved by implementing a dual ring The control intelligence built into the ConneXium switches allows the redundant coupling of HIPER Rings and network segments Mesh topology using the rapid Spanning Tree protocol Athird level of redundancy can be achieved by implementing a mesh topology In simple terms Spaning Tree is a protocol that ensures a single path for the signal when multiple paths exist If the active path is broken the Spanning Tree protocol enables one of the alternatives paths The ConneXium switches offer the possibility Schneider oT Technical appendices Automation product certifications EC regulations Some countries require certain electrical components to undergo certification by law This certification takes the form of a certificate of conformity to the relevant standards and is issued by the official body in question Where applicable certified devices must be labelled accordingly Us
379. g functions m Scanning of the input channels selection of the gain according to the input signals multiplexing m Digitization of the input signals m Conversion of input measurements to user format recalibration coefficient linearization cold junction compensation filtering scaling m Module monitoring conversion circuit test range overshoot test terminal block presence test sensor link test watchdog test TSX ASY 410 800 analog output modules The TSX ASY 410 module has 4 analog outputs which are isolated from one another and the TSX ASY 800 module has 8 outputs with common point Depending on the choice made during configuration the following ranges are available for each of the outputs 10 V 0 20 mA and 4 20 mA without external supply These modules perform the following functions m Protection of the module against overvoltages m Adaptation to the different actuators voltage or current output m Conversion of digital signals to analog signals 11 bits sign for TSX ASY 410 and 13 bits sign for TSX ASY 800 m Conversion of application data into data that can be used by the digital analog converter m Module monitoring and indication of faults to the application converter test range overshoot test terminal block presence test watchdog test Setup The Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro software provides configuration and debugging functions m Selection of the modules used m Configuration of the channels according to
380. gent SMTP client NTP client FTP Protection by IP address filtering and passwords HTTP and FTP server 8 MB memory available for user hosting of user Web pages and documents Doc Pdf Excel Via Web Designer software or predefined Web pages System rack and PLC I O diagnostics via predefined Web pages Monitoring of devices and application via animation tables read write variables Display of PLC Unity program in a Web page Monitoring of PLC and application alarms via predefined Web pages Graphic monitoring via animated views integrated graphic editor Graphic monitoring via animated Web pages created by the user Alarm notification by e mail Web Designer supplied with each module Web Designer TSX ETZ 510 BMX NOE 0110 TSX Micro automation platform Modicon M340 platform More technical information on www schneider electric com Electric Schneider Modicon Premium PLCs Modicon Quantum PLCs Modicon Premium PLCs Intranet or via external RAS modem Modicon Quantum PLCs Remote programming downloading via FTP access to Web server via web browser Modbus TCP Uni TE Modbus TCP Modbus TCP Uni TE Modbus TCP BootP DHCP DNS SNMP agent BootP DHCP DNS SNMP agent BootP DHCP DNS SNMP agent BootP DHCP DNS SNMP agent SMTP client NTP client 7 FTP SMTP client NTP client FTP SMTP client NTP client 7 FTP SMTP client NTP client FTP Protection
381. geover on failure of the Primary PLC the Standby PLC can take control of the control system in 1 5 processor cycles The CPU Sync link is a copper link maximum length 100 m A The use of active components transceivers switches etc on the CPU Sync link is strictly prohibited USB terminal port The USB terminal port 5 with a useful data rate of 12 Mbps is compatible with Unity Pro programming software and the OPS data server OPC Factory Server TSX H57 24M 44M processors can be connected to a USB bus comprising several peripherals however m Only one processor must be connected to the USB bus m No device on the USB bus modem printer can be controlled by the PLC 1 The PCMCIA communication cards TSX SCP 11e Modbus Uni Telway serial link TSX CPP 110 CANopen TSX FPP 20 Fipway and TSX MBP 100 Modbus Plus cannot be placed in slot no 1 of the Hot Standby processors Schneider 4 53 Electric Architectures Redundant components 1 Non expandable rack with 6 8 or 12 positions TSX RKY ee single rack configuration or expandable with 4 6 8 or 12 positions TSX RKY eeEX multi rack configuration 2 Power supply module TSX PSY eeeM 3 Premium Hot Standby processor TSX H57 24M 44M 4 Ethernet Modbus TCP network module TSX ETY 4103 5103 version 2 sv 4 0 4 M Monitored Ethernet Modbus TCP network module TSX ETY 4103 5103 version 2 sv 4 0 Shared components on the Ethernet Modbus TCP ring 15 Modico
382. ges IHM SCADA Human Machine Interface and Supervision Control And Data Acquisition Gateway Gateway to sensor actuator bus to installed base network fieldbus etc Electric 5 14 Schneider Architecture continued Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Physical communication architecture Site 2 _ er Provider WAN Provider EDER Te Specialized link Public telecommunications Site 1 NA Frame Relay 5 52 network ADSL ATM Router Firewall RAS O Switches VLAN or routers P 50 switches max Switch Switch Redundant optical ring 1 Switch f i O N 100BASE FX Optical Half Dupli alf Duplex fibres Full Duplex SAn g om 100m a max max 100BASE TX paa T Collaborative Automation Partner Program AS Interface bus 1 As a general rule defining several collision domains can increase the size of the architecture and improve performance see pages 9 12 to 9 17 Schneider Electric Presentation Local datalogging orin databases Active Web server E mail SMS notification Class D 1 HMI functions l User defined Web pages Configurable Web server Graphic data Class C 1 display N Application diagnostics i d Reading writing of variables Standard Web server j Class B 1 Product diagnostics P
383. gh all of these services in order to facilitate the optimum choice of solutions when defining a system integrating Transparent Ready devices Schneider 5 29 Electric Functions Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Ethernet Modbus TCP communication services Ethernet universal services HTTP HypTocol RFC 1945 HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol is used to transmit Web pages between a server and a browser HTTP has been used on the Web since 1990 Web servers embedded in Transparent Ready automation products provide easy access to products located anywhere in the world from a standard web browser such as Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator BOOTP DHCP RFC1531 BOOTP DHCP is used to provide devices with IP parameters automatically This avoids having to manage each device address individually by transferring this management to a dedicated IP address server DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol is used to assign configuration parameters to devices automatically DHCP is an extension of BOOTP DHCP consists of two components m One to provide the IP network address m One to deliver the specific IP parameters to the device from a DHCP server Schneider Electric devices can be BOOTP clients allowing the IP address to be retrieved automatically from a server BOOTP servers allowing the device to distribute IP addresses to the network stations Schneider Electric uses standard BOOTP DHCP protocol
384. gth 1300 nm light wavelength 1000BASE LX 1 Gbit s Two 9 125 um monomode LC optical fibers 1300 nm light wavelength Nota The above are the specifications defined by IEEE 802 3 However some of the cables are no longer being developed For instance for 1OBASE T and 100BASE TX a CAT 5E cable is used Schneider Electric 9 15 Management Technical information Ethernet network Infrastructure The Ethernet devices in general end devices and the cabling devices devices may be divided in two categories unmanaged and managed devices m The unmanaged devices are those which there is no possibility to configure or control any ofthe parameters ofthe device m The managed devices are those which there is possibility to configure or control the parameters of the device manage them and to access to its internal information The ConneXium product line offers both types of devices There is also a third category of devices not specifically defined but is important to understand the difference These devices only allow access to its information but cannot be controlled and or configured Usually these devices are considered in the category of managed devices Managed devices The managed devices offer the following features m Traffic optimization and filtering goal is to increase the bandwidth or the traffic capacity in a network some of the features in this area are message and port priority flow control multic
385. guration Ethernet Modbus TCP These double format processors combine the central processing unit and redundant Primary Standby coprocessor functions in the same housing Premium Premium The Primary PLC m Executes the application program and controls the I O which may be o Field products on the Ethernet network managed by the I O Scanning service see page 5 32 o Field products on the Modbus master link o Sensors and actuators connected to the Premium I O modules on Bus X ina single rack or multi rack configuration m Transfers all its data to the Standby PLC via the CPU Sync link at the start of each scan m VO VO m VO VO CPU Sync link 201 to1 In the event of failure of the Primary PLC the standby system switches over automatically taking 1 5 PLC scan cycles changing over execution of the application Sensors actuators program and control of the I O to the Standby PLC with an up to date data context The Ethernet network modules of both Premium configurations managing the field products exchange their addresses by means of an automatic IP and IP 1 address assignment mechanism This mechanism applies to Modbus link modules Field products on Ethernet Modbus with assignment of the slave addresses n and n 1 TCP network I O Scanning Once they have changed over the Standby PLC becomes the Primary PLC Once the faulty PLC has been repaired and reconnected t
386. h 1 SUB D 9 pin female connector al gacniieng 1 TSX CANCADD1 3 TSX CANCADD3 5 TSX CANCADD5 2 CANopen tap off box TSC CANTDM4 3 Standard CANopen cables 50 TSX CANCA50 100 TSX CANCA100 300 TSX CANCA300 Profibus bus access 100 TSX PBS CA100 400 TSX PBS CA400 Accessories 1 Regulated switch mode Output voltage 24 28 8 V ABL 8RPS24100 1 000 power supply single phase Nominal current 10 A Nominal power 240 W ABL 8RPS24100 1 To be ordered separately 2 The converter TSX CUSB485 is installed using Driver Pack V2 3 This driver is available on the Safety Suite V2 software or downloadable from our site www schneider electric com Schneider 4 13 Electric Selection guide Applications Modicon Premium automation platform Counter and electronic cam modules Counter modules Number of channels 2 channels 4 channels Frequency per channel 40 kHz 40 kHz Module cycle time 5ms 10 ms Counter measurement Counting pulses 24 V Up to 40 kHz inputs Type 2 sensors Mechanical contacts Incremental encoder Up to 40 kHz 10 30 V 5 V RS 422 with zero marker Absolute encoder Reflex I O Per channel Counting capacity Functions Processing Events Connection Consumption Type of module Pages 3 x 24 V inputs enable preset and capture 1 x 24 V input line check incremental encoder power supply 2 x 24 V reflex outputs 24 bits sign 0 to 16 777 21
387. h dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fibre typical value 15 000 m ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Electric Schneider 5 57 Selection guide continued Ethernet network Cabling system Basic ConneXium managed switches 8x 10 100BASE TX ports RJ45 Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E 100m FDR SNTP client multicast filtering for optimization of the Global Data protocol configuration via Web access IGMP Snooping RSTP Rapid Scanning Tree Protocol priority port Unlimited 50 max P1 and P2 redundant power supplies redundant single ring ring coupling 9 6 32 V safety extra low voltage SELV 6W 6 terminals 0 60 C 95 max non condensing IP 20 47x 131 x 111 mm On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide 0 400 kg IEC EN 61131 2 UL 508 UL 1604 class 1 division 2 CSA 22 2 No 214 cUL CSA 22 2 No 213 class 1 division 2 cUL C GL C Tick Power supply status alarm relay status active redundancy redundancy management copper port status and copper port activity Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault volt free contact 1 A max at 24 V TCS ESB 083F23F0 5 72 More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric 6x 10 100BASE TX ports 6x 10 100BASE TX ports RJ45 Shielded twisted pair
388. he TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol file management service with the aim of simplifying maintenance of Ethernet products It is used to replace a faulty device with a new device with the guarantee that it will be detected reconfigured and automatically restarted by the system The main steps in replacement are 1 Adevice using the FDR service malfunctions 2 Another similar device is taken from the maintenance store preconfigured with the Device name for the faulty device then reinstalled on the network Depending on the device addressing can be performed using rotary selector switches as for Modicon STB distributed I O aor Modicon OTB for example or can be given using the keypad integrated in the device as for Altivar variable speed drives for example 3 The FDR server detects the new device allocates it an IP address and transfers the configuration parameters to it 4 The substituted device checks that all these parameters are indeed compatible with its own characteristics and switches to operational mode The FDR server can be m AModicon M340 PLC Ethernet module BMX NOE 0100 0110 BMX NOC 0401 or BMX NOR 0200H m AModicon Premium PLC Ethernet module TSX ETY 4103 5103 or TSX ETC 101 m AModicon Quantum PLC Ethernet module 140 NOE 771 01 11 or 140 NOC 771 01 m A Modicon Premium processor with integrated Ethernet port TSX P57 eeeeM m AModicon Quantum processor with integrated Ethernet port 140 CPU 651 50 60 Schneider
389. he inclusion of overload and short circuit protection makes downstream protection unnecessary if discrimination is not required Due to their low power ABL 8MEM 7RM power supplies consume very little harmonic current and thus are not subject to the requirements of standard IEC EN 61000 3 2 concerning harmonic pollution All ABL 8MEM 7RM power supplies have protection devices to ensure optimum performance of the automation system with an automatic reset mode on elimination of the fault All products are equipped with an output voltage adjustment potentiometer to compensate for any line voltage drops in installations with long cable runs These power supplies also have a cable run inside the case so that the outputs can be connected at the top or bottom of the product as required These power supplies are designed for direct mounting on 35 mm LY rails or on a mounting plate using their retractable fixing lugs There are six references available in the Phaseo ABL 8MEM 7RM range m ABL8MEM24003 7W 0 3A 24V m ABL8MEM24006 15W 0 6A 24V m ABL8MEM24012 30 W 1 2A 24V m ABL7RM24025 60 W 2 5A 24V m ABL8MEM05040 20 W 4A 5V m ABL8MEM12020 25 W 2A 12V 1 240 V nominal ABL 8MEMeeee ABL7RM24025 vd 1 2 RR SEES SS en os 6 T 2 2 5 mm screw terminal for connection of the incoming AC voltage Output voltage adjustment potentiometer 2 5 mm screw terminal for connection of the output voltage LED indicating
390. he standard Web services the configurable Web servers offer the following functions m Graphic application diagnostics customized graphic views created by the user m Graphic supervision via animated Web pages created by the user and stored in the Web server module m And depending on the products m Management of PLC alarms system and application with partial or total acknowledgement ready to use Alarm Viewer function pages m Open data server interface SOAP XML protocol WSDL interface 1 a dei ee en eon ee FactoryCast Web servers can also be used to customize the supervision diagnostics or maintenance interface via Web pages defined by the user or any other document doc RE pdf etc hosted in the module FactoryCast HMI active Web services Sa E a The active Web services are integrated in the FactoryCast HMI modules of Modicon su a OD 4 Dee roata r GORD Premium and Modicon Quantum PLCs CIEE PORE E In addition to the FactoryCast Web services the FactoryCast HMI modules provide HMI functions which are executed in the module itself m Real time HMI database management independent of the PLC processor m Arithmetic and logical calculations on HMI data m Direct connectivity with relational databases traceability m Data Logging recording data in the module NE m Display of Unity Pro graphic runtime screens in the form of Web pages N m Recipe management read write m Alarm and report
391. her function blocks these EFBs can be used in all languages to exchange data among PLCs or to deliver data to be displayed on an HMI m Process control library The CONT_CTL library can be used to set up process specific control loops It offers controller derivative and integral control functions plus additional algorithms such as EFBs for calculating mean values selecting a maximum value detecting edges or assigning a hysteresis to process values etc m Diagnostics library which can be used to monitor actuators and contains EFBs for active diagnostics reactive diagnostics interlocking diagnostics permanent process condition diagnostics dynamic diagnostics monitoring of signal groups etc m I O management library providing services to handle information exchanged with hardware modules formatting data scaling etc m Motion Function Blocks library containing a set of predefined functions and structures to manage motion controlled by drives and servo drives connected on CANopen m Motion library for motion control and fast counting m System library which provides EFBs for the execution of system functions including Evaluation of scan time availability of several different system clocks SFC section monitoring display of system state management of files on the memory cartridge of the Modicon M340 processor etc m Finally a library named obsolete containing all function blocks used by legacy programming software needed to
392. hneider electric com 8 36 1 With earth fault detection 2 One output 30 V and one output 24 V 5 Qs More technical information on www schneider electric com Electric Schneider 8 25 Presentation description ABL 8MEMeeeee Zelio Logic 8 26 Phaseo power supplies and transformers Regulated switch mode power supplies ABL 8MEM ABL 7RM 7 to 60 W Rail mounting The ABL 8MEM ABL 7RM power supply offer is designed to provide the DC voltage necessary for the control circuits of automation system equipment consuming 7 to 60 Win 5 12 and 24 V Comprising six products this range meets the needs encountered in industrial commercial and residential applications These compact electronic switch mode power supplies provide a quality of output current that is suitable for the loads supplied and compatible with the Zelio Logic range and the smallest Modicon M340 Premium and Quantum configurations Clear guidelines are given on selecting the upstream protection devices which are often used with them and thus a comprehensive solution is provided that can be used in total safety ABL 8MEM 7RM power supplies can be connected in phase to neutral N L1 or in phase to phase 7 L1 L2 They deliver a voltage that is precise to 3 whatever the load and whatever the type of line supply within a range of 85 to 264 V Conforming to IEC standards and UL CSA and TUV certified they are suitable for universal use T
393. ibus configuration The parameters assigned by default guarantee optimized performance as well as the consistency of I O data in the PLC application irrespective of the PLC platform Similarly the I O variables defined and presymbolized in the DTMs can be used directly in the application Finally the screens integrated in Unity Pro together with the diagnostic functions integrated in the device DTMs simplify application maintenance 5 120 Schneider Electric Presentation continued Modicon Premium automation references platform Profibus DP V1 and Profibus PA buses Profibus Remote Master module Connectable devices The following Schneider Electric devices can be connected to this bus m TeSys U and TeSys T starter controllers m Momentum and Modicon STB distributed I O m Altivar 312 61 71 variable speed drives for asynchronous motors m Lexium 05 15 servo drives for brushless motors m Altistart ATS 48 soft start soft stop units m Any third party device compatible with Profibus DP and PA standard profiles Limitations Once saved the Unity project incorporates all the Profibus parameters as well as those of the slaves connected to the bus Modicon Quantum Modicon Premium and Modicon M340 PLCs are capable of embedding all this data so that an empty Unity terminal without any applications is able after a simple transfer from the PLC to locate the whole application including the slave parameters This function is called ET
394. ic channels Kwords on PCMCIA 3623AMC 80 96 Kwords 3 1 TSX P57 integrated 2 384 353LAMC Kwords on PCMCIA Fipio TSX P57 353AMC 0 560 TSX 57 4e 96 176 Kwords 4 Fipio TSX P57 453AMC 0 560 2040 discrete I O integrated 2 992 4 Ethernet and TSX P57 256 analog I O and 64 application specific channels Kwords on PCMCIA Fipio 4823AMC Description Memory size Reference Weight Application Additional data kg Configurable application additional 192 KB 1024 KB 832 KB 0 KB TSX MRP C001MC 0 076 data memory extensions 192 KB 3072KB 2880 KB 0 KB TSX MRP C003MC 0 076 lal Cin processors 192KB 7168KB 6976KB OKB TSX MRP C007MC 0 076 For replacement parts see page 1 21 TSX MRP CO0eMC 1 Single format module The other processors are double format 2 The second value corresponds to the integrated memory capacity when the processor is equipped with a PCMCIA memory card Presentation page 9 2 Schneider Electric 9 3 References continued TSX PSY double format TSX DEY DSY AEY ASY with screw terminal block TSX DEY DMY 32 24 channels with HE 10 connectors TSX DEY DSY 64 channels with HE 10 connectors TSX AEY ASY with 25 way SUB D connector Modicon Premium automation platform Treatment for harsh environments Conformal Coating modules Supply voltage Available power Reference Weight 5
395. ices used by the application have been implemented on all devices concerned The bus consists of a master station and slave stations Only the master station can initiate the exchange direct communication between slave stations is not possible Two exchange mechanisms are possible m Question response where requests from the master are addressed to a given slave The master then waits for the response from the slave which has been polled m Broadcasting where the master broadcasts a message to all slave stations on the bus The latter execute the instruction without transmitting a response Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLCs provide various ways of connecting to the Modbus serial link Integrated link to the TSX Micro and to the TSX SCY e1601 Premium module 1 Via integrated port on the Modicon TSX Micro processor The TER port 8 way mini DIN has the Modbus RTU master slave protocol 1 2 Via integrated port on the TSX SCY 11601 21601 module for Modicon Premium PLCs This module has an isolated Half duplex RS 485 serial link channel 25 way Modicon SUB D connector with multiprotocol including Modbus with the TSX SCY 11601 TSX Micro module only the Modbus protocol is supported TSX SCP 11e multiprotocol PCMCIA cards 3 Aslot on Modicon TSX Micro Premium processors and the TSX SCY 21601 module 2 takes multiprotocol TSX SCP11e cards including Modbus featuring 4 Aprotective cover 2 5 Aremovable cover with fixing screws
396. ies Contre libraries Description Target Type Reference Weight software kg Predictive Control Library Unity Pro Single UNY LPC ZAU CD10 Concept licence Fuzzy Library Unity Pro 1 station UNY LFZ ZAU WB12 Z TeSys Library UNY LTS ZAU WB10 Heating Ventilation amp Air UNY LHV ZAU WB10 Conditioning Library Flow Calculation Library UNY LAG ZAU WB20 System libraries Description Target Type Reference Weight software kg Enhanced Process Library 1 UAG Single UAG SBT CFU CD10 licence Devices and Process Library 7 1 station UAG SBT DFU WB13 1 Compatible with Unity Pro V5 0 max For Unity Pro 2 V6 0 please consult our Customer Care Centre Schneider 6 29 Electric Presentation Software Unity software Unity Application Generator Deliver your automation projects faster and re use your know how Unity Application Generator UAG is an advanced design and generation software tool that integrates multiple PLCs and HMI SCADA systems to provide an automation solution similar to a distributed control system Using an approach based upon reusable objects application libraries and automatic application generation UAG ensures consistent design and implementation of user defined standards and UAG specifications Featuring change tracking and automatic documentation functions UAG supports standards such as ISA 88 and GAMP Business advantage UAG provides significant business
397. il m Active page server dynamic generation of animated HTML pages m Dynamic generation of HTML reports m Open data server interface SOAP XML WSDL interface protocol 1 1 In order to simplify their selection and ensure their interoperability within a system each Transparent Ready product is identified by the class of services it provides Letter A B C or D level of service for the Web server followed by 10 20 or 30 level of service for Ethernet communication 5 22 Schneider Electric Presentation continued Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network FactoryCast HMI active Web services FactoryCast HMI Web servers can be integrated in various architectures m Installations that require a flexible distributed HMI solution m Mixed architectures supplementing conventional SCADA systems m Architectures where a direct link is required between automation systems and information management levels IT link Flexible distributed HMI solution The use of Web based technologies means that FactoryCast HMI can replace conventional HMI or SCADA solutions in applications where architectures require a flexible multistation HMI thus providing a temporary nomadic remote control function These architectures consist of m Several PLCs networked on Ethernet equipped with FactoryCast HMI Web server modules m One or more PC terminals simply equipped with a web browser thus providing a Thin Client inte
398. imple Mail Transfer Protocol server for distribution to the recipients engineers management process owner etc Security Optionally each e mail can be protected by an identifier and a password authenticated by the SMTP server If for additional security the TCP port number of the e mail server has been changed from the default of 25 the port number can be changed in the PLC e mail configuration via a secure Web page Configuration An authorized administrator can easily configure this e mail service via a Web page The items recipient list sender and subject in each of the three headers can be defined The e mail server connection information such as its IP address and security management information are also defined using Web pages Diagnostics As for all other Ethernet services in Modicon Premium and Modicon Quantum PLCs the e mail notification service has a diagnostics Web page displaying the service s status in real time Remote monitoring Diagnostic information is also available remotely from network controllers conforming to the SNMP standard The e mail service information is included in the publicly available Transparent Ready private MIB 5 36 Schneider Electric Functions continued Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Ethernet Modbus TCP communication services SNMP network management service From a network management station SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol
399. indows XP operating systems Configurations with old generation processors The TSX P57 353LAM processor can be used as a replacement for old version TSX P57 ee0M ee1M ee2M single format processors and for T PCX 57 203M 353M Atrium slot PLCs Replacement of these processors or slot PLCs requires reconfiguration of the PLC with the TSX P57 353LAM but no modification of the application program is required It may be necessary to update the PL7 Pro software TLX RCD PL7P P45M Migration of Premium processors Some Premium TSX P57 ee3M 3AM processors that are compatible with PL7 software can be migrated for compatibility with Unity Pro software without any need for hardware modifications This migration from PL7 to Unity Pro is achieved by means of the following software updates m Processor operating system m Integrated Ethernet TCP IP port operating system This update is carried out using the OS Loader tool included in the Unity Pro software see page 6 13 Once migrated PL7 processors are equivalent to corresponding Unity processors The following PL7 processors can be migrated to Unity Pro software migration m TSX 57 2e TSX P57 203M 253M 2623M become TSX P57 204M 254M 2634M respectively m TSX 57 3e TSX P57 303M 353M 3623AM become TSX P7 304M 354M 3634M respectively migration supported by Unity Pro version 2 3 0 Note Processor migration requires use of the new PCMCIA memory references TSX MRP P C and TSX MFP PIC See the eq
400. ing the AS Interface cable is supplied with the master module 3 The TSX SAY 1000 module supports analog devices with 1 to 4 input or output channels 4 For other connection accessories see page 5 97 Software setup Cabling system References page 5 93 page 5 96 page 5 97 Schneider 5 93 Electric Software setup Modicon Premium automation platform Master module for AS Interface cabling system The AS Interface cabling system is configured using Unity Pro or PL7 Micro Junior Pro software The services offered are based on the principle of simplicity m Management of profile tables parameters and data by the master transparent for the user m Topological I O addressing any AS Interface slave declared on the line is assigned a topological address on the line in a way that is transparent for the user m Each AS Interface sensor actuator is seen by the Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLC in the same way as any in rack I O AS Interface cabling system configuration All the devices on the AS Interface line are configured implicitly guided by the following sequence of screens m Declaration of the AS Interface line master module o The TSX SAZ 10 module is always inserted and declared in position no 4 on the Modicon TSX Micro TSX 37 10 21 22 automation platform o The TSX SAY 1000 module can be inserted in any position on the Modicon Premium automation platform except for the positions reserved for the processors and power supplies
401. ing with Unity Pro as well as axis diagnosis In maintenance operations drives can be replaced quickly and safely thanks to drive parameter download blocks Setting up drives on the CANopen network is facilitated through Motion Tree Manager organization in the Unity Pro browser making it easy for users to access the application drives Applications The features of the Motion Function Blocks library are particularly suitable for machines with independent axes In the case of these modular special machines MFB function blocks are the perfect solution for controlling single axes The following are typical applications for this type of architecture Automatic storage removal Material handling Palletizers depalletizers Conveyors Packaging simple label application Grouping ungrouping Adjustment axes in flexible machines etc The table below lists the function blocks of the MFB library and the drives compatible with them The prefix indicates the block family m MC Function block defined by the Motion Function Blocks PLC Open standard m TE Function block specific to Schneider Electric products m Lxm Function block specific to Lexium servo drives Management Read an internal parameter MC_ReadParameter and motion Write an internal parameter MC_WriteParameter Read the current position MC_ReadActualPosition Read the instantaneous speed MC_ReadActualVelocit
402. integrated in a configuration with aTSX P57 ee3 ee4 or TSX P57 ee2 version gt V3 3 processor Schneider 5 39 Electric Performance Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Performance When selecting an architecture performance should be taken into account atthe earliest possible stage To do this the developer must m Know exactly what he needs o quantity and type of devices to be interconnected o volume and type of exchanges o expected response times o environment m Compare his needs with the characteristics of the offers available and be aware that the actual performance level between any 2 points in an architecture depends on the weakest link in the chain which can be o dependent on the hardware o but also dependent on the applications size architecture operating system machine power rating etc which are often only vaguely defined at this stage of the project m Work out from these which is the most suitable architecture The purpose of the next few pages is to provide the main information and instructions needed to answer the second point Given that the performance of an Ethernet architecture is linked to many parameters these pages do not provide all the information needed to calculate the network performance Their aim is to focus on the following main aspects m Guidelines for evaluating the network load so as to design an Ethernet network that meets the application requireme
403. internal RAM m The application program area is in the internal RAM or the PCMCIA memory card an m The constants area is in the internal RAM or the PCMCIA memory card There are two ways of organizing the application memory for TSX P57 163M 2e3M 2e23M and TSX P57 3e3M 3623M 453M 4823AM Application data 30 5 Kwords max with or without amemory extension installed in the form of aPCMCIA 1 2 Task descriptor and executable code 3 Constant words initial values and configuration Application in internal RAM The application is completely loaded into the processor s battery backed internal RAM 1 the capacity of which depends on the processor model 32 to 96 Kwords For example the TSX P57 1e3M processor has 7 5 Kwords of application data and 24 5 Kwords of program constants and system data 2 The memory space 32 Kwords is shared between the application data the Processors without PCMCIA card A g DE 4 program the constants and the system data 2 Internal RAM Application in the PCMCIA card slot no 0 N v 3 The internal RAM is then reserved for the application data ys The PCMCIA card contains the program and constants 64 to 512 Kwords tN eG a io The file storage area of 128 K or 640 Kwords depending on the model of PCMCIA 2 card can be used in remote applications for storing information such as production S data production recipes etc PCMCIA card lt The symbols storage area
404. inued Perel coo ee DOTA tend andi gt Data export shortcut menu Maama coe ee E wees Hera x Cored Hama Facheasa Data import wizard Software Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large With Unity Pro changes can be made to the program when the PLC connected to the programming terminal is in RUN mode These modifications are performed with the following operations m The application contained in the PLC is transferred to the PC terminal running Unity Pro if necessary m Program changes are prepared These program modifications can be of any type and in any language IL ST LD FBD and SFC for example addition or deletion of SFC steps or actions The code of a DFB user function block can also be modified however modification of its interface is not permitted m These program changes are updated in the PLC in RUN mode This function makes it possible to add or modify program code and data in different parts of the application in one single modification session thus resulting in a unified consistent modification with respect to the controlled process This increased flexibility comes at a cost in terms of the amount of program memory required Unity Pro s cross references function which is available in standalone mode offline and when connected to the PLC in Run online allows users to view all the elements of a PLC application when searching for any type of v
405. ion m Transmission and reception of data on these connections 240 bytes max m Closing of this connection 5 38 Schneider Electric Functions continued Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Transparent Ready Ethernet Modbus TCP communication services TCP Open optional service continued Description The TCP Open offer consists of aCD ROM containing the TCP IP function libraries Open access on TCP is only possible via TSX ETY 110WS 7 and TSX ETY 5103 Ethernet modules With open access on TCP all the basic functions of these modules can be used The TLX CD TCP 50M TCP IP function library comprises m The SDK C software enhancement library which provides access to the module TCP IP socket functions m User documentation in English no printed version m EF elementary communication function blocks Socket Bind Listen Accept Shutdown Close Send Receive Select Set_Socket Option Connect for installation using PL7 Junior Pro version 2 V3 3 or Unity Pro software m Higher level EF function blocks provided by way of example which can perform more advanced functions such as the complete sequence for initializing or closing a connection or sending or receiving data The source files for all these EF blocks are also provided m An example of an application communicating with a TELNET application on a PC If specific function blocks have to be created the following must be installed on the developm
406. ion or expandable with 4 6 8 or 12 positions TSX RKY eeEX multi rack configuration 1 B Bus X extension cable multi rack configuration 1 C Line terminator multi rack configuration 2 Power supply module TSX PSY eeeM 3 Hot Standby processor TSX H57 24M 44M 4 Ethernet Modbus TCP network module TSX ETY 4103 5103 version 2 sv 4 0 5 Analog I O modules TSX AEY ASY eee 6 Discrete I O modules 16 28 32 or 64 channels 1 HE 10 connector for 16 channels TSX DEY DSY DMY 16 28 32 64eeK Modicon Telefast ABE 7 and JM Concept cabling components 21 Redundancy sub bases o 16 as 2x 16 input channels ABE 7ACC 11 o 16 as 2x 16 output channels ABE 7ACC 10 22 16 channel passive sub bases ABE 7H16eee for adaptation of inputs or outputs 16 channel ABE 7S16 7R16 7P16060ce 23 Cordsets with two HE10 connectors TSX CDP ee3 0 5 1 2 3 5 or 10 m long 24 Analog I O multiplexer supplied by JM Concept o Analog inputs JK 3000 N2 1 x 0 20 mA 0 10 V input in 2 x 0 20 mA 0 10 V inputs o Analog outputs GK 3000 D1 2 x 4 20 mA outputs in 1 x 4 20 mA output Ethernet cabling components 10 ConneXium switch with 4 8 or 16 10 100BASE TX ports 499 NES ee100 unmanaged or TCS ESM ee3 managed 11 CPU Sync link copper crossover cable 490 NTC 000 eee 12 Copper straight through cable 490 NTW 000 eee 13 Copper crossover cable 490 NTC 000 eee 7 Human Machine Interface 19 Magelis XBT GT graphic display terminal with embedde
407. ion environment EMC test documentation for E1 certification cars and vehicles available TCSG WA 242 3 TCSG WA 242F 3 5 84 1 SSID Service Set IDentifier 2 PoE Power over Ethernet 3 All TCSG ee eeee products are supplied with 2 pen type antennas More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider G Electric we N zj Dual band industrial Wi Fi LAN Access Point Client with two independent radio Single band industrial Wi Fi LAN Client with one radio module based on IEEE modules based on IEEE 802 11a b g h i For installation in harsh environment 802 11a b g h i IP 67 rated Access point and Client Client only IEEE 802 11a b g h i 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz IP 67 IP 40 Wall mast DIN rail 2 1 54 Mbps 4 x N type 4x RP SMA 1 x 10 100BASE TX 2 x WLAN interfaces 8 SSIDs per interface 1 1x WLAN interface Up to 20 km with external antenna frequency range and data rate dependent on type of antenna 261 x 189 x 55 mm 80 x 100 x 135 mm 30 C to 55 C 40 C to 70 C Max 95 non condensing 2x 24 V 12 V redundant capable 2x 24 V 12 V redundant capable 2 x PoE per IEEE802 3af redundant capable 2 1 x PoE per IEEE802 3af 2 12 V 625 mA 24 V 417 mA PoE 48 V 167 mA 2 EN 60950 EN 300328 EN 301893 notified in all EU countries EN 61131 for operation in automation environment EMC test documentation for E1 certification cars and vehicles availabl
408. ion interfaces Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Analog and application specific sub bases TSX Micro Modicon Premium Modicon Premium o TSX 3722 o TSX CTYeA o TSXASY810 o TSX CTZeA o TSX CAYe1 o TSX AEY1600 TSX AeY800 Modicon M340 o BMX AMI 0800 o BMX AMI 0810 o BMX AMO 0802 Modicon Quantum o 140 AVI 030 00 o 140 ACI 030 00 o 140 ACI 040 00 o 140 ACO 130 00 Counter inputs and Counter inputs Analog inputs analog I O Axis control Current Voltage Position control Pt 100 Passive connection point to point with shield continuity Modicon Premium Modicon M340 o TSXASY410 o BMXART 0414 o TSX AEY420 o BMXART 0814 Modicon M340 Modicon Premium o BMXAMO0410 o TSXAEY1614 Modicon Quantum o 140 AVO 020 00 o 140 ACO 020 00 Analog outputs Analog inputs Current Voltage Connection of cold junction compensation or provision distribution of isolated power supplies 8 18 More technical information on www schneider electric com 1 counter channel or 8 channels 4 channels 4 channels 8 analog inputs 2 analog outputs 24V 24V 25mA 2 2or4 2or4 2or4 15 way SUB D 9 way SUB D 25 way SUB D 25 way SUB D No No No Screw Screw Screw ABE 7CPA01 ABE 7CPA02 ABE 7CPA21 ABE 7CPA412 ABE 7CPA410 Schneider Electric Modicon Premium o TSX AEY800 o TSXAEY1600 Modicon Quantum o 140 AVI 030 00 o 140 ACI 030 00 o 140 ACI 040 00 Modicon Premium o TSXAEY810 Modicon M3
409. iption Use ltem Reference Weight no kg Terminal port connection Isolation of Uni Telway signals for bus length gt 10 m line 5 TSXP ACC 01 0 690 box terminator bus cable tap links Supplied with cable 1 m length equipped with a mini DIN connector TER or AUX ports Passive T junction box Tap link and extension of bus cable line terminator 2 TSX SCA 50 0 520 Passive subscriber socket 2 channel tap link 15 way female SUB D connector and 3 TSX SCA 62 0 570 2 channel extension of bus cable address coding and line terminator Active adaptor box Connection of an RS 232 device which can use the TSXSCA72 0 520 RS 232 RS 485 Uni Telway protocol adaptation and isolation of signals line terminator no address coding Universal Bluetooth interface UBI Provides Bluetooth connectivity for products such as the Modicon M340 Premium platforms and Altivar Lexium servo drives via their serial port RS 485 Used for setting up and maintenance of products Designed for permanent installation and can be safely fitted on the inside or outside of electrical enclosures m Protocols supported Modbus and Uni Telway m Powered via the product s RS 485 serial port m Max range in direct line of sight 20 m The kit comprises m A Universal Bluetooth interface UBI m An RJ45 mini DIN cable length 1 m m An RJ45 RJ45 cable length 1 m m Afixing clamp for installation inside the electrical enclosure m ACD with configuration sof
410. ipway Modbus Plus Ethway 1 to 8 AS Interface buses m Oor 1 Fipio bus 0 or 1 CANopen or Modbus Plus bus and 0 to 5 InterBus or Profibus DP 1 fieldbuses m 0 to 30 process control channels with each channel capable of supporting up to 3 loops Depending on the model Premium processors include m A 10BASE T 100BASE TX Ethernet TCP IP port RJ45 connector m A 1Mbit s Fipio bus link bus manager m Communication via 2 terminal ports TER and AUX using Uni Telway or character mode protocol typically a 19 or 115 Kbit s programming terminal and an operator dialogue terminal m AUSB type TER port for connecting a programming terminal Each processor has two PCMCIA card slots m An upper slot no 0 to take battery backed memory extension cards program symbols constants and or data files m Alower slot no 1 to take 7 a network card Fipway Modbus Plus or a bus card CANopen Fipio Agent Modbus Uni Telway and serial links Memory extension cards intended specifically for storing data can also be inserted into this slot Treatment for harsh environments If the Modicon Quantum automation platform needs to be used in a very harsh environment the Conformal Coating offer provides processors and power supply modules I O modules on Bus X and racks with a protective coating applied to their electronic cards See page 9 2 Premium application design and installation The installation of these Premium processors requir
411. it may be necessary to use other protocols This is the case when for example users want to integrate Modicon Premium platforms in existing architectures which use a particular sometimes proprietary communication protocol To meet these needs for open access 2 interface levels are included in the Schneider Electric offer m A library of basic functions which can be used in C language for direct access to the socket interface on TCP The user can thus create his own communication functions using SDK C development software and take advantage of the ease of use which this software provides for their development and debugging Once generated these function blocks are used in the application like any Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro programming software standard function block m A library of basic function blocks known as EFs which can be used directly in the application programs with Unity Pro or PL7 language These are the same as the functions developed in C language seen earlier but designed for use by non computer specialists These EF function blocks cannot be modified Functions Operating in TCP connection client server mode the basic functions on the Berkeley socket interface enable m Management of 16 out of a maximum of 32 connections on the Open profile m Creation of sockets and their attachment to any TCP port m Switching these sockets to listen for a connection request from a remote client mode m Openness of a connect
412. ith integrated BMX P34 2030 20302 Ethernet port BMX NOE 0100 0110 Ethernet Modbus TCP BMX AMI ART AMO AMM Analogue I O BMX EHC 0200 0800 Counter BMX MSP 0200 Motion control a Supported Supported if CPU has integrated Ethernet port For Ethernet networks Unity Loader contains a network scanner which can be used to scan a range of network addresses Once a recognized Modicon M340 PLC has been selected data transfer operations can be performed Unity Loader is supplied with Unity Pro Small Medium Large and Extra Large It is also downloadable free of charge from our website www schneider electric com download section Compatibility Unity Loader is independent of Unity Pro and compatible with all Modicon M340 PLCs Unity Pro Quantum PLCs via Modbus and Unity Pro Premium PLCs via Unitelway The program files and PLC data files are compatible between Unity Pro and Unity Loader Description Type Reference Weight kg Unity Loader software Single licence Software downloadable free of 1 station charge from our website www schneider electric com Schneider 6 27 Electric Presentation Software Unity Pro software Specific libraries The CONT_CTL process control function block library supplied with Unity Pro software can be supplemented with optional specialized libraries so as to meet specific needs such as m Predictive control Unity specific Libraries E Fuzzy logic G ntroller m HVAC m Mass flow calculation
413. ium Large Extra Large Unity Pro Small Medium Large and Extra Large software packages These software packages are for programming and setting up Unity automation platforms The software is available in five versions m Unity Pro Small see page 6 18 Unity Pro m Unity Pro Medium see page 6 19 m Unity Pro Large see page 6 19 m Unity Pro Extra Large see page 6 20 Upgrade kits for Concept PL7 Pro and ProWORX software These upgrade kits allow users who already have these software programs from the installed base and who have a current subscription to obtain Unity Pro version V6 0 software at a reduced price These upgrades are only available for licences of the same type e g from Concept XL group licence to Unity Pro Extra Large group licence See page 6 20 Composition and Windows OS compatibility Unity Pro multilingual software packages are compatible with Windows XP 32 bit Windows Vista Business Edition 32 bit and Windows 7 32 bit and 64 bit operating systems The packages comprise m A Unity Pro V5 0 DVD in six languages English French German Italian Spanish and Chinese m A Unity Loader V2 2 CD m An Ethernet IP Configuration V1 1 CD not included with Unity Pro Small m AnAdvantys V5 5 configuration software CD m ADVD containing the documentation in electronic format in six languages English French German Italian Spanish and Chinese m Aone year services subscription For Modicon M340 All models
414. key Primary and Standby Client licence m 2x VJCNS 1032 99 Web View Only Client licences Both licences are placed on the ATR Primary Server key Redundant Client licence m 2x VJCNS 1032 88 Redundant Web View Only Client licences Redundant floating licences for Web View Only Client licences Both licences are placed on the ATR Standby Server key Schneider 6 49 Electric References Software Supervisory control and data acquisition software SCADA Vijeo Citect The VJC 1099 e2 Vijeo Citect Box comprises m 1 DVD with the Vijeo Citect software m A Schneider Electric drivers pack m An installation guide m Ahardware key for USB port Additional keys are also supplied in the Vijeo Citect Box Development workshop Vijeo Citect Box VJC 1099 e2 Description Type of key Reference Weight included kg Vijeo Citect Box USB VJC 1099 22 0 410 with USB key Additional Vijeo Citect keys Designation Target licence Reference Weight kg Additional Vijeo Citect USB key Redundant Server and VJC 1099 21 0 200 Supplied in Vijeo Citect Box static non floating licences Vijeo Citect 10 Pack USB keys Blank keys and not licenced VJC 1099 20 1 500 Supplied in Vijeo Citect Box 1 Vijeo Citect Software Designation Target licence Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect Software DVD Not licenced VJC 1099 18 2 200 50 Pack The Vijeo Citect Lite stand alone licence is available for 100 to 1200 points
415. l connection USB mini B port USB port 1 8m BMX XCA USB H018 0 065 cables BMX P34 1000 20e0 20002 PC to PLC 4 5m BMX XCA USB H045 0 110 Mini DIN port RS 232D 2 5m TSX PCX 1031 0 170 Premium TSX 57 1e 2e 3e 4e 9 way SUB D connector USB port 0 4m TSX CUSB 485 0 144 USB RS 485 1 converter USB port 2 5m TSX CRJMD 25 0 150 mini DIN 1 RJ45 cordset Modbus port RS 232D 3 7m 990 NAA 263 20 0 300 140 CPU 311 10 connector m 140 CPU 434 12A 140 CPU 534 14A USB port USB port 3 3m UNY XCA USB 033 Premium TSX 57 5e 6e Quantum 140 CPU 6e1 Modbus port RJ45 connector RJ 45 im 110 XCA 282 01 Quantum 140 CPU 6e1 connector 3m 110 XCA 282 02 _ 6m 110 XCA 282 03 PC terminal connection HE13 connector Modicon STB RS 232D 2 2m STB XCA 4002 0 210 cables I O network interface module 9 way SUB D PC SUB D to Modicon STB NIM connector 1 0 USB SUB D adaptor HE13 connector Modicon STB USB port 3 SR2 CBL 06 0 185 PC USB to Modicon STB I O network interface module 1 0 NIM with STB XCA 4002 cable 3 Description Use Reference Weight kg Universal Bluetooth Provides Bluetooth connectivity for products such as the TCS WAAC 13FB 0 320 interface UBI Modicon M340 Premium platforms and Altivar Lexium servo drives via their serial port RS 485 Used for setting up and maintenance of products Designed for permanent installation and can be safely fitted on the inside or outside of electrical enclosures m Protocols supported Mo
416. l fibre duplex SC connector m 6x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESM 083F2CS0 0 410 copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 2x 100BASE FX ports single mode optical fibre duplex SC connector References Description Interfaces Reference Weight kg Basic ConneXium 8x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESB 083F23F0 0 400 managed switches copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 6x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESB 083F2CU0 0 400 copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 2x 100BASE FX ports multimode optical fibre duplex SC connector m 6x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESB 093F2CU0 0 400 copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 3x 100BASE FX ports multimode optical fibre duplex SC connector References Description Interfaces Reference Weight kg ConneXium managed 8 x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESM 083F23F1 1 1 000 switches copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors IP30 m 6x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESM 063F2CU1 7 1 000 copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors IP30 m 2x 100BASE FX ports multimode optical fibre duplex SC connector m 6x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESM 063F2CS1 1 1 000 copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors IP30 m 2x 100BASE FX ports single mode optical fibre duplex SC connector 1 Available in Conformal Coating version For this version add the letterC at the end of the reference For example the TCS ESM 083F23F1 switch becomes TCS ESM 083F23F1C in the Conformal Coating
417. l printer Vijeo Designer on Windows XP and Windows 7 Magelis 333 MHz RISC CPU Colour TFT LCD backlit 800 x 600 pixels SVGA 12315 HMIGTO4310 HMIGTO5310 HMIGTO6310 HMI GTO2315 HMI GTO5315 HMI GTO6315 Please consult the Optimum Advanced Panels Magelis GTO catalogue ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric 7 5 Selection guide Operator dialogue terminals Magelis GT GK GH and GTW Advanced Panels Backlit monochrome amber or Backlit monochrome orcolour Backlit colour STNLCD or red mode STN LCD STN LCD or backlit colour colour TFT LCD 320 x 240 pixels or TFTLCD TFT LCD 320 x 240 pixels or 640 x 480 pixels 640 x 480 pixels 3 3 8 monochrome or colour 5 7 monochrome or colour 7 5 colour Via touch screen 32 MB Flash EPROM 16 MB Flash EPROM 3 32 MB Flash EPROM By means of 128 256 512 MB 1 2 or 4 GB CF card except XBT GT2110 Limited by internal Flash Limited by capacity of internal Flash EPROM memory or CF EPROM memory capacity card memory Unlimited 8000 variables max Alphanumeric bitmap bargraph gauge tank tank level indicator curves polygon button LED 32 groups of 64 recipes comprising 1024 ingredients max Yes with log Yes Built in 1 input reset and 3 outputs alarm buzzer run 3 1 audio input microphone 1 composite video input digital or analogue video camera 1 audio outpu
418. latform Fipio bus manager function Modicon Premium Bus manager De im lem Kommt ra a h Magelis Modicon STB Momentum on il i AG Aga Fipio bus 18 Third party ti 1 products Modicon TSX Micro Agent Altivar 71 The Fipio fieldbus is a standard means of communication between different control system components It enables 127 devices to be connected at the connection point integrated in the processor This fieldbus conforms to the WorldFip standard based on producer consumer mechanisms It is designed for remote location of I O up to 15 km away and enables third party devices developed as par of the Collaborative Automation programme to be installed The bus arbitrator manager can be a Modicon Premium TSX P57 150 250 2823 350 456 4823 554M PLC For Fipio bus wiring system and connection accessories see pages 5 110 to 5 113 The following Schneider Electric devices can be connected to the Fipio bus m Modicon Micro Premium Agent function PLCs via PCMCIA TSX FPP 10 card m Magelis XBT GT GK GTW graphic terminals via TSX CUSBFIP Fipio adaptor m Magelis industrial iPC via TSX CUSBFIP USB Fipio adaptor m Modicon STB IP20 distributed I O with STB NFP 2212 network interface module m Momentum distributed discrete analog or application specific I
419. lationships between periods of different tasks which use these devices O The appearance or disappearance of a configured device is detected on the bus within a maximum time of 200 ms o Exchanges occur at the rate defined by the programmer from 10 to 20 Uni TE messages per second o The network cycle time is double that of the electrical bus when OZD FIP G3 transceivers are used m Fipway bus on fibre optic link The operating principle is identical to that on an electrical network in that the number of stations is limited to 32 and the transmission time is as follows o For the Common words and Shared Table services the entire database is updated every 40 ms maximum o For Uni TE message handling the network characteristics allow transmission of a maximum of 230 messages of 128 bytes per second Lexium 15 servo drives etc Description Max number of Fipio bus connectable Fipway network Reference Weight on T transceivers devices kg ss i Fipio Fipway optic 32 with Fipio TSX Micro Premium with TSX Micro OZD FIP G3 0 500 4 transceiver 1 20 with Fipway TSX FPP10 PCMCIA card Premium Modicon STB distributed I O with PCMCIA Momentum distributed VO TSX FPP OZD200 Magelis XBT Ge terminals card Magelis zPC industrial PCs allt Altivar 71 61 variable speed iii drives a j OZD FIP G3 TSX Micro Premium connection components 2 Description Use Composition Reference Weight kg Fipway card TSX Micro TSX
420. le m Selecting TSX PSY power supply modules page 9 6 Technical appendices m Standards and certifications eee eee page 9 8 m Environmental tests 0 0000 page 9 9 m Ethernet network infrastructure 00 page 912 m Automation product certifications page 918 A dedicated services offer for your installed base m Operation services 2222 22 c eects page 9 20 m Modernisation services 0 0000 e eee eee page 9 21 m Customization services 0 c cece eee eee page 9 21 Index m Product reference index 0 cece cece ene nee page 9 22 Schneider 9 1 Electric Presentation Modicon Premium automation platform Treatment for harsh environments Conformal Coating modules Protective treatment of Modicon Premium PLCs Modicon Premium Atrium PLCs comply with TC treatment requirements Treatment for all Climates For installations in industrial production workshops or environments corresponding to TH Treatment for hot and Humid environments PLCs must be housed in enclosures providing at least IP 54 protection as specified by standard IEC EN 60529 or an equivalent level of protection according to NEMA 250 These PLCs themselves have an IP 20 protection index 7 They can therefore be installed without an enclosure in reserved access areas that do not exceed pollution level
421. le on modules with DC transistor outputs For modules with relay and triac outputs protected by fuses the same type of reactivation automatic or via program is necessary after replacement of one or more fuses RUN STOP command An input can be configured to control the RUN STOP changeover for the PLC This is taken into account on a rising edge ASTOP command via an input takes priority over a RUN command via a terminal or a network command Output fallback If the application switches to STOP the outputs must be set to a state which is safe for the application This state called the fallback position is defined for each module when its outputs are configured This configuration is used to select m Fallback the channels are set to 0 or 1 according to the defined fallback value m Maintain the outputs maintain the state in which they were before the stop occurred Diagnostic functions m Module diagnostics any exchange fault preventing normal operation of an output module or fast input module is indicated Similarly any internal module fault is indicated m Process diagnostics sensor preactuator voltage check terminal block presence check short circuit and overload check sensor voltage check preactuator voltage check Specific functions of TSX DEY 16FK DMY 28FK module inputs m Latching enables particularly short pulses with a duration shorter than the PLC scan time to be taken into account m Event triggered inputs
422. lectric Printed by May 2012 MKTED212031EN 2012 WUONEId uoewogne wun waad UosIpoN Ips
423. led by the application programs of the sender and recipient m Sending broadcast messages to all stations and devices Telegram The telegram service available on Fipway is a special case of application to application messages It enables short messages to be sent and received on a priority basis maximum 16 characters Atelegram from a Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLC is sent immediately without waiting for the end of the cycle The telegram is received by the Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLC in m The event triggered task processed as soon as the message arrives in the network card m The fast task or master task when scanning the reception function APLC can only process one telegram at a time Use in a multinetwork The X Way communication architecture is designed to cover multinetwork applications capable of dealing with problems of m Concentration The architecture is particularly suitable for feedback of supervision data to a higher level m Redundancy Each PLC monitors the correct operation of both networks to which it is connected If one of the networks should fail all traffic can be transferred to the network that is functioning m Inter network communication These architectures comprise several network segments which are interconnected by bridge PLC stations Transparent communication is then offered between the entire architecture Schneider 5 99 Electric Presentation Modicon Premium automation connectable devices p
424. les can be added to this minimum configuration according to the requirements of the process to be automated Redundant components in multiples of 2 2 m Bus X remote system o TSX REY 200 Bus X remote module for increasing the length of the Bus X to 2x350 m m Communication o TSX ETY 210 Ethernet Modbus TCP communication module for communication with level 3 o TSX SCP 114 PCMCIA Modbus communication card for Modbus slave communication with transparent addressing for third party devices This card must be inserted in the slot in the TSX SCY 21601 communication module m Discrete I O o TSX DEY eeK discrete input modules with HE 10 connectors with ABE 7ACC11 Modicon Telefast redundant sub bases o TSX DSY eeK discrete output modules with HE 10 connectors with ABE 7ACC10 Modicon Telefast redundant sub bases o TSX DMY eeK discrete mixed I O modules with HE 10 connectors with ABE 7ACC11 10 Modicon Telefast redundant sub bases Shared components on the Fipio bus m Modicon STB distributed I O modules o STB NFP 2212 Fipio bus network interface module STB DDI DAI DDO DAO DRe discrete I O modules STB AVI ACI ART AVO ACO analog I O modules TSX EEF ESF EMF IP 67 I O modules Momentum I O modules 170 FTN 110 01 Fipio communication module 170 ADI ADO ADM discrete I O base units 170 AAI AAO AMM analog I O base units Fipio agent PLCs Premium PLC can take all I O and application specific modules TSX Micro PLC can take all I O and
425. lication managing the SERCOS TSX CSY 85 motion control modules 1 Maximum 8 real axes per TSX CSY 85 module Presentation Description References page 4 40 page 4 41 page 4 45 Schneider 4 43 Electric Functions continued cs TSX CSY 84 RACK 0 POSITION 4 Module configuration TSX CSY 164 RACKO POSITION 6 E lalx p D signation MOD CDE AXE 16 VOIES N4 Symbole Vole Fonetion 16 Ane ind pendan taucune Voies configur es o Buies Unites Mouvement I Bauen di pazia Tee wo 77 m vrersoman fosezsoo ozs Pe I ued Fenftresupoin 355287005 Acotiiraticnmax 258261009 Arobitvation I z eres Dichirationman 85 2s e003 Facteur d chete D cision _ izsoreteaas Ont de postion en vald non Tr Aw Tale 3552800073 Type acctiivation Dinammmu 3552890043 z Transi rer les paramitres du vanatewt de vitesse Sens du transient C huomio Vaison de wine Tranaldom C Transtert en cours G ariateun de vitesse Automate al Paamdoes Risans Trarston des param tres da vatineu de viesse dans le mimere automate Enea mansion g Longues de la table hie 0 Longueur FD Setting the axis parameters ELC Debus Options Window TBE fie Eck Uie View Tools elseje ole alale ale Sie asic vie Modicon Premium automation platform SERCOS TSX CSY 84 85 164 motion control modules When setting up application speci
426. lity with computer management applications see page 5 28 Schneider 5 17 Electric Functions Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Modicon PLC standard Web services The predefined Rack Viewer PLC diagnostic function and the Data Editor read write function are supported by all Ethernet TCP IP modules 1 in the following Modicon automation platforms m Modicon M340 platform m Modicon TSX Micro platform m Modicon Premium platform m 7 Modicon Quantum platform Modicon Momentum platform See the selection of Web server products on page 5 17 These functions can be accessed using a standard web browser connected to the network They are ready to use and secure password protected They can be used locally or remotely via m Intranet m Amodem and RAS server m Internet 1 For standard Web servers integrated in variable speed drives please consult our website www schneider electric com Schneider Electric Functions continued Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Modicon PLC standard Web services Droterscast Wed Server MIE 771 11 Merasell Internet Explorer Pr a CEAC OE E Rack Viewer PLC diagnostics function FactoryCast NOE 771 11 La o gt T Fa Gs vev Fanart Tok ap I Qua ia Grete JA IN E The Rack Viewer function can be used for PLC system and I O diagno
427. livery to the destination address fail Characteristics m Configuration of the SMTP server compatible with all SMTP servers m Maximum number of e mails 100 Contents of e mail messages free text with embedded dynamic variable values from the PLC and hyperlinks unlimited Schneider 5 25 Electric Functions continued Modicon Premium automation platform Transparent Ready system approach FactoryCast HMI active Web services Connection to relational databases The FactoryCast HMI module can be connected directly and completely autonomously to the following remote relational databases m SQL Server m MySQL m Oracle This connection enables all process or internal data to be archived directly in the FactoryCast HMI module without any intermediate system hardware or software The data can be archived written periodically and or on a specific event These variables can be either from PLCs I O bits internal bits internal words and registers or local to the module Connection to databases The FactoryCast HMI Roll Over function controls the size of tables by managing the maximum number of records This circular data archiving function automatically deletes the oldest data and can be accessed by simply setting parameters in the FactoryCast HMI software Characteristics m Number of databases that can be connected 3 m Number of tables that can be written per database 10 maximum m Number of columns per table
428. low are used as follows m ParW1 indicates the number of points in the linear segment This number of points represents the number of intermediate points that the TSX CSY 85 motion control module must calculate to define the path on the segment minimum 1 m ParW4 is used to indicate that the movement of a third axis will follow the path here the linear segment using tangential mode positioning according to a constant angle with the path 7 Linear interpolation with 3 polynomial interpolation connection This type of interpolation is used to create a curve between 2 linear segments in accordance with a 3 interpolation in order to smooth the transitions The path no longer passes through the defined point P in the example on the left P1 but follows 1 No Points in linear section i a curve defined by the following parameters gt nn EL L m ParW2 indicates the number of points in the cubic interpolation part curve ogi m ParW3 defines the shape coefficient of the cubic interpolation enabling the curve 1 race Initial Connection Lenght to move closer to or further away from the defined point P z 2002 Final Connection Lenght m Iracc1 and Iracc2 correspond to the initial and final connection lengths If these lengths are too great maximum lengths are calculated by the TSX CSY 85 motion control module as a function of the previous section for Iracc1 and of the following section for lracc2
429. m Single 1 station Group 3 stations UNY SPU EZUG CD 60 Group 3 stations Team 10 stations UNY SPU EZGT CD 60 Upgrade to Unity Pro Extra Large from Unity Pro Large pe of Large to Extra Large Single 1 station UNY SPU EZLU CD 60 Large to Extra Large Group 3 stations UNY SPU EZLG CD 60 Large to Extra Large Team 10 stations UNY SPU EZLT CD 60 Unity Developer s Edition UDE Unity Developer s Edition Single 1 station UNY UDE VFU CD21E For automating repetitive tasks or generating source code automatically from third party applications Available for Unity Pro Small Medium Large Extra Large and XL Safety Hardware and software manuals on DVD Multilingual English French UNY USE 909 CD M Platform setup for Modicon M340 Premium Quantum German Italian Spanish Momentum Chinese Electromagnetic compatibility of networks and fieldbuses Software setup for Unity Pro Function block library 1 For compatibility of Unity software automation platforms and distributed I O refer to the selection guide on page 6 2 Selection guide page 6 Schneider Electric References continued BMX XCA USB H0ee ee TSX PCX 1031 TSX CUSB485 TCS WAAC 13FB Software Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large Description Use Length Reference Weight From processor port To PC port kg PC termina
430. m Primary and Standby PLC includes the line terminator In addition since the TSX SCY 11601 21601 communication modules polarize the Modbus line disconnection of a slave during operation does not in any way disturb Modbus communication Presentation page 4 52 Description page 4 53 Schneider References pages 4 60 Functions pages 4 58 4 57 Electric Functions Services provided by the TSX ETY 4103 5103 Ethernet Modbus TCP modules in a Hot Standby architecture Standard Web services Rack Viewer and Data Editor FactoryCast configurable Web services TSX ETY 5103 only User Web pages 8 MB with TSX ETY 5103 Modbus TCP IP messaging HTTP FTP XIP Telnet O Scanning NTP time synchronization with TSX ETY 5103 SMTP e mail notification via Unity Pro function blocks Network manager SNMP agent Modicon Premium automation platform Hot Standby system Unity Pro software Primary and Standby PLC functions The Primary and Standby PLCs are physically and functionally identical but their roles differ according to whether they are in Primary or Standby mode Primary Premium PLC m Executes the application program in full m Updates the inputs and outputs depending on the selected in rack architecture on bus X on Modbus and or on Ethernet Modbus TCP network m Communicates with the peripheral devices m Sends its data to the Standby PLC and retrieves diagno
431. m TCS ECU 3M3M1S4 2m TCS ECU 3M3M2S4 3m TCS ECU 3M3M3S4 5m TCS ECU 3M3M5S4 10m TCS ECU 3M3M10S4 Crossover copper 2 x RJ45 connectors 4 Standard 5m 490 NTC 000 05U cables For connection between 40m 490 NTC 000 40U UL compatible hubs switches and 80m 490 NTC 000 80U transceivers Do it Yourself copper cable and connectors The ConneXium Do it Yourself offer consists of 2 references for connectors M12 and RJ45 and 1 cable reference 300 m coil enabling Ethernet 10 100 Mbps networks to be cabled in the field The maximum length of cables created in this way is 80 m They are quick to assemble using a knife and simple wire cutters no special tools are required Description Characteristics Length Reference Weight kg Ethernet copper cable Conforms to the standards 300 m CS ECN 300R2 2 shielded twisted pairs and approvals listed above 24 AWG RJ45 connector Conforms to EIA TIA 568 D TCS EK3 MDS M12 connector Conforms to IEC 60176 2 101 TCS EK1 MDRS 5 66 Schneider Electric References continued Ethernet network Wiring system ConneXium connection components Sip BA Glass fibre optic cables are intended for connection gt Tg m To terminal devices DTE a m Between hubs transceivers and switches 490 NOC 000 05 Description With connectors No Length Reference Weight at both ends kg Glass fibre optic cables 1 SC connector 5 5m 490 NOC 000 05 Sh f 1 MT RJ connector Hr gt 1 ST BFOC
432. m The RoHS Directive 2002 95 EC m The China RoHS Directive Standard SJ T 11363 2006 m The REACH regulations Directive EC 1907 2006 Note Documentation on sustainable development is available on our website www schneider electric com product environmental profiles and instructions for use ROHS and REACH directives End of life WEEE End of life products containing electronic cards must be dealt with by specific treatment processes When products containing backup batteries are unusable or at end of life they must be collected and treated separately Batteries do not contain a percentage by weight of heavy metals above the threshold specified by European Directive 2006 66 EC Schneider 9 19 Electric Presentation Operation services Spare parts and repairs Maintenance contracts A dedicated services offer for your installed base Operation services You can rely on the competency and efficiency of our experts for effective maintenance upgrading and modernisation of your facilities Our services offer is structured around two phases of your installation life cycle Operation Spare parts and repairs Maintenance contracts Training Modernisation Consultancy and expertise Project management OE0 00E Customization services are also available to accommodate your specific requirements Everything you need to get your equipment back to work as quickly as possible We are able to respond very quickly
433. m junction and type III CMS TSX P57 cable length message 3 0 5m handling SDO Management of bus operating modes TSX CPP 110 SyCon configuration software SyCon software is the configurator for Schneider Electric machine buses and fieldbuses It supports the following buses m CANopen for Modicon TSX Micro and Modicon Premium platforms m Profibus DP for Modicon Premium and Modicon Quantum platforms m InteRBus for Modicon Quantum platform It includes the device description files for Schneider Electric I O modules Description Licence type Reference Weight kg SyCon V2 10 configuration Single 1 station SYC SPU LFU CD2AM software licences Group 3 stations SYC SPU LFG CD2AM Team 10 stations SYC SPU LFT CD2AM Site gt 10 stations SYC SPU LFF CD2AM SyCon V2 10 configuration Single 1 station SYC SPU LRU CD2AM software update 1 The SyCon configuration software can also be used to describe the I O configuration of the Profibus DP bus for the Modicon Premium and Modicon Quantum platforms and the I O configuration of the InteRBus bus for the Modicon Quantum platform 2 PL7 Micro Junior Pro compatible with the Modicon TSX Micro and Modicon Premium platforms Unity Pro compatible with the Modicon M340 Modicon Premium and Modicon Quantum platforms 3 Not permitted on TSX P57 154M Premium processor Presentation Description Wiring system References page 5 86 page 5 87 page 5 89 pages 5 90 5 88 Electric Schneide
434. m modification via the programming terminal or downloading TSX 57 10 20 30 40 processors are equipped with m APCMCIA slot no 0 that can accommodate a memory extension or SRAM memory card for storing additional data m APCMCIA slot no 1 that can accommodate a communication or memory extension card for storing additional data m Two terminal ports 8 way female mini DIN type Uni Telway or character mode TSX 57 processors are double format modules except TSX P57 1e3M and TSX P57 353LAM processors which are single format TSX 57 30 40 processors support the loading of programs via the terminal port at a maximum speed of 115 Kbit s limited to 19 2 Kbit s for TSX 57 10 20 processors The integrated Fipio link bus manager on TSX 57 20 30 40 processors supports a maximum of 127 connection points The link on the TSX P57 153M processor is limited to 63 connection points 1 The internal RAM is protected by an optional battery with a life of 3 years which is located in the power supply module 2 The system has a minimum reserve RAM memory area of around 5 Kwords Please refer to the PL7 Micro Junior Pro reference manual 1 18 Schneider Electric References continued TSX P57 103M yg TSX P57 203M Ni x TSX P57 253M TSX P57 353AM TSX P57 453AM TSX P57 2623M TSXP57 3623AM TSX P57 2823M TSX P57 4823AM TSX P57 353LAM Modicon Premium automation platform PL7 processors
435. mation latform ipway network Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLCs have a slot in the processor for a PCMCIA communication card 7 which can be fitted with a TSX FPP20 Fipio bus connection card This card can also be inserted into the TSX SCY 21601 communication module slot on Modicon Premium PLCs Description same as that ofthe TSX FFP10 Fipio bus card see page 5 104 Description Number Useon Reference Weight per PLC kg Fipway card 1 with TSX Micro and Premium TSX FPP20 0 110 1 TSX 37 20 processor TSX 57 10 20 TSX SCY 21601 module 3 with TSX 57 30 4 with TSX 57 40 50 60 Communication Seepage 5 129 For Premium PLC TSX SCY 21601 0 360 module 1 isolated 2 wire RS 485 2 channels integrated channel Half duplex 1 slot for type Ill PCMCIA card Set of X Way Includes all X Way drivers on one CD ROM See page 6 43 drivers for PC compatible Fipway network connection cables 2 Description Use Length Reference Weight From To kg Corsets for Card TSX FPACC3 4 1m TSX FP CG 010 0 210 PCMCIA card TSX FPP20 box 9 way SUB D 3 m TSX FP CG 030 0 310 miniature connector connector 1 TSX P57 4634M 5634M 6634M Unity processors with integrated Ethernet port do not support the TSX FPP20 Fipway card in their PCMCIA slot 2 For other accessories and connecting cables see pages 5 112 and 5 113 Electric Schneider 5 107 Presentation Modicon Premium automation platform Fipio Fipway optic transceiver OZD FIP G3
436. me site 2 The TSX CUSB 485 converter requires the use of the TSX CRJMD 25 cordset equipped with 2 connectors 1 x mini DIN and 1 x RJ45 Presentation page 6 40 Schneider Electric Presentation references Famile a Nom Outs Version 225 Code 271F Ets Non g n r e Date de sauvegarde 21 01 1998 10 57 Dale dokn J gt Nom Gisar Code 1 Version E 25 rEF Nom FRDES Code 3 Type Fonction Talle de ls pde en octets 64 Tale de IEF g n r en octets 208 Automate Cbl Version gt 3 0 avec coprocesseur math matique Commertave DOUBLE Inches compatibulh Info textuales f Optional PL7 SDKC software Te S MAST PBL Passaye en mode manuelt ae INT Tea da herin i Ib Lice Se Fig Optional PL7 DIF software Detection of difference example 1 Line 7 of application 1 displayed in blue 2 Line 7 of application 2 displayed in red 6 44 Software PL7 software SDKC procedure creation software PL7 DIF application comparison software Presentation C language function development software also called SDKC is a PL7 Micro Junior Pro software option It enables new functions to be developed internal code written in C language and extends and completes the standard set of functions offered by PL7 software SDKC software also integrates a creation and management service for families of functions so they can be integrated in the PL7 librar
437. me time as the contents of the I O status tables are transferred to it The Hot Standby system is thus able to transfer from the Primary PLC to the Standby PLC a data area I O image CPU Sync link located internal data 1 and unlocated internal data of O 192 KB max with the TSX H57 24M processor oO 440 KB max with the TSX H57 44M processor The principle of the exchanges as well as exchange times I according to the volume of data are described in the diagram opposite with 1 Hot Standby system 10 ms per 100 KB 2 Data transfer by the coprocessor 30 ms per 100 KB This data transfer runs in parallel with execution of the Primary PLC application program Outputs Standby PLC 1 The first 100 MW words in each located data area are not exchanged They can therefore be assigned to data for processing specific to each Primary or Standby PLC Presentation page 4 52 Description page 4 53 Architectures References pages 4 54 pages 4 60 Electric Schneider 4 59 References Modicon Premium automation platform Hot Standby system Unity Pro software Hot Standby processors with Unity Pro Type VO capacity Memory capacity No of Ethernet Integrated ports Reference Weight nz Memory Control network kg channel Modules TSX 57 2e 1024 discrete O 192 KB 10 2 1 RS 485 TSX H57 24M 0 560 3 80 analog I O integrated 1 USB 12 Mbps channels 768 KB max on 1 Ethernet 0 application PCMCIA
438. message 4 messages cycle cycle 140 CPU 311 1 message 4 messages 2 max cycle cycle 140 CPU 434 4 messages 140 CPU 534 3 cycle 140 CPU 651 16 messages 16 messages 4 messages 8 messages cycle cycle cycle cycle Messages cycle number of messages received per scan cycle from the PLC master task typical cycle of 50 to 100 ms Example Modicon Quantum 140 CPU 434 12e processor with 4 Ethernet 140 NOE 771 e1 modules 20 messages cycle for all types of communication request and 32 messages cycle for the read write 4x registers Ethernet transaction processing capacity For each station compare the total number of messages received values Ri Rj and the total number of messages transmitted values Ei Ej for station N for example with the Ethernet transaction processing capacity shown below Use the following elements for the Ethernet connection per PLC rather than the number of transactions required by the application Ethernet transaction Modicon M340 BMX Modicon Premium TSX Modicon Quantum 140 processing capacity NOE 0100 P34 2020 ETY 110WS ETY 4103 5103 P5750 NOE 771 00 10 CPU 651 50 60 NOE 0110 P34 20302 WMY 100 P57 60 NOE 771 01 11 CPU 65260 NOC 0401 ETC 101 NWM 100 00 NOR 0200H P57 10 40 NOC 771 01 500 60 transactions s 450 500 350 350 transactions s i t actions s nsactions s transactions s ansactions s 2 ti Modbus messaging V O Scanning service Service not 00 2 ji a
439. mium platform processor 2 170 PNT 110 20 communication module for Modicon Momentum I O base unit 3 490 NAA 271 Oe trunk cable shielded twisted pair with shielding drain wire flying leads at ends In 30 150 300 450 or 1500 m lengths 4 170 MCI 020 ee drop cable with an RJ45 connector at each end BASE T interface In 0 25 0 75 3 or 10m lengths 5 990 NAD 230 00 IP 20 tee shaped tap for tap link from the trunk cable to connect 1 device connection of conductors requires the 043 509 383 wiring tool Integrates the line terminator 6 Tap for tap link from the trunk cable to connect 1 device connection on screw terminals It also has an R45 connector for connecting a programming and maintenance terminal 990 NAD 230 20 21 IP 20 plastic tap 990 NAD 230 10 IP 65 zamac tap 7 170 XTS 020 00 IP 20 tee provides a tap link from the Modbus Plus cable cable with RJ45 connectors at each end It has a 9 way male SUB D connector for connecting the device 8 TSX MBP CE 030 060 drop cable for Modbus Plus PCMCIA card with a 20 way miniature connector on the PCMCIA end and flying leads on the 990 NAD 230 00 010 tap end In 3 or 6 m lengths 9 990 NAD 211 10 30 drop cable with a 9 way male SUB D connector on the device end and flying leads on the 990 NAD 230 00 010 tap end In 2 4 or 6 m lengths 10TSX MBP CE 002 drop cable for Modbus Plus PCMCIA card with a 20 way miniature connector on the PCMCIA end and a 9 way female SUB D connec
440. mium TSX SCY 21601 5 128 Schneider Electric Connections Modicon Premium automation platform Uni Telway serial link 0 me I J 12 TSX 17 20 4 2 1 2 2 2 E e ooca f Device Pr 3 i Line terminator 3 5 5 T Modicon TSX Micro il TER terminal el aE ort i Magelis XBT Ge 2 k a pon 9 Modicon EINES A 7 Premium 7 Waals TSX TSX SCP 114 We cr EE model 40 2 S Sc N Bl 3 i I Altivar 71 OL IS BNE BIE hhh TaLe Modicon Premium TSX SCY 21601 6 1 TSX CSA eee bus cable double shielded twisted pair The shielding must be connected to the earth of each device 2 TSX SCA 50 passive T junction box matches the impedance when it is installed at the end of the line 3 TSX SCA 62 passive 2 channel Uni Telway subscriber socket is used for coding the address of two connected devices and matching the impedance when it is installed at the end of the line 4 TSX SCA 60 61 passive terminal block used for intermediate devices that have a 15 way female SUB D connector TSX SCA 60 used for intermediate devices TSX SCA 61 used for end devices 5 TSX P ACC 01 connection box used for connecting a Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLC to the Uni Telway bus via the PLC terminal port The c
441. modification in online mode This function is different from previous versions of Premium PLCs with PL7 software in that it now allows program code and data from different parts of the application to be added or modified in a single modification session thus making modification unified and consistent with regard to the controlled process This increased flexibility comes at a cost in terms of the amount of program memory required In order for the program to be modified in online mode the amount of program memory space available must be at least equal to the combined size of all sections of the Unity Pro program affected by the single modification session concerned Depending on circumstances m Inthe case of a processor with a memory extension card there will be sufficient memory left on the card for online modification provided that the recommendations on page 1 12 are observed m Inthe case of a processor without a memory extension card if the user wants to be able to make modifications in online mode he or she must select a processor on the basis of the following The anticipated size of the application The number and size of the program sections to be modified in online mode Note A memory extension card based exclusively on Flash EPROM technology without additional SRAM is clearly incapable of supporting program modifications in online mode 1 As from TSX P57 20 processors Presentation page 1 4
442. motor Motion control modules for servo motors Compatible with the Lexium 32C M servo Compatible with the Lexium 32C M servo drive drive Number of axes 1 axis 2 axes 2 axes 4 axes Frequency per axis 187 kHz Counter 500 kHz with incremental encoder Acquisition 200 kHz with SSI serial absolute encoder or parallel output absolute encoder Counter inputs Per axis Per axis Control outputs Auxiliary I O Counter capacity Functions Processing Events Connection Consumption Type of module Pages 5 V negative logic translator inputs translator loss of step checks Per axis 5 V TTL compatible RS 422 translator outputs pulses boost enable reset loss of step check Per axis 6 x 24 V discrete inputs 1 x 24 V output brake control 24 bits sign 16 777 215 points Open loop control of the position of a moving part on a limited linear axis according to motion control functions supplied by the PLC processor 5V RS 422 RS 485 or Totem Pole incremental encoder 10 30 V 16 to 25 bit SSI serial absolute encoder 5 10 30 V 16 to 24 bit parallel output absolute encoder with Modicon Telefast conversion sub base ABE 7CPA11 Per axis 1 10 V analog output 13 bits sign drive setpoint Per axis 4x 24 V discrete inputs homing cam event recalibration emergency stop 1 input 1 output for drive control 1x 24 V reflex output Servo control on independent linear axis
443. n M340 automation platform with processor with integrated Ethernet port BMXP34 2020 2030 16 Modicon STB modular distributed I O with network interface module STB NIP 2212 17 Altivar 61 71 variable speed drive with communication card VW3 A3 310 18 Optimum Modicon OTB distributed I O with interface module OTB 1E0 DM9LP 19 Magelis XBT GT graphic display terminal with embedded Ethernet port XBT GT ee30 40 Other possible shared components Modicon FTM IP 67 modular I O Momentum distributed I O TSX ETG 100 1000 gateway for connecting Modbus products W de remote management modules RTU for the water sector TSX HEW 315 320 330 Inductel Ositrack identification system XGK S1715503 and XGK Z33ETH Lexium servo drives with communication card AMO ETH 001V000 Preventa XPS MF compact and modular safety PLCs Ethernet cabling components 10 ConneXium managed switch 2 4 or 8 ports 10 100BASE TX TCS ESM 0e3 11 CPU Sync link copper crossover cable 490 NTC 000 eee 12 Copper straight through cable 490 NTW 000 eee 13 Copper crossover cable 490 NTC 000 eee 7 1 For Ethernet ring lengths gt 100 m the copper link is replaced by a fibre optic link either multimode 3 km max or single mode 20 km max via ConneXium switches TCS ESM 043F2CS0 and straight through copper cable 490 NTW 000 eee fibre optic not supplied by Schneider Electric Note Should other Primary and Standby PLC Ethernet modules be required to be
444. n PCMCIA Hot Standby 1 Fipio TSX P57 254MC TSX 57 36 192 KB integrated 3 TSX P57 304MC 0 520 1024 discrete I O a 2 1792 KBonPCMCIA gt Ethernet TSX P57 3634MC Si 128 analog I O and 32 application specific channels 208 KB integrated 3 Fipio TSX P57 354MC 0 560 1792 KB on PCMCIA TSX 57 4e 440 KB integrated 3 Ethernet TSX P574634MC 0 610 2040 discrete I O 2048 KB on PCMCIA 256 analog I O and 64 application specific channels 4 Dedicated TSX H57 44MC 0 610 Hot Standby 4 Fipio TSX P57 454MC 0 560 TSX 57 5e 1 MB integrated 3 Ethernet TSX P575634MC 0 610 2040 discrete I O 7168 KBon PCMCIA 4 Fipio TSX P57 554MC 0 560 512 analog I O and 64 application specific channels TSX 57 6e 2 MB integrated 3 Ethernet TSX P57 6634MC 0 610 2040 discrete I O 7168 KB on PCMCIA 512 analog I O and 64 application specific channels For connecting cables see page 1 11 TSX 57 16 32 Kwords integrated 1 1 TSX P57 103MC 0 380 512 discrete I O 644 Kwords on 0 Fipio 1 TSX P57 153MC 0 420 24 analog I O and 8 application specific channels PCMCIA TSX 57 2e 48 Kwords integrated 1 TSX P57 203MC 0 520 1024 discrete I O 160 Kwords on Ethernet TSX P57 2623MC 80 analog I O and 24 application specific channels PCMCIA 64 Kwords integrated 1 Fipio TSX P57 253MC 0 560 160 Kwords on Ethernet and TSX P57 2823MC PCMCIA Fipio TSX 57 30 64 80 Kwords 3 TSX P57 303AMC 0 520 1024 discrete I O integrated 2 384 2 Ethernet TSX P57 128 analog I O and 32 application specif
445. n and operating program data for the Wi Fi access point to which it is connected They enable managed Wi Fi access points to be easily commissioned and quickly replaced Wi Fi Access Points and Clients selection guide Pages 5 74 Wi Fi antenna selection guide Pages 5 78 Electric Schneider 5 85 Presentation Modicon Premium automation platform CANopen machine and installation bus Originally used in the automotive industry CAN is increasingly used in industry There are several fieldbuses based on CAN base layers and components The CANopen bus conforms to the ISO 11898 international standard promoted by the CAN in Automation association a grouping of users and manufacturers and guarantees a high degree of openness and interoperability due to its communication profiles and its standardized equipment Modicon M340 Bekima2 Anm fa E or z I Modicon STB a gan ult Jue IT ar Mi II i Tele a Premium BEBE 11063 CANopen bus slaves a e a Os TeSys T Osicoder Altivar 7 Altivar 312 TeSys U The CANopen bus is a multi master bus providing reliable deterministic access to real time data in control system devices The CSMA CA protocol is based on broadcast exchanges sent cyclically or on an event e
446. n size Maximum number of connection points bytes bytes TSX 572e 3e TSX 57 40 56 Maximum number of Fipio devices 1 127 ATV 71 61 with VW3 A3 311 card 1280 Lexium 15 with AMO FIP 001V000 card 1424 CE CE Magelis iPC PC with USB FIP adaptor adar 63 Inductel read write stations XGK S130421 XGP S1304202 1808 oe ead with VW3 A58301 card Modicon STB STB NFP 2212 832 896 or 1280 Ber 2 Momentum 170 ADI eee ADO eee 832 Fi 170 ADM 350 10 11 170 ARM 370 10 390 10 30 170 ADM 690 51 170 ARN 120 90 170 ARM 370 30 390 10 170 AAI 030 00 520 40 1808 ein 170 AAO 120 00 921 00 170 AEC 920 00 170 AMM 090 00 170 AAI 140 00 2304 FT DE TBX 3 TBX AES 200 ASS 400 4 1332 CC DE legacy range 272 2 4 channel eS E extension TBXAMS 620 1584 C E 2 channel extens 100 4 4 channel extens 84 4 8 channel extens TBX CEP 1622 CSP 1622 1625 1152 31 SCO CC TBX DES 1152 oa C 160s DMS1600 DSS ioas 144 extension 62 645 Tu TBX DSS 1235 1152 144 extension 62 72 856 TBX DSS 1025 1152 144 extension 62 72 TBX EEP ESP 08C22 1622 IP 65 1152 e2 ee k TBX SAP 10 1808 E en IP 67 1 0 TSX EEF 08D2 EEF 16D2 832 CC ee TSX ESF 08T22 EMF 16DT2 1808 52 En Sn Micro Premium Agent with TSX FPP 10 card 1424 CC Sn FipConnect profile FRD C2 832 Ca Ce j f ERD C2P 1744 C Cs ey FSD C8 896 s2 ee FSD C8P 1808 CEE ae FSD M8 1040 C E FSD MeP 1952 C TE LTE FED C32 1280 C a FED C32P 2304 FED M32 1424 CO SEE LEE
447. n system m Process Application Library for Vijeo Citect the Process Application Library for Vijeo Citect is shipped together with the UAG CD and can be installed from there A separate order is not necessary simply complete the registration details during installation m Device and Process Library the Device and Process Library is shipped together with the UAG CD and can be installed from there A separate order is not necessary simply complete the registration details during installation Segment Application specific libraries Anumber of more specialized libraries have been developed to provide a more complete starting point for certain projects such as m Water amp Wastewater m Mining Minerals Metals m etc Supported platforms and environment Supported platforms PLC software Unity Pro 2 V4 1 PLC hardware M340 Premium and Quantum M340 I O Premium I O Quantum I O and Modicon I O Modbus TCP and Modbus Plus Fieldbus support Advantys STB configuration and debugging software 2 V4 7 m HMI SCADA Vijeo Citect 2 V6 1 Wonderware Archestra V3 0 OPC data server software OFS Other HMI SCADA via the UAG Plug In interface m Export of information for other devices applications XML export file CSV export file m Environment Compatible with Microsoft Windows 7 Professional 2 Windows Vista Business and Windows XP Professional operating systems
448. n the description of the process objects Im zen available from the connected DTM devices DTM editor Modicon STB island m Manage synchronization with the PLC configuration m Create a generic DTM from the description files GSD or EDS The DTM configuration is stored in the PLC memory so that the application can be downloaded in its entirety It is also saved in the PLC project file STU and the archive file STA A third party DTM can be installed in the DTM hardware catalogue The DTM hardware catalogue can be used to sort or filter the DTMs according to various criteria such as Device Vendor Groups or Protocols ENUE Bie HG Bic J Loew Bie A RIO Bue DTM canateg DTM hardware catalogue The DTM Browser in Unity Pro Displays the fieldbus topologies in a tree structure Allows the user to configure the DTM devices Add and delete DTMs Connect and disconnect DTMs to from their physical devices Display and print the properties of a DTM Transfer DTM configuration data to and from the physical device Functions specific to the DTM via the Device menu DO Do Do aa DTM browser and DTM context menu Selection guide page 6 2 6 4 Schneider Electric Functions continued Field bas imcemey 1 PRM bate Charr Prt rein Pols OPV Starren Wane Tie Tae vend Veen Sa Net pase su Net prist a m S Wat ed N We 7 s im ed 1 1 1 3 we DELTRARLSIND_TALBEDTER 4 we IT mwa EMO
449. nd its connections m Configuration calibration and debugging via Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro screens m Most of the operating parameters can be modified and most of the functions can be executed by the PLC program Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro enables the complete setup of the weighing system configuration calibration and debugging Configuration This covers m The measuring information on the weigher m Filtering of measurements m The flow calculation method m The tare m The data format m Stability criteria and zero point management method m Threshold monitoring for positioning the discrete outputs Calibrating the weigher The module itself calculates the gain and the offset to be applied to the electronic measurement system Calibration is carried out in two stages m Measurement of the dead load m Measurement of a standard weight Forced calibration enables the system to be restarted immediately in the event of a module failure The new module is configured automatically Debugging The screen specifically for weighing provides a dynamic display of m The measurement in progress m The operating state of the module It also enables fast modification of the adjustment parameters filter flow threshold values etc Commands and parameters that can be modified by the program transmitted implicitly to the weighing module are used to operate the module in language specific to weighing These parameters and commands can
450. nder the control of their respective application programs requests of 128 bytes maximum m Terminal transparency Terminals connected on a higher level X Way network or on the manager PLC terminal port communicate with the devices on the bus This is also the case when the terminal is connected at the priority address 63 Processors with integrated Fipio link Type and max no of racks Software compatibility Reference Weight kg TSX P57 15eM Unity Pro See page 1 10 4 racks PL7 Junior Pro See page 1 19 _ TSX P57 25eM Unity Pro See page 1 10 TSX P57 2823M PL7 Junior Pro See page 1 19 16 racks TSX P57 356M Unity Pro See page 1 10 16 racks PL7 Junior Pro See page 1 19 _ TSX P57 2823 4823AM TSX P57 45eM Unity Pro See page 1 10 TSX P57 4823M PL7 Junior Pro See page 1 19 16 racks TSX P57 554M Unity Pro See page 1 10 16 racks Accessories and connecting cables 1 Description Use Material Reference Weight kg TSX P57 454M 554M Female Processors Black polycarbonate IP20 TSX FPACC12 0 040 connectors with integrated Zamac TSXFPACC2 0 080 9 way SUB D Fipio link 2 1 For other accessories and Fipio bus connecting cables see pages 5 110 to 5 113 TSX FPACC12 Presentation Description Maximum configuration page 5 100 page 5 101 page 5 102 Schneider 5 103 Electric Presentation Modicon Premium automation functions platform description Fipio bus Agent function Modic
451. nes combined with weighers or ACUE The TSX ISP Y101 standard format weighing module is the central part of the weighing system It has A measurement input that can take up to 8 load cells Resolution 1 048 576 points 20 bits Measurement rate 50 measurements per second Type of load cell 8 x 350 Ohm load cells maximum mounted in parallel Load cell supply voltage 10 V Load cell wiring distance 350 m with no loss of precision with 4 load cells Two discrete reflex outputs for weighing dosing applications Type of outputs 2 positive logic transistor outputs Nominal voltage 24 V Response time 1 ms discrimination A sealable link for the display unit Physical interface non isolated RS 485 Distance of display unit 30 m maximum DOBO OD BO Do D 0 u Module consumption see page 9 7 The TSX XBT N410 remote display unit displays the measured weight with no prior configuration When the link to the weighing module is sealed the display unit then becomes the main display unit for commercial transactions Screen type green backlit LCD Number of lines used in weighing applications with 2 lines of 10 characters 8 37 x 5 9 mm Power supply 24 V nominal limit values 18 30 V Operating temperature 0 55 C Degree of protection front panel IP65 according to IEC EN 60529 Nema 4X outdoor use Junction boxes cables see page 4 51 The TSX ISP Y121 weighing module display unit assembly comprises
452. ng Unity Pro function blocks m User friendly graphical user interface with automatic file organization m Powerful tools for testing and debugging m Management of compatibilities and software versions of created functions m Generation of files for subsequent installation of functions on other Unity Pro stations is Managing function block families e Oe e BB HE E dogion ere logie EFB hascer EFB source The software can be used to create function block families The function blocks Nee OPa Vin Focease Venn Regs Mrel 123 02 developed also known as EFs EFBs are stored in families This makes it possible to em Kaum create an organized library of functions written in C language Once created these Dust Deine Kama m EP aha en ar naan function block families are installed on the Unity Pro stations for the purpose of A extending the standard Unity Pro libraries Integration in Unity Pro can be executed nn from Unity EFB Toolkit or via the tool for updating Unity Pro libraries which allows Diana these families to be distributed without the use of any other software m Developing function blocks gt AREA 1 REAL Grck wen Ire crea a CAO 2 REAL emere The EFB Toolkit software allows the user to create a function block as follows m Declaration of the function block interface in the same way as for the DFBs in Unity Pro E gt piine Ee eA Aion
453. ng management because addresses are assigned automatically o DFB unlocated data corresponding to DFB user function block data The size of a ae ee this area which is determined by the physical size of the available internal RAM Processor without PCMCIA memory card depends on the processor model see pages 1 10 and 1 11 Internal RAM 96 to 2048 Kb 2 Areaininternal RAM or PCMCIA memory card for the program and symbols Located data If this area is inside the internal RAM it also supports the area for program modification in online mode 7 This area contains the program s executable binary code and IEC source code Global unlocateddata 1 The user selects the type of information to be stored in the PLC memory 96 to 2048 Kb 3 Constants area in the internal RAM or the PCMCIA memory card slot no 0 DFB unlocated data 1 Internal RAM 4 Area for storing additional data slot no 0 or no 1 e g for production data and manufacturing recipes Memory organization The memory will be organized in one of two ways depending on whether the Premium processor is fitted with 0 1 or 2 memory extension cards m Application in internal RAM The application is completely loaded into the processor s internal battery backed RAM 2 the capacity of which depends on the processor model 96 Kb to 2 Mb m Application in PCMCIA card In this case the internal RAM is reserved for application data The PCMCIA memory card slot
454. nge tracking and automatic documentation generation reduces engineering effort and enables system validation Unity Pro Eee soCollaborative Software B Vijeo Citect a Socollaborative Software Working efficiently Advanced automation platform UAG integrates best in class products from Schneider Electric and leading partners ISA into an advanced automation platform based on standards including ISA 88 GAMP and IEC 61131 3 Single data point entry and management integrates the process control monitoring and supervision and ensures data consistency and integrated communication between all devices Gamp Applications Standards m Methodology UAG allows you to capture and re use your know how Through automatic generation the project information is propagated to all applications consistently easily and quickly m Creating user libraries libraries are based on re usable control devices Smart Control Devices SCoDs High level objects template types consisting of multiple SCoDs template types allow you to pre define complex objects e g a PID or a sequence which consist of multiple SCoDs Acommon graphic symbol can also be defined This makes instantiation more efficient as the number of individual steps can be reduced by using the type definition m Structuring your project a structured project design provides a bridge from the process engineer to the control automation designer from the PID to the a
455. nked contacts Preventa safety modules provide a reliable interposing relay function by eliminating the risks of m A control circuit fault inputs m A power circuit fault outputs m A fault on an internal safety module component The safety function remains operative whenever any one of these faults occur Note For the use of mechanically linked contacts CA2 KN22 KN31 LC1 D09 D18 D25 with contacts which can be used in the feedback loop please consult our Customer Care Centre Schneider 4 3 Presentation Modicon Premium automation functions platform Preventa safety module type TSX PAY 262 TSX PAY 262 safety module integrated in the Modicon Premium PLC combines D the simplicity of use of Preventa safety module o the high performance of PLC diagnostics in addition to the advantages of a standard PLC extended choice of I O simplicity of setup flexibility for hardware and software developments etc TSX PAY 262 safety module incorporate in a single module a Preventa XPS hard wired safety block and an electronic data acquisition unit for complete diagnostics of input contacts and the state of outputs in the safety system TSX PAY 262 safety module is used to safely interrupt one or more Emergency stop or safety stop control circuits according to the standards IEC EN 60204 1 and EN ISO 13850 The proven safety of hard wired technology and the performance of Premium PLCs make the TSX PAY 262 module the optimum solu
456. nment using standard network management tools Transparent Ready devices support 2 levels of SNMP network management m The Standard MIB Il interface this interface accesses a first level of network management It enables the manager to identify the devices making up the architecture and retrieve general information about the configuration and operation of Ethernet Modbus TCP interfaces m The Transparent Ready MIB interface this interface improves the management of Transparent Ready devices This MIB has a set of data enabling the network management system to supervise all the Transparent Ready services The Transparent Ready MIB can be downloaded from the FTP server of any Transparent Ready Ethernet module in a PLC Schneider 5 37 Electric Functions continued Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Transparent Ready Ethernet Modbus TCP communication services TCP Open optional service Presentation TSX ETY 110 WS 5103 Modicon Premium platform Ethernet modules support several communication protocols based on the TCP IP standard These include the Modbus protocol This has public specifications and a simplicity which make it suitable it for the requirements of communication with third party devices Ethernet Modbus TCP profile Modbus messaging Direct Socket access TCP Open TCP ISO 8802 2 ISO 8802 3 ISO 8802 3 Ethernet 10 100 Mbps However for certain applications
457. ns continued Modicon Premium automation platform SERCOS TSX CSY 84 85 164 motion control modules Circular interpolation according to radius This type of interpolation is used to connect segments via a circular path arcs by specifying start and end points the radius of the circle and the direction of the path clockwise or counter clockwise The specific parameters defining this type of path are j m ParW1 indicates the number of points in the arc Racks Lenght m ParW4 defines the direction of the path clockwise or counter clockwise m ParF1 corresponds to the radius of the arc Circular interpolation according to radius m Is only possible for a movement in a single plane 2 axes only m Cannot be used to create paths in a full circle to do this use linear interpolation with circular interpolation connection vo e ox Pe Circular interpolation according to centre Keane This type of interpolation is also used to connect segments via a circular path arcs or full circles by specifying start and end points the coordinates of the centre of the circle and the direction of the path clockwise or counter clockwise The specific parameters defining this type of path are m ParW1 indicates the number of points in the arc j m ParW4 defines the direction of the path clockwise or counter clockwise X Coordinate Centre cr m ParF1 indicates the abscissa of the centre of the circle X ote Se m
458. ns in order to maximize the potential of the specific features of each of these platforms Selection guide page 6 2 Schneider 6 5 Electric Functions continued Sow tan ae j F Em 8 107 moon ic io v tte Tune Tarmar ii alms IE ra aka Mapa 2 Aen oct teeth vum 2 cc Ak hd 2 5 EE Arata ead Dp amaa a E Arena TA HIAL g tG heba rpa TAKI SOA a EATE scale a oem wor am Darrai arw E ONT ERTEN deci ret v am tirana 3 AB mz Ein m bene 3 om Frock 3 Pere th i 2 Pern a 2 TS a Om on Ahio 3 Crema FEAL Didaga 1 cre enol 2 Cresto EDOL Treo A erig roh THE tte 1 carga WT Ew 1 ES wenn wire Brews dm MT rm 1 Data editor Data properties Software Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large The data editor which can be accessed from the structural view of the project provides a single tool for performing the following editing tasks m Declaration of data including variables and function blocks declaration of their type instances and attributes m Use and archiving of function block data types in different libraries m Hierarchical view of data structures m Searching sorting and filtering of data m Creation of a hyperlink to access a description from any variable comment The data is displayed under four tabs m Variables tab for the creation and management of the following data instance
459. nsuring optimum use of the bandwidth A message handling channel can also be used to set the parameters of slave devices The bus uses a double shielded twisted pair on which a maximum of 127 devices can be connected by daisy chaining The data rate which varies between 1 Mbps and 20 Kbps depends on the length of the bus between 20 m and 2500 m Each end of the bus must be fitted with a line terminator The CANopen bus is a set of profiles on CAN systems possessing the following characteristics m Open bus system m Data exchanges in real time without overloading the protocol m Modular design allowing modification of size m Interconnection and interchangeability of devices m Standardized configuration of networks m Access to all device parameters m Synchronization and circulation of data from cyclic and or event controlled processes short system response time m Interoperability between numerous international manufacturers Description Software setup Wiring system References page 5 87 page 5 88 page 5 89 pages 5 90 5 86 Schneider Electric Connectable devices description 3 Altivar ATV 312 TeSys Quickfit Lexium 32 Example of devices that can be connected on CANopen Modicon Premium automation platform CANopen machine and installation bus The Modicon TSX Micro or Modicon Premium platforms viathe TSX CPP 110 PCMCIA card perform the role of master on the CANopen bus The follo
460. nts m Application response time to be obtained according to the configuration used see pages 5 41 to 5 43 m Processing capacities of Modicon M340 Modicon Premium and Modicon Quantum platforms so as to be able to select the processor and define the number of Ethernet connections required on the PLC according to the application see pages 5 44 and 5 45 Introduction When evaluating the load on an Ethernet network all the communication services of all the peripheral devices connected to the network need to be calculated Because of the outstanding performance of the Ethernet network the load is often less than the Ethernet network limits and does not significantly affect the application response time This is due to the high speed of the Ethernet network the network transaction time is less than 10 of the total application response time In order to ensure a low network load and avoid large theoretical calculations it is highly advisable to separate the collision domain so as to limit the network load by using only the switched network tree star or daisy chain topology 5 40 Schneider Electric Performance continued Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Performance Modbus or Uni TE messaging service response time Exchanges between the PLC processor and the Ethernet module are synchronous with the PLC scan cycle time CT in the same way as the I O exchanges When an event occurs such
461. o save the current values resulting from the tests in the initial loop parameters values This means that on restarting the loop it will start off with the correct values Debugging a loop The debug screen can be used to m Display the values of the variables linked to the loop in real time m Know which parameters have been selected and even modify them m Display alarms The menus can be used for manual control of the loop autotuning parameter backup etc Debugging the setpoint programmer The setpoint programmer channels have their own debug screen which can be used to display m The number of the active segment and the iteration m The execution time for the active segment m The overall execution time Presentation pages 6 32 Schneider 6 37 Electric Selection guide Software PL7 software PL7 programming software for Modicon TSX Micro and Premium platforms Languages Instruction List IL Ladder LD Structured Text ST Grafcet SFC Grafcet with macro steps SFC Programming Multitask programming Master fast and services event triggered Functional view and function modules DFB editor Use of DFB instances EF libraries Configurable control loops User definable control loops Warm Standby PLC redundancy system P TSX P57 253 353 453M System diagnostics Application diagnostics P M Debugging Step by step execution breakpoint and display Operator scre
462. o the standby system it takes the role of the Standby PLC 1 The latest version of TSX H57 24M 44M Hot Standby processors incorporates the firmware for the V2 83 PLC operating system and the Ethernet V2 82 coprocessor which is used to configure multi rack Hot Standby applications in Unity Pro V5 0 Up to date versions of these firmware programs are available on our website www schneider electric com 4 52 Schneider Electric Description TSX H57 24M 44M Modicon Premium automation platform Hot Standby system Unity Pro software Double format Premium Hot Standby TSX H57 24M and TSX H57 44M processor front panels comprise 1 Adisplay block with 6 LEDs m RUNLED green On steady processor in Primary mode during operation program execution Flashing 2 5 s on 0 5 s off processor in Standby mode during operation execution of first program section Flashing 0 5 s on 2 5 s off processor not in Standby mode Flashing 0 5 s on 0 5 s off PLC stopped m ERRLED red On steady processor or embedded equipment fault PCMCIA memory card Flashing 0 5 s on 0 5 s off application fault m TERLED yellow activity on the TER AUX terminal port m O LED red On steady fault from another PLC station module or configuration fault m STS LED yellow Flashing 0 5 s on 0 5 s off standby mode between the Primary and Standby processors correct On steady standby mode inactive or being initialized Off f
463. ociated with this input are disconnected Safety outputs associated with other inputs remain active Configuration Safety controllers XPS MCeeZe are configurable and addressable using software XPS MCWIN running on a PC Connection accessories required see page 4 13 Connections For connection of safety inputs and outputs safety controllers XPS MCeeZe can be fitted with a choice of O screw connectors type XPS MCTSee or o spring clip connectors type XPS MCTCee These connectors are to be ordered separately see page 4 13 1 8 independent safety outputs 6 solid state safety outputs 2 x 2 relay outputs 4 relay outputs with guided contacts 2 8 control outputs are available but they are not safety outputs 4 8 Schneider Electric Presentation continued Safety automation solutions Preventa configurable safety controllers Type XPS MC Configuration of the safety functions is carried out using software XPS MCWIN which is available on the Safety Suite V2 CD ROM 30 certified safety functions are available with this software and they are easily assignable to the safety outputs The safety functions have multiple combination possibilities and various starting conditions The safety functions are certified in accordance with EN ISO 13849 1 and IEC 61508 configurable in controller XPS MC using software XPS MCWIN which is available on the Safety Suite V2 software pack All 8 safety outputs are suitable for use in safety
464. odules Therefore communication with a redundant architecture is similar to that with a standard architecture This transparency is the result of the automatic IP and IP 1 address assignment mechanism This transparency also applies with Modbus when using the TSX SCP 114 PCMCIA card Modbus slave protocol in RS 485 inserted in the TSX SCY 21601 communication tae module automatic n and n 1 address assignment mechanism Memory space All the memory space reserved for the application program and the data is managed by the Hot Standby system with Unity Pro software With an embedded 192 KB or 440 KB RAM memory depending on the model the RAM memory for the TSX H57 24M and TSX H57 44M processors dedicated to Hot Standby applications can be increased for the application program to 768 KB or 2048 KB depending on the model by the addition of a PCMCIA memory card Configuration oe 3 ae The installation of the application program does not differ fundamentally from installing a program for a single PLC It essentially uses the information requested by dedicated Hot Standby dialogue boxes filled in during configuration in Unity Pro Cyclic transfer of the application context Data 2 Outputs Primary PLC At the start of each scan cycle the content of the Primary Data PLC data memory is transferred to the Standby PLC via coprocessor the dedicated CPU Sync link at the sa
465. of controller startup and sampling STEP2 Simple two position controller STEP3 Three position controller for temperature regulation Mathematical functions COMP_DB Comparison of two values with dead zone and hysteresis K_SQRT Square root with weighting and threshold useful for linearization of flow measurements MULDIV_W Weighted multiplication division of 3 numerical values SUM_W Weighted summing of 3 numerical values Selection guide page 6 2 6 14 Schneider Functions continued EAEE Software Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large Programmable process control CONT_CTL library functions continued Process value processing AVGMV Moving average with fixed number of samples 50 max AVGMV_K Moving average with constant correction factor 10 000 samples max DEAD_ZONE Dead zone LOOKUP_TABLE1 Linearization of characteristic curves using first order interpolation pe Programming in Unity Pro in offline mode Eie fen aham Seren a Sram dhomat Panat Funde 7 ai Ge vie Paoa BAB BRIU 57 amp sem tH binammen ret MA ME in arc ce kmran mm0 Programming in online mode SAH Detection of a rising edge HYST_XXX Detection of high threshold with hysteresis 1 INDLIM_XXX Detection of high and low thresholds with hysteresis 1 Output value processing MS Manual control of an output MS_DB Manual control of an output with dead
466. om the previous rack can be connected to either the left hand 3 or right hand 4 connector on the rack For lengths greater than 28 m TSX CBY eee0KT bus X extension cables are supplied with 2 adaptors to be fitted at each end and which provide greater protection against any strong electrical transients that may occur between the racks according to standard IEC 61131 2 Line terminators The two extendable racks located at the ends of the line must have a line terminator 5 TSX TLY EX fitted on the unused 9 way SUB D type connector TSX RKY eee EX racks are the basic elements of Premium multirack configurations They provide the following functions m Mechanical function they enable all the modules of a PLC station power supply processor discrete I O analogue I O application specific modules to be fitted m Electrical function they allow connection and continuity of the the bus X and provide distribution of o power supplies required for each module in the same rack o data and service signals for the entire PLC station where this station has several racks IS i TE Siesa oO To meet user requirements several types of rack are available 4 6 8 or 12 positions in order to make up PLC configurations comprising up to 16 racks max distributed on bus X TSX FAN eeP fan modules installed above the racks of Premium PLCs provide forced air convection in order to maintain an even ambient temperature inside the enclo
467. omation product certifications EC regulations Shipping classification societies Korean Fi A a gt we Wans 8 se Certification pending ABS BV DNV GL KRS LR RINA RMRS RRR PRS ccs USA France Norway Germany Korea Great Britain Italy Russia Russia Poland China Modicon OTB Modicon STB Ma 2 2 2 2 2 2 Modicon Telefast ABE 7 Connexium D BEE Magelis iPC GTW 2 Bridge 2 Magelis XBT GT 2 2 gt Magelis XBT GK Magelis XBT N R l Magelis XBTRT Magelis HMI STO STU Modicon M340 Modicon Momentum Modicon Premium Modicon Quantum Modicon TSX Micro Phaseo Twido 1 Also covers US Navy requirements ABS NRV part 4 2 Depends on product please consult our website www schneider electric com la 12 2 European Directives The open nature of the European markets assumes harmonization of the regulations set by the member states of the European Union European Directives are texts whose aim is to remove restrictions on free circulation of goods and which must be applied within all European Union states Member states are obliged to incorporate each Directive into their national legislation and to simultaneously withdraw any regulations that contradict it Directives and particularly those of a technical nat
468. on Premium 2 s Bus manager Lexium 15 Lexium 15 Magelis iPC q B 8 g 395 Magelis XBT Ge q IB 808 5 Bee a IB 900 a B 808 cnno O OOOOOOOOOOODEG dudano 0 Fipio bus T T T H TI BET zm TSX Micro Agent u e li Momentum Altivar 71 61 Modicon Premium Agent Modicon TSX Micro TSX 37 21 22 or Modicon Premium PLCs fitted with a PCMCIA TSX FPP 10 card on their integrated communication channel are agents on the Fipio bus With Fipio bus manager see page 5 103 The Fipio bus enables I O to be remotely located close to the devices to be controlled TeSys U Modicon STB Momentum Lexium Altivar etc The Agent function enables offline processing by locating a Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLC close to the machine In addition to the standard Fipio services see pages 5 98 and 5 99 Modicon TSX Micro TSX 37 21 22 and Modicon Premium PLCs allow exchanges of input and output variables with the bus manager PLC These exchanges are performed cyclically automatically and without the involvement of the application program at the same rate as the task for which the agent PLC has been configured For Fipio bus wiring system and connection accessories see pages 5 110 to 5 113 The application services supported by Modicon TSX
469. onnecting cable length 1 m is integrated in the connection box It isolates the signals for distances gt 10 m and is used to match the end of line impedance It is also used to set the operation of the terminal port Uni Telway Master Slave or character mode 6 TSX LES 64 74 junction boxes for extensions to the Uni Telway bus used to connect TSX model 40 PLC processors that have an integral Uni Telway port as standard They are used for coding the address of the connected device 7 TSX SCP 114 PCMCIA card for connecting TSX Micro 1 Premium PLCs to the Uni Telway bus 8 TSX SCP CU4030 Uni Telway connecting cable between the TSX SCP 114 PCMCIA card on TSX P57 e0M processor or TSX SCY 21601 module and the TSX SCA 50 junction box 9 TSX SCY CU 6530 Uni Telway connecting cable between the TSX SCY 21601 module integrated channel and the TSX SCA 62 subscriber socket 10 VW3 A8 306 connecting cordset length 3 m between the Magelis XBT G GT Advanced Panel terminal and the TSX SCA 62 subscriber socket 11 TSX PCX 1031 universal connecting cable between a PC compatible COM port 9 way SUB D connector and the TER or AUX port for TSX Micro Premium PLCs or the TSX P ACC 01 connection box 8 way mini DIN connector TSX CUSB 485 TSX CRJDB 25 USB to RS 485 converter and Uni Telway cordset between a PC compatible USB port and the TSX SCA 62 subscriber socket 12 TSX CSC 015 connecting cordset between the TSX 17 micro PLC via a TSX 1
470. onnection on screw terminals with line terminator TSX SCA 50 33 Drop cable for PCMCIA card with flying leads at at one end TSX SCP CM 4030 3 m long 34 RS 485 double shielded twisted pair trunk cable TSX CSA 100 200 500 100 200 or 500 m long Modicon Premium automation platform Hot Standby system Unity Pro software SCADA architecture on Modbus and shared I O on Ethernet Modbus TCP As in the typical architecture on page 4 54 the Premium Hot Standby system I O are shared on an Ethernet Modbus TCP network with a bus topology as in the example below However the SCADA interface is connected to the standby system via a Modbus serial link The Ethernet Modbus TCP network modules no 4 M are configured as monitored so that they trigger the Hot Standby changeover in the event of a failure of the Ethernet module or the electrical connection and its switch see page 4 54 Vijeo Citect SCADA Monitor Pro 31 31 34 Modbus i Modbus master 33 Primary Premium Standby Premium 2 3 4M 8 2 3 4M 8 i 6 9 a Slave a 11 CPU Sync link 9 Slave 12 13 Ethernet Modbus TCP 10 3 10 a stolols 99 elolofo 12 o o E o F SALE 19 15 Fa an ma Ba 18 Magelis XBT GT mm I 3 daf U He L Modicon M340 Modicon STB Altivar 6
471. onnector to N female connector Yes TCSN ee 0000 TCS WAB DON 5 84 Qs More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider 5 79 Electric Selection guide continued Wi Fi network Wi Fi antennas 5 GHz omnidirectional antenna 5150 5875 MHz 5 dBi 1 Linear vertical 360 252 6W 500 N female 45 C to 70 C 45 C to 70 C Grey white Polypropylene 0 300 kg 16 x 160 mm IP 65 1 m cordset with N male connectors at both ends 5 GHz dual slant antenna 5150 5925 MHz 9 dBi 2 2x linear 45 slant 70 60 10 W cw at 25 C 2xN female 40 C to 80 C 40 C to 80 C RAL 7044 Silk grey ASA LEXAN EXL 9330 0 110 kg 101 x 80x 35mm 15 N at 160 km h 2x 1 mcordsets with N male connectors at both ends Adaptor cable R SMA male connector to N female connector 2 x adaptor cables R SMA male connector to N female connector Yes TCSG ee 0000 5 84 1 VSWR Voltage Standing Wave Ratio 2 HPBW Half Power BeamWidth More technical information on www schneider electric com TCSN eo 0000 TCS WAB 50 TCS WAB 5S Schneider Electric a 5 GHz MiMo directional 11n antenna 3 5150 5875 MHz 9 dBi 1 5 3 x linear vertical horizontal 45 65 65 2 W cw at 25 C 500 N female 40 C to 80 C 40 C to 80 C RAL 7044 Silk grey LEXAN EXL 9330
472. ontinued Modicon Premium automation platform Modbus Plus network Connection cables 1 Description Use No Length Reference Weight From To kg Modbus Plus Tap 990 NAD 230 00 10 20 21 tap 3 30m 490 NAA 271 01 trunk cables 150m 490 NAA 271 02 _ 300 m 490 NAA 271 03 450 m 490 NAA 271 04 1500 m 490 NAA 271 06 Drop cables 170 XTS 02000 IP 20 170 XTS 020 00 IP 20 tee 4 0 25m 170 MCI 020 10 IP 20 tee im 170 MCI 020 36 10m 170 MCI 020 80 TSX MBP 100 Drop cable with 9 way male SUB D connector 10 0 2m TSX MBP CE 002 PCMCIA card miniature 990 NAD 230 00 10 tap 8 3m TSX MBP CE 030 0 340 connector 6m TSXMBPCE060 0 530 Momentum 990 NAD 230 00 10 tap 9 2 4m 990 NAD 211 10 0 530 communication 6m 990 NAD 211 30 0 530 module or Modicon STB network interface TSX MBP CE 030 060 mee 1 For other Modbus Plus network accessories and connecting cables consult your Customer Care Centre Presentation Connections page 5 114 page 5 115 Electric Schneider 5 117 Presentation Modicon Premium automation description platform connectable devices Profibus DP VO bus PC with Unity Pro PL7 and SyCon software Modicon I aH 00 S Premium Br kai he Profibus DP VO E QUINT A Repeater l a i nn z PERRE With Unity Pro PL7 i Modicon STB and SyCon software i Lexium 15 Altivar 71 61
473. opper cable 400 m single mode optical fibre 2500 m multimode optical fibre Modbus TCP message handling reading writing of data words No Web server Modbus server scanned by the PLC FDR service SNMP agent network management service All Unity Pro processors Standalone gateway 18 30 V TCS EGPA23F14F 5 121 More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider G Electric Ethernet Profibus DP V1 gateway and Profibus PA via gateway 4 Profibus DP V1 and Profibus PA ports via gateway Isolated RS 485 Master slave 9 6 Kbps 12 Mbps Shielded twisted pair 126 slaves 1200 m 9 6 Kit s 4800 m with 3 repeaters 100 m 12 Mbps 400 m with 3 repeaters Cyclic and acyclic data exchange with slaves Master slave communication Global Control service Acyclic communication read write in Class 1 and 2 Extended diagnostics support Auto scanning service of slaves on the bus All Unity Pro processors Standalone gateway 18 30 V TCS EGPA23F14F 5 121 Qs More technical information on www schneider electric com Electric Schneider Selection guide Modicon Premium automation platform Web servers TSX Micro PLCs Modicon M340 PLCs Intranet or via external RAS modem Remote programming downloading via FTP access to Web server via web browser Modbus TCP Uni TE Modbus TCP BootP DHCP DNS SNMP a
474. optic transceivers are particularly suitable for use in applications which are subject to harsh electrical environments or which are spread over large areas m Public buildings m Large scale industrial sites m Water treatment and distribution m Transport and highway tunnel infrastructures etc The OZD FIP G3 optic transceiver enables conversion of a FIP electric interface into 2 FIP optic interfaces and vice versa As a result it allows the use of redundant ring topologies which improve installation availability even when a line is broken at a point in the medium In these situations the length of the bus or of the Fipio Fipway ring can reach m 20 km with a maximum of 32 transceivers on Fipio m 20 km with a maximum of 20 transceivers on Fipway see characteristics page 5 109 These characteristics can be increased by using mixed topologies such as 2 serial optic rings or 2 serial optic buses please consult your Customer Care Centre Wiring system Modicon Premium Magelis XBT Ge a TSX CUSBFIP en ka rice FE MUCH o ik 4 6 4 2 2 J 1 1 6 oo 6 oo Optic ring i 1 1 6 6 6 Vi 6 5 l Ou ern Gy 1000 Sale ig i illite at Third party
475. ouble format processor for TSX P57 353AM 6 992 Kwords with PL7 Junior Pro software V4 4 or higher 7 3 networks with TSX P57 4823AM processor 1 19 Electric Schneider Presentation Modicon Premium automation platform PCMCIA memory extension cards PL7 PCMCIA memory extension cards are used to extend the internal RAM capacity of Premium processors Depending on the model these cards are designed to m Receive the application program and constants m Store additional application data and or various application object symbols Offer for Premium platform under PL7 In November 2004 the old range of TSX MRP MFP eeeP memory extension cards which was specifically for Premium processors under PL7 was replaced by a new offer This offer is common 1 to m TSX Micro PLCs under PL7 m Premium processors under Unity Pro and PL7 m Quantum processors under Unity Pro The table below indicates equivalences between the old and new versions There may be one or more new references corresponding to each old reference depending on whether migration from PL7 to Unity Pro is envisaged PCMCIA SRAM memory SRAM memory extension slot no 0 Use Max memory size Old reference Do you envisage migration from PL7 Recommended PL7 Additional Symbol to Unity Pro reference application data storage P indicates PL7 program All TSX 57 types 32 Kwords TSX MRP 03
476. p proof discrete I O on InreRBus For more information on these I O please consult our website www schneider electric com 5 122 Schneider Electric Modicon Premium automation platform InterBus bus Software configuration references The InterBus bus can be configured in 3 modes m Auto mode this mode does not require the use of any special configuration software the I O images are copied to IW and QW implicitly It facilitates the wiring test m PL7 IBY mode this mode is used to define and download the configuration to the module explicit assignment of IW QW The CMD Tool software 7 is required to generate the configuration text file m CMD IBY mode reserved for configurations gt 8 K words and requires the use of the CMD Tool software PMS message handling which can be used on PCP devices is managed via standard OFs Read var Write var etc The catalogue file for integrating Schneider Electric devices in the CMD Tool software is available on our website m Address www schneider electric com m File to download Schneider device catalog for CMD InterBus bus communication modules Description No of Communic Services Reference Weight modules per profile kg processor InterBus Seepages Master slave Cyclic TSX IBY 100 0 320 module for 1 10 and 1 19 0 5 Mbps variable mm Premium PLC Generation 4 exchanges ae PMS messaging Management ofbus operating 3 modes A
477. p proof systems m The local bus with TTL technology is particularly suitable for buses in a control cabinet Each bus subscriber comprises a transmitter and a receiver The InterBus system is like a data ring and has the structure of a shift register distributed on the bus With its registers each module constitutes a component of this shift register ring The InterBus master circulates the data in series on this ring Modicon Premium PLCs are connected to the InterBus bus via the TSX IBY 100 InterBus bus module mm The front panel ofthe TSX IBY 100 modules comprises 1 Adisplay block with six LEDs on the card for TSX IBX 100 2 A9 way female RS 232 SUB D connector CMD Tool configuration software support A9 way female RS 485 SUB D connector InterBus link this connector integrates an additional power supply for the fibre optic link The TSX IBY 100 module acts as the master on the InterBus bus Other Schneider Electric devices slaves which can be connected on the bus are m Altivar 71 61 variable speed drives for asynchronous motors m Modicon Telefast IP 20 I O interfaces m Modicon STB IP 20 distributed I O m Modicon Momentum IP 20 I O m 170 EDe 346 00 IP 65 dust and damp proof discrete I O m Inductel inductive identification system XGP XGK S read write stations m AS Interface INTERBUs gateway m Any third party device conforming to the InterBus standard profiles N amp 1 170 EDe 346 00 P 65 dust and dam
478. pen network Recipe definition The recipes attached to the axis are the data structures containing all the adjustment parameters of a given drive This data is used when m Changing the drive with restoration of the context during Faulty Device Replacement FDR maintenance m Changing the manufacturing program of the machine and calling up an appropriate set of parameters servo control gains limitations etc adapted to the weight and size of the moving parts m Saving parameters in the initial values of the PLC application Communication between the PLC and drive is automatically set up by the system as soon as a TE_CAN_Handler instance is declared in the Unity Pro task with which the axis is associated Movements are then programmed by sequencing function blocks from the library in the user s chosen Unity Pro editor LD ST FBD The two function blocks MC_ReadStatus and in some cases MC_ReadAxisError are useful for determining the overall status of the axis as well as the code of active warnings or errors The function blocks TE_UploadDriveParam and TE_DownloadDriveParam allow the application to save all the parameters of a drive recipe and to then quickly reload them into another drive if the first one fails 4 47 Electric Presentation Modicon Premium automation platform ISP Plus integrated weighing system The ISP Plus weighing range when used with the Premium PLC enables the automation of machi
479. periodically attempts a reset Hiccup mode until the fault disappears Once the output circuit load conditions return to normal the power supply automatically resets Power supply Periodic reset frequency type ABL 4RSM24035 Variable depends on the overcurrent value and the ambient temperature ABL 4RSM24050 In the event of a short circuit output voltage close to 0 V the current is established for 50 ms ABL 4RSM24100 approximately every 1 8 seconds ABL 4RSM24200 Fixed the current is established for 5 seconds every 15 seconds either in the event of an ABL 4WSR24e00 overcurrent or a short circuit Connecting in parallel In order to increase the current available the outputs of two power supplies with identical references can be connected in parallel To obtain equitable sharing of the current between the two power supplies the following precautions must be taken into account o Use two power supplies bearing the same date code and same reference o Adjust the output voltages so as to obtain the same voltage value to within plus or minus 20 mV 10 minutes after power up with a load consumption of less than 20 connected on each power supply output O Connect one of the terminals and one of the terminals of each power supply to a terminal using wires of the same length and diameter o Use wires with the largest cross section as possible The maximum usable current is 1 8 times the nominal current of the power supply
480. ply voltage TSX PSY e610 TSX PSY 5520 TSX PSY 2600 TSX PSY e500 Nominal voltage Vv 247 48 100 240 100 120 200 240 Voltage limits 19 30 19 60 90 264 140 190 264 Nominal frequency Hz 50 60 50 60 Frequency range Hz _ 47 63 47 63 Modicon Premium Atrium PLCs comply with TC treatment requirements Treatment for all Climates For installations in industrial production workshops or environments corresponding to TH Treatment for Hot and humid environments PLCs must be housed in enclosures providing at least IP 54 protection as specified by standard IEC EN 60529 or an equivalent level of protection according to NEMA 250 Modicon Premium Atrium PLCs themselves offer IP 20 degree of protection 2 They can therefore be installed without an enclosure in reserved access areas that do not exceed pollution level 2 control room with no dust producing machinery or activity Pollution level 2 does not take account of more severe environments such as those where the air is polluted with dust fumes corrosive or radioactive particles vapours or salts moulds insects etc Treatment for corrosive environments Some processors power supplies modules on Bus X and racks can be supplied with protective coating in order to withstand corrosive environments see page 9 2 1 TSX P57 0244 104154M and TSX P57 454 4634 554 5634 6634M processors 0 57T or 0 67 C with TSX FANeeP fan modules when cer
481. ponds to the maximum distance between the master and the furthermost slave For all other information on AS Interface setup please consult our website www schneider electric com 1 ASI 67FMP22E Modicon IP67 AS Interface V2 1 I O module with M12 remote connection 2 inputs 2 outputs 2 ASI 67FFP44D Modicon IP67 AS Interface V2 1 I O module with direct connection IDC 4 inputs 4 outputs For further information on the Modicon IP67 AS Interface distributed I O modules please consult the catalogue pages on our website www schneider electric com 5 96 Schneider Electric References Modicon Premium automation platform AS Interface cabling system The special profile of these 2 core flat cables eliminates the risk of polarity reversal when connecting Connections to the cable are made by IDC Insulation Displacement Connectors connection accessories The material used for the cable sheath causes the holes made by the IDCs to reseal themselves as soon as the IDCs are removed thus maintaining the IP 67 protection of AS Interface cabling accessories The ambient temperatures which AS Interface flat cables can withstand are as follows depending on the cable type XZ CBlee0e m Standard cable 25 85 C for operation 40 85 C for storage m TPE cable oil and vapour resistant 30 105 C for operation with cable flexing 40 105 C for non flexing operation or storage 522173
482. power supply connection can be accessed via the screw terminal block on the module The power available on this 24 V voltage depends on the model 0 5 0 8 1 6 A see characteristics page 2 4 Description References page 2 2 pages 2 4 Schneider 2 3 Electric References Modicon Premium automation platform Power supply modules Each TSX RKY e and TSX RKY eEX rack must be equipped with a single or double format power supply module slot marked PS The power required to supply each TSX RKY rack depends on the type and number of modules installed in the rack It is therefore necessary to draw up a power consumption table rack by rack in order to determine which TSX PSY power supply module is the most suitable for each rack see page 9 6 Power ly m I TSX PSY 2600M ower supply modules Power Available power 7 Format Reference Weight supply 5V 24VR 24VC Total 2 kg 24V 15W 15W 30W Standard TSX PSY 1610M 0 540 Denn 35W 19W 50W Double TSX PSY 3610M 0 780 24 48V 35W 19W 50W Double TSX PSY 5520M 0 890 isolated 100 240V 25W 15W 12W 26W Standard TSX PSY 2600M 0 510 TSX PSY 5500M 00 120V 35W 19W 19W 50W Double TSX PSY 5500M 0 620 200 240 V 75W 38W 77W Double TSX PSY 8500M 0 740 SELV Accessories Description Use Soldin Reference Weight lots of kg Batteries Internal RAM memory backup 1 TSX PLP 01 0 010 on TSX P57 processors 10 TSX PLP 101 0 100 to be fitted in the po
483. processing operations are analog or discrete channels in m In rack I O modules m Modicon OTB STB or Momentum distributed I O modules Control loops Software setup of the control loops is user definable Plug and Play technology during configuration of the Premium processor The user enters information in the predefined loop diagrams which also integrate management of operating modes and the link with the I O Functions pages 6 34 Schneider 6 33 Electric Presentation continued Software functions Unity Pro software User definable process control Premium TSX P57 2e4M 2634M 3e4M 3634M 454M 4634M 554M 5634M 6634M processors offer the possibility of configuring 10 15 20 or 30 control channels for continuous or semi continuous processes The process control functions offered by these processors are particularly suitable for m Sequential processes requiring auxiliary process control functions such as packaging machines surface treatment machines presses etc m Simple processes such as metal treatment furnaces ceramic ovens refrigeration units m Servocontrol systems or mechanical process control where the sampling time is critical such as torque control speed control etc Premium processors include the following characteristics m Each configurable process control channel can be used to manage 1 to 3 loops depending on the type of loop selected m Process control processes can be inserted in the overall archi
484. produc Modicon STB Modicon Premium TSX Micro TSX FPP10 Fipio TSX FPP OZD200 Fipway Magelis iPC TSX Oo USBFIP 1 OZD FIF G3 Fipio Fipway optic transceiver 2 TSX FP CAe00 150 Q shielded twisted pair trunk cable 8 mm for use in standard environments and inside buildings 1 3 TSX FP CGOe0 tap off connection cable for TSX FPP10 OZD200 PCMCIA card for TSX Micro Premium PLCs 4 TSX FP ACC3 4 T junction box This box also has two 9 way female SUB D connectors for connecting any device which connects to the bus via a PCMCIA card 5 TSX FP ACC2 12 9 way female SUB D connector for Fipway Fipio connection using daisy chaining or tap link connection 6 TSX FP ACC7 line terminator to be placed at each segment end TSX LES 65 terminal block for TSX Series 7 PLC which performs address coding 1 Trunk cable TSX FP CRe00 for use in harsh environments and outside buildings see page 5 113 References page 5 109 5 108 Electric Schneider Presentation continued Modicon Premium automation references platform Fipio Fipway optic transceiver Operating modes and performance m Fipio bus on fibre optic link After configuration in Fipio mode the processor scans the various application devices according to the software configuration o Image variables of the input values and of the output command values of a configured device are scanned as quickly as possible on the bus whilst respecting the existing re
485. products reading writing variables status The embedded Web server is a real time data server All the data can be presented in the form of standard web pages in HTML format and can therefore be accessed using any web browser that supports the embedded Java code The standard functions provided by the Web server are supplied ready to use and therefore do not require any programming of either the PLC or the client PC device supporting a web browser 1 In order to simplify their selection and ensure their interoperability within a system each Transparent Ready product is identified by the class of services it provides Letter A B C or D level of service for the Web server followed by 10 20 or 30 level of service for Ethernet communication 2 HMI Human Machine Interface 5 16 Schneider Electric Presentation continued Modicon Premium automation product selection platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network FactoryCast Web servers and gateways m FactoryCast configurable Web services Frote ra Wed Server TSX ETYSLO Microsoft Internet Explorer Fe Edt Vew Fewotes Took Hep wand ODD Geer route Gre Gr 9 0 f f i i airen Ei reer 1802 on wrm jr The configurable Web services are integrated in the following Schneider Electric FactoryCast TSX ETY510 Ethernet products FactoryCast PLC modules Modicon TSX Micro Modicon aire Chances Premium and Modicon Quantum and FactoryCast Gateway modules In addition to t
486. profiles Screens online help and documentation in electronic format available in 6 languages English French German Italian Simplified Chinese and Spanish Windows XP Professional Windows Vista Business 32 bit Windows 2000 Professional Vijeo Designer Lite Please consult the Human Machine Interfaces catalogue 1 All Magelis XBT and Magelis GTO terminals behave transparently on restoration of power 2 Depending on compatible product 3 See protocols supported on page please consult the Human Machine Interfaces catalogue More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider G Electric Magelis STO STU Small Panels Magelis XBT GT GK GH GTW and Magelis GTO Advanced Panels 7 Magelis industrial PCs 32 Proprietary for Magelis STO STU Magelis XBT GT GK GH and Magelis GTO Windows XP embedded for Magelis GTW Yes up to 8000 internal and external variables Yes Yes using expression editor or Java programming Up to 300 variables between 8 terminals without router PLC Proprietary protocol above TCP IP Yes with the Intelligent Data Service extension Up to 15 languages supported by 34 western alphabets 4 Asian alphabets and 2 middle eastern alphabets embedded in the application Yes Yes with log Java Via I O drivers Schneider Electric or third party protocols Mitsubishi Omron Rockwell Automation Siemens 3 Yes Yes
487. r m 3x 10BASE T 100BASE TCS ESU 043F1CS0 0 400 TX ports copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 1x 100BASE FX port single mode optical fibre duplex SC connector m 2x 10BASE T 100BASE TCS ESU 043F2CS0 0 400 TX ports copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 2x 100BASE FX ports single mode optical fibre duplex SC connector References Description Interfaces Reference Weight kg ConneXium managed 4x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESM 043F23F0 0 400 switches copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors 8 x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESM 083F23F0 0 410 copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors Selection guide Pages 5 50 Schneider 5 71 Electric References continued TCS ESM 083F1CU0 Bin TCS ESM 083F2CS0 TCS ESB 083F23F0 b im re LR T IL fie TCS ESM 063F2CS1 5 72 Ethernet network Wiring system ConneXium managed switches References Description Interfaces Reference Weight kg ConneXium managed m 7x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESM 083F1CU0 0 410 switches copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 1x 100BASE FX port multimode optical fibre duplex SC connector m 6x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESM 083F2CUO 0 410 copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 2x 100BASE FX ports multimode optical fibre duplex SC connector m 7x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESM083F1CSO 0 410 copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 1x 100BASE FX port single mode optica
488. r Wiring system Modicon Premium automation platform CANopen machine and installation bus on F 0 ILA ILE ILS ILA ILE ILS Note For numbers and references 1 2 11 see pages 5 90 and 5 91 Various types of cable are available making it possible to create any type of application including for harsh environments for the definition of standard and harsh environments see page 5 90 Several connectors are available to meet any requirement straight or 90 elbowed connectors or elbowed connectors with the option of connecting a PC or diagnostic pocket PC Power can be supplied to devices by means of cables cordsets and tap junctions one AWG24 pair for the CAN signals CAN_L and CAN_H and one AWG22 pair for the power supply and the earth CAN_V and CAN_SHLD In addition to the IP 20 wiring offer there is also an IP 67 wiring offer Presentation Description Wiring system References page 5 86 page 5 87 page 5 89 pages 5 90 Schneider Electric References Modicon Premium automation platform CANopen machine and installation bus Wiring system Designation Description No Length Reference Weight 1 kg a Standard tap junctions and connectors arit
489. r use the TSX CRJDB 25 cordset equipped with 1 x 25 way SUB D and 1 x RJ45 3 With TSX CUSB 485 converter use the TSX CRJMD 25 cordset equipped with 1 x mini DIN and 1 x RJ45 Connections page 5 129 Presentation page 5 128 Description page 5 128 Electric Schneider 5 131 Presentation Modicon Premium automation description platform Asynchronous serial links Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLCs provide via their processor or TSX SCY 21601 communication module several possible ways for exchanging data in character mode with devices equipped with an asynchronous serial link interface m RS 485 integrated port m Type Ill PCMCIA card with RS 232 RS 485 RS 422 compatible or 20 mA current loop support Protocols supported are character mode ASCII Uni Telway and Modbus Other protocols are also available or can be developed on request on an RS 485 or RS 232 link which enables Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLCs to communicate on third party architectures The list of modules available can be obtained from your Customer Support Centre or by visiting the web site www collaborative automation com Integrated links 1 Via integrated port on the Modicon TSX Micro Premium processor The AUX port 1 8 way mini DIN 8 connector has an integrated non isolated RS 485 serial link channel maximum distance 10 m 2 Via integrated port on the TSX SCY 21601 module This module for Premium PLCs has one integrated isolated RS
490. r architectures m XML and COM DCOM technologies m Database synchronization As a supplement to the Unity Pro Extra Large software 2 the UDE Unity Developer s Edition development kit UNY UDE VFU CD21E enables the development of customized solutions In addition to the development kit the Unity servers and accompanying documentation are also provided Unity Developer s Edition is compatible with m Unity Pro Extra Large m All Modicon M340 processors m All Modicon Premium Unity processors m All Modicon Quantum Unity processors 1 Also available separately under reference TLX CD DRV 20M 2 Only the Unity Pro Extra Large version enables dynamic database management for data to be exchanged with the OFS data server or a third party tool Selection guide page 6 2 6 16 Schneider Electric Functions continued Software Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large The Concept PL7 Pro and ProWORX upgrade kits allow users who already have one of these programs from the installed base and who have a current subscription to obtain Unity Pro version V4 1 software at a reduced price These upgrades are only available for licences of the same type e g from Concept XL group licence to Unity Pro Extra Large group licence Unity Pro multilingual software packages are compatible with Windows XP 32 bit Windows Vista 32 bit and Windows 7 32 bit and 64 bit operating systems They include m Documentation in
491. r power supply 500 mA max auxiliary inputs 10m TSR Cor 100 1210 moulded 20 way HE 10 connector Rolled ribbon cables 24 V power supply ABE 7H16R20 sub base 8 im TSX CDP 102 0 090 AWG 28 0 08mm and5 V 10 30 V HE 10 20 way 2m TSX CDP 202 0 170 100 mAmax encoder power supply connector auxiliary inputs 3m TSX CDP 302 0 250 20 way HE 10 connector TSX CDP e02 Connecting cables 24 V power supply ABE 7H16R20 sub base 8 0 5m TSX CDP 053 0 085 AWG 22 0 324 mm and 5 V 10 30 V HE 10 20 way im TSX CDP 103 0 150 500 mA max encoder power supply connector auxiliary inputs 2m TSX CDP 203 0 280 moulded 20 way 3m TSX CDP 303 0 410 HE 10 connector 5m TSX CDP 503 0 670 10m TSX CDP 1003 1 180 1 For numbers see page 4 21 TSX CDP e03 Presentation Architectures page 4 20 page 4 21 Schneider 4 23 Electric Presentation description operation Motor Encoder Track outputs Preactuators TSX CCY 1128 ICHOBRUNGERR 2 Configuration adjustment Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CCY 1128 electronic cam module The TSX CCY 1128 module performs the electronic cam function for a rotary axis rotating in a single alternating or cyclical direction with periodic arrival of parts to be processed or endlessly with random arrival of parts to be processed The axis is managed by an incremental or absolute encoder The TSX CCY 1128 electronic cam module independently manages up to 128 cams
492. r supply 3 Without remote power supply RJ45 4 With remote power supply AUI 5 77 000 mW at 60 85 000 mW at 55 C or 100 000 mW at 55 when using TSX FAN eeP fan modules Schneider 9 7 Electric Standards and certifications Modicon Premium automation platform Standards certifications and environmental conditions Modicon Premium PLCs have been developed to comply with the main national and international standards relating to electronic equipment for industrial automation systems m Requirements specific to PLCs functional characteristics immunity resistance safety etc IEC EN 61131 2 CSA 22 2 No 142 UL 508 m Merchant navy requirements from the main international bodies ABS BV DNV GL LR RINA RMRS etc m Compliance with European Directives o Low Voltage Directive No 2006 95 EC o Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive No 2004 108 EC m Electrical characteristics and self extinguishing capacity of insulating materials UL 746C UL 94 m Hazardous areas CSA 22 2 No 213 Class I Division 2 groups A B C and D Operating conditions and requirements relating to the environment Temperature Operation C 0 60 IEC EN 61131 2 5 55 1 0 70 with TSX FAN modules 7 Storage C 25 70 according to IEC EN 61131 2 Relative humidity Operation 10 95 non condensing Storage 5 95 non condensing according to IEC EN 61131 2 Altitude m 0 2000 Sup
493. racks with their power supplies m One or more Ethernet Modbus TCP network or Modbus link communication modules The components on the Fipio bus shared between the Normal and Backup PLCs are m Discrete or analog input modules Modicon STB or Momentum 1 m Discrete or analog output modules Modicon STB or Momentum 1 m One or more TSX Micro Premium PLC agents these can support the entire range of discrete analog or application specific I O 1 The old range of TBX distributed I O is also supported Schneider 4 63 Electric Functions Modicon Premium automation platform Warm Standby system PL7 Pro software Normal and Backup PLC functions The Normal and Backup PLCs are physically and functionally identical but their roles differ according to whether they are in Normal or Backup state The Normal Premium PLC m Executes the application m Updates the outputs and inputs in rack and on the Fipio bus m Communicates with the peripheral devices m Sends its database to the Backup PLC m Retrieves diagnostic data from the Backup PLC m Generates its own diagnostic data as well as that ofthe Premium Warm Standby architecture The Backup Premium PLC m Executes part ofthe application m Reads the state of the in rack inputs m Updates its in rack and Fipio outputs according to the state of those of the Normal PLC Communicates with the peripheral devices m Retrieves diagnostic data from the Normal PLC m Generates its own di
494. ration of the segment or slope of the segment if it is a ramp Aprofile can be executed once a certain number of times or looped continuously In addition the concept of a guaranteed dwell step means the time is only counted down if the measurement is definitely within the specified range Presentation pages 6 32 Schneider 6 35 Electric Functions continuea Software Unity Pro software User definable process control Special screens accessible using Unity Pro software can be used to configure control loops CASO ER D Configuring process control channels The Loops interface in Premium processors simplifies configuration by offering simple selections from menus m The type of loop from 5 options m The choice of functions used in the 5 processing branches m The parameters linked to each of the functions m The assignment of PLC variables to the different loop branches memory words input words or output words depending on the processing branch m Automatic presymbolization of the variables used in loops When configuring process simple autoselective and cascaded loops default parameter settings are offered The various functions integrated in the algorithms square root function generator etc and the initial value of each parameter are predefined Example Configuring a process loop Once the type of loop has been chosen its parameters can be set by selecting or deselecting the
495. ration tool for use in the creation of a project in Unity Pro This import function spares the user from having to redefine the PLC configuration when the PLC has already been configured with the SIS Pro tool 1 XML language is an open text based language that provides structural and semantic information Selection guide page 6 2 6 12 Schneider Electric Functions continued Software Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large Unity Pro s integrated conversion tools can be used to convert PLC applications created with Concept and PL7 programming software to Unity Pro applications Concept Unity Pro converter Quantum PLC This conversion is performed with a Concept application V2 5 or later it can also be performed in V2 11 or later but only after an update to V2 5 In order to perform the conversion the application must be exported to an ASCII file in Concept The export file is converted to a Unity Pro source file automatically This source file is then analyzed by Unity Pro Atthe end ofthe procedure a conversion report is generated and an output window displays any conversion errors and provides direct access to the part ofthe program to be modified The Concept application converter converts the application to Unity Pro but does not guarantee that it will operate correctly in real time It is therefore essential to test or debug all converted applications PL7 Unity Pro converter Premium PLC and A
496. re available Standard wiring ATSX CPP 301 3 m cordset is fitted with a 44 way SUB D moulded elbow connector at one end and flying leads differentiated by a colour code at the other end This wiring system conforms to the standard EN 954 1 ISO 13849 1 Fast wiring Using the Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system facilitates the installation of TSX PAY 262 safety module by giving access to inputs on the safety system via screw terminals Connection is carried out using TSX CPP e02 cordsets fitted with 44 way SUB D moulded elbow connectors at both ends The Modicon Telefast ABE 7CPA13 sub base enables the connection of 12 double or single contact inputs the power supply reset inputs and the feedback loop This wiring system conforms to the standard EN 954 1 ISO 13849 1 Schneider Electric References Modicon Premium automation platform Preventa safety module type TSX PAY 262 12 Emergency stops or limit 2N O Inputs 44 way SUB D connector TSX PAY 262 0 430 switches double or single volt free Outputs screw terminal contacts 2 5A Ithe supplied 1 reset button 1 feedback loop 1 reset monitor Connection accessory TSX PAY 262 Modicon Telefast ABE 7 Safety system SUB D 44 way ABE 7CPA13 0 290 sub base reset monitoring for TSX PAY 262 module and loop inputs Power supply 24V Connecting cordsets For fast wiring 44 way SUB D ABE 7CPA13 1m TSX CPP 102 0 160 connector sub bas
497. ree contact 1A max at 24 V 499 NEH 104 10 5 68 More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric a 1x 100BASE TX port RJ45 Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E 100m 1 x 100BASE FX port sc Multimode optical fibre 3000 m 1 3000 m 1 8dB 11 dB P1 and P2 redundant power supplies 24 V 18 32 safety extra low voltage SELV 160 mA 190 max at 24 V 5 terminals 0 60 C 10 95 non condensing IP 20 47x 135 x 111 mm On symmetrical DIN rail 35 mm wide 0 230 kg cUL 60950 UL 508 and CSA 22 2 No 142 UL 1604 and CSA 22 2 No 213 Class 1 Division 2 C GL C Tick P1 and P2 power supplies Ethernet link port status Power supply fault Ethernet network fault or communication port fault volt free contact 1 A max at 24 V 499 NTR 101 00 5 68 1 Length dependent on the attenuation analysis and attenuation of the optical fibre typical value 2000 m ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Electric Schneider 5 51 Selection guide continued Ethernet network Cabling system ConneXium unmanaged switches 5x 10BASE T 100BASE TX ports Mini 8x 10BASE T 100BASE TX ports M12 type D RJ45 Shielded twisted pair category CAT 5E 100m Storage and re routing of received data auto MDI MDX automatic negotiation of
498. reference 1 Any slot in TSX RKY ee racks that is not occupied by a module must be fitted with a TSX RKA 02 screw on protective cover sold in lots of 5 References pages 9 3 9 2 Schneider Electric References N TSX P57 1634MC TSX P57 25eMC 35eMC 453AMC TSX P57 4634MC 5634MC 6634MC Modicon Premium automation platform Treatment for harsh environments Conformal Coating modules Description Capacity Reference Weight kg Non extendable racks 6 positions TSX RKY 6C 1 470 8 positions TSX RKY 8C 1 760 12 positions TSX RKY 12C 2 310 Extendable racks 4 positions TSX RKY 4EXC 1 160 Ba 1x nn rs 6 positions TSX RKY 6EXC 1 500 erminator on the 2 end racks 7 Sold in lots of 2 8 positions TSX RKY 8EXC 1 780 12 positions TSX RKY 12EXC 2 340 For connection accessories see page 2 5 VO capacity Capacity Integrated Reference Weight Memory Network Port kg TSX 57 1e 96 KB integrated 1 1 TSX P57 104MC 0 380 512 discrete I O 224KBonPCMCIA Ethernet TSX P57 1634MC 24 analog I O and 8 application specific channels 1 Fipio 1 TSX P57 154MC 0 420 TSX 57 2e 160 KB integrated 1 TSX P57 204MC 0 520 1024 discrete I O a z 768KBonPCMCIA _ Ethernet TSX P57 2634MC 80 analog I O and 24 application specific channels 192 KB integrated 2 Dedicated TSX H57 24MC 0 560 768 KB o
499. remium and Modicon Quantum PLCs for modules with active Web server see page 5 25 Use Asimple yet powerful mechanism is used predefined message headers are linked with the body of the e mail which is created dynamically using the latest information from the PLC application The PLC application prepares the message when predetermined conditions occur Using a function block one of 3 predefined headers is selected and an e mail message with variable information and text up to a maximum of 240 bytes is created and sent directly from the PLC Each of the three headers contains the following predefined items e mail recipient list sender s name and subject This information is defined and updated by an authorized administrator using the configuration web pages Message creation and delivery The PLC application selects the appropriate header The system architect may define the headers to indicate differing levels of importance For example m Header 1 could be URGENT problem reported by PLC 10 m Header 2 could be ALARM substation 10 m Header 3 could be INFORMATION message from water quality system Each of these headers has its own list of recipients so that the correct person can be informed quickly for each level of importance The application can also insert relevant information in the body of the message such as the device process or location concerned The completed e mail is then sent to an SMTP S
500. remote supply Tap link cables 8 mm 2 shielded In normal environment 2 3 100m TSXFPCC100 5 680 twisted pairs 150 Q Inside building 200m TSX FPCC200 10 920 500m TSX FP CC500 30 000 Cordsets for With 1 miniature In normal environment 2 4 1m TSX FP CG010 0 210 PCMCIA TSX FPP ee cards connector and 1 x 9 way Inside building 3m TSX FP CG030 0 310 USB FIP adaptor SUB D connector 1 The characteristics and performance of the Fipio bus or Fipway network are dependent on the above TSX FP accessories being used 2 Normal environment Without any particular environmental restrictions Operating temperature between 5 CT and 60 Fixed installations 3 Harsh environment Resistance to hydrocarbons industrial oils detergents solder splashes Humidity up to 100 Saline atmosphere Extreme temperature variations Operating temperature between 10 and 70 Mobile installations 4 Mobile installations cables as per VDE 472 part 603 H For use on cable drag chain with minimum bend radius of 75 mm For use on gantry crane subject to compliance with conditions for use such as acceleration speed length Consult your Customer Care Centre Not authorized for use on robots or multi axis applications Fipio presentation page 5 100 Fipway presentation page 5 106 Connections pages 5 110 Electric Schneider 5 113 Presentation Modicon Premium automation description
501. rface licence free m f necessary a relational database in which FactoryCast HMI can archive data from the automation system FactoryCast HMI modules read PLC data and execute HMI services e mail interpreted calculations connection to relational databases updating Web pages at source in the PLC without affecting the PLC program or the scan time This solution provides m Areliable HMI application which is executed at source in a robust PLC device m An integrated multistation interface and remote access that is easy and cost effective to set up Thin Client terminal for example Magelis Smart m An HMI application that is easy to maintain the application is housed in a single location on the server side m Preventive maintenance via e mail m Greater availability for archiving data in the PLC Flexible distributed HMI solution Schneider 5 23 Electric Presentation continued Modicon Premium automation platform Transparent Ready system approach FactoryCast HMI active Web services Mixed architectures In this type of architecture FactoryCast HMI supplements conventional SCADA systems such as Vijeo Look or Monitor Pro which meet the requirement for centralizing information for global supervision from a central site Combining a FactoryCast HMI solution and a conventional SCADA solution enables m Simplification of the SCADA application by locating some of the SCADA processing functions at source at PLC level
502. ripli n aus pec 20er er de canis eget wee san page 1 5 Memory structure 0 cece ers ent eee en eee page 1 8 References es 0 ne Khon Ga ede dew Eee eed page 1 10 m PCMCIA memory extension cards Unity 0 0es eee ee page 1 12 Premium processors PL7 Selection Guide o3c2623 0 1 12h cites enk i reka Rr eee page 1 14 m Premium processors PL7 Presentation 2a Che ved lea tee dod ae OE ee aed page 1 16 Description zur ee deine doe PLES ea page 1 17 Memory structure 0 cece eee e en een nennen page 1 18 REfSFENCOS a ede ee eee hd eee deeded aed eae ak page 1 19 m PCMCIA memory extension cards PL7 page 1 20 Schneider 1 1 Electric Selection Guide Premium platforms for Unity Pro software offer Number of racks according to rack type In rack I O 1 In rack application specific channels Serial link connections Bus connections Network connections Integrated process control Hot Standby availability Memory capacity USB programming port Power supply Consumption Modicon Premium automation platform Premium processors Unity TSX 57 1e processors Une e p 4 with 4 6 or 8 slots or 2 with 12 slots Discrete O 512 channels 8 16 32 or 64 channel module Analog I O 24 channels 4 8 or 16 channel module Max number of channels 8 Counter Module with 2 4 counter channels 1 MHz m
503. roduct configuration Quri CPU Web Server Microsoft Interset Explores Hoek 4 OD Dawe Grew Grek CZ ib BEE men o eo its mee f Jr CPU Web Server OEA 190 2004 Schrader Automaton SAS Al Rights Pinwand Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network FactoryCast Web servers and gateways Schneider Electric offers a wide range of Transparent Ready products such as controllers and PLCs industrial PCs HMI devices 2 variable speed drives distributed I O modules gateways Web servers switches SCADA software inductive identification systems etc These products provide different levels of Web services and communication services on Ethernet Modbus TCP according to users requirements Among these Transparent Ready products FactoryCast defines a range of modules and gateways with configurable Web server combining m Real time communication functions based on Ethernet Modbus TCP m Predefined Web pages for advanced installation diagnostics m The capacity to host dynamic user defined Web pages or any document doc pdf etc designed to assist maintenance Presentation of the Web server modules and gateways In the Transparent Ready approach Ethernet network modules or Web gateways integrate Ethernet Modbus TCP services Modbus TCP IP messaging SNMP network management functions etc They also offer depending on the product the following Web functions
504. rogrammer can be used Feed Forward processing Feed Forward processing can be used to compensate for a measurable disturbance as soon as it appears This open loop processing anticipates the effect of the disturbance It features the Leading function lead lag phase Controller and command processing The controller can be chosen from the following 6 types Self tuning PID controller in discrete mode with 2 or 3 states hot cool controller PID or self tuning model or Split Range controller PID or self tuning model Output processing There are 3 types of output which can be processed Analog output servomotor output or PWM output Whatever the type of output the command calculated by the controller crosses a gradient limiter and a limiter whose upper and lower limits are used to define the output variation range a H a Setpoint programmer Conga wien 2 The setpoint programmer offers a maximum of 6 profiles consisting of a total of Loe Cannon rum Tash Caveman et sepreers 48 segments It is thus possible to create various programmer segment configurations s e g one programmer with 48 segments 6 programmers with 8 segments or one e o E a E programmer with 24 segments plus one programmer with 16 segments and one Gegments man Mnbacimgnaie on programmer with 8 segments etc eo Each segment is configured as either a ramp or dwell step It is characterized by m The setpoint to be reached m The du
505. romagnetic interference and for long distance communications DTE DTE DTE Linear topology on optical fibre m 1x 100BASE FX port multimode optical fibre Yu um SC connector Reference Description Interfaces Reference Weight kg Pt ConneXium transceiver m 1x 10BASE T port 499 NTR 101 00 0 230 ier copper cable RJ45 shielded a connector 499 NTR 101 00 Selection guide Pages 5 50 5 68 Schneider Electric Presentation Ethernet network references Wiring system ConneXium unmanaged switches Presentation Switches are used to increase the limits of architectures based on hubs or transceivers by separating collision domains Higher layer communication is provided between the ports and collisions at link layer are not propagated filtering They therefore improve performance by better allocation of the bandwidth due to the reduction of collisions and network load Certain ConneXium switch models also enable redundant architectures to be created on twisted pair copper ring or optical fibre Unmanaged switches are plug and play devices that do not need to be configured by the user Certain models can also be managed remotely via SNMP or HTTP protocols for monitoring and diagnostic purposes Ref
506. s Bits words double words inputs outputs tables and structures m DDT Types tab for the creation of derived data types tables and structures m Function Blocks tab for the declaration of EFBs and DFBs m DFB Types tab for the creation of DFB user function block data types Each data element has several attributes of which m The variable name and type are mandatory m The comment physical address in the memory and initial values are optional The data editor columns can be configured number of columns order All the attributes associated with a variable can be displayed in a properties window This editor can be accessed at any time during programming by selecting variables for data modification or creation Selection guide page 6 2 6 6 Schneider Electric Functions continued Wiss tan Gas Varies 001 Tyrs Kuren OF Top Fa LI mit u m ve FEIERN Fe aae Design re eed Dale Sulz a 4 BEER Use within the program Software Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large With Unity Pro software users can create their own function blocks for specific application requirements on Modicon M340 Premium and Quantum platforms Once created and saved in the library these user function blocks can be reused as easily as EFBs Elementary Function Blocks The user function
507. s Communication between the client station and the OFS server is conducted through the DCOM layer Microsoft via the OPC DA protocol Intranet Ethernet Modbus TCP network i Server NET cl cient OFS station The NET Microsoft compatibility of the OFS server has been developed to allow an OPC NET client to access OFS server items on an Intranet network via the OPC NET API interface This interface ensures interoperability between existing OPC applications and applications developed in the standard NET environment Remote access from an OPC XML DA client via HTTP The client application program and the OFS server are on remote stations using the SOAP protocol to communicate via the Internet in conformity with the OPC XML DA V1 01 specification of the OPC Foundation The OFS data server is based on an HTTP server installed on the same station Symbol data Unity Pro in Concept or PL7 Internet Site server and OFS station Firewall Industrial network Remote client application program Industrial PLCs The OPC XML DA V1 0 specifications are designed to overcome the limitations of COM DCOM by providing m An OPC interface for Windows and non Windows client applications m Beyond the Intranet perimeter remote access via the Internet through firewalls The OPC XML DA specification is based on Web Services standards such as SOAP XML and WSDL 1 A SOAP client can ac
508. s 0 1 or 2 3 for connecting Auxiliary inputs homing cam emergency stop event recalibration Reflex outputs Sensor and preactuator external power supplies Rigid casing which Holds electronic cards Locates and locks the module in its slot Module diagnostic LEDs Module diagnostics Green RUN LED module operating Red ERR LED internal fault module failure Red I O LED external fault o Axis diagnostics Green CHe LEDs axis diagnostics available N bon oa 00 Po 0 Architectures References pages 4 36 pages 4 38 4 34 Schneider Electric Operation Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CAY motion control modules for servo motors Block diagram of an axis Encoder input Configuration parameters Servo drive speed reference output Cam input homing Event input Recalibration input Emergency stop input Servo drive fault input Processing Servo drive enable output Reflex output Axis control modules are set up using Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro software TSX CAY 22 42 33 modules require the use of Premium TSX P57 ee3M 4M processors Architectures References pages 4 36 pages 4 38 Schneider 4 35 Electric Architectures Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CAY motion control modules for servo motors lodicon Te
509. s UNY SPU MZG CD 60 u N Juni ProWORX NXT 32 Lite Team 10 stations UNY SPU MZT CD 60 Licence type extensions for Unity Pro Medium version 6 0 From To Reference Weight kg Single 1 station Group 3 stations UNY SPU MZUG CD 60 Group 3 stations Team 10 stations UNY SPU MZGT CD 60 Upgrade to Unity Pro Medium from Unity Pro Small Type of upgrade Reference Weight The number of stations is unchanged kg Small to Medium Single 1 station UNY SPU MZSU CD 60 Small to Medium Group 3 stations UNY SPU MZSG CD 60 Small to Medium Team 10 stations UNY SPU MZST CD 60 For Modicon M340 All models For Modicon Premium TSX 57 1e 4e For Modicon Quantum 140 CPU 311 10 434 12U For distributed I O Modicon ETB TM7 OTB STB Momentum Unity Pro Large version 6 0 software packages 1 Description Licence type Reference Weight kg Unity Pro Large Single 1 station UNY SPU LFU CD 60 software packages Group 3 stations UNY SPU LFG CD 60 z Team 10 stations UNYSPULFTCD60 Site lt 100 users UNY SPU LFF CD 60 Software upgrades from Single 1 station UNY SPU LZU CD 60 Concept S M i NY SPULZ D PL7 Micro Junior Pro Group 3 stations UNY SPU LZG CD 60 ProWORX NxT 32 Lite Team 10 stations UNY SPU LZT CD 60 Site lt 100 users UNY SPU LZF CD 60 Licence type extensions for Unity Pro Large version 6 0 From To Reference Weight kg Single 1 station Group 3
510. s configurable controllers XPS MC16 32Ze Two exchange mechanisms are possible m Question response the questions from the master are addressed to a given slave The response is expected by return from the interrogated slave m Distribution the master distributes a message to all the stations of the Modbus serial link The latter execute the order without transmitting a reply Description Safety automation solutions Preventa configurable safety controllers Type XPSMC Configurable safety controllers XPS MCeeZe Front face of controllers 1 LED display and system diagnostics 2 Two LEDs for CANopen or Profibus 7 connection status 3 SUB D 9 pin male connector for connection on CANopen bus XPS MC16ZC MC32ZC or SUB D 9 pin female connector for connection on Profibus bus XPS MC16ZP MC32ZP Solid state safety output and muting indicator light terminals Power supply 24 V and relay safety output terminals Control output terminals for power supply to safety inputs and safety input terminals RJ45 connector for connection on Modbus serial link RESET button resetting of controller Rear face of controllers 9 Fixing plate for mounting on rail ossou s a SOOBOOSSOOS Configurable safety controller XPS MCeeZe with screw connectors LED details LED Colour Status Meaning 1 PWR Green On Supply voltage present 2 CNF Yellow On In configura
511. s Must be fitted oneach 2x 9 way SUB D TSX TLY EX 0 050 6 TSX RKY eEX end rack connectors Sold in lots of 2 TSX TLY EX 1 Mobile installations cables as per VDE 472 part 603 H 60 000 operations max For use on cable drag chain minimum bend radius of 75 mm For use on gantry crane subject to compliance with certain installation conditions acceleration speed length etc please consult our Customer Care Centre Not authorized for use on robots or multi axis applications Presentation page 2 12 Schneider 2 13 Electric 3 0 Schneider Electric Contents 3 Discrete analog distributed and special I O Discrete I O modules Selection guide input modules and mixed modules page 3 2 Selection guide output modules 0 000 e even eee page 3 4 WB Principles page 3 6 m Description 02 25 4 4 eee ea page 3 7 E FUNCIONS oideas ornes pipid eee ana en kan page 3 8 E References 4 u 42 244 ne page 3 9 Analog I O modules Selection guide I O modules 000 ce ence eens page 3 12 m Presentation description functions page 3 14 m References 2 242 E pe aE Basar page 3 16 Distributed I O Selection guide Modicon distributed I O solutions page 3 18 Special I O m TeSys Quickfit installation system for motor starter components Presentation 222 sn iaeia Ga dee eee bene ak page 3 20 Compatibility
512. s No No Screw or spring Screw Miniature sub base Volt free or common per group of Miniature sub bases Isolator and fuse Latching relay 8 channels Common per group of 4 channels ABE 7R085216e ABE7ReeSiee ABE7ReeS2ee ABETR16T111 ABE 7P16T111 ABE 7P16T2 ABE 7P08T3 8 14 8 15 8 16 1 For TSX Micro and Modicon Premium PLCs More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric TSX Micro Modicon Premium Modicon Quantum Modicon M340 Electromechanical plug in Solid state fixed Solid state fixed Solid state plug in Yes Yes Yes No 24V From 24 V From 5 V TTL to 230 V to 230 V 5V 150 V 24V 230 V 5A th 8A th 0 5t02A 125 mA 0 5A 125 mA 12 mA 16 2to3 2to6 2 3 2 1 C O contact or 1 N O 1 C O contactor Signal and 0 V 24V and0V_ Signal canbe Signal Signal and contact and common 2 C O contacts signal isolated common and common Protected common 20 way HE 10 connector No Yes No No Yes No Screw Screw or spring Screw Screw or spring Volt free or common per group of Fault signal Isolator and fuse 3 wire proximity Isolator and fuse 8 channels 4 channels ABE7R1 ABE 7R16T3ee ABE 7SeeS2Be ABE 7H16F43 ABE 7H16R3e ABE 7H16S43 ABE 7S16E2eeE ABE 7P16F31e 8 15 8 14 indicator 8 13 sensor indicator 8 14 8 15 OS More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric ws Selection guide continued Connect
513. s X position numbers are defined as follows power supply and standard format processor m Rack n less significant position 00 to xx 02 04 or 06 rack n most significant position 08 to yy 10 12 or 14 m Racks with 12 slots each occupy an address with position 00 to 10 IE m EI Fe PST007 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 8 9 te Jole Address rack n example with one 12 slot rack standard format power supply and standard format processor Installing the various modules on the standard or extendable rack with address 0 The rack with address 0 must contain a power supply module and the processor Frstood o1 02 03 04 05 06 Primary rack address 0 ol with standard format h power supply and module For Premium PLCs which have two types of power supply standard or processor double format the position of the processor standard or double format will depend gt 5 OL ICH UO fa on the type of power supply used m Using a standard format power supply module The power supply module systematically occupies position PS The processor module must be installed in positions 00 01 00 with standard 1
514. s and 1 or 2 outputs voltage current Sub base with 2 thermocouple or probe inputs Counter module with one 40 kHz channel 6 1 3 O 120 V sub base with 1 Modbus port Screw or spring type removable terminal blocks Plastic Removable screw terminal block interface module Removable screw terminal block non removable spring type terminal block and HE 10 connector expansion modules Parallel interface modules for TeSys Quickfit and TeSys U motor starters integrated connection for third party CANopen products Removable screw or spring type connectors Telefast connectors Please consult the catalogue pages on our website www schneider electric com cs More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric 3 19 Presentation Motor starter with GV2 ME circuit breakers Motor starter with GV3 P circuit breakers 3 20 Installation system TeSys Quickfit for motor starter components Components with spring terminals TeSys Quickfit is amodular system which standardizes and simplifies the setting up of motor starters with its pre wired control and power circuits The installation of a motor starter is therefore a quick easy reliable and open ended process In addition this system m Enables the motor starter to be customized at a later date m Reduces maintenance time m Saves space inside the equipment by reducing the number of terminals cable ducts and intermedia
515. s and inside buildings 4 TSX FP CG0e0 tap link cordset for TSX FPP10 20 0ZD200 PCMCIA card for Modicon Micro Premium TSX Series 7 PLCs and TSX C USBFIP USB FIP adaptor Connection to the bus is via the 9 way SUB D connector on the TSX FP ACC3 ACC4 box Connection boxes 6 TSX FP ACC14 IP 20 polycarbonate junction box provides tap link from the trunk cable to connect 1 device via TSX FP CCe00 tap link cable or several devices ina daisy chain 7 TSX FP ACC3 IP 20 box for connecting 2 TSX FPP10 20 0ZD200 PCMCIA cards or a TSX C USBFIP USB FIP adaptor on a 9 way SUB D connector 8 TSX FP ACC4 IP 65 junction box It also has a 9 way female SUB D connector for connecting a TSX FPP10 20 0ZD200 PCMCIA card or a TSX C USBFIP USB FIP adaptor in this case the degree of protection of the box becomes IP 20 TSX EF ACC99 IP 65 junction box for IP 67 I O modules please consult our website www schneider electric com Connectors 9 TSX FP ACC2 and TSX FP ACC12 9 way female SUB D connector for Fipway Fipio connection TSX FP ACC2 connector specifically for TSX 17 20 micro PLC Used for daisy chain or tap link connection 90 high or low output 45 high or low output 10 TBX BLPO1 connector for IP 20 TBX I O modules legacy range 11 TSX LES65 terminal block for TSX PMX model 40 PLCs legacy range Used for address coding 12 TSX FP ACC6 electrical repeater used to increase the number of stations 64 max and the length of the net
516. s comprise 1 One 15 way SUB D connector per channel for connecting o Translator or Lexium 32C M servo drive inputs O Translator or Lexium 32C M servo drive outputs o Translator or Lexium 32C M servo drive input power supply 2 One 20 way HE 10 connector for connecting O Auxiliary inputs per axis homing cam emergency stop limit switches and event external stop o Brake outputs 1 per axis o Sensor and preactuator external power supply 3 Rigid casing which o Holds electronic cards o Locates and locks the module in its slot 4 Module diagnostic LEDs o Module diagnostics Green RUN LED module operating Red ERR LED internal fault module failure Red I O LED external fault o Axis diagnostics 2green CHe LEDs axis diagnostics available TSX CFY 11 TSX CFY 21 TUN Ai 4 e 2 TJI e DS e 2 TJI o Block diagram of an axis Configuration I 1 adjustment Configuration Nee gt Translator enable output KW MW parameters gt A B pulse outputs Loss of step reset output gt Boost output 4 Translator fault input 4 Loss of step check input en 4 Cam input homing Processing Best o and limit switch input SMOVE function 4 Emergency stop input Eventinput O WAW 4 External stop input l IW gt Brake output Stepper motor control modules are set up using Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro software Architectures References page 4 31 pages 4 32
517. s for its FDR Faulty Device Replacement service FTP File Transfer Protocol RFCs 959 2228 and 2640 File Transfer Protocol FTP provides the basic elements for file sharing Many systems use FTP to exchange files between devices TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol firmware updates Trivial File Transfer Protocol TFTP is a network transfer protocol used to connect to a device and download code to it For example it can be used to transfer a boot code to a workstation without a disk drive or to connect and download updates of network device firmware Note Transparent Ready products implement FTP and TFTP for transferring certain information to or from devices in particular for downloads of firmware or user defined Web pages NTP Network Time Protocol RFC 1305 NTP Network Time Protocol is used to synchronize the time of a client or server device from a time server Depending on the network used it provides the following time precisions based on UTC m Afew milliseconds on a local area network LAN m A few tens of milliseconds on a wide area network WAN SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol RFC 0821 SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is an e mail transmission service It is used to send e mail between a sender and a recipient via an SMTP e mail server SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol RFCs 1155 1156 and 1157 The Internet community has developed the SNMP standard for managing the various components o
518. s used to execute the entire SR or DFB Step Out This command is used to move to the next instruction after the SR or DFB element m Independent execution of the master MAST fast FAST auxiliary AUX and event triggered EVTi tasks Animation of program elements Dynamic animation is managed section by section A button on the toolbar is used to activate or deactivate animation for each section When the PLC is in RUN this mode can be used to view simultaneously m The animation of a program section regardless of the language used m The variables window containing the application objects created automatically from the section viewed Animation table Tables containing the variables of the application to be monitored or modified can be created by data entry or initialised automatically from the selected program section The tables can be stored in the application and retrieved from there at a later date Debugging DFB user function blocks The parameters and public variables of these blocks are displayed and animated in real time using animation tables with the possibility of modifying and forcing the required objects In exactly the same way as with other program elements the watchpoint breakpoint step by step execution and program code diagnostics functions can be used to analyze the behavior of DFBs Setting a breakpoint in a DFB user function block instance stops the execution of the task containing
519. scanning by solid state multiplexing m Adaptation to input signals gain selection drift compensation m Digitization of signals 12 bit analog digital converter for TSX AEY 800 1600 and 16 bit analog digital converter for TSX AEY 420 810 m Conversion of input measurements to user format recalibration coefficient filtering scaling m Module monitoring conversion circuit test range overshoot test terminal block presence test watchdog test m Isolation of the input channels on TSX AEY 810 m Fast processing of the inputs 1 ms on TSX AEY 420 TSX AEY 414 1614 analog input modules The TSX AEY 414 is a multirange input module with 4 channels which are isolated from one another Depending on the choice made during configuration the following ranges are available for each of the inputs m B E J K N R S T U thermocouple or 13 63 mV electrical range m 2 or 4 wire Pt 100 Pt 1000 Ni 1000 temperature probe or ohmic range 0 400 Q 0 3850 Q m High level 10 V 0 10 V 5 V 0 5 V 0 20 mA with external shunt or 1 5 V 4 20 mA 4 20 mA with external shunt The TSX AEY 1614 is an analog input module with 16 thermocouple inputs Depending on the choice made during configuration the following range is available for each of the input channels supporting a 250 V or 280 V common mode between them B E J K L N R S T U thermocouple range or 80 mV electrical range These modules perform the followin
520. scription oc screenees hae eae ed end ae page 2 13 E References inae nen tian eis Soe ae a page 2 13 Schneider 2 1 Electric Description Modicon Premium automation platform Power supply and fan modules TSX PSY eee0M power supply modules provide the power supply for each rack and the modules installed on it The power supply module is selected according to m The line supply 24 V 24 48 V 100 120 V 200 240 Vv m The required power standard format or double format model see power consumption table on page 9 6 Power supply modules TSX PSY eee0M comprise Adisplay block comprising OK LED green lit if rack voltages are present and correct BAT lamp red on if the battery is faulty or missing 24 V lamp green on when the sensor voltage is present depending on model RESET pencil point pushbutton causing a warm restart of the application Slot for a battery which protects the processor s internal RAM memory Cover to protect the front panel of the module Screw terminal block for connection to The line supply The alarm relay contact The sensor power supply for a c supplies depending on model Opening for cable clamp Fuse located beneath the module and protecting 24 VR voltage on the non isolated d c supply with TSX PSY 3610 Primary voltage on the other power supplies 110 220 voltage selector depending on model 7 6 TSX PSY 2600M MnoOnoonooaoVFONOOO TSX FAN eeP fan modules inst
521. services The COM service is made up of a set of dedicated words called common words Each Fipway Ethway network station may or may not be able to access this database in read only or read write mode All PLC stations exchanging common words 32 stations on Fipway 64 stations on Ethway are allocated in a dedicated database 128 words for Fipway 256 words for Ethway a write zone set at 4 words for Fipway and variable from 4 to 64 words for Ethway per TSX Micro Premium station COM words are updated automatically during each scan of the general sequential program master task without the intervention of the application program The Shared Table service can be used to exchange a table of internal words divided into as many zones as there are Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLCs comprising the Fipway network The exchange principle is based on broadcasting by each PLC of a word memory zone broadcast zone to the other PLCs on the network Each network station is allocated an exchange table comprising 128 internal words for the 32 PLCs that share the service with a broadcast zone assigned to each PLC variable from 1 to 32 internal words Application to application communication The user application program sends word tables between 2 devices which may be Modicon TSX Micro Premium PLCs This service is particularly suitable for m Sending alarm messages from a PLC to a supervision station m Exchanging data tables between two PLCs control
522. ses with or without LED with common or 2 terminals per channel Schneider Electric 16 channel active sub bases with relays 1 NO 1 or 2 C O or transistor 5 48 V 24 V 24 240 V 2 terminals per channel ABE 7H08Ree ABE 7H08S21 ABE 7H16S21 ABE 7H16F43 ABE 7S08S2ee ABE 7RO8Seee ABE 7S16Seee ABE 7R16Seee ABE 7P08T330 ABE 7R16Teee ABE 7P16Teee TSX CDP ee3 or ABF H20ee0 3 5 Principle Modicon Premium automation platform Discrete I O modules The discrete I O module terminal blocks have a device for automatically transferring the coding when first used This prevents handling errors when a module is replaced This coding ensures electrical compatibility for each type of module Each terminal can take bare wires or wires with either cable ends or open tags The capacity of each terminal is m Minimum One 0 2 mm AWG 24 wire without cable end m Maximum One 2 mm AWG 14 wire without cable end or one 1 5 mm AWG 15 wire with cable end The screw terminal blocks are equipped with captive screws The maximum capacity of the terminal block is 16 x 1 mm AWG 17 wires 4 x 1 5 mm AWG 15 wires 20 wire preformed cables AWG 22 0 324 mm Preformed cables are used for easy direct wire to wire connection between the I O of modules with connectors 1 and the sensors preactuators or terminals This preformed cable 3 comprises m At one end an HE10 moulded connector 2 with
523. several thousand products all concerned directly or indirectly with safety Some of these products are exclusively designed for safety Preventa safety module Mushroom head Two handel control emergency stop button Amen For further details on components for safety applications please consult our catalogue Safety solutions using Preventa Schneider Electric Presentation continued Modicon Premium automation platform Use of Preventa safety modules The control signal from the protection device emergency stop pushbutton illustrated to the left acts directly on the power contactor of the machine In this type of scheme the risks of simple faults are m Emergency stop button being shorted m KM1 contactor sticking When the operator presses an emergency stop button the instruction is not processed and another sequence can begin following the emergency stop despite the presence of the fault Emergency stop In the case of failure the safety function 7 is compromised Therefore a reliable intermediate relay system must be used 1 A safety function is a function whose non execution or untimely execution results in the immediate placement of the equipment into a non hazardous position Feedback loop KM6 KM5 KM5 Emergency stop gt KM6 KM5 and KM6 contactors Independent safety circuits with mechnically li
524. single channel electronic cam module Motion 2 Modules with 1 2 axes for stepper motors 2 3 4 axes for analog control servo motors 8 16 axes with SERCOS digital link Weighing Module for 8 load cells 2 application specific channels Serial links In rack communication modules 1 application specific channel Modbus RS 232 RS 485 or current loop 3 4 master slave PCMCIA modules and RS 485 master slave in rack communication modules Uni Telway 1 integrated RS 485 master slave channel 5 RS 232 RS 485 or current loop 3 4 master slave PCMCIA modules and RS 485 master slave in rack communication modules Character mode 1 integrated RS 485 channel 5 RS 232 RS 485 or current loop 3 4 PCMCIA modules and RS 485 in rack communication modules Actuator sensor bus 2 in rack modules 4 in rack modules AS Interface master V2 CANopen machine bus master V4 02 6 1 PCMCIA module 3 NTERBus field bus master V2 6 or Profibus DP master VO Class 1 and2 6 Max no of networks 1 in rack module 1 1 Ethernet Modbus TCP Multiprotocol in rack modules Modbus Uni TE Global Data I O Scanning TCP Open Web server FactoryCast service and Factory Cast HMI services Communication modules Fipway 3 4 and Modbus Plus 3 PCMCIA modules in rack Ethway modules Without PCMCIA extension 32 Kwords program and data 48 64 Kwords program and data 7 With PCMCIA extension 32 Kwords data 48 64 Kwords data
525. soft eNET SQL Server OFFICE etc IBM Java Web Sphere Lotus ORACLE SUN SAP etc Embedded SOAP XML Web services ModbusXMLDa Web services This new Transparent Ready service offers the hitherto unheard of possibility of making an IT e business application interact directly with the control system levels using the same standards With the implementation of ModbusXMLDa Modbus XML Data access services in FactoryCast Web servers IT engineers can easily create their own application to access the required information directly in the PLC and in real time Data exchanges are made in XML standard format in response to a request using the SOAP protocol The implementation of Web services in control system equipment makes it easy to achieve vertical integration of the control level and create even more collaborative architectures which can be used to link production systems to enterprise management systems It simplifies access to information reduces training development and roll out costs and increases productivity ModbusXMLDa Web services in FactoryCast modules ModbusXMLDa server interface This implementation enables a SOAP client application management level computer application MES ERP etc to communicate directly with a FactoryCast Web server module embedded in the PLC Exchanges are initiated by the SOAP client application the server responds to these requests m Step 1 Creation of the client application with learning o
526. solated TSX DEY 16A3 0 320 terminal block inputs 100 120 V Screw Type 2 16isolated TSX DEY 16A4 0 320 terminal block inputs 200 240 V Screw Type 2 16isolated TSX DEY 16A5 0 360 terminal block inputs TSXD Ey 32D3K 1 The 24 V inputs can be used as 24 V negative logic source inputs compatible with 3 wire NPN sensors but they are then not IEC compliant 2 Within the 220 240 V nominal voltage range 3 By connector module supplied with cover By screw terminal block terminal block TSX BLY 01 to be ordered separately 4 Module with fast isolated inputs filtering from 0 1 to 7 5 ms which can activate the event triggered task Principle Description Functions page 3 6 page 3 7 pages 3 8 Electric Schneider 3 9 References continued Modicon Premium automation platform Discrete I O modules Discrete output modules Type of Output Connection IEC EN Modularity Reference Weight current voltage 1 61131 2 no of kg conformity channels 24 V 0 5A Screw Yes 8 protected TSX DSY 08T2 0 320 transistor Pos logic terminal block outputs 24 V 2A Screw Yes 8 protected TSX DSY 08T22 0 410 pos logic terminal block outputs 24V 0 5A Screw Yes 16 protected TSX DSY 16T2 0 340 pos logic terminal block outputs 48 V 1 A Screw Yes 8 protected TSX DSY 08T31 0 320 pos logic terminal block outputs 48 V 0 25A Screw Yes 16 protected TSX DSY 16T3 0 340 pos logic
527. stations UNY SPU LZUG CD 60 Group 3 stations Team 10 stations UNY SPU LZGT CD 60 Upgrade to Unity Pro Large from Unity Pro Medium Type of upgrade Reference Weight The number of stations is unchanged kg Medium to Large Single 1 station UNY SPU LZMU CD 60 Medium to Large Group 3 stations UNY SPU LZMG CD 60 Medium to Large Team 10 stations UNY SPU LZMT CD 60 1 For compatibility of Unity software automation platforms and distributed I O refer to the selection guide on page 6 2 Selection guide page 6 2 Schneider 6 19 Electric References continued Software Unity Pro Unity Pro software Small Medium Large Extra Large For Modicon M340 All models For Modicon Premium TSX 57 16 60 For Modicon Quantum 140 CPU 311 10 434 12U 651 50 651 60 652 60 671 60 672 61 For distributed I O Modicon ETB TM7 OTB STB Momentum Unity Pro Extra Large version 6 0 software packages 1 Unity Pro Extra Large Single 1 station UNY SPU EFU CD 60 software packages Group 3 stations UNY SPU EFG CD 60 Team 10 stations UNY SPU EFT CD 60 Site lt 100 users UNY SPU EFF CD 60 Software upgrades from Single 1 station UNY SPU EZU CD 60 rs A as Group 3 stations UNY SPU EZG CD 60 a ProWORX NxT Lite Full Team 10 stations UNY SPU EZT CD 60 ProWORX 32 Lite Full Site lt 100 users UNY SPU EZF CD 60 Licence type extensions for Unity Pro Extra Large Fro
528. stic data from the Standby PLC via the dedicated CPU Sync link m Generates its own diagnostic data as well as that of the Hot Standby architecture Standby Premium PLC m Acquires the state of the in rack I O on Bus X of the Standby PLC m Acquires the image of the Primary PLC inputs in rack inputs on bus X on Modbus and or on Ethernet Modbus TCP network m Executes part of the application program only 1 program section m Updates the image of its outputs depending on execution of the 1 program section m Communicates with the peripheral devices m Retrieves diagnostic data from the Primary PLC m Generates its own diagnostic data as well as that of the Hot Standby architecture Primary Standby status management Failure of one of the following components o Main rack power supply o PLC processor o Monitored Ethernet Modbus TCP network module TSX ETY 4103 5103 automatically triggers a Primary Standby changeover For all the other components the changeover from Primary to Standby can be customized by the application program user initiated changeover Management of shared I O on the Ethernet Modbus TCP network The Primary PLC manages the exchange of the states of the shared I O on the Ethernet network bus or ring type after a simple configuration operation with no need for special programming thanks to the advanced I O Scanning service Only the Primary PLC acquires the physical inputs on the network and controls the physic
529. stics It displays the following in real time m LED status on the front panel ofthe PLC m The PLC type and version m The hardware configuration of the PLC including the status of the system bits and words m Detailed diagnostics of each I O module channel or application specific channel in the configuration TETEZI 043 Qema jm Gee JB 9 S 9 Data Editor read write function for PLC data and variables om te mut The Data Editor function can be used to create tables of animated variables for real time read write access to lists of PLC data Several animation tables containing specific application variables to be monitored or modified can be created by the user and saved in the standard Web server module f In addition to the functions provided by standard Web servers FactoryCast Web O m servers offer the following 5 eae m Variables to be displayed can be entered and displayed using their symbols et zis 4 S_Pump 234 or their addresses MW99 on m The write access option for variables which can be enabled or disabled for each bs FF of the variables using the FactoryCast configuration software m The read write function which can be used on tools such as a pocket PC or PDA terminal PDA terminal Schneider 5 19 Electric Functions Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network FactoryCast configurable Web services
530. sub base ABE 7H20Eeee including connection cable 2 Cabled connector ABF Y25S200 equipped with terminal block TSX BLY 01 3 Only the first 4 channels are balanced References pages 8 12 Electric 8 10 Schneider Combinations continued item numbers see Presentation on page 8 8 Connection interfaces Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Modicon Premium application specific O modules and ABE 7 sub bases Application specific I O modules for Modicon Premium Reference for application specific I O modules item 1c Axis control Counter High speed counter Safety Speed Auxiliary Auxiliary Counter Auxiliary Counter reference inputs inputs inputs TSX CAYe1 TSX CFYeA TSX CTYeA TSX CTY2C TSX PAY 262 Required cordsets Preassembled TSX CAP030 item 2b Yes No No Yes No Yes No cordsets TSX CDPee3 item 2a No Yes Yes No Yes No No at both ends TSX CPPe02 item 2c No No No No No No Yes Passive connection sub bases Universal ABE 7H08Ree ABE 7H08 8 channels R10 1 item 3a ABE 7H08521 Universal ABE 7H12Ree 12channels ABE 7H12S21 item 4a Universal ABE 7H16Ree ABE 7H16 ABE 7H16 ABE 7H16 16 channels R20 2 item 4a ABE 7H16Cee ABE 7H16 ABE 7H16 ABE 7H20Eeee 3 ABE 7H16 ABE 7H16 ABE 7H16S21 ABE 7H16R23 ABE 7H16F43 ABE 7H16S43 Input adaptor sub bases with solid state relays Universal ABE 7S16E2ee
531. sure and to eliminate any hot spots that may exist see page 2 2 1 Using the TSX RKY 12EX 12 slots rack is the same as occupying 2 racks with 4 6 or 8 slots Description References page 2 9 pages 2 10 2 8 Schneider Electric Description Modicon Premium automation functions platform Multirack configuration without remote module TSX RKY eeeEX racks comprise 1 Ametal frame 2 Slots for anchoring the module pins 3 48 way female 1 2 DIN connectors for module rack connections the first connector is reserved for the power supply module Alocating slot for the power supply module Tapped holes for mounting the module Four holes for mounting the rack Slot forthe rack address label Slot for the station network address label Two earth terminals for earthing the rack 10 Microswitches for coding the rack address on extendable racks 11 Two 9 way female SUB D connectors for the remote connection of bus X each one to another rack OONOuO RA less significant most significant OI Address 0 this address is always assigned to the rack which holds the processor o This rack can be located in any position on the line Addresses 1 to 7 these can be assigned in any order to all the other extendable i racks of the station As the two racks with 4 6 or 8 slots which make up each pair have the same Address rack n example with two 6 slot racks standard format address on the bu
532. t loudspeaker 7 Uni TE 2 Modbus Modbus TCP IP 1 and for PLC brands Mitsubishi Omron Allen Bradley and Siemens RS 232C 485 COM1 RS 232C RS 422 485 COM1 and RS 485 COM2 1 1 3 1 Modbus Plus and Fipway with USB gateway PROFIBUS DP and Device Net with optional card Ethernet TCP IP 10BASE T 100BASE TX 7 USB port for parallel printer RS 232C COM1 serial link USB port for parallel printer Vijeo Designer on Windows XP Windows Vista and Windows 7 Magelis Magelis Magelis 200 MHz RISC CPU 133 MHz RISC CPU 3 266 MHz RIS CPU XBT GT11 13 XBT GT21 22 23 24 29 XBT GT42 43 Please consult the Human Machine Interfaces catalogue 1 Depending on model 2 Uni TE version V2 for Twido controller and TSX Micro Premium platform 3 For XBTGT 2430 32 MB Flash EPROM 1 sound output 2 USB ports 266 MHz RISC CPU 4 For XBT GT 5430 More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric Backlit colour STN LCD or colour TFT LCD Backlit colour TFT LCD 800 x 600 pixels Backlit colour TFT LCD 1024 x 768 pixels 640 x 480 pixels or 800 x 600 pixels 4 10 4 colour 12 1 colour 15 colour Via touch screen 32 MB Flash EPROM By means of 128 256 512 MB 1 2 or 4 GB CF card Limited by capacity of internal Flash EPROM memory or CF card memory Unlimited 8000 variables max Alphanumeric bitmap bargraph gauge tank tank level indicator curves
533. t IP i Splitter box with 16 configurable I O 16 1 121 40 0r81 80 24V 24V M12 connectors Plastic ETB 1Eceee Please consult the catalogue pages on our website www schneider electric com More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider G Electric Ethernet Modbus TCP IP Modbus Plus Fipio InterBus Profibus DP DeviceNet 1 sub base with 1 CPU or 1 communication module Sub base with 16 1 32 1 80 16 O 32 O 10 1 8 O 16 1 8 O 161 12 O and 16 1 16 O Ethernet Modbus TCP IP CANopen Modbus RS 485 1 interface module 7 Twido expansion modules 12 1 8 O interface module 81 161 32 1 8 O 16 O 320 41 4 O and 16 1 8 O expansion modules Ethernet Modbus TCP IP EtherNet IP CANopen Modbus Plus Fipio InterBus Profibus DP DeviceNet 1 NIM Network Interface Module 32 I O modules Module with 211 4 1 61 161 20 40 600r160 24 V 120 V and 230 V 2aVz 24 V 115 V and230 V 24 V V 120 V and 230 V and relay 81 16 I or 4 O voltage current sub bases Sub base with 4 thermocouple or probe inputs 10 kHz 200 kHz 2 channel counter sub base 24 V and relay 21 41 81 10 20 21 1 O and 4 1 20 expansion modules voltage current thermocouple or temperature probe Integrated in interface module Two 5 kHz 20 kHz channels 2 PWM function channels 24 V 115 230 V and relay Modules with 2 4 or 8 input
534. t Modbus TCP the medium for the Internet revolution to form Modbus TCP a completely open Ethernet protocol The development of a connection to Modbus TCP does not require any proprietary component or the purchase of a licence This protocol can easily be combined with any product supporting a standard TCP IP communication stack The specifications can be obtained free of charge from the following website www modbus ida org Modbus TCP simple and open The Modbus application layer is very simple and universally familiar with its 9 million installed connections Thousands of manufacturers have already implemented this protocol Many have already developed a Modbus TCP connection and numerous products are currently available The simplicity of Modbus TCP enables any field device such as an I O module to communicate on Ethernet without the need for a powerful microprocessor or a lot of internal memory Modbus TCP high performance Due to the simplicity of its protocol and the fast speed of 100 Mbps Ethernet the performance of Modbus TCP is excellent This allows this type of network to be used in real time applications such as I O scanning Modbus TCP a standard The application protocol is identical on Modbus serial link Modbus Plus or Modbus TCP This means that messages can be routed from one network to the other without converting the protocol Since Modbus is implemented on top of the TCP IP layer users can also benefit from
535. t inputs and ABE 7ACC11 with redundant outputs can be used to perform this double wiring easily using preformed connection cables with HE 10 connectors see page 4 67 items 14 15 20 and 21 The output values are only generated by the application processing of the Normal PLC This PLC sends its commands to the corresponding output modules During each cycle the Backup PLC receives the Normal PLC output values via the inter PLC Ethway link TSX ETY 110WS module and applies them to its own outputs This updating enables a smooth Normal Backup changeover by maintaining the state of the outputs during the changeover time Management of supervision transparency SCADA Transparent communication with level 2 supervisor third party device etc during changeover of the PLC in Normal mode to the PLC in Backup mode is provided by the TSX ETY 210 Ethernet Modbus TCP modules using the unique IP address Communication with a redundant architecture is therefore similar to that with a standard architecture This transparency is identical with a Modbus link using the TSX SCP 114 PCMCIA card Modbus protocol in RS 485 installed in the TSX SCY 21601 communication module Presentation Principle References Connections page 4 62 page 4 63 page 4 66 page 4 67 4 64 Schneider Electric Functions continued Modicon Premium automation software setup platform Warm Standby system PL7 Pro software Ring topology for shared equipment on
536. tages TSXAEY 1614 Distribution of 16 channelson Screw ABE 7CPA12 0 360 screw terminals integrated temperature probe for external cold junction compensation TSX AEY 420 Distribution of 4 channels on Screw ABE 7CPA21 0 200 TSXASY 410 screw terminals 2 Description Compatible Use Length Reference Weight with module kg Connecting cables TSX AEY 420 Link between 25 way SUB D 3m TSX CAP 030 0 670 TSX AEY 800 connectors on analog I O 10m TSX CAP 100 1 120 TSXAEY 810 modules and ABE 7CPAee TSX AEY 1600 sub bases TSX AEY 1614 3 TSX ASY 800 TSX BLY 01 TSXASY 410 Link between module and 1 5m ABF Y25S150 0 500 ABE 7CPA21 sub bases 2m ABF Y25S200 0 560 4 3m ABF Y25S300 0 740 5m ABF Y25S500 0 920 20 way removable screw TSXAEY414 Tobe ordered separately with Screw TSX BLY 01 0 100 terminal block TSXASY 410 each I O module with screw terminal block connection Set of 4 resistors TSXAEY 414 Adaptation for current range TSX AAK2 0 020 2500 resistors supplied with TSX AEY 414 module 1 Can be used with TSX AEY 420 module 2 Can be used with TSX ASY 410 module by using ABF Y25See0e cables 3 Requires the use oftwo TSX CAP 030 cables for connection to the ABE 7CPA12 sub base 4 Includes the TSX BLY 01 20 way removable screw terminal block Presentation Functions page 3 14 pages 3 14 Electric Schneider 3 17 Selection guide Modicon distributed I O solutions Ethernet Modbus TCP IP EtherNe
537. tain I O modules are mounted in the slot next to the above mentioned processors 2 If a slot is not occupied by a module it must be fitted with a protective cover TSX RKA 02 Electric 9 8 Schneider Environmental tests Description of test Standards Immunity to Low Frequency LF interference Ce 7 Voltage and frequency variation IEC EN 61131 2 Modicon Premium automation platform Standards certifications and environmental conditions Levels 0 85 Un 0 95 Fn for 30 min 1 15 Un 1 05 Fn for 30 min 0 8 Un 0 9 Fn for 5 s 1 2 Un 1 1 Fn for 5 s DC voltage variation IEC EN 61131 1 0 85 Un 1 2 Un for 30 min with 5 ripple peak values Third harmonic IEC EN 61131 2 10 Un 075 min 180 5 min Short interruptions IEC EN 61131 2 10 ms with power supply 1 ms with power supply Voltage dips and pick ups IEC EN 61131 2 Un 0 Un Un for 60 s 3 separate cycles of 10s Un 0 Un Un for 5 s 3 separate cycles of 1 to 5 s Un 0 9 Udl Un for 60 s 3 separate cycles of 1 to5s Description of test Standards Immunity to High Frequency HF interference Ce 7 Damped oscillatory wave EC EN 61000 4 12 Un nominal voltage Fn nominal frequency Udl undervoltage detection level Levels power supply 1kV in serial mode Discrete I O 2 24 V 1 kV in serial mode Electrical fast transients Bursts IEC EN 61000 4 4 power supply 2 kV in wired mode common mode Discrete I O gt 48 V
538. tandby server in a redundant configuration They are used to ensure that the Client licences purchased are available The development workshop VJC 1099 ee comprises hardware components such as the DVD hardware keys installation guide and storage boxes The rules for use are as follows m Each server requires a hardware USB key in order to operate m The server key is also used to store the floating client licences m The key controls the number of points that can be used m The key is programmed to operate up to a predetermined version Architectures References pages 6 48 pages 6 50 Schneider 6 47 Electric Architectures Software Supervisory control and data acquisition software SCADA Vijeo Citect Single station stand alone SCADA system 5000 points Development workshop m 1x VJC 1099 22 hardware delivery of the DVD with USB key Server licence m 1xVJCNS 1011 14 Server licence for 5000 points including Control Client licence Client licence m Not required included in the server licence Single station architecture Remote Server system with remote access via the Web Development workshop m 1x VJC 1099 22 hardware delivery of the DVD with USB key Server licence m 1x VJCNS 1011 15 Server licence for 15000 points including Control Client licence Client licence m 1x VJCNS 1032 99 Web View Only Client licence Single server architecture with Web View Only Client access Networked Server system
539. te interfaces Motor starters with TeSys GV2 ME circuit breakers m From 0 to 18 A maximum m TeSys GV2 ME circuit breakers combined with TeSys D contactors from 9 to 25 A spring terminal version m Quickfit pre wired power and control connections Motor starters with TeSys GV3 P circuit breakers m From 9 to 65 A maximum m TeSys GV3 P circuit breakers combined with TeSys D contactors from 40 to 65 A spring terminal version m Quickfit pre wired control connections only m For pre wired power connections use the busbars from the TeSys D 40 to 65 A contactor range see the Protection and power control catalogue This range comprises pre wiring components for m The power circuits m The control circuits Power circuit pre wiring components motor starters with TeSys GV2 circuit breakers only m A power circuit connection kit comprising for each starter a plate for mounting the contactor and the circuit breaker and two power connection modules m A power splitter box for 2 or 4 starters m Fixed terminals for connecting a power supply up to 60 A 16 mm m Removable terminals for connecting the motor power supply cables and the earth cables 6 mm Note With GV3 circuit breakers no accessories are required for pre wiring the power circuit The terminals on the GV3 Pee are removable This circuit breaker is also sold with a single terminal block reference GV3 Pee1 Control circuit pre wiring components motor starters with
540. te rackmaster module is electrical Using the bus X remote rackmaster module will not result in any loss of performance in reading or controlling I O The bus X remote system comprises m One TSX REY 200 module called the master 1 located on the rack at address 0 rack supporting the processor 2 and the main bus X 3 The master module has two channels for the remote location of two Bus X segments 5 up to a maximum distance of 250 meters m One or two TSX REY 200 modules 4 called slaves located on each extendable rack m Each slave module is connected to the master module by a cable 5 TSX CBRY 2500 which must be cut to length by the user and fitted with TSX CBRY K5 connectors as required no special equipment is required for this cabling Each end of the bus must be fitted with a TSX TLY EX line terminator 6 Bus X 100 m ra SL gt LO Onno QU ep U 3 Remote location of bus X at 250 m max 5 1 Mi 6 O Bus X 700 mie Pong Ip Remote location of bus X at 250 m max Bus X 700 mle 0 2 OL ep US Installation rules The rules for installing the bus X remote rackmaster module TSX REY 200 are as follows m Bus X remote rackmaster module acting as a master It is installed on the rack at address 0 supporting the processor with o The power supply
541. tecture of a site thanks to the integration of the PLC in different communication networks m Process control related calculations are performed in floating point arithmetic expressed in physical units Description and characteristics TSX P57 ee4 ee34M processors see pages 1 6 to 1 11 User definable control loops Premium processors can be used to set up 10 to 30 process control channels each adopting one of the following 5 control profiles m Process type loop Loop with a single controller m Controller with 3 simple loops Controller used to increase the capacity of the number of loops m Autoselective loop also called secondary loop Consisting of 2 loops in parallel with an algorithm for selecting the output m Cascaded loop Consists of 2 dependent loops the master loop output is the slave loop setpoint m Setpoint programmer Consisting of a maximum of 6 composite profiles with a total of 48 segments As the channels are independent configuration of 10 channels can be used for example to obtain m 30 simple loops m 5 setpoint programmers each associated with 5 control loops m 2 setpoint programmers and 8 process loops The various loops are characterized by m Their different algorithms m 5 processing branches process value setpoint Feed Forward controller and output processing m Calculation functions gain filtering square root etc defined using parameters Types of control loop Predefined algorithms can
542. tendable racks and connection cables Extendable racks TSX PSY power supply 4 positions TSX RKY 4EX 1 160 for multirack TSX P57 or TSX H57 processor 6 positions TSX RKY 6EX 1 500 ea all o 8 positions TSX RKY 8EX 1 780 1 application specific modules and 12 positions TSX RKY 12EX 2 340 communication modules Bus X Between 2 x 9 way SUB D im TSX CBY 010K 0 160 daisy chain cables TSXRKYeEX connectors 3m TSX CBY 030K 0 260 total length 100m racks 5m TSX CBY 050K 0 360 max 2 12m TSX CBY 120K 1 260 18m TSX CBY 180K 1 860 28m TSX CBY 280KT 3 2 860 38m TSX CBY 380KT 3 3 860 50m TSX CBY 500KT 3 5 060 72m TSX CBY 720KT 3 7 260 100m TSX CBY 1000KT 3 10 060 Cable on reel Length to be Cable with free ends 100m TSX CBY 1000 12 320 fitted with 2 line testers TSX CBY K9 connectors 1 16 TSX RKY 4EX 6EX 8EX racks max 4 6 or 8 slots or 8 TSX RKY 12EX racks max 12 slots Using the 12 slot rack is the same as occupying two racks with 4 6 or 8 slots 2 Up to 2 x 350 m when using bus X remote module TSX REY 200 see page 2 12 3 Cable supplied with a set of 2 TSX TVSY 100 electrical transient suppressors Presentation Description page 2 8 page 2 9 2 10 Schneider Electric References continued Modicon Premium automation platform Multirack configuration without remote module Accessories Description Use Composition Reference Weight k
543. terminal block outputs 24V0 1A HE10 Yes 32 protected TSX DSY 32T2K 0 300 per channel connector outputs pos logic 64 protected TSX DSY 64T2K 0 360 outputs TSX DSY 64T2K or 24V 3A Screw Yes 8 non TSX DSY 08R5 0 330 relay 24 to 240 V terminal block protected 3An outputs 16 non TSX DSY 16R5 0 380 protected outputs 241048 V Screw Yes 8 protected TSX DSYO8R5A 0 420 5A 24to terminal block outputs 240 V 5A 24 120V Screw Yes 8 protected TSX DSY 08R4D 0 370 relay 5A terminal block outputs X 24 120V Screw Yes 16 non TSX DSY 16S4 0 380 triac 1Aper terminal block protected channel outputs 48 240V Screw Yes 16 protected TSX DSY 16S5 0 310 1Aper terminal block outputs channel 48 240V Screw Yes 8 protected TSX DSY 0855 0 340 2Aper terminal block outputs channel Discrete I O modules Number Connection No and type No and IEC EN Reference Weight of I O 1 of inputs type of 611312 kg outputs conformity 28 HE 10 16 fast 12 transistor Input type 1 TSX DMY 28FK 0 320 connector pos logic 24 V 0 5A Output yes 2 protected 12 reflex Inputs TSX DMY 28RFK 0 350 or time type 1 delayed 24 V 0 5A protected TSX DMY 28FK 28RFK 1 By connector module supplied with cover By screw terminal block terminal block TSX BLY 01 to be ordered separately 2 Module with fast isolated inputs filtering from 0 1 to 7 5 ms which can activate the event triggered task Principle Description Functions page 3 6 page 3 7 pag
544. th management Yes Quality of Service QoS Standards and certifications Module type Pages Double format processor See page 9 6 See pages 9 8 to 9 18 TSX P57 1634M TSX P57 2623M TSX P57 2823M TSX P57 3623AM TSX P57 3634M TSX P57 4823AM TSX P57 4634M TSX P57 5634M TSX P57 6634M TSX P57 2634M 5 46 1 Including the integrated Ethernet port ew More technical information on www schneider electric com 5 2 Schneider Electric Ethernet Modbus TCP EtherNet IP and Modbus TCP 10BASE5 AUI 10BASE T 10BASE T 100BASE TX RJ45 CSMA CD 10 Mbps 10 100 Mbps Triaxial cable or CAT 5E double twisted pair cable Fibre optic via Ethernet ConneXium cabling system CAT 5E double twisted pair cable Fibre optic via Ethernet ConneXium cabling system 64 stations maximum per network 128 stations maximum per network 100 m copper cable 4000 m multimode optical fibre 32 500 m single mode optical fibre 1 to 4 depending on processor used Modbus TCP and Uni TE message handling Modbus TCP and EtherNet IP message handling X Way inter network routing X Way Uni Telway routing module diagnostics Uni TE message handling common words applic to application C10 B30 C30 D10 Rack Viewer PLC diagnostics Data Editor access to PLC data and variables Alarms Viewer Alarms Viewer Graphic Data Editor Graphic Data Editor Display of user Web pages Display of user
545. the collision and re sends the information The process of re sending information causes delays in its propagation and could affect the application Acollision domain is a group of Ethernet end devices interconnected by hubs or repeaters devices that receive information and send it out to all their other ports no matter where the destination device is connected it means that all devices will be affected by collisions With the availability of full duplex switches devices that receive information and send it out just through the port to which the destination device is connected the collision domains have disappeared Therefore for industrial automation applications it is strongly recommended to use in every case full duplex switches to interconnect devices In this way the collision domains will be eliminated completely 9 12 Schneider Electric Topologies Technical information Ethernet network Infrastructure Star topology In astar topology all devices are connected though an intermediate device Ethernet Star In an Ethernet star the intermediate device may be a hub or a switch Star is the commonly used topology in corporate networks and as of today is adopted in almost every automation application As mentioned previously for industrial Ethernet applications the use of full duplex switches as central device rather than hubs is strongly recommended Deploying Star topologies with ConneXium With any of the hubs and s
546. the Fipio bus To improve the availability of shared equipment on the Fipio bus it is possible to create a redundant Fipio ring using fibre optics The fibre optic ring can then be used to m Maintain normal operation in the event of a break at some point on the fibre optic medium m Increase the immunity of the Fipio bus in environments with high levels of electromagnetic interference Ethernet Modbus TCP network Optical fibre a a Premium Modicon STB Premium 1 OZD FIP G3 fibre optic transmitter see page 5 109 A Premium Warm Standby redundant architecture is set up using PL7 Pro software in exactly the same way as a standard non redundant process It is however necessary to apply the rule that the application programs of both the Normal and Backup PLCs are completely identical Presentation Principle References Connections page 4 62 page 4 63 page 4 66 page 4 67 Schneider 4 65 Electric References ABE 7ACC10 11 Modicon Premium automation platform Warm Standby system PL7 Pro software Description Licence type Reference Weight kg Ethernet Modbus TCP Identical to those for the TSX ETY 210 0 270 communication module for TSX ETY 110WS module Warm Standby redundant see page 5 47 1 architecture on Premium Additional compatible elements The Warm Standby architecture shown on page 4 63 includes the essential redundant components Compatible standard modu
547. the PL7 Micro Junior Pro or Unity Pro programming software 2 If the configuration file is too large for the capacity of the host PLC processor see characteristics below it is possible to load the CANopen master configuration directly onto the TSX CPP 110 card via a type III PCMCIA port on the PC on which the SyCon software is installed With the PL7 Micro Junior Pro or Unity Pro software 2 the CANopen bus card can be configured so that the exchanges between the PLC processor and the TSX CPP 110 card are executed at the same rate as the master task or the fast task The process data exchanged with the slaves can be accessed using MW standard words the number of which depends on the type of processor and the task in which the module has been declared PL7 Micro Junior Pro or Unity Pro 2 standard function blocks are used to set the parameters of the devices Note In addition to supporting the CANopen protocol which uses V2 0A standard CAN identifiers on 11 bits the card enables direct access to the CAN link layer via V2 0B CAN identifiers on 29 bits used by the majority of CAN devices In certain applications this enables simultaneous control of CANopen devices and specific CAN products CANopen machine bus assembly Description Services No of modules Use Reference Weight per PLC PC kg CANopen Cyclic 1 on Micro Supplied TSX CPP 110 0 230 master V4 02 exchanges TSX 37 21 22 with tap PCMCIA card PDO 1 on Premiu
548. the amount of data being stored The number of points is the maximum number of tags being logged and stored in the system The number of alarms stored is unlimited i e 150 tags stored VJH NS 2110 11 Description Number of points Vijeo Historian and Data transfer licences 150 Reference VJH NS 2110 11 Weight kg 500 VJH NS 2110 12 1500 VJH NS 2110 13 5000 VJH NS 2110 14 15000 VJH NS 2110 15 50000 VJH NS 2110 16 The references below are used for increasing the number of points on the Vijeo Historian and data transfer licences Description Number of points Reference on g Vijeo Historian and Data transfer upgrade licences 150 to 500 VJH NS 2110 11 12 500 to 1500 VJH NS 2110 12 13 1500 to 5000 VJH NS 2110 13 14 5000 to 15000 VJH NS 2110 14 15 15000 to 50000 VJH NS 2110 15 16 50000 to 100000 VJH NS 2110 16 45 100000 to unlimited VJH NS 2110 45 99 1 Contains 10 individual Vijeo Historian Boxes 10 x VJH 2099 22 2 Additional keys must include a Vijeo Historian Box VJH 2099 22 or VJH 2099 12 Presentation page 6 60 6 62 Schneider Electric References continued Software Vijeo Historian Vijeo Historian reporting software Data from the Historian can be viewed in several ways m Portal CALs Portal CALs are required to use the Web and Excel Clients provided with the Historian These CALs can be ordered either per user device or per serv
549. the type of module scanning normal or fast cold junction compensation internal or external range filtering display format task MAST or FAST detection of terminal block presence wiring check m Debugging access to certain parameter settings module channel diagnostics forcing calibration Presentation page 3 14 References pages 3 16 Schneider 3 15 Electric References Modicon Premium automation platform Analog I O modules Type of input Input signal Resolution Connection No of Reference Weight range channels kg High level analog with 10V 16 bits 1 x 25 way 4 high speed TSX AEY 420 0 330 common point 0 10 V SUB D channels 0 5 V connector 1 5 V 0 20 mA 4 20 MA Low level analog isolated 10 V 16 bits Screw terminal 4channels TSX AEY 414 0 320 0 10 V block 1 0 5 V 1 5 V 5V 0 20 mA 4 20 mA 13 63 mV 0 400 Q 0 3850 Q temp probe thermocouple High level analog with 10V 12 bits 1 x 25 way 8channels TSX AEY 800 0 310 common point 0 10 V SUB D 0 5 V connector 1 5 V 2 x 25 way 16 channels TSX AEY 1600 0 340 0 20 mA SUB D 4 20 MA connectors High level analog isolated 10 V 16 bits 1 x 25 way 8channels TSX AEY 810 0 330 0 10 V SUB D 0 5 V connector 1 5 V 0 20 mA TSX AEY 1600 1614 nA Thermocouple 63 mV 16 bits 2 x 25 way 16 channels TSX AEY 1614 0 350 B E J K L N SUB D R S T U connectors
550. time The transaction time TT includes the delay between publication of Global Data by the station 1 its reception and processing by the remote station 2 and its retransmission to the initial station 1 For an exchanged variable m fCT lt 5ms NAT transaction time TT 5to6xCT m fCT gt 10ms transaction time TT 3xCT Global Data service response time Schneider 5 41 Electric Performance continued Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Performance 1 0 Scanning service response time The response time RT includes the time between taking account of information from a remote input and updating the state of a remote output It includes the processing time in the PLC This response time RT consists of the following parameters Input Y TMod In 5 3 i TNet I O Scanning service response time N x Cycle T EE TNet TMod Out Output CO Responseime FT gt o TMod In and TMod Out Response time of the read written device excluding the electrical transit time at the input output TMod depends on the device usually between 1 and 8 ms o TIOS In and TIOS Out Time between 2 read write operations on the same device 0 3 ms x number of devices scanned at least equivalent to the configured scan time As TIOS is executed in parallel with the PLC scan cycle it can be hidden from the viewpoint of the response time RT o Cycle T PLC scan cycle time o TNet Propagation time on the
551. tion Architectures pages 6 46 pages 6 48 Schneider 6 51 Electric References continued Software Supervisory control and data acquisition software SCADA Vijeo Citect Vijeo Citect Control Client licences are intended for operators They are segmented according to the number of points to be displayed There are two types m Floating licence residing on the Server key m Static licence requiring a separate key on the client PC Redundant system m The number of floating Clients ordered is added to the Primary Server key m For the Standby Server the same number of redundant Control Client licences VJC NS 1030 88 must be ordered Vijeo Citect Control Client licence Designation Number of points Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect 75 VJC NS 1020 10 Control Client licence 150 VJC NS 1020 11 500 VJC NS 1020 12 1500 VJC NS 1020 13 5000 VJC NS 1020 14 15000 VJC NS 1020 15 Unlimited VJC NS 1020 99 Vijeo Citect redundant Floating licence VJC NS 1020 88 T Control Client licence only Vijeo Citect View Only Client licences are available for users who need to view the application without controlling it Licenses for these clients are segmented according to the number of points displayed There are two types m Floating licence residing on the Server key m Static licence the hardware key being plugged into the Client station Redundant system m The number of floating Clients ord
552. tion C marking 6a 0 3m TSX CAN CBDD03 0 086 an AWG 24 flame retardant IEC 60332 2 im TSX CAN CBDD1 0 131 3m TSX CAN CBDD3 0 268 5m TSX CAN CBDD5 0 400 CANopen One 9 way SUB D connector 6b 0 5m TCS CCN 4F3M05T preassembled 1 RJ45 connector im TCS CCN 4F3M1T cordsets AWG 24 VW3 M38 05 R010 4 Ei 3m TCS CCN AF3M3T Two 9 way SUB D connectors one male and 0 5m TLA CD CBA 005 TSX CAN KCDF 90TP one female 1 5m TLA CD CBA015 3m TLA CD CBA 030 5m TLA CD CBA 050 Designation Description No Length Unit Weight 1 reference kg CANopen Preassembled cordsets with two 5 way A coded 0 3m TCS CCN 2M2F03 0 090 preassembled elbowed M12 connectors one male connector 4m TCS CCN 2M2F1 0 127 cordsets and one female connector om TCS CCN 2M2F2 0 179 5m TCS CCN 2M2F5 0 337 10m TCS CCN 2M2F10 0 600 15m TCS CCN 2M2F15 0 863 1 For numbers see page 5 89 2 The VW3 CAN KCDF 180T connector can also be used for connection to a Controller Inside programmable card 3 Standard environment Without any particular environmental stresses Operating temperature between 5 C and 60 C Fixed installation Harsh environment Resistance to hydrocarbons industrial oils detergents solder splashes Humidity up to 100 Saline atmosphere Significant temperature variations Operating temperature between 10 C and 70 C Mobile installation 4 Cordset with line termination Presentation Description Software setup
553. tion References page 4 24 pages 4 26 Schneider Electric 4 25 References Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CCY 1128 electronic cam module Electronic cam module Type of input Characteristics No of Reference Weight axes kg Incremental encoder 500 KHz counting with 1 TSX CCY 1128 0 480 Supplied with 5 V or 10 30 V incremental encoder with RS 422 485 or 5 V Totem Pole outputs 7 Absolute encoder RS 485 serial or parallel 2 200 kHz sampling with serial absolute encoder TSX CCY 1128 Connection accessories Description For connection of Connectortypeon No Unit reference Weight TSX CCY 1128 3 kg SUB D connector SSI absolute 15 way SUB D 4 TSX CAP S15 0 050 Sold in lots of 2 incremental encoder Modicon Absolute encoder with 15 way SUB D ABE 7CPA11 0 300 Telefast ABE 7 parallel outputs adaptor sub base 16 to 24 bits 5 V 10 30 V Modicon Auxiliary inputs 20 way HE 10 ABE 7H16R20 0 300 Telefast ABE 7 5 24 V encoder 1 per module connection sub base power supply Track outputs 20 way HE 10 1 for 2 groups EREELEBEEEPRESES Additional terminal 20 linked terminals for ABE 7BV20 0 060 RR block ABE 7H16R20 oe Order in multiples of 5 ABE 7H16R20 sub bese Connection 5 V RS 422 RS 485 15 way SUB D 6 TSX TAP S15 05 0 260 interfaces for encoder incremental encoder 49 39V Totem 15 way SUB D 6 TSX TAP S15 24 0 260 TSX TAP S15 00 Poe encoder 1 Totem Pol
554. tion Use Length Reference Weight from terminal port to PC kg BEER Universal cable for Mini DIN TER or AUX on RS 232D port 2 5m TSX PCX 1031 0 170 terminal port RS 232 port TSX Micro 9 way SUB D Ss Premium TSX P57 1e _ Premium TSX P57 2e 3e O Tap junction TSX P ACC 01 TSX PCX 1031 Cable for terminal Mini DIN TER or AUX on USB port 0 4m TSX CUSB 485 0 144 port USB port TSX Micro USB RS 485 1 Premium TSX P57 1e 2e 3e converter gt Tap junction TSX PACC 01 C USB port 2 5m TSX CRJMD 25 0 150 mini DIN RJ45 1 cable USB TER on USB port on a PC 3 3m UNY XCA USB 033 Premium TSX 57 4e 5e terminal Quantum 140 CPU 6e1 TSX CUSB 485 1 The TSX CUSB 485 converter requires the use of cable TSX CRJMD 25 length 2 5 m equipped with 1 mini DIN connector and 1 RJ45 connector Presentation Description Memory structure PCMCIA references page 1 4 pages 1 5 pages 1 8 pages 1 12 Schneider 1 11 Electric Presentation Modicon Premium automation platform PCMCIA memory extension cards Unity PCMCIA memory extension cards are used to extend the internal RAM capacity of Premium processors Some ofthe cards can also be used on Modicon Micro and Modicon Quantum processors Depending on the model these cards are designed to hold m The application program symbols and constants m Additional application data m Or both PCMCIA memory extension cards All the cards are inserted into PCMCIA slot no 0 which
555. tion for creating machines which are more available safer more compact and lower in cost Solution for applications requiring safety systems and high performance diagnostics The solution integrated safety module enables complete diagnostics on the entire safety system This diagnostics quickly locates the faulty contact pushbutton cables Limit switch or limit switch without additional contacts on the inputs and without any additional Emergency wiring stop TSX PAY 262 safety module has its own power supplies and operate independently j of the PLC processor TSX PAY 262 module is suitable for Emergency stop and limit switch monitoring applications demanding a level of safety up to category 4 according to standard EN 954 1 ISO 13849 1 parts of control systems relating to safety TSX PAY 262 module offers the following functions m Monitoring of 1 to 12 double or single pushbutton contacts Emergency stop and limit switches for safety guards for an Emergency stop or immediate stop safety system Emergency stop category 0 according to standard EN ISO 13850 m Hard wired safety block identical to Preventa XPS safety modules o 2 N O normally open safety outputs O 12 double contact inputs m Safety block independent of the Premium PLC processor the PLC does not operate on the safety module m 28 LEDs on the module display block for complete diagnostics of the safety system m Electronic data acquisition uni
556. tion mode 1 PWR RUN 17 21 25 29 Flashing Not configured initial power up 2 CNF com 18 22 26 30 3 Eln Red On Internal error all safety outputs deactivated Eng 41 OB OF SF 4 EEx Red On External error all safety outputs associated eyes with the defective circuit are deactivated 4 5 COM Green On Controller communicating viathe TER RJ45 5 connection e 6 R1 R2 Green On Relay outputs 13 14 23 24 33 34 and 7 43 44 activated 8 Flashing Fault on these outputs 7 RUN Green Off Hardware OK for the Profibus bus or the Illuminated display CANopen bus On Communicating on Profibus bus or on CANopen bus Normal status 8 ERR Red On Communication impossible configuration error damaged cabling or absence Bus deactivated Off Communicating on CANopen or Profibus bus Normal status Flashing Warning limit reached x 1 Flashing Control event error on CANopen bus x 2 Flashing Synchronisation error on CANopen bus x 3 9 1 16 Green On Input circuit closed 1 32 Flashing Error detected on input relating to LED 1001 06 Green On Solid state output activated Flashing Short circuit fault on output 11 RUN Green On Run mode Flashing Changing from run mode to stop mode 1 Depending on controller model Schneider 4 11 Electric References Safety automation solutions Preventa configurable safety controllers Type XPS MC Configurable safety controllers connector not included Number o
557. tion module Intermediate connection 490 NAD 911 04 Intermediate connection 490 NAD 911 05 and terminal port SS Profibus DP connecting cables 100m TSX PBS CA 100 400m TSX PBS CA 400 Replacement parts Main bus tap 490 NAE 911 00 PCMCIA card 467 NHP 811 00 1 For maximum number of fieldbuses InterBus or Profibus DP per processor see pages 1 10 and 1 19 Presentation page 5 118 Electric Schneider pus Presentation Modicon Premium automation platform Profibus DP V1 and Profibus PA buses Profibus Remote Master module Profibus DP is one of the most widely used fieldbuses in industry Based on a master slave protocol only master stations sometimes called active stations have the right to access the bus with slave or passive stations being limited to responding to interrogations Version VO of Profibus only allows cyclic exchanges with I O whereas version V1 offers an acyclic message handling channel which can be used for device adjustment or diagnostics during operation The physical link is a single shielded twisted pair but numerous interfaces are available for creating all sorts of topologies tree star or ring including those using optical fibre or a non physical link Gateways can be used to communicate transparently with Profibus PA one of the most commonly used standards in process applications for connecting instrumentation Profibus PA can be used to supply devices across the network and
558. tions page 6 68 Schneider 6 69 Electric 7 0 Schneider Contents 7 Human Machine Interfaces Selection guide Magelis Small Panels 222 Selection guide Magelis Optimum Advanced Panels Selection guide Magelis Advanced Panels Selection guide HMI software 0000 cee eee eee Schneider page 7 2 page 7 4 page 7 6 page 7 10 7 1 Selection guide Operator dialogue terminals Magelis Small Panels Monochrome STN LCD Colour QVGA TFT LCD 200 x 80 pixels 320 x 240 pixels backlit Green orange and red or White pink and red 3 4 monochrome 3 5 colour 5 7 colour Via touch screen 16 MB Flash Limited by internal FLASH EPROM memory capacity Unlimited Alphanumeric bitmap bargraph gauge curves buttons LEDs 32 groups of 64 recipes Yes with log Yes Access to the PLC real time clock 7 Yes RS 232C RS 485 1 RS 232C RS 485 RS 232C using Zelio protocol 2 Uni TE Modbus and for PLC brands Allen Bradley Omron Mitsubishi Siemens USB for serial or parallel printer 1 host type A and 1 device type mini B 1 Ethernet TCP IP port 1 Ethernet TCP IP port 10BASE T 100BASE TX 10BASE T 100BASE TX 3 Vijeo Designer on Windows XP Windows Vista and Windows 7 Magelis HMI STO 5ee HMI STU 655 HMI STU 855 Please consult the Human Machine Interfaces catalogue 1 Only HMI STO 511 512
559. tions on and movements of the moving part to be known These parameters are adjusted in online mode they are initialized during configuration in offline mode They concern m Maximum speed m Resolution m Servo control parameters m Acceleration deceleration Debugging the modules In online mode the debugging tool provides the user with a control panel screen giving a quick display that can be used to control and observe the behaviour of the axis The TSX CSY 84 85 164 modules combined with Unity Pro or PL7 Junior Pro software provide manual mode for initiating JOG or incremental INC motion commands with no prior programming Crank Faresa rom Manu hm ser Zur mm Channels Auto 6 1 2 9 21 22 28 26 mon a L Achmoeiehgerrenn Des tad Commumestien Command E oo oJ oj O Pres op o amp Contemancn Veran Contiguanon pacsmascenng e ta _ O Netccengues a Ke Paumen Emaenpe wo feo Movant G aia C Spesmarmon vom C Baioegeto as goup C Serhed G inposa Stopping Tuner T Holding Endoh profte C Top postion ink T ar ai Moning C Ronompoctiontnn C Hold F farpais Curent postion EER fo Fast stop S Med control Qune Osn6 gaa ran won O so O isamaa 0200000 090 Fusano HAEA spees oerein D Ferordeeterence son rat Dapa Forseposken Posionframun an F koaz O own Debugging in PL7 Pro software Presentation Description References page 4 40 page 4 41 page 4 4
560. to Modicon M340 modules only The interface is easy to use and has four tabs for access to different operations m The Project tab manages the transfer of projects program and data between the PC and the PLC CPU The software transfers the program application file format stu archive file format sta and data located and unlocated of a Unity Pro project in both directions The program and data files created by Unity Loader are compatible with Unity Pro When it is connected to the PLC Unity Loader displays the information associated with the data read in the PLC This information is displayed on the PC for the selected files The user decides which project elements will be transferred by a single command after validation of the desired transfers o Modicon M340 PLCs and BMX RMS ee8MFP memory card only The files and user Web pages can be transferred from the memory card to the PC and vice versa o BMX NOE 0110 with flash memory card only Web pages stored in the flash memory can be transferred from the module to the PC and vice versa m The Firmware tab can be used to update the firmware in the Modicon M340 modules The screen displays the detailed content of the firmware versions existing in the module and on the PC Firmware updating works in the same way as project transfers m The Options tabs is used to configure the working environment especially the location of files on the PC and the selection of one of the six lang
561. to all requests for spare parts exchanges and repairs to your installed automation equipment automation platforms Human Machine Interfaces drives distributed I O m Supply of tested certified and compatible spare parts m Assurance that repaired parts will be of the same quality as new products m Availability of our teams to respond to your requests 24 7 m Standard replacements or fast exchange service for certain parts with the option to receive the replacement product the next business day Improving and guaranteeing the long term reliability and performance of your installations We provide a contract solution to fulfil your logistical technical human and financial requirements This solution is based around the following services m Hotline with priority access to our group of experts m Software via the Internet with access to the latest upgrades of the most recent software m Spare parts stock a Schneider Electric owned stock of spare parts on your site or in one of our warehouses m On site assistance with guaranteed servicing time 1 m Extended warranty offering up to 5 years manufacturer warranty on all installed equipment ranges on your site 7 m Maintenance amp Modernisation Consultancy providing analysis of existing systems and proposal of a detailed improvement plan 7 m Modernisation a complete process to update your legacy systems based upon your specific requirements 7 1 Also available as a stand alon
562. to be ordered separately and depend on the desired number of users and the type of link RS 232 or USB port See separate parts page 6 43 PL7 Micro software packages PL7 Micro software enables programming in Instruction List Ladder Diagram Structured Text and Grafcet languages It also enables the setting up of application specific functions maintenance and diagnostics of the developed applications It includes the PL7 2 application converter Description For PLCs Licence type Reference Weight kg PL7 Micro TSX Micro Single 1 station TLX CD PL7M P45 software packages Group 3 stations TLX CD3 PL7M P45 PL7 Micro and SyCon V2 10 TSX Micro Single 1 station TLX CD PL7M PC45 software packages Software update for earlier TSX Micro Single 1 station TLX RCD PL7M P45M version PL7 Micro software Group 3 stations TLX RCD3 PL7M P45M Software update for earlier TSX Micro Single 1 station TLX RCD PL7M PC45M version PL7 Micro software Supplied with SyCon V2 10 PL7 Junior software packages PL7 Junior software enables programming in Instruction List Ladder Diagram Structured Text and Grafcet languages It also enables the setting up of application specific functions maintenance and diagnostics of the developed applications It includes PL7 2 PL7 3 and ORPHEE application converters Description For PLCs Licence type Reference Weight kg PL7 Junior software TSX Micro Premium Single 1 station TLX CD
563. to supply each TSX RKY rack depends on the type and number of modules installed in the rack It is therefore necessary to draw up a power consumption table rack by rack in order to determine the TSX PSY power supply module most suitable for each rack The table below can be used to draw up the power consumption table for the three different voltages to be supplied 5 V 24 V and 24 VR 7 Procedure m Check and select a power supply module corresponding to the powers available for the three voltages m Check that the sum of the absorbed powers on these three voltages does not exceed the overall power of the power supply module _____ Values to be entered according to the type of Premium PLC configuration Reference Format Consumption in mA 7 S single 5 V voltage 24 VR voltage 24 V voltage D double Module Unity processors TSX P57 104M S 850 with memory TSX P57 1634M D 1650 expansion card TSX P57 154M S 930 TSX P57 204M D 850 TSX P57 2634M D 1650 TSX P57 254M D 930 TSX H57 24M D 1880 TSX P57 304M D 1100 TSX P57 3634M D 1900 TSX P57 354M D 1180 TSX P57 454M D 1680 TSX P57 4634M D 1880 TSX H57 44M 1880 TSX P57 554M D 1680 TSX P57 5634M D 1680 TSX P57 6634M D 1880 PL7 processors TSX P57 103M S 440 with memory TSX P57 153M S 8530
564. tor on the network end Can be used as an extension for the 990 NAD 211 10 30 cable In 0 2 m lengths 11 AS MBKT 185 set of 2 line terminators impedance matching to be placed at each end of the segment AS MBKT 185 terminators are placed directly at the end of the cable with no tap or tee 990 NAD 230 11 set of 2 line terminators impedance matching for 990 NAD 230 10 IP 65 tap to be placed at each end of the segment 12170 XTS 021 00 set of 2 line terminators impedance matching for 170 XTS 020 00 tee to be placed at each end of the segment Note For wiring system Modicon Quantum platform please refer to our catalogue Lexium drive for brushless motors please refer to the Lexium motion control catalogue Altivar drive for asynchronous motors please refer to the Variable speed drives catalogue Presentation References page 5 114 pages 5 116 Schneider 5 115 Electric References Modicon Premium automation platform Modbus Plus network Description Number per Use No Composition Reference Weight kg Modbus Plus 1 with TSX Micro Type Ill slot on 1 1 type Ill TSX MBP 100 0 110 PCMCIA card 37 21 221 with TSX 3721 22 PLC PCMCIA card Premium TSX 57 10 20 3e 4e 5e 60 TSX MBP 100 Premium processor Description Connection No Reference Weight kg Distributed I O on Modbus Modicon STB network interface module STB NMP 2212 0 145 Plus network Momentum communication module 2 170 PNT 110 20 0
565. tors No 0 5A Signal common 2 common connections between the inputs and the outputs ee BOPLUGTESSETERES TS u un nun Plug in electromechanical or solid state relays No Yes 24V solid state 5 24 V 230 V electromechanical 5A E M 2A solid state 5A th 16 8 passive inputs 8 relay outputs 1 1 N O contact and common 4 output channels 2 input connection points Screw Miniature sub base Synergy with Tego Power and Micro PLC Miniature sub base Common per group of 4 channels Synergy with Tego Power and Micro PLC ABE 7H16CM11 ABE 7H16CM21 ABE 7P16M111 ABE 7R16M111 812 8 16 8 15 OS More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider Electric Selection guide continued Connection interfaces Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Discrete input and output sub bases Ei asrosbsesorossseoesenesnon Bee TSX Micro Modicon Premium Modicon Quantum Modicon M340 Electromechanical fixed Electromechanical or solid state Yes Yes No No 24V 5 V 30 V OAV al OOM Vie 24 V solid state 5 V 150 V 230 V 230 V 5 V 24 V 230 V E M 230 V 2A th 3A th 5A th 2A solid state 0 5t0 10A 6A electromechanical dependent on relay 8 8 16 16 8or16 2103 1N Ocontactand 1 N O contact 1 N O contactand 1 N O contact Signal Polarities common common Volt free 20 way HE 10 connector Yes Yes Ye
566. tors User definable filtering 0 to 3 44s 12 bits One 25 way SUB D connector or two Modicon Telefast ABE 7CPA12 sub bases Compatible with sensors acc to standards IEC EN 60584 1 2 3 Thermocouples and IEC EN 60751 Pt 100 temp probes PLC IEC EN 61131 2 See page 9 6 or one Modicon Telefast ABE 7CPA02 03 sub base PLC IEC EN 61131 2 TSX AEY 414 TSX AEY 1614 TSX AEY 800 3 16 ew More technical information on www schneider electric com 3 12 Schneider Electric High level inputs with common point Voltage current 10V 0 10V 0 5V 1 5V High level inputs isolated between channels High level input with common point Outputs isolated between channels Voltage current 10V Outputs with common point 0 20 mA 4 20 mA 0 20 mA 4 20 mA 16 channels Between channels 8 channels Between channels 4 channels Between channels Between channels 8 channels Between channels common point 200 V common point 1500 V rms common point Between bus and channels Between bus and channels Between bus and channels Between bus and channels Between bus and channels 1000 V rms 1000 V rms 1000 V rms 1500 V rms 1000 V rms Between channels and earth Between channels and earth Between channels and earth Between channels and earth Between channels and earth 1000 V rms 1000 V rms 1000 V rms 1500 V rms 1000 V rms 51 ms normal s
567. tors with RS 422 I O translator O supply 5 V TTLinputs and 5 V TTL open collector outputs TSX CFY 11 TSX CFY 21 Connection accessories SUB D connectors Lexium 32C M 15 way SUB D 2 TSX CAP S15 0 050 Sold in lots of 2 servo drive or 1 per axis translator I O Modicon Telefast Auxiliary I O for axes 20 way HE10 ABE 7H16R20 0 300 ABE7 connection 0 1 24V power 1 for 2 axes sub base supply Additional terminal 20 linked terminals ABE 7BV20 0 060 ABE 7H16R20 block for ABE 7H16R20 Order in multiples of 5 sub base 1 For numbers see page 4 31 Presentation Architectures page 4 30 page 4 31 4 32 Schneider Electric References continued Modicon Premium automation platform TSX CFY 11 21 motion control modules for stepper motors Connecting cables Description From TSXCFYe1 To No Length Reference Weight module 1 kg Connecting cables 20 way HE 10 ABE 7H16R20 3 0 5m TSX CDP 053 0 085 AWG 22 0 324 mm connector sub base 20 way im TSX CDP 103 0 150 500 mA max HE 10 connector 2m TSX CDP 203 0 280 3m TSX CDP 303 0 410 5m TSX CDP 503 0 670 10m TSX CDP 1003 1 180 TSX CDP 003 20 wire preformed 20 way HE 10 Auxiliary O for axes 4 3m TSX CDP 301 0 400 cables connector 0 1 24 V power 5m TSX CDP 501 0 660 AWG 22 0 324 mm supply flying leads at 500 mA max VO end 10m TSX CDP 1001 1 310 Preassembled Flying leads Lexium 32C Mdrive 1 3m VW3 M8 223 R
568. trium slot PLC This conversion is performed with a PL7 application V4 or later Premium PLC or Atrium slot PLC In order to perform the conversion the source file complete application or user function block must be exported in PL7 The conversion procedure is similar to that of the Concept conversion described above Note Applications created with Concept Modsoft and ProWORX can be converted to LL984 Please consult our Customer Care Centre The OS Loader software is designed for updating operating systems on Premium and Quantum platforms It is supplied with Unity Pro software It is used to upgrade Unity processors and modules as well as to upgrade PL7 or Concept processors and modules to make them compatible with Unity Pro OS Loader software supports m Premium processors m Quantum processors m Ethernet communication modules m EtherNet IP communication modules The operating system updates are performed as follows m Uni Telway RS 485 terminal link for Premium processors m Modbus or Modbus Plus terminal link for Quantum processors m Ethernet TCP IP network for integrated Ethernet port on Premium processors and Premium and Quantum Ethernet modules Note For Modicon M340 this service is provided by Unity Loader see page 6 26 te Online modification of the Quantum configuration P266 CPU 3072 Kb Progiam PCMDIA Ethemet TCPAP USB MB MB This function also called Change Configuration On The Fly CCOTF is
569. ts Alarm notification by e mail Alarm notification by e mail SMS Data recorded in the module with date and time stamping CSV files Direct recording in an SQL Oracle or MySQL server Dynamic HTML report management Management of Recipe data storage and review locally or on remote database Web Designer supplied with each module Web Designer TSX ETG1010 TSX ETG3000 TSX ETG3010 PSTN modem TSX ETG3021 GSM 900 1800 MHz band TSX ETG3022 function GSM 850 1900 MHz band www schneider electric com 2 Except with TSX P57 103M 153M processors which do not have the NTP service ew More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider 5 13 Electric Architecture Modicon Premium automation platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Logical communication architecture Company Intranet gt gt Jame i Factory HMI SCADA Industrial PC Ethernet Modbus TCP Workshop Quantum Quantum Quantum Premium BD Dialogue terminal it Modicon M340 PLC Momentum M1E Collaborative Automation Partner Program H Robot Distributed I O Variable speed Gateway drive M hal Modicon STB I O Workshop 1 Workshop 2 MES Manufacturing Execution System production management system ERP Enterprise Resource Planning integrated management software packa
570. ts for complete diagnostics of the safety system o read the status of the 24 inputs image of the status of the 12 pushbuttons or limit switches o read the enable input o read the feedback loop o read the safety outputs control o monitor the external power supply of the module This electronic data acquisition is designed so that the safety function is not compromised by any failure If the safety system uses more sensors it is possible to connect several TSX PAY 262 modules 4 4 Schneider Electric Function continued 13 14 and 23 24 Safety outputs volt free Y1 Y2 S33 Y2 S33 S34 Y3 Y4 121 to S232 S01 to S112 A1 A2 B1 Feedback loop Run enable Choice of reactivation mode 12 contacts on input channel 12 contacts on input channel 24 V external power supply Selection of double or single contact wiring Modicon Premium automation platform Preventa safety module type TSX PAY 262 To ensure the safety function irrespective of the first failure it is compulsory to use m For the inputs Emergency stop pushbuttons or safety limit switches with double contacts m For the outputs if relaying is necessary use a guided contact relay m On the module power supply an F1 protection fuse ame 21 S12 S1205 Sis 0 i N i be Kr mM i i j 231 S222 lO I s23 j of s232 9 I Y1 K3 K4 i bt 3 K4 Y25335 Safety logic o Hi 3416
571. tted with a male 25 way SUB D connector 4 End of cable fitted with a female 9 way SUB D connector For this application a TSX CTC 10 adaptor must be ordered separately male 9 way SUB D male 25 way SUB D adaptor 5 The TSX CUSB 485 converter requires use of a TSX CRJMD 25 mini DIN RJ45 cordset Schneider Electric 5 133 References Modicon Premium automation platform Connecting cables for PCMCIA cards and TER AUX ports Connecting cables for PCMCIA cards and TER AUX ports Modicon TSX Micro Devicetobe Physicallink Protocol Length Reference Weight Premium PLCs connected kg TSX SCP 111 DTE terminal2 RS232D Character mode 3m TSX SCP CD 1030 0 190 PCMCIA card 10m TSXSCPCD1100 0 620 DCE terminal RS 232 D Character mode 3m TSX SCP CC 1030 0 190 Modem etc 2 Uni Telway ZINN Lese TSX SCP 114 TSXSCA50 RS 485 Character mode 3m TSX SCP CU 4030 0 160 PCMCIA card T junction box 3 2 wire Uni Telway isolated ig RS 422 485 Charactermode 3m TSXSCPCM4030 0 160 2 wire Modbus isolated TSXSCA62 RS485 2 wire Uni Telway 3m TSX SCP CU 4530 0 160 2 channel isolated subscriber socket 4 TSXSCA64 RS 422 485 Modbus 3m TSX SCP CM 4530 0 180 2 channel 2 4 wire subscriber socket 4 00 DTE terminal3 RS 422 485 Modbus 3m TSX SCP CX 4030 0 160 4 wire
572. tup of the control loops is user definable Plug and Play technology during configuration of the Premium processor The user enters information in the predefined loop diagrams which also integrate management of operating modes and the link with the I O Operator dialogue and control Magelis operator dialogue terminals have preconfigured screens dedicated to process control which simplify loop operation and control These screens show the controller front panels as well as trending views and monitoring views Schneider 6 45 Electric Presentation Software Supervisory control and data acquisition software SCADA Vijeo Citect Vijeo Citect G amp o 5 pN 4 lt Eo Pc ee 4 pagela Mora Bon FE Pe u art compat agi T X gage La magali S s s 1 X gt J Mage jogon 2 j amp 4 lt A 4 i J ado Vijeo Citect is the operating and monitoring component of Schneider Electric s PlantStruxure With its powerful display capabilities and its operational features it delivers actionable insight faster enabling operators to respond quickly to process disturbances thereby increasing their efficiency With its easy to use configuration tools and powerful features you can quickly develop and implement solutions for any size application Vijeo Citect offers the functions of a modern supervisor Its distributed client server architecture is applicable to a multitude of applications in the following markets
573. tware and user manual TCS WAAC 13FB 0 320 1 Type III PCMCIA slot for for one TSX SCP 111 112 114 or TSX FPP 20 card Presentation page 5 128 5 130 Description page 5 128 Connections page 5 129 Electric Schneider References continued TSX PCX 1031 TSX CUSB 1031 Modicon Premium automation platform Uni Telway serial link Uni Telway bus connecting cables 7 Description Use Length liem Reference Weight From To no kg RS 485 double shielded Uni Telway bus 100m 1 TSX CSA 100 5 680 twisted pair cables 200 m 1 TSX CSA 200 10 920 500 m 1 TSX CSA 500 30 000 Cordsets for isolated TSX SCP 114 card TSX SCA50 3m 8 TSX SCP CU 4030 0 160 RS 485 tap link T junction box TSX SCA62 3m TSX SCP CU 4530 0 180 subscriber socket TSX SCY 21601 TSX SCA50 3m TSX SCY CU 6030 0 180 module integrated T junction box channel ch 0 TSX SCA 62 3m 9 TSX SCY CU6530 0 200 subscriber socket PC terminal USB TSX SCA 62 0 4m 11 TSX CUSB 485 0 144 port subscriber socket 2 2 5m 11 TSX CRJDB 25 0 160 2 Universal terminal port TSX Micro Premium RS 232 port for 9 way 2 5 m 11 TSX PCX 1031 0 170 peripheral device cordsets or TSX P ACC 01 box SUBD type PC TER or AUX compatible USB port USB 0 4m TSX CUSB 485 0 144 RS 485 converter 3 USB port Mini DIN 2 5m TSX CRJMD 25 0 150 RJ45 cordset 3 1 For other connection cables see pages 5 132 2 With TSX CUSB 485 converte
574. tworks Ethernet TSX H57 24M 1 021 integrated dedicated to 768 Kb max on Hot Standby PCMCIA card 2 Ethernet networks Fipio TSX P57 254M 0 628 4 AS Interface buses 1 CANopen bus 3 1 fieldbus 3 192 Kb 15 3 networks TSX P57 304M 0 618 integrated 8 AS Interface buses 1792 Kb max on 1 CANopen bus 3 PCMCIA card 3 fieldbuses 3 2 networks Ethernet TSX P57 3634M 0 744 8 AS Interface buses Modbus TCP 1 CANopen bus 3 3 fieldbuses 3 208 Kb 15 3 networks Fipio TSX P57 354M 0 634 integrated 8 AS Interface buses 1792 Kb max on 1 CANopen bus 3 PCMCIA card 3 terrain fieldbuses 3 440 Kb 20 3 networks Ethernet TSX P57 4634M 1 033 integrated 8 AS Interface buses Modbus TCP 2048 Kb max on 1 CANopen bus 3 PCMCIA card 4 fieldbuses 3 4 Ethernet Ethernet TSX H57 44M 1 021 networks dedicated to Hot Standby 4 networks Fipio TSX P57 454M 1 008 8 AS Interface buses 1 CANopen bus 4 fieldbuses 3 1Kbintegrated 30 3 networks Ethernet TSX P57 5634M 1 033 7168 Kb max on 8 AS Interface buses Modbus TCP PCMCIA card 1 CANopen bus 5 fieldbuses 3 4 networks Fipio TSX P57 554M 1 012 8 AS Interface buses 1 CANopen bus 5 fieldbuses 3 2Kbintegrated 30 3 networks Ethernet TSX P57 6634M 1 019 7168 Kb max on 8 AS Interface buses Modbus TCP PCMCIA card 1 CANopen bus 5 fieldbuses 3 Electric TSX H57 24M 44M 1 Cumulative maximum values The number of remote I O on the various buses is not taken into account 2 Maximum number of
575. u Fante Motion Tree Manager integrated in the Unity Pro browser General Axis parameters Variables name Name List of available Drive Lexium 05 v Network type CANOpen v List of compatible address 3 240 0 v Cancel Help General parameters Axis name and address enor_move_abs move_abs_done veloci COMMANDABORTED ERRORID DECELERATION MFB Programming a movement in absolute mode Schneider Modicon Premium automation platform MFB motion control Motion Tree Manager is associated with Unity Pro s MFB library and integrated in its browser It provides specific assistance for m Axis object management m Axis variable definition m Drive parameter management Motion Tree Manager automatically creates links between the CANopen bus configuration and the MFB function block data using a limited amount of configuration data General axis parameters In this tab the designer is prompted to define m Thename ofthe axis that will identify it in the browser for the entire application m The address of the drive on the CANopen bus Axis parameters The drop down lists in this tab are used to determine the exact type of drive Family version Variable names This last tab is used to identify data structures m Axis_Reference Used by all the instances of function blocks for the axis in question m CAN_Handler Used to manage communication with the drive via the CANo
576. uages supported English French German Italian Spanish and Chinese for the user interface and online help m The About tab displays information about the software Note Regardless of which tab is selected the connection status with the PLC is always displayed together with commands for connection disconnection and changing the PLC operating mode The Unity Loader software can download the project files and the firmware PLC or module onto a flash memory card BMX RMS ee8MFP only plugged into the processor of the PLC This firmware download can then be used to update a remote Modicon M340 PLC Projects can be downloaded uploaded between a PLC and a supervisory station equipped with Unity Loader software by means of a command file included in the supervisory application Schneider Electric Presentation continued references Unity Loader Software Unity Pro software Unity Loader software Unity Loader supports the following PC PLC communications m Quantum Unity Pro PLCs Modbus communication transfer of project components only m Premium Unity Pro PLCs Unitelway communication transfer of project components only m Modicon M340 PLCs and modules Communication via Ethernet and USB ports transfer of project components and firmware See table below Reference Type of module Ethernet port USB port BMX P34 2000 CPU with Modbus BMX P34 2010 20103 CPU with CANopen BMX P34 2020 CPU w
577. ucture contains at least one difference This block contains at least one difference N This section is only present in application 1 2 This section is only present in application 2 Inthe example opposite a difference is detected on the rung f er 1 The line displayed in blue belongs to application 1 Prj1 a aussen 2 The line displayed in red belongs to application 2 Prj2 The source code extracts of both applications can be used to locate the differences precisely Displaying results 6 24 Schneider Electric References Software Unity Pro software Unity Dif application comparison software This Unity Dif software extension is used to compare two Unity applications generated by Unity Pro software version V2 1 or later Description Target extension Type Reference Weight PLC target kg Unity Dif comparison All Unity Pro Modicon Single UNY SDU ZFU CD22 software extension for Unity M340 Premium licence Pro applications Quantum versions 1 station CD ROM containing software and electronic documentation Site UNY SDU ZFF CD22 English French licence 100 stations Schneider 6 25 Electric Presentation Unity Loader Unity Leader 2 2 Propet Fra otiera Abe FC Poet DA HANDE Appicabon a More Las Gut ven PC Projet Dats DA MANDE Appicaber dat Nare La Bat au Fer Te Mw Fron Ta Uried Dats PC Project Files Uses Web Fisi Dats Soage
578. uivalence table on page 1 20 1 Except with processor TSX P57 153M 1 16 Schneider Electric Presentation continued Modicon Premium automation description platform PL7 processors Migration of Premium processors continued Migration offers involving the replacement of the processor are available for other product references Please contact your Customer Care Centre for more information about these offers which are only available for a limited period of time They concern the following PL7 processors m TSX P57 2823M for migration to TSX P57 254M with TSX ETY 4103 7 m TSX P57 453AM for migration to TSX P57 454M m TSX P57 453AM for migration to TSX P57 554M m TSX P57 4823AM for migration to TSX P57 4634M m TSX P57 4823AM for migration to TSX P57 5634M m TSX P57 4823AM for migration to TSX P57 454M with TSX ETY 4103 7 m TSX P57 4823AM for migration to TSX P57 554M with TSX ETY 4103 7 Processors without integrated Ethernet port Single format TSX P57 1e3M 353LAM processors and double format TSX P57 2e3M 3e3AM 453AM processors feature the following on the front panel 1 Adisplay block with 5 LEDs RUN LED green processor in operation program running ERR LED red Fault on the processor or its on board devices PCMCIA memory ard and PCMCIA communication card I O LED red Faults occurring on another station module or configuration fault TER LED yellow Activity on the terminal port FIP LED red A
579. uration VJC 1093 10 02 00 Training Manual EN Vijeo Citect CICODE VJC 1093 20 02 00 Training Manual EN Vijeo Citect Architecture and Redundancy VJC 1093 30 02 00 Training Manual EN Vijeo Citect Upgrade VJC 1093 50 02 00 Training Manual EN Vijeo Citect Customization VJC 1093 70 02 00 Training Manual EN Vijeo Citect VJC 1093 90 02 00 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Manual EN Self Paced Training Kits Designation Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect Configuration SPTK EN VJC 1093 10 01 00 Vijeo Citect CICODE SPTK EN VJC 1093 20 01 00 Vijeo Citect Customization SPTK EN VJC 1093 70 01 00 E Learning Designation Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect SCADA Overview VJC 3093 31 00 00 Exams Designation Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect Configuration Exam VJC 3093 50 00 00 Vijeo Citect CICODE Fundamentals Exam VJC 3093 51 00 00 Vijeo Citect Architecture and Redundancy Exam VJC 3093 52 00 00 Vijeo Citect Customization and Design Exam VJC 3093 53 00 00 Vijeo Citect Upgrade Exam VJC 3093 54 00 00 Vijeo Citect Examination Re sit VJC 3093 55 00 00 Vijeo Citect Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Exam VJC 3093 56 00 00 Academic Agreements The references below are intended for educational institutions for training students in Vijeo Citect Designation Reference Weight kg Vijeo Citect Academic Agreement VJC 3093 17 12 months 10 keys 7 Vijeo Citect Academic Agreement VJC 3093 22 12 months renewal 10 keys 7
580. ure with which we are concerned merely set out the objectives to be fulfilled referred to as essential requirements Manufacturers must take all necessary measures to ensure that their products conform to the requirements of each Directive applicable to their equipment As ageneral rule manufacturers certify compliance with the essential requirements of the Directive s that apply to their products by applying a C mark The C mark is affixed to our products where applicable Significance of the C mark The CE mark on a product indicates the manufacturer s certification that the product conforms to the relevant European Directives this is a prerequisite for placing a product which is subject to the requirements of one or more Directives on the market and allowing its free circulation within European Union countries The C mark is intended for use by those responsible for regulating national markets Where electrical equipment is concerned conformity to standards indicates that the product is fit for use Only a warranty from a well known manufacturer can provide assurance of a high level of quality As far as our products are concerned one or more Directives are likely to apply in each case in particular m The Low Voltage Directive 2006 95 EC m The Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2004 108 EC m TheATEX CE Directive 94 9 EC Hazardous substances These products are compatible with m The WEEE Directive 2002 96 EC
581. us 1 Mbps network 64 stations max TSX MBP 100C 0 110 Serial links Modbus Uni Telway RS 232 TSX SCP 111C 0 105 Character mode RS 485 TSX SCP 114C 0 105 20 mA CL TSX SCP 112C 0 105 TSXETY 103C WMY 100C Communication modules 1 Modbus RS 485 integrated channel TSX SCY 11601C 0 370 1 RS 485 integrated channel 1 PCMCIA slot TSX SCY 21601C 0 360 Fieldbus modules AS Interface M2E master profile V2 TSX SAY 1000C 0 340 InterBus 0 5 Mbps master slave generation 4 TSX IBY 100C 0 280 ConneXium managed Ethernet 8 x 10 100BASE TX ports copper cable TCS ESM 083F23F1C 1 000 siteen aporis Menen CP 5x 10 100BASE TX ports copper cable TCSESMO063F2CU1C 1 000 TSX MBP SCP feel 2 x 100BASE FX ports multimode optical fibre 6 x 10 100BASE TX ports copper cable TCS ESM 063F2CS1C 1 000 2 x 100BASE FX ports multimode optical fibre Profibus Remote Master Modbus TCP Profibus DP V1 gateway and TCS EGPA23F14FK TCS EGPA23F14FK PRM module Profibus PA via gateway For connecting cables and accessories see pages 5 66 and 5 67 Ethernet 5 90 and 5 91 CANopen 5 116 and 5 117 Modbus Plus 5 126 and 5 127 Modbus 5 130 and 5 131 Uni Telway 5 133 serial link 5 96 5 97 AS Interface 5 119 Profibus DP and 5 122 and 5 123 InrerBus Schneider Electric 9 5 Document for selecting Modicon Premium automation TSX PSY power supply platform modules Power consumption table template to be photocopied The power required
582. us TCP module switches to a standby NTP server Ethernet modules Unity processors Clock synchronization 7 Event synchronization Time stamping 2 BMX NOE 0100 0110 BMX P34 1e 1 ms typical BMX NOR 0200H 10 ms max Clock Clock Modicon M340 platform BMX P34 2e 1 ms typical synchronization synchronization 5 ms max precision precision TSX ETY 5103 TSX P57 1e 1 ms typical Modicon Premium platform TSX P57 2e 10 ms max TSX P57 3e TSX P57 4e 1 ms typical Cycle time Scan time TSX P57 5e 5 ms max for fasttask for I O TSX P57 6e 140 NOE 771 11 140 CPU 311 10 1 ms typical Modicon Quantum platform 140 CPU 434 12U 10 ms max f 140 CPU 651 50 60 1 ms typical Sp 140 CPU 652 60 5 ms max or 140 CPU 671 60 140 CPU 672 61 NTP Diagnostics HTP Statue HOT OK NIP Senge some Laktomont server il Senay Tene Only eatin 0 m amp yourvenr Server Primary NIP Request sanset Murnbor of Requests 138728 Murder of error 0 Number af Responance Lost Erna 9 NP Date and Time Dance unan nme Linieown DT Statue Cry Time Zone KGMT D5 00 E69 em Stanari Time pew Vox Home Configure NOE MOE Properties NOE Diagnostics Support Opere 2001 armeer Antenne Ine Nangi ment NTP service diagnostics Schneider The PLC processor clock is therefore itself updated with a precision of 5 ms for standard processors and 1 ms for high performance processors A function block is av
583. utomation system based on the ISA 88 standard The PID drawing is mapped to the physical model in UAG 1 For more technical information please consult our website www schneider electric com 6 30 Schneider Electric Presentation continued references Multi station automation configuration E Mi fa Mill Section_1 5 0 RAW_1 S MREQI 2 PID3011 PID30N 2 PID3012 PIDO p MEU Leda 2 MOTOI JATVSEMI 2 MOTON MSROI 2 PUMPI ATV56M iM Mil_Section_3 Generation zagu mamam Generating the application UAG Software Unity software Unity Application Generator m Multi station automation configuration the entire process control monitoring and supervision topology of the distributed automation system is managed within UAG Generating the application the automation solution is generated based on the structured design and your standards contained within the pre qualified UAG library ensuring consistent information for the PLCs and the HMI SCADA The use of resources addresses name space etc is optimized to avoid conflicts and errors UAG can generate complete projects as well as incremental changes when modifications occur m Validation UAG simplifies validation when required by regulation or to comply with GAMP Good Automation Manufacturing Practice UAG uses ISA 88 standard terminology for batch control and supports the GAMP methodology for creating an automatio
584. vailable transactions s nsactions s transactions s 5 transactions s Global Data Service not Service not 800 800 800 800 subscription available available 6 6 1 A temporary overload due for example to an adjustment terminal or the temporary connection of an Internet browser lasting for a few PLC scans is permissible 2 Only with Unity Pro software 3 Only with Concept ProWORX software 4 BMX P34 20eee processors with Modbus TCP messaging in server mode can be scanned by a device that has the I O Scanning service 5 TSX WMY 100 and 140 NWM 100 00 modules do not have the I O Scanning service 6 TSX WMY 100 TSX ETC 101 140 NWM 100 00 and 140 NOC 771 01 modules do not have the Global Data service 5 44 Schneider Electric Performance continued Modicon Premium automation selection platform Ethernet Modbus TCP network Performance Number of simultaneous TCP IP connections The number of simultaneous TCP IP connections depends on the platform as well as the type of connection to the Ethernet network m 10 100BASE TX port in network modules m 10 100BASE TX port integrated in processors Number of Modicon M340 Modicon Premium Modicon Quantum simultaneous TCP IP BMX NOE 0100 BMX P34 2020 TSX ETY 110WS TSX ETY 4103 51038 140 NOE 771 00 10 140 CPU 311 10 connections BMX NOE 0110 BMX P34 20302 TSX WMY 100 140 NOE 771 01 11 140 CPU 434 12U BMX NOC 0401 TSX ETC 101 140 NWM 100 00 140 CPU 651 50 60 BMX NOR 0
585. ver Oracle amp b gt E 5 C5 A Vijeo Historian A Server Vv ae e Ss ee gt x lt Report Builder 3 0 es Report Builder E Microsoft MES Ampla Process Microsoft Historian Vijeo Historian Vijeo Historian SQL Server Analyst SQL Server Reports Excel Client Web Client 2008 R2 2005 Deployment Report Builder 3 0 Reporting Manager Services References pages 6 62 6 60 Schneider Electric Presentation continued Software functions Vijeo Historian reporting software Data Sources Vijeo Historian Server SQL Server 2008 R2 Historian l gt f N configuration database Project backup F Task event engine Xy Historian data service l gt Exported data OPC HDA server Historian database 4 Microsoft Reporting services Published data TIT Reports l Production ne le NG ee data ata ata SCADA system Report deployment ann management H i H i H Historian t MS SQL 1 y 1 2 i Historian Web Report templates i H Server portal Server f H 1 Oracle H i i e Production data Historic data Configuration data IIS ao N x amp Excel Client Web Process Analyst Client Report data Business data Applications m Business managers can access meaningful concise production system information from the plant floor in a familiar format they use for their financi
586. version For further information on treatments for harsh environments see page 9 2 or consult our website www schneider electric com Schneider Electric References continued u S TCS ESM 163F23F0 pm Jp TCS ESM 243F2CU0 TCS ESM 103F2LGO Ethernet network Wiring system ConneXium managed switches References Description Interfaces Reference Weight ConneXium managed 16 x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESM 163F23F0 0 600 switches copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 14x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESM 163F2CU0 0 600 copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 2x 100BASE FX ports multimode optical fibre duplex SC connector m 14x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESM 163F2CS0 0 600 copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 2x 100BASE FX ports single mode optical fibre duplex SC connector m 22 x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESM 243F2CU0 0 650 copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 2x 100BASE FX ports multimode optical fibre duplex SC connector References Description Interfaces Reference Weight kg ConneXium managed m 8x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESM 103F23G0 0 410 switches copper cable RJ45 shielded connectors m 2x 1000BASE SX ports multimode optical fibre 7 or m 2x 1000BASE LH ports single mode optical fibre 2 or m 2x 1000BASE LX ports single mode and multimode optical fibre 3 m 8x 10 100BASE TX ports TCS ESM 103F2LG0 0 410 copper cable RJ4
587. vices Advanced and HMI services Modicon Premium automation platform Web servers and gateways Modicon M340 in rack Web Gateway Server module for remote access RTU module hy a SS fy a Standalone Web Gateway Server module for remote access FactoryCast Gateway ETG 1000 Type Modicon M340 RTU PLCs All equipment supporting Modbus SCADA Telemetry supervisor Remote access TCP IP LAN WAN XdSL or Serial networks 1 Intranet or via external Modem and integrated RTC PSTN GPRS 3G radio modems RAS function Remote programming downloading via FTP access to Web server via web browser Gateway function Ethernet Modbus TCP to Serial or external Ethernet to Modbus serial modem link Modem to Modbus serial and Ethernet Serial protocols RTU serial protocols IEC 60870 5 101 and DNP3 subset level 3 Modbus master Ethernet protocols Ethernet RTU protocols IEC 60870 5 104 and DNP3 subset level 3 Modbus TCP TCP IP protocols BootP DHCP DNS SNMP agent SMTP client BootP DHCP DNS SNMP agent SMTP NTP client FTP client client NTP 2 FTP Security Protection by IP address filtering and passwords Characteristics HTTP and FTP server for setting the RTU HTTP and FTP server 8 MB memory protocol parameters diagnostics and monitoring available for user hosting of user Web pages and documents Doc Pdf Excel Configuration Via Web Designer software Via Web Designer software or pre
588. w Transmission reception activity ARESET button causing a cold start ofthe PLC when pressed TSX P57 2623M TSX P57 2823M An 8 way female mini DIN connector marked TER for connecting a programming TSX P57 3623AM TSX P57 4823AM or adjustment terminal An 8 way female mini DIN connector marked AUX for connecting a peripheral device An RJ45 connector for connection to the Ethernet network A PCMCIA slot no 0 for a memory extension card APCMCIA slot no 1 fora communication card or 4 Mb SRAM memory extension card for storing additional data 9 A9 way SUB D connector on TSX P57 2823M 4823AM models for Fipio bus manager communication O N o ko ono 1 The TSX ETY 4103 Ethernet Modbus TCP module offered features the same functions as the integrated Ethernet port on TSX P57 2823M 4823AM processors However the combined processor and Ethernet module use one slot more than the PL7 processor to be migrated Therefore this type of migration requires a free slot in the Premium rack and modification of the converted Unity Pro application Schneider 1 17 Electric Functions Modicon Premium automation references platform PL7 processors The application memory is divided into memory areas which are physically 3 distributed across the internal RAM memory and the PCMCIA memory extension Internal RAM S g card s 8 m The application data area is always in the
589. wer outages or application malfunctions In addition the ABL 4RSM24200 model can be used in a redundant power supply without an additional redundancy module due to its integrated diode Their high effectiveness enables us to offer power supplies that are among the smallest on the market thus considerably reducing the space required in enclosures Compatibility with distribution systems Power supplies ABL4 must be connected in phase to neutral phase to phase 7 for the ABL 4R and in 3 phase for the ABL 4W They deliver a voltage that is precise to within 1 whatever the load and whatever the type of line supply within the following ranges o 90 264 V for the ABL 4RSM24035 and ABL 4RSM24050 o 90 132 V and 185 264 V for the ABL 4RSM24100 and ABL 4RSM24200 o 340 550 V for the ABL 4W Standards and certifications Conforming to IEC standards and UL certified the power supplies ABL4 are suitable for universal use they can be used to supply Protection Extra Low Voltage PELV or Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV circuits in compliance with standard IEC EN 60364 4 41 due to their double insulation between the input circuit connected to the line supply and the output circuit and their internal device limiting the output voltage to less than 60 V in the event of an internal fault Diagnostics The operation of the power supply ABL4 can be checked using 2 LEDs located on the front face A normally open contact NO relay
590. wer supply module 1 Voltages 5 V and 24 VR for power supply to Premium PLC modules voltage 24 VC for power supply to input sensors The sum of power consumed on each voltage 5 V 24 VR and 24 VC must not exceed the total power of the module See power consumption table on page 9 6 2 Product supplied with a processor RAM memory backup battery 3 The internal 0 V of the module is connected to the PLC earth Description Functions page 2 2 page 2 3 2 4 Schneider Electric References continued Modicon Premium automation platform Fan modules Fan modules Description Use Power supply Reference Weight kg TSX FAN eeP Fan modules For racks 24V TSX FAN D2P 0 500 1 TSX RKY e or 100 120V TSX FAN A4P 0 500 TS RKY SEX 200 240 V TSX FAN A5P 0 500 1 One fan module for rack with 4 or 6 positions two fan modules for rack with 8 positions and three fan modules for rack with 12 positions Description Functions page 2 2 page 2 3 Schneider 2 5 Electric Presentation description Modicon Premium automation platform Single rack configuration The TSX RKY eee pp rack is the basic element of a Premium control system platform with a single rack 6 8 or 12 positions These racks are non extendable They provide the following functions m Mechanical function they enable all the modules of a PLC station power supply processor
591. widoSuite V2 20 TwidoSoft V3 5 ZelioSoft2 V4 3 ZelioCom V2 08 ZelioAlarm2 V1 5 PowerSuite for drives V2 6 patch1 Libraries for Unity Pro Tesys Fuzzy Control HVAC Pelco viewer for Vijeo Citec Unity driver pack SoMove SoMove mobile Citect SCADA OFS VijeoDesigner Lite 10 stations 1 Please consult our Customer Care Centre Presentation Architectures pages 6 46 pages 6 48 Schneider 6 57 Electric References continued Software Supervisory control and data acquisition software SCADA Vijeo Citect Alliance Software Pack Pro 1 The Alliance Software Pack Pro 1 offer is intended exclusively for systems integrators who are active partners in the Schneider Electric PlantStructure Certified Alliance Partners program The package comprises m Alliance Software Pro in DVD box and online o UAG V3 3 10 stations o UnityPro XL V6 0 10 stations o Unity Loader V2 2 o Vijeo Citect Run Time 4x12 hour hardware keys o WebDesigner V2 31 multi o Advantys Configurator V5 5 multi oO EtherNet IP I O Configurator V1 1 multi o DVD electronic documentation V6 0 o Vijeo Historian Server Client build V4 30 o Vijeo Designer V6 0 for HMI 10 station m Legacy software suite online download o Concept XL V2 6 SR5 10 stations o PL7Pro V4 5 SP5 10 stations o ProWorx32 V2 1 SP1 patch A 1
592. wing Schneider Electric products can be connected to the CANopen bus depending on the model 1 m OsiSense XCC 58 mm multi turn absolute encoders m TeSys U starter controllers with LUL C08 communication module m TeSys T motor management system with LTM controller m TeSys D motor starters using the TeSys Quickfit installation system with APP 1CCO0 O2 communication module m Modicon OTB IP 20 distributed I O with Twido I O expansion modules and OTB interface module m Modicon STB IP 20 modular distributed I O with STB NIM interface module m Preventa XPS configurable safety controllers m 0 18 15 kWAltivar 312 32 variable speed drives for asynchronous motors m 0 75 630 kW Altivar 61 71 variable speed drives for asynchronous motors m Lexium 32 servo drives for BMH and BSH servo motors m ILA ILE ILS Lexium integrated drives m SD328 stepper drives The Modicon TSX Micro Premium automation platforms have a slot fora PCMCIA communication card on their processors which can take the CANopen machine bus card The TSX CPP 110 CANopen machine bus assembly comprises 1 Atype Ill PCMCIA card with locking screw 2 Atap junction for connection to the CANopen bus cable via a 9 way male SUB D connector This tap junction is mounted on a DIN rail 3 A0 5m cable integral to the PCMCIA card and the tap junction TSX CPP 110 1 For compatible device models and their setup please refer to our website www schneider electric com Pr
593. witches offered by the ConneXium offer star topologies can be implemented Bus topology The bus is one of the most adopted topologies in traditional industrial automation networks A single trunk cable connects all the devices on the network usually via passive or active T connectors or directly chained daisy chain Devices usually can be installed anywhere along the bus Ethernet Bus An Ethernet bus can be deployed by interconnecting hubs and or switches in line and considering every one of them as the connection for a drop device A limited number of hubs and an unlimited number of switches can be interconnected to achieve this purpose Deploying Bus topologies with ConneXium With any of the hubs and switches offered by the ConneXium offer bus topologies can be implemented Specially suitable for this purpose are the switches with 1 or 2 fiber optic ports m The 2 fiber optic ports switches could be for connection of inline devices m The single fiber optic port switches could be used for the connection of end line devices Daisy chain topology Daisy chain along bus is the other most adopted topology in traditional industrial automation networks Cable segments interconnect multiple devices being the devices part of the network cable Ethernet daisy chain Daisy chain is not today a very common Ethernet topology but it will soon become one of the most popular ones when enough quantity of devices is made available
594. with Modicon automation platforms page 3 22 Schneider 3 1 Electric Selection guide Applications Type Voltage Modularity Number of channels Connection Isolated inputs Modicon Premium automation platform Discrete I O modules Input modules and mixed modules Connecting inputs to screw terminal blocks for bare wires or wires fitted with either cable ends or open closed cable tags Sensor power supply ripple included Isolated outputs Output limit values Consumption Type of module Pages oes OF N N N 24V 48V 24V 48V 100 120 V 8 isolated 16 isolated channels channels Via 20 way screw terminal blocks TSX BLY 01 IEC EN 61131 2 conformity Type 2 Type 2 Logic Positive Negative Sensor compatibility 2 wire 3 wire PNP all types 2 wire 2 wire according to 3 wire IEC EN 60947 5 2 NPN all types 19 30 V 38 60 V 19 30V 40 52V 85 132V 20 26 V Fallback IEC EN 61131 2 conformity Protection Logic Voltage Current channel Current module See page 9 6 Compatibility with TeSys Quickfit installation system Compatibility with Modicon Telefast ABE 7 pre wired system Type of Modicon Telefast ABE 7 passive sub base Type of Modicon Telefast ABE 7 adaptor sub base with relays Connection sub bases TSX DEY TSX DEY TSX DEY TSX DEY TSX DEY TSX DEY 16 16D3 16A2 16A3 16A4 08D2 3
595. with remote Web Clients E g Networked Server system 500 points with 2 remote Clients via the Web one Web Control Client and one Web View Only Client Development workshop m 1xVJC 1099 22 hardware delivery of the DVD with USB key Server licence m 1xVJCNS 1011 12 Server licence for 500 points including Control Client licence Client licences m 1x VJC NS 1022 12 Web Control Client licence for 500 points m 1xVJCNS 1032 99 Web View Only Client licence Single server architecture with 1 Web Control Client and 1 Web View Only Client Networked server system with floating and static access E g Networked server system 5000 points with 5 Client PCs and 3 Client licences 2 of which are floating and 1 static Development workshop m 1x VJC 1099 22 hardware delivery of the DVD with USB key m 1xVJC 1099 21 additional USB key for static Client Server licence m 1xVJCNS 1011 14 Server licence for 5000 points including Control Client licence local Control Client type on the server PC Client licences m 3x VJC NS 1020 14 Control Client licences for 5000 points Single server architecture with 2 floating Control Client licences and 1 static licence Presentation References pages 6 46 pages 6 50 6 48 Schneider Electric Architectures continued Redundant architecture with 2 Control Clients on servers and 2 Web View Only Clients orts qrend amp nep Alatt servers ting aan ped vice Re
596. work by creating additional segments of up to 1000 m a maximum of 4 repeaters in cascade giving a network length of 5000 m TSX EF Ceee dust and damp proof connectors for IP 67 I O modules please consult our website www schneider electric com Other components 13TSX FP ACC8M fibre optic electrical repeater used to interconnect electrical segments via a fibre optic link particularly suitable for crossing areas with a high level of interference or to connect a fibre optic device 14TSX FP ACC7 line terminator to be installed at both ends of a segment 16 TSX C USBFIP USB Fipio Fipway adaptor for connecting any device with a USB port Magelis XBT Ge PC Magelis iPC industrial PC Max rate 12 messages s TSX EF ACC7 M23 IP67 line terminator to be installed at one or both ends of a segment as required TSX FP ACC9 network wiring test tool This is used for testing the continuity of segments the connections of the various devices and the installation of line terminators Fipio presentation Fipway presentation page 5 100 page 5 106 References pages 5 112 Schneider 5 111 Electric References TSX FPACC14 TSX FPACC3 J TSX FPACC4 g TSX EFACC99 L TSX FPACC12 TSX C USBFIP Modicon Premium automation platform Fipio bus and Fipway network Fipio bus Fipway network connection accessories 1 Description Use No Reference
597. x 1 mcordsets with N male connectors at both ends Adaptor cable R SMA male connector to N female connector 2x adaptor cables R SMA male to N female Yes TCSG ee 0000 TCSG ee 0000 TCSG ee 0000 TCSN se cece 1 VSWR Voltage Standing Wave Ratio 2 HPBW Half Power BeamWidth More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider G Electric 2 4 GHz Leaky cable 50 m 2 4 GHz Leaky cable 100 m 2000 2900 MHz 0 15 dB at 2 4 GHz 2xNmale 40 C to 85 C 70 C to 85 C 12kg 24 kg 50 m 15 mm 100 m 15 mm IP 65 50 m cable with N male connectors at both ends 100 m cable with N male connectors at both ends 1 x 50 Ohm terminator 50 fastening clips mounting on flat surface TCSG ee 0000 TCS WAB C5 TCS WAB C10 5 85 More technical information on www schneider electric com Schneider 5 83 Electric References fi TCSG WA 242 TCSN WA 241 r i n TCSN WA 271 TCS WAB DH gt TCS WAB 5DN TCS WAB 5D TCS WAB 20 Wi Fi network Wi Fi Access Points and Clients Wi Fi Access Points and Clients Description Number Datarate Degree of Country Reference Weight of radios protection approvals Mbps kg Wi Fi 802 119 2 54 IP 40 TCSG WA 242 Access Point FCC Wi Fi 802 119 2 54 IP 40 US and Canada TCSG WA 242F Access Point IP 67 Wi Fi 802 119 2 54 IP 40 TCS
598. y Finally it can be used to generate the function which ensures the protection of PL7 applications by reading a signature in the PCMCIA card inserted in the PLC This software extension can be used to extend the standard functions offered by PL7 Micro Junior Pro software 2 version V4 The Microsoft Visual C software pack registration card is included with this software References Description Target PLC Reference Weight extension kg PL7 SDKC PL7 Micro Junior Pro TLX L SDKC PL7 41M 0 230 software TSX Micro Premium extension Presentation PL7 DIF application comparison software for TSX Micro Premium platforms is an optional program which complements the PL7 Pro programming software It is used to compare two PL7 applications generated by PL7 Pro version 2 V4 and automatically provide an exhaustive list of all the differences between them The PL7 DIF software increases productivity in the main life phases of a control system based on TSX Micro Premium platforms m Application development and debugging m Starting up installations and processes m Operation and maintenance of installations and processes PL7 DIF software is an efficient tool for handling PL7 applications for m Automation design offices m Operation and maintenance managers m Installers and systems integrators This software extension can be used to compare two PL7 applications generated by PL7 Pro and designed for Modicon TSX Micro Premium platforms It compris
599. y Acknowledge error messages MC_Reset Stop all active movement MC_Stop Axis coming to standstill MC_Power Movement to absolute position MC_MoveAbsolute Relative movement MC_MoveRelative Additional movement MC_MoveAdditive Homing MC_Home Movement at given speed MC_MoveVelocity Read diagnostic data MC_ReadAxisError Read servo drive status MC_ReadStatus Torque control MC_TorqueControl Read actual torque value MC_ReadActualTorque Manual control MC_Jog Save and Read all parameters and store TE_UploadDriveParam restore in PLC memory parameters Write all parameters TE_DownloadDriveParam FDR from PLC memory Advanced Read a motion task Lxm_UploadMTask Lexium Write a motion task Lxm_DownloadMTask functions Start a motion task Lxm_StartMTask Set the reduction ratio signed Lxm_GearPosS System Communication with the servo drive TE_CAN_Handler 4 46 1 The Lxm_StartMTask and Lxm_GearPosS function blocks are only compatible with the M type Lexium 32 LXM 32M servo drives Schneider Electric Setup Project Browser x ta Structural view I Station eo Configuration Erte 0 X Bus H 0 TSK KY sex DAR 3 CANopen B 2 CANopen drop 0 0 MFE_LEXIUMOS 8 Derived Data Types I Derived FB Types Yariables amp FB instances u Elementary Variables amp Derived Variables 10 Derived Variables Elementary FB Instances DE Derived FB Instances YQ Motion B ly axel D Communication Beg Program B 9 Tasks Q Mast D
600. yes IN J R po noge noos ABE 7TES160 Principle Description Functions page 3 6 page 3 7 pages 3 8 Schneider 3 11 Electric Selection guide Modicon Premium automation platform Inputs isolated between low level channels thermocouple temperature probe Multirange 10V 5V 0 10V Of WE I ct9 W Analog I O modules Thermocouple inputs Multirange 80 80 mV High level inputs with common point Voltage current 10V 0 10 V 0 5 V ISN 4 20 mA 0 20 mA external shunt supplied 0 20 mA 4 20 mA B E J K L N R S T U thermocouples 2 or 4 wire Pt 100 Pt 1000 Ni 1000 temperature probes 4 channels Between channels 2830 V rms Between bus and channels 1780 V rms Between channels and earth 1780 V rms 550 ms B E J K L N R S T U thermocouples 16 channels Between channels 100 V Between bus and channels 1000 V rms Between channels and earth 1000 V rms 1120 ms normal scan 70 ms channel used fast scan 8 channels Between channels common point Between bus and channels 1000 V rms Between channels and earth 1000 V rms 27 ms normal scan 3 ms channel used fast scan Configurable filtering 0 to 68 5 s 16 bits 20 way screw terminal block TSX BLY 01 User definable filtering 0 04 Te 0 012 Te Te module scan time 16 bits Two 25 way SUB D connec

"user manual"

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

&quot;user manual&quot;

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

"user manual"